¥ i ‘ « 7 q - « * faet a i i pickets « j Bye! + < ps p Mie ale - : 4 be we Ayu < : } y ee ; be < . - . . i > i e - 2 er 2 Me”? . « a ¥ 2 4 a Aen * ; 3 3 3 | pr ine E : pany Dk Be hme ‘ 4 is gots = eS u Sains . edt iatiag ; ee y A * ‘ eae . B view : ye § be | 4 7 " ve oft sj) 3 ve v - or « - - : : = . « 3 7 ; 2 . - « < 4 ae «- i ‘ : “ lees e ~ . #4 1 Ps 7 ;' . - ol ‘ 3 i = ax $ 4 os the +e : : ten ‘ 4 shied - r ' . ie @« ‘ < + 7 x a. = A aid e e ‘ * « . « ae = . ai i Ze. @ 4 Foe av? FRR, h Par ‘ - i é ” fais PORENUPON Te tree tir iy. wen ateiie sawing Saag TyHite os ‘gst ghl : ; oa ' Gti wdalal shades atetarecscat aie a lade te c Br my | ; : * Hie este tae eeeren . ? so" . : aha ‘cased > : - aj eae be + 28 ie ei Hhataes per tatevave hans ava teria! et ‘Sa 7 - ¢ - Jie ? « 3 Ate ~ dinie ie - | ‘Ti, : 1 = A> or : . Vp " ne = < . Tehetided oY } : aiane ‘ en at eurtete ° rsa tp ah aig Pale Fa sii'« : o : els a tte “ie “ire Per Hei ecg le tat iy ones . was ate ahi ¢ - she ate « - - 7 we 4 e e422 q : ‘ : atte . 5 j ° 2 F * : - : vate 4 a Dete y ete rar 4 erate qty eg y 44 ‘ é uTsas'rdl 4 4 2 , Pa ‘ ; . wer ‘ ‘ é we ® et ils * os atihe} ee as -. He ‘ ‘ ° aye a«¢ ste wakes ‘ airy! . 2 : ‘ < 4 ¢ § < wire - : que eiieAs Pe = : r F +, « aa - > i ‘ " « ‘ar : * * ' : hard by * mY « — sa at : : ‘ - ‘ + - : by { ‘ Pro t ‘= - ‘ oe es ‘ ; “| | : * Pre a) - * 4 : A - war “ . - 4 wile E ' 7 : s } ~-* « 7 ate : ns i Bs : - . . 7 ' 2 * . dele pe ‘ espe) vi - - 4 . . ¢ wi tig ; F ieee Wire , . : + if ‘ . - : « « J ‘ ‘ - 4 ‘ ‘ . : e é ; + - « ‘ ¢ j . - a) 433 . oa Pi - 74 e t ede J 4 ? , it | ,‘ + + ni , . . : : : 7 +9 , - 2 . - « « . b : 4 ety - .. ba ? « . * ‘ . 4s H : ; 4 $ « ait ahs if ; ‘ ‘ 4) Ps - Par) 4 : * 4 : 5 ¥: « ij es : : ' <* : 4 ‘ : ‘ Z *h4 ‘< qi4ihy adhy 1 rashid ¥ ‘ dais 7 [gS f " , 7 ‘ sit : $ 344 . - . y : : } : =< .4%4 =" - : ia AUN eet ‘ Sit t ~s9 4 an! ’ 2 ih aiad rT ’ ; : { ; tau ‘ 4 : H ; i if : 17 ; ' aie 4 b : ‘ suace We 3." : Y i , carey - > " < 4 ae 5 a i eid genes PB : - ‘ is wore 3 ; Es ee? i + Ar S, ‘ an Fl pe ‘ ce 5 so sn ’ N D A ees ms $ A eights Sper : *F ied | St , 7 aa | tu ous ane ati Pere yin De Pons yf .¢ . : ‘ al Garin oi J 3 PTeury E 458 ais 12 SADA ‘ ‘ iaten Ws ‘ ‘ es - ¢ FREE “ 4 3 jt wy * - ‘ iai'« : ‘ -: rt sideg 404 8 : . ei } me ; fit " te s 4 - a ‘ i Th) « x MH Leis . - - ( ' + ot . . P ‘ peieake 8 ‘ Mone arenes anise f oa ‘ j Gialosa son te gist i 3 Cleat Hues ee ; ; f aa i 410 4i5i8 Ranta e ‘ : : “ y 4 4 : HS gis erate 4 45 5 at ; M « , * ri ree ¢ af iis aia S en) 44 \Atp ia ; ‘ 4 afaie hs . 4 ; irae etna ‘ : sinaae b wiie e : ‘ AE the ; 44.04 Ww - . : 4 Mayne 4 oT - = as \ at % es 3 o > 22R ; ie d ‘ 4G 4 s} Loe Py +) Als 3 t eA Reg! hes SL By h dank i " r . . 7 Seal 2 i eitidi ides ne . a] ‘ ; “a Stace H win vite z . Net Pret ‘ Teeter Pde M Le) ; . . a “4 § “ hes ‘ iy ‘i 4 + $ , ‘ ane : . . Ih y vey ‘ sit : i qu he! A) , . as J (a sNae de ¢ : ke re vent ra | ia “ \ oh ‘} cays S je etgite ‘ Peter dis8 hearer acetate vis ? Historic, archived document Do not assume content reflects current scientific knowledge, policies, or practices. i's - Vee pias rupeceray ences mare |W . #21522. eee ee Wyoming..- 232 2 eee Wiest: Indies... 223. eee Bahamaiislandss= == ee Jamaicas 2.2 ee eee Urugusy.22.23..:-. eee Abbreviations of periodicals cited__-----_--__- Author index... =.-- SS eee Geographicaliind cx2522 eee Page FLORAS OF THE WORLD 3 INTRODUCTION The primary purpose of this publication is usefulness, not bibli- ographical completeness. Its aim is to furnish an annotated catalog of all the now useful floras and floristic works, including those in periodical literature, that list or describe the complete vascular flora (or the phanerogams only) of any region or locality, and to include as well all publications dealing on the same scale with useful and medicinal plants, vernacular names, and botanical bibliography. In general, only the later works relating to a given region or subject are included, although earlier publications are usually mentioned under the titles of works that have replaced them. Publications dealing with only a part of the flora, such as a single family or larger group of the flowering plants or the pteridophytes only, or a single group of useful plants, such as those producing dyes, resins, or forage, are excluded, except for complete papers on edible, medicinal, or woody plants. Occasional titles relating to weeds and poisonous plants, chiefly from the botanical point of view, have been included, although no attempt has been made to include all papers on these subjects. In the case of little-known regions without complete floras, some publications of an incomplete nature, such as lists of species obtained by individual collectors or expeditions, have been inserted, as have also some miscellaneous papers not falling strictly within the scope of the list as defined. In general, no attempt has been made to evaluate the titles listed, but references to critical reviews are given when available. Papers that are primarily ecological have been excluded unless they contain fairly complete lists of the plants of the areas discussed. Works of the “popular” type, intended for beginners in botany, have been omitted, as well as works that are now only of historical value. The list is intended to be complete through 1939, and no later titles have been inserted. The selective nature of this work has left the authors free to omit a few papers dealing with areas so small that they can be disregarded by all but the local botanist dealing in a very special way with the regions concerned, and also those few lists that are so full of errors or so incomplete that their inclusion would serve no useful purpose. These intentional omissions aside, this publication can be taken as providing an annotated summary of the available nominally complete publications on the vascular flora and the economic botany of the world. Unintentional omissions will, of course, be found by users, and additions will be gratefully received by the authors. | No list of the scope of this one has ever been published. Daydon Jackson’s Guide to the Literature of Botany,’ now over 60 years old, dealt almost entirely with independently published works, and its few annotations were mainly bibliographical. A 12-page publication by Prof. G. L. Goodale,’ of about the same date, listed geographically and chronologically the more important independently published 2 Jackson, B. D. GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE OF BOTANY; BEING A CLASSIFIED SELECTION OF BOTANICAL WORKS, INCLUDING NEARLY 6,000 TITLES NOT GIVEN IN PRITZEL’S THESAURUS. xl, 626 p. 22 em. London, 1881. (Index Society Publications, viii.) 3 GOODALE, GEORGE L. THE FLORAS OF DIFFERENT COUNTRIES. Bibl. Contrib. Libr. Harvard Univ. 9. 12 p. 1879. (Reprinted from Bul. Libr. Harvard Univ. no. 10, 11, and 12.)— Partly annotated list, geographically grouped, then arranged in chronological order; includes for the most part only separately published works, many of which are now only of historical value. Almost none of the smaller local floras are included. 4 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE floras of the world, and similar but briefer lists have appeared in various textbooks on systematic or other phases of botany, but none of these represented any real search of the voluminous available literature. The part of this list now published, covering all the world except Europe and Asia and the islands closely associated with them (namely, those north of 40° north latitude in the Atlantic Ocean and north of 30° north latitude in the Pacific), includes about 2,597 primary titles and 428 subsidiary titles (supplements, reviews, etc., as well as the few works listed as not available for examination). At least as many more papers have been examined and rejected as not fulfilling the promise of their titles. The list is based in the first instance on the classified subject catalog of botany in the library of the United States Department of Agriculture, begun in 1906 under the direction of the late Dr. Frederick V. Coville by Marjorie F. Warner and Alice C. Atwood, and continued by them and their assistants. This catalog provides a fairly complete index to the systematic and economic publications of the world for the last third of a century, as well as to much of the earlier literature. Practically all the pertinent works on the shelves of the libraries of the Gray Herbarium, the Arnold Arboretum, and the New York Botanical Garden have been examined independently by one of the authors, and the titles given in the bibliographies of the papers cited in the present list have been checked. The geographically arranged lists in the Bradley Bibliography, the Catalogue of the Li- brary “of the Arnold Arboretum (vol. 2), and the publications of the Lloyd Library ° have also been utilized, as well as Bay’s Bibliographies of Botany.® Certain series of periodicals have been gone through, but no complete examination of the botanical periodicals of the world has been attempted, nor have the unclassified catalogs of the libraries of the Kew Herbarium and the British Museum been searched, al- though they would, no doubt, provide some additional items. After the bulk of the list was essentially completed, a search through the principal periodical bibliographical publications added a considerable number of mostly minor titles, which previously had been overlooked or rejected. The publications examined for this nurpose include: Biological Abstracts (vol. 1-13, pt. 8), Botanical Abstracts (vol. 1-15), Bohnensieg’s Repertorium annuum literaturae botanicae periodicae (vol. 1-8), Botanisches Centralblatt (vol. 1-175 heft 6) and its Beihefte (vol. 1-9), Bulletin de la Société Botanique i France (vol. 1-86, pt. 2), Engler’s Botanische Jahrbiicher (vol. 1-70, pt. 3), Fortschritte der Botanik (vol. 1-8), International Catalogue of Scientific Literature (vol. 1-14), and Just’s Botanischer Jahresbericht (vol. 1-57, heft 1). 4REHDER, ALFRED. THE BRADLEY BIBLIOGRAPHY. A GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE OF THE WOODY PLANTS OF THE WORLD PUBLISHED BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. 5 v. 30 em. Cambridge [Mass.], 1911-1918. (Pub. Arnold Arboretum no. 3.)—Phytography (floras, ete.) in v. 1. 5 HOLDEN, WILLIAM, and WYCOFF, EDITH. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE LLOYD LIBRARY, CINCINNATI, OHIO. v. 1, no. 2-13. 1911—1914.—Bach number a bibliog- raphy of the floristic literature of a country or region, pa Reet ase arranged by authors. Those referring to regions in the present list are: No. 9 (North America and West Indies), no. 10 (South America and Antarctic regions), no. 12 (Oceanica, including Australasia), and no. 13 (Africa). ® Bay, J. C. BIBLIOGRAPHIES OF BOTANY. A CONTRIBUTION TOWARD A BIBLIOTHECA BIBLIO- GRAPHICA ... Prog. Rei Bot. 3: 331-456. 1910—Includes, among other material, a list of ‘‘general and comprehensive bibliographies’ and one of “national (regional) bibliographies.” FLORAS OF THE WORLD 5 A few general works and textbooks dealing with the flora or the economic plants of the whole world, for the most part familiar to every working botanist, have not been included in this publica- tio, but may be mentioned here. The most important ones dealing primarily with the flora of the world are De Candolle’s Prodromus and its continuation, the Monographiae Phanerogamarum, Bentham and Hooker’s Genera Plantarum, Baillon’s Histoire des Plantes, Engler and Prantl’s Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Dalla Torre and Harms’ Genera Siphonogamarum, the extensive series of volumes forming Das Pflanzenreich, the Index Kewensis, and the Index Londinensis. Some outstanding works dealing with vernacalar names are Gerth van Wijk,’ Lyons*® (which also gives uses), Bedevian,? and Meyer.” Numerous works, mostly textbooks, treating of the economic and medicinal plants of the world are available, among which the follow- ing may be mentioned: For economic plants in general, Clute’s Use- ful Plants of the World, Hill’s Economic Botany,? Holland’s Overseas Plant Products,“ Rosenthal’s Synopsis Plantarum Diaphori- carum,!* Wiesner’s Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreichs,* and Wehmer’s Die Pflanzenstoffe **; for edible plants, Bois’ Les Plantes Alimentaires,’” 7GERTH VAN WIJK, H. L. A DICTIONARY OF PLANT NAMES. 2v. 29.5 cm. The Hague, 1911-1916.—Vol. 1, bibliography; alphabetical list of botanical names, ,with English, French, German, and Dutch vernacular names; vol. 2, index to vernacular names. 8 LYONS, A. B. PLANT NAMES SCIENTIFIC AND POPULAR, INCLUDING IN THE CASE OF EACH PLANT THE CORRECT BOTANICAL NAME IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REFORMED NOMENCLATURE, TOGETHER WITH BOTANICAL AND POPULAR SYNONYMS... ed. 2. 6380p. 20.5 em. Detroit, 1907.—Alphabetical list of 2,827 genera, each with one or more species, with vernacular names and principal uses ; index of vernacular names. ® BEDEVIAN, A. K. ILLUSTRATED POLYGLOTTIC DICTIONARY OF PLANT NAMES IN LATIN, ARABIC, ARMENIAN, ENGLISH, FRENCH, GERMAN, ITALIAN AND TURKISH LANGUAGES, INCLUDING ECONOMIC, MEDICINAL, POISONOUS AND ORNAMENTAL PLANTS AND COMMON WEEDS... XV, 644, 455 p. illus., port. 21 cm. Cairo, 1936.—AlIphabetical list of 3,657 vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular names in eight languages; notes on transliteration and pronunciation; bibliography; separate lists of names in each language, with references to the first part of the work. 10 MEYHR, HANS. BUCH DER HOLZNAMEN ... Xviii, 564 p. 25.5 cm. Hannover, 1933-— 36.—Alphabetical list of vernacular names of trees in all languages, with botanical equivalent, family name, and. habitat. 1CLUTE, W. N. THE USEFUL PLANTS OF THE WORLD. 2d ed. 220 p. 22 cm. Indi- anapolis, 1932. (1st ed., 1928, reprinted from Amer. Bot. suppl. v. 33-34, 1927—28.)— Popular treatment, with lists of principal species grouped by uses. 122 HILL, A. F. ECONOMIC BOTANY. A TEXTBOOK OF USEFUL PLANTS AND PLANT PRODUCTS. x, 592 p. 225 fig. 24 cm. N. Y., 1937.—Discussion of useful plants, grouped by uses; systematic list of species; bibliography, composed chiefly of publications in English. 13 HOLLAND, J. H. OVERSEAS PLANT PRODUCTS. vii, 279 p. 18.5 em. London, 1937.— Briefly annotated alphabetical list of trade names, with botanical names and localities, of “all the natural products of vegetable origin, imported on a commercial seale into the docks under the control of the Port of London Authority and into other ports, for landing and delivery to the consignees in the markets of the United Kingdom. Others of economic value in the countries of production, including many that have been sent to Kew from time to time for identification, are also included.’ Has bibliography. 14 ROSENTHAL, D. A. SYNOPSIS PLANTARUM DIAPHORICARUM. SYSTEMATISCHE UEBERSICHT DER HEIL-, NUTZ- UND GIFTPFLANZEN ALLER LANDER. xXXvi, 1859 p. 22.5 cm. Erlangen, 1861 (1861-62). —Systematic list of medicinal, useful, and poisonous plants, with German ver- nacular names. officinal names, range, brief account of uses. 15 WIESNER, JULIUS VON. DIE ROHSTOFFE DES PFLANZENRBICHS. 4. aufl. . Heraus- gegeben von Paul Krais und Wilhelm von Brehmer. 2 v. (2,253 p.). illus. 25 em. Leipzig, 1927-28. (ist ed., 1873.)—Encyclopedic work with especial emphasis on chemical features, the plants grouped under such headings as Alkaloide, Farbstoffe, Hélzer, etc., with extensive bibliographies and annotated systematic lists of species. 16 WHHMER, CARL. DIE PFLANZENSTOFFE BOTANISCH-SYSTEMATISCH BEARBEITET. BESTAND- TEILE UND ZUSAMMENSETZUNG DER EINZELNEN PFLANZEN UND DEREN PRODUKTE. PHANEROGAMEN. 2., neubearb. und verm. aufl. 2 v. (1,511 p.). Jena, 1929-31 (1st ed., 1911.) —Ergiinzungsband zur zweiten auflage: nachtrige aus den jahren 1930-1934, mit- bearb. von Magdalene Hadders. Aus dem nachlass hrsg. von Hans Amelung... iy, 244 p. port. 25.5 em. Jena, 19385.—Systematie list of 4,493 spermatophytes, with habitat, products, chemical properties. references. 17 BoIs, DESIRE. LES PLANTES ALIMENTAIRES CHEZ TOUS LES PEUPLES ET A TRAVERS LES AGES. HISTOIRE, UTILISATION, CULTURE. 4 v. 698 fig. 25.5 em. Paris. 1927—37.— Descriptive account of wild and cultivated edible plants, with history, uses, vernacular names, and references. Vol. 1, vegetables; v. 2, fruits; v. 3, spices and condiments; v. 4, sources of drinks. “May be regarded as the fourth edition of ‘A. Paillieux and D. Bois, Le potager d’un curieux...’” 1885. 6 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE and Sturtevant’s Notes on Edible Plants ?8; for medicinal plants, Baillon’s Traité de Botanique Médicale Phanérogamique,” Bentley and Trimen’s Medicinal Plants,*? Dragendorff’s Die Heilpfianzen,”! and Dujardin-Beaumetz and HWgasse’s Les Plantes Médicinales;”2 for woody plants, in addition to the Bradley Bibliography ** and Meyer’s Buch der Holznamen,** Ahern and Newton’s Bibliography,” Howard’s Manual of the Timbers of the World, and Record and Mell’s *7 Timbers of Tropical America. The more strictly bibhographical part of the present work has been the chief concern of Miss Atwood, the selection and annotation of the titles that of S. F. Blake. For the purpose of this publication, it has not seemed worth while to enter into the niceties of citation so dear to the heart of the confirmed bibliographer. Intercalated unnumbered pages, variant cover and title-page titles, unpaged errata lists and the lke have in practically all cases been passed over, but no effort has been spared to secure accuracy in all the bibliographical matter actually presented. Authors’ given names, when more than one, are cited only as initials in the body of the work, but full names and dates, wherever available, are given in the author index (prepared by Miss Atwood). Subdivisions under the principal geographic units have been dis- pensed with as far as possible, to avoid multiplication of subhead- ings, but under each geographic heading works covering the whole region are listed first (under the heading General), followed by the local and partial titles (under the heading Local). Wherever it seems desirable, the geographical information given in the title has 18 STURTEVANT, E. LL. STURTEVANT’S NOTES ON EDIBLE PLANTS. Edited by U. P. Hedrick. vii, 686 p. port. 31 em. Albany, 1919. (New York Dept. of agriculture. 27th Annual report. v. 2, pt. 2; also Report of the New York agricultural experiment station, 1919, II.)—Alphabeticail list of 2,897 plants, with habitat, uses, principal English names, and references; bibliography. Edible fungi are not included. 19 BAILLON, H. E. TRAITE DE BOTANIQUE MEDICALE PHANEROGAMIQUE. 1499 p. 3487 fic. 24 cm. Paris, 1883—84.—General account of organography and physiology; systematic account of medicinal plants of the world, with vernacular names and uses, and brief descrip- tions of families and genera and of the more important species. 20 BENTLEY, ROBERT, and TRIMEN, HENRY. MEDICINAL PLANTS, BEING DESCRIPTIONS WITH ORIGINAL FIGURES OF THE PRINCIPAL PLANTS EMPLOYED IN MEDICINE AND AN ACCOUNT OF THER CHARACTERS, PROPERTIES, AND USES OF THEIR PARTS AND PRODUCTS OF MEDICINAL VALUB. 4 v. 306 col. pl. 24 cm. London, 1880 (1875—80).—Systematie account with de- scriptions, official names, composition, uses, references ; 306 species figured, many other men- tioned. Designed as an illustrated botanical guide to official British, Indian, and United States pharmacopoeias. 21 J)RAGENDORFF, GEORG. DIE HEILPFLANZEN DER VERSCHIEDENEN VOLKER UND ZEITEN. IHRE ANWENDUNG, WESENTLICHEN BESTANDTHEILE UND GESCHICHTE ... vi, 884 p. 24.5 em. Stuttgart, 1898.—Briefly annotated systematic list, mostly without references and with few vernacular names, - 22 DUJARDIN-BEAUMETZ, GEORGES, and EGASSE, ED. LES PLANTES MEDICINALES INDIGENES ET EXOTIQUES, LEURS USAGES THERAPEUTIQUES PHARMACEUTIQUES ET INDUSTRIELS Vii, 845 p. 1034 fig., 40 col. pl. 28.5 em. Paris, 1889.—Descriptive account of more significant medicinal plants of the world, alphabetically arranged, with account of properties and uses; index of botanical and vernacular names; list of species classified by uses. 23 See footnote 4, p. 4. 24See footnote 10, p. 5. 25 AHERN, G. P., and NEWTON, H. K. A BIBLIOGRAPHY ON WOODS OF THE WORLD, EXxCLU- SIVE OF THE TEMPERATE REGION OF NORTH AMERICA AND WITH EMPHASIS ON TROPICAL WOODS. Scient. Contrib. Trop. Plant Res. Found. no. 10. 77 p. 1928.—List of 1,530 titles, geographically arranged, with translations of non-English titles; subject index. Includes chiefly items dealing with forestry and commercial aspects of woods; floras and purely taxonomic works are mostly omitted. 22 HowarpD, A. L. A MANUAL OF THE TIMBERS OF THE WORLD, THEIR CHARACTERISTICS AND USES. Rey. ed. to which is appended an index of vernacular names. xxiii, 672 p. illus. 18.5 em. London, 1984. (1st ed.. 1920.)—Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with range vernacular names, uses, character of wood ; bibliography, geographical lists of timbers; indices of botanical and vernacular names. 27 RECORD, S. J., and MELL, C. D. TIMBERS OF TROPICAL AMERICA. xviii, 610 p. 50 pl. 26 em. New Haven, 1924.—General account of forests in whole of West Indies, Mexico, Central America, and South America; systematic account of families and more impor- tant genera and species of trees, with vernacular names, uses, description of wood and wood anatomy. FLORAS OF THE WORLD Fi been supplemented in the annotation, usually in the form of a parenthetical statement. The figures of longitude given are based on the Greenwich meridian. The annotations in all cases are to be regarded as supplementary to the title. Each publication is listed in full only once, but cross-references are given immediately following the pertinent geographic heading. It has not seemed necessary to provide cross-references from smaller geographical units to the larger units of which they form a part. and the latter should always be consulted as well. Except in a very few cases, all of which are so indicated in the annotation, all the works listed have been examined by one or both of the authors. The comparatively few works that, from their titles, appear to be of value, but which have not been examined or found reviewed, are listed directly after the appropriate geographic heading. The arrangement adopted is an alphabetical-geographical one, summarized in the table of contents. The Times Survey Atlas of the World (London, 1922) has been followed in general for geo- graphic boundaries. No great difficulty has been found in arrang- ing the titles under readily intelligible geographic headings except in the cases of Africa and Insular Floras. The difficulty in Africa arises not so much from the numerous changes of name following the World War, which were accompanied by relatively few and mostly unimportant changes of boundaries, as from the great area covered by some of the principal floras and from the vagueness of many of the geographical divisions of Africa that do not correspond with politi- cal boundaries. The residue of works that could not be definitely placed under any of the recognized political divisions was finally listed under the headings Sahara, South Africa (in general, the region south of the Tropic of Capricorn), and West Africa (in gen- eral, the region from Mauritania to Angola). Cross-references to these are provided under the separate countries concerned, but re- ciprocal references under these three nonpolitical divisions have not been considered necessary. The arrangement of the very numerous insular floras has offered particular difficulty. Some papers deal with the flora of the whole or only a part of definite island groups, others with that of a single island of a group or with several scattered islands or groups of islands; and the boundaries of such commonly used geographic terms as Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia differ somewhat in different atlases and are usually not clearly marked on actual maps. The method finally adopted is that of sting under separate headings papers dealing with an island group as a whole and those dealing individually with any of its constituent islands’ when these are of any considerable size. Papers treating of the flora of several islands or groups of islands are almost always listed in full under the first island mentioned. Cross-references are provided in all cases. All the islands north of 40° north latitude in the Atlantic and 30° north latitude in the Pacific are placed under the continents and countries to which they belong (Greenland under North America; Iceland, Spitzbergen, Faroe Islands, etc., under Europe; Aleutian Islands under Alaska, and so on); the islands stretching from the southern tip of Kamchatka to and including Formosa, also Hainan and the Bouin Islands, as well as Ceylon, under Asia; New Zealand 8 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE — (with Stewart Island), Tasmania, and the small islands immediately off Australia under Australasia; Cedros, Guadalupe, Revillagigedo, Socorro, Tres Marias, and a few smaller islands under Mexico; Fernando Po, Sao Thomé (St. Thomas) with Principe, and Zanzibar under Africa; West Indies under North America. The remaining islands, forming the section Insular Floras of this list, are divided somewhat arbitrarily into three groups: Atlantic Ocean islands, be- tween 70° west and 20° east longitude (Greenwich meridian) ; Indian Ocean islands (including Arabian Sea and Bay of Bengal), between 20° and about 95° east longitude, terminating with the Nicobar Islands (but including Christmas Island and Keeling or Cocos Islands); and the Pacific Ocean islands, from about 95° east to 70° west longitude, including all the Dutch East Indies from Sumatra eastward, with the small islands immediately south of them. The islands in the Mediterranean Sea, except those belonging to Africa, will be treated in the second part of this work. The examination and annotation of several thousand publications has brought to attention so many common faults and omissions in the preparation of floristic papers that some comments will not be out of place. The essential features of even the barest list of plants include a title accurately describing its contents; the most definite possible statement of the geographical area covered, with reference, in the case of small or obscure localities, to the distance and direction from some locality that can be found on any reasonably detailed map, supplemented, particularly in the case of oceanic islands, by details of latitude and longitude; and a statement of the material on which the list is based, whether the author’s collections or observations alone or all published or unpublished information. Any lst that attempts to represent the known flora of a region should include also a statistical summary, not necessarily detailed, of the number of species included, preferably divided among the vascular cryptogams, eymnosperms, monocotyledons, and dicotyledons, with similar figures tor at least the larger families, and a bibliography in which the titles and references are given accurately and in full, not merely to the volume of a work or periodical or the first page of a paper. Additional items that add greatly to the value of a flora include accounts of the topography, hydrography, climate, geology, and soils; botanical explorations and lst of collectors, with full names and some biographical information; list of herbaria in which speci- mens are deposited ; general and special features of vegetation, ecology, phytogeography, life zones, endemic species; notes on native and cultivated useful plants; local vernacular names; lists of doubtful and excluded species, with reference to previous publications; a gazetteer of localities, particularly those not to be found in ordinary atlases, supplemented, if possible, by a map; a list of botanical names first published in the work; and an index. An estimate of the rela- tive completeness of the work may well be added, and, if circum- stances warrant, some account of conditions affecting botanical collecting, such as methods of transportation, available accommoda- tion, and so on. The inclusion or omission of keys, descriptions, references, and synonymy depends on the purpose for which the publication is intended and on the availability of such information in other publications, Authors of works dealing with regions not coy- FLORAS OF THE WORLD 9 ered by descriptive floras, for instance Alaska or most of the Central American countries, should remember that the utility of such publica- tions is increased manyfold by the inclusion of keys, supplemented if possible by brief descriptions, and that, 1f choice must be made, some of the space taken up by detailed citation of exsiccatae and various other less essential matter can be much more profitably employed for this purpose. Authors of supplements to published material should ' give a full reference to the title and place of publication of the original paper. Despite its occasional omissions, the present publication is suffi- ciently complete to afford data for a summary of the knowledge of the floras of more than half the world; all, that is, except Europe and Asia and their associated islands. The extent of the lack of detailed knowledge of the floras of much of this part of the world, with the honorable exceptions of Greenland, Australasia, and a con- siderable proportion of the islands, is brought out in the following paragraphs, which necessarily pass over the numerous strictly local lists or partial floras. Arrica.—Of the 49 geographical divisions here employed (exclud- ing the Sahara, South Africa, and West Africa), there are more or less complete floras, containing descriptions or keys, of seven, as follows: Algeria (1888-1910), Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (1929), Angola (1937—; in process of publication), Egypt (1912, plus list of 220 additional forms in 1930), Swaziland and Transvaal together (1926—; in process of publication), and Tunisia (1902). Of these, only the still unfinished fioras of Angola and of Transvaal and Swazi- iand can really be regarded as satisfactory. The known flora of Algeria has been greatly increased since 1910; Broun and Massey’s Flora of the Sudan is rather a field book than a sufficient flora; Muschler’s Flora of Egypt is presumably as unreliable as his other publications; and the keyed list of the flora of ‘Tunis (with Algeria) published by Battandier and Trabut in 1902, with its predecessor, Bonnet and Barratte’s Catalogue of 1896, is long out of date. Some 19 additional countries or colonies are represented by more or less extensively annotated lists, without keys or descriptions except of the new species: Belgian Congo (1909-21), Eritrea (1903-07; never completed), Gambia (1907, 1922), Gold Coast (1914, 1930, 1937), Itahan Somaliland (1929-36; extensive, but not a compre- hensive flora), Kenya (1922, 1936), Liberia (1937), Libya (1910), Morocco (1931-34), Natal (1921), Nyasaland (1898), Rio de Oro (1914) , Sao Thomé (1886-92), Sierra Leone (1916; not seen), Southern Rhodesia (1916), South-West Africa (1917-28), Tanganyika (1929—; not yet finished), Uganda (1902), and possibly Zanzibar (ca. 1890). The following 23 countries, colonies, and protectorates are entirely without general floras or lists limited to their area, although all but 2 (Bechuanaland, Ruanda and Urundi) have been the subject of partial papers cited in this bibliography: Basutoland, Bechuanaland, Bechuanaland Protectorate, British Somaliland, Cameroons, Cape of Good Hope, Dahomey, Ethiopia (except for Richard’s ancient flora), French Equatorial Africa, French Guinea, French Somaliland, French West Africa, Ivory Coast, Mauritania, Mozambique, Nigeria (except for Hooker and Bentham’s ancient Niger Flora), Northern Rhodesia, 10 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Orange Free State, Portuguese Guinea, Ruanda and Urundi, Senegal, Spanish Guinea, and Togo. All of these, however, are covered by the general floras of Africa—Flora Capensis, Flora of Tropical Africa, Flora of West Tropical Africa—so far as their botany was known at the time the works were written. The lists of species given by Engler in Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas should always be consulted for informa- tion on the flora of these areas, as well as Chevalier’s Enumération - (1920) for the west coast region from Senegal to Calabar. On the whole, the principal countries in Africa most insufficiently known or inadequately covered by published works are, to the north of the Equator, *Rio de Oro2* Mauritania, Senegal, Portuguese Guinea, French Guinea, Sierra Leone, Ivory Coast, Togo. parts of French West Africa and French Equatorial Africa, Spanish Guinea, Uganda, Kenya, “Eritrea, *Ethiopia, *French and *British Somali- land; and south of the Equator, “Northern Rhodesia, Nyasaland, *Mo- zambique, *Bechuanaland, and Orange Free State. A single compre- hensive summary of the very extensive work done on the flora of the Belgian Congo since the Durands’ Sylloge of 1909 is also greatly to be desired, as well as similar summaries for Algeria, Tunisia, Libya Nyasaland, and Uganda. AuvstraLasia.*°—The only general flora of Australia, that of Ben- tham, is now over 60 years old. All the principal subdivisions of Australasia, however, are provided with comparatively modern lists or descriptive floras: New South Wales (Maiden and Betche’s Census, 1916, and Moore and Betche’s descriptive Handbook, 1893) ; Northern Territory (Ewart and Davies’ keyed Flora, 1917) ; Queens- land (Bailey’s descriptive Queensland flora, 1899-1902, and his Com- prehensive Catalogue, 1913); South Austraha (Black’s descriptive Flora, 1922-29, as well as Tate’s Census, 1889-95, and his keyed Hand- book, 1890) ; Victoria (Ewart’s descriptive Flora, 1930, and the Field Naturalists’ Club’s Census, 1928-31); Western Australia (Gardner’s unannotated Enumeratio, 1931); New Zealand (Cheeseman’s descrip- tive Manual, 1925); Tasmania (Rodway’s briefly descriptive Tas- manian Flora, 1903). There are also a large number of substantial local lists, and the flora as a whole can be regarded as more satisfac- torily covered by published works than that of any equally extensive division of the earth’s surface except Europe. INstuLar FLorAs.—Insular floras, from their compactness and aloof- ness, seem to have had a peculiar attraction for botanists. Of the 17 Atlantic islands or groups of islands included in this list, all are more or less well covered by existing lists, although only one group (Bermuda Islands) has a modern descriptive flora. Of the 21 islands or groups of islands listed in the Indian Ocean, the smaller islands as a rule are pretty well covered. Some of the larger floras are comparatively old. Kurz’s report on the Andaman Islands dates from 1870 (with a subsequent nominal list by Rogers in 1903), Baker’s descriptive Flora of Mauritius from 1877 (with a list of additions by Johnston in 1895), Balfour’s Botany of Rodriguez from 1879, Jacob de Cordemoy’s Flora of Réunion from 1895, and Kurz’s Sketch of the Vegetation of the Nicobar Islands from 1876. 25 Those marked with an asterisk are especially in need of floras. . 22 The term Australasia, as here uSed, refers only to Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania, the minor islands being listed under Insular Floras. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 11 The greatest need in this field is a satisfactory flora of Madagascar. Baron’s Compendium dates from 1901 to 1906, Palacky’s Catalogus from 1905 to 1907, and both are merely lists, as is also the catalog now being published in parts by the Académie Malgache. The excel- lent descriptive Flore de Madagascar edited by Humbert has so far covered only 6 of the 189 families represented in the flora, and the prospects of its completion under present disturbed world conditions are not favorable. The large proportion of endemics in this flora of over 5,000 species and the extent to which the descriptions are scattered in botanical literature make the publication of a descriptive flora of the island one of the greatest desiderata in the botanical literature of the world. The 23 islands or groups of islands in the Pacific Ocean are very unequally covered. ‘The chief ones of which knowledge of the flora, however incomplete, is fairly well organized are the Australian Islands (Antipodes, Auckland, Bounty, Campbell, Chatham, Kermadec, Lord Howe, Macquarie, Norfolk, Snares), Borneo (Merrill’s Biblio- graphic Enumeration, 1921, with additions to 1926), Cocos Island, Fiji Islands (Seemann, 1865-73, with extensive lists of additions by several recent authors), Galapagos Islands, Java (Koorders’ Exkur- sionsflora, 1911-87) , Juan Fernandez Islands (Skottsberg, 1921), some islands or groups in Melanesia (New Hebrides, Guillaumin, 1928 and subsequently; New Caledonia, listed separately beyond; and, mostly in less complete form, the flora of several smaller islands), Micro- nesia (Kanehira’s Enumeration, 1935; also Guam, Merrill, 1914, and several of the smaller islands), New Caledonia (Guillaumin, 1911, with a bewildering array of subsequent additions), Philippine Islands (Merrill, 1923-26, with subsequent additions to 1930), parts of Poly- nesia (Marquesas, Tuamotu, and Austral Islands, etc., Brown and Brown, 1931-85; Samoan and Society Islands, listed separately be- yond; and numerous single islands or small groups), Samoan Islands (Reinecke, 1896-98, with additions; Christophersen, 1935-38), San Ambrosio and San Felix (Skottsberg, 1937), and Society Islands (Drake del Castillo, 1892, and Setchell’s recent papers). Most of these islands, so far as modern floras go, are covered by lists only, with the principal exception of Koorders’ Exkursionsflora von Java and Drake del Castillo’s Flore de la Polynésie Francaise, so that much research is necessary for the identification of specimens. Sumatra and New Guinea are very inadequately provided with floras, the former having Miquel’s Prodromus of 1860 and various later lists covering individual collections; the latter various lists of separate collections, but no general flora since its treatment in Miquel’s Flora Indiae Batavae in 1855-59. The Hawaiian Islands have Hille- brand’s Flora of 1888, now far from satisfactory, and Degener’s Flora Hawaliensis, a well-illustrated current work marred by its piecemeal publication in loose-leaf form, a method of publication which is unique among floras at present, and, it is to be hoped, forever. Celebes has among modern floras only Koorders’ Verslag of 1898, covering the Minahasa Peninsula, with a set of supplements extend- ing to 1922. Many of the smaller groups or single islands possess fairly complete floras. The extent to which the known flora of the smaller islands in Polynesia can be increased by careful collecting 12 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE is indicated by the statistical table recently given by St. John *° of the results of the Mangarevan Expedition. Norta Amertca.—A/aska.—Hultén’s Flora of the Aleutian Islands and Westernmost Alaska Peninsula (1937), Porsild’s Contributions to the Flora of Alaska (1939), and several fairly modern local lists are available, but there is no general flora except Rothrock’s compiled list of 1872, now of little more than historical value. A flora of Alaska by Eric Hultén is in course of publication. Canada.—The only general list, by John Macoun, dates from 1883-90, with supplements by James M. Macoun extending to 1906. Of the 15 Provinces and districts here recognized (including New- foundland, politically not a part of Canada), only one-third possess a modern list: Franklin (Simmons, 1913), Manitoba (Jackson and others, 1922), Prince Edward Island (Hurst, 1933, an un- annotated list), Quebec (Louis-Marie, 1931; also Marie-Victorin’s Flore Laurentienne, 1935, covering the southern part), Saskatchewan (Fraser and Russell, 1937). There are older lists for Labracor (Macoun, 1897), New Brunswick (Fowler, 1885, with additions to 1905), and Nova Scotia (Lindsay, 1877), none of which adequately represents present knowledge, and a fair number of local lists. Central America—Of the eight Central American countries (in- cluding Mexico), only three possess modern floras, all written by Paul C. Standley alone or in cooperation with other botanists (Brit- ish Honduras, 1936; Costa Rica, 1937-38; Salvador, 1925). The first contains brief descriptions of the woody plants, and the second of the dicotyledons; the third is an annotated list only. Guatemala, Honduras, and Nicaragua are quite without real floras, although two of them are the subject of publications so miscalled; the two last are the least known of Central American countries, but a few local lists can be cited. Panama possesses, in addition to Seemann’s now ancient Flora (1852-54), Standley’s Flora of Barro Colorado Island (1933) and his Flora of the Panama Canal Zone (1928), the latter with keys and often brief descriptions. Mexico, by far the largest and richest in species of Central American republics, has had no complete flora since the general one of Hemsley (Biologia Centrali-Ameri- cana... Botany, 1879-88), which covered also the other Central American countries and is now very far from representing the known vascular plants. The gap is well filled, as far as woody plants are concerned, by Standley’s Trees and Shrubs of Mexico (1920-26), but this includes probably less than half the total flora. The only com- plete flora of any Mexican State is Standley’s Flora of Yucatan (1930), but there are also floras by Reiche of localities in the vicinity of Mexico City and others of several islands by other authors as well as Brandegee’s papers on Baja California. Greenland.—The by no means extensive flora of Greenland (scarcely 400 species) probably can boast of more pages of botanical literature per species than that of any other region in this list. The last complete list with localities and annotations is that of Lange, as revised by Rosenvinge in 1892, but there are a comparatively large number of carefully prepared lists of later date for different parts of the island. 8 Bul. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. 133: 56. 1935. a oe et © FLORAS OF THE WORLD 13 United States—Of the 49 geographical units (48 States plus the District of Columbia), 7 (Arizona, Delaware, Florida, Idaho, Oregon, South Carolina, and Virginia *) have never had a separate flora, and 4 others (Georgia in 1849; Kentucky, 1853; Louisiana, 1852; Massa- chusetts, 1835) have not had a published flora for around a century. Of the remaining 38, some 28 possess State lists that are more or less up to date: Alabama, 1901; Arkansas, 1891, with additions to 1926; California, 1925; Colorado, 1906; Connecticut, 1910, with additions to 1980; District of Columbia, 1919, with additions to 1930; Indiana, 1900, with additions to 1985; Iowa, 1933; Kansas, 1893; Michigan, 1904, with additions to 1908; Mississippi, 1921; Missouri, 1935; Montana, 1900, with additions to 1905; Nebraska, 1936; Nevada, 1925 (but so completely combined with that of Utah that it is a regional rather than a State flora); New Jersey, 1890; New Mexico, 1915; New York, 1924; North Dakota, 1918; Ohic, 1982, with addi- tions to 1939; Oklahoma, 1930; Pennsylvania, 1903; South Dakota, 1932; Texas, 1938; Utah, 1925 (see remark under Nevada) ; Vermont, 1937; Washington, 1906; West. Virginia, 1913, with additions to 1936. Of these 28 State floras, 18 were published or were brought approximately up to date by supplements within the last 20 years (that is, subsequent to 1919) .8? The published floras of the remaining 10 States cannot be regarded as at all adequately reflecting existing knowledge (Illinois, 1876; Maine, 1892, with additions to 1897; Mary- land, 1910; Minnesota, 1884, with additions to 1887; New Hampshire, 1874; North Carolina, 1899; Rhode Island, 1920, an unreliable list; Tennessee, 1901; Wisconsin, 1883; Wyoming, 1896). A severe cri- tique might reduce from 28 to not more than about 13 the number of States with moderately satisfactory floras. One or more local floras covering larger or smaller areas are cited in this list for all the 48 States except Nevada. California, Indiana, Towa, Massachusetts, Michigan, New York, Pennsylvania, and Wash- ington are particularly well supplied with them. Insofar as the identi- fication of vascular plants is concerned, all the States are covered by local or regional floras with the exception of Arizona, for which only Gray’s unfinished Synoptical Flora, now more than 40 years old, is available; two floras of the State, however, are in an advanced state of preparation. West Indies——Good modern floras are available of the Bahama Islands (Britton and Millspaugh, 1920), Hispaniola (Urban, 1920- 21), Jamaica (Fawcett and Rendle, 1910—; not yet finished), and Puerto Rico (Britton and Wilson, 1923-30; also Urban, 1903-11), all of which except those by Urban are descriptive floras. In the Lesser Antilles about half the islands are the subject of lists or descriptive floras; in order from north to south, Anegada, American 31Gronovius’ Flora Virginica, although of great historical importance, can hardly be regarded as a real flora of the State, as it was based on the collections of a single botanist made in only a part of the whole area, gives almost no specific localities, and, moreover, uses the old polynomial nomenclature, although its second edition (1762) was published after the Species Plantarum. 32 One more flora has been published, too late for inclusion in this List, bringing the total of more modern State floras to 19. GaTES, F. C. ANNOTATED LIST OF THE PLANTS OF KANSAS: FERNS AND FLOWERING PLANTS (cover title, FLORA OF KANSAS). 266 p. maps. Topeka, 1940. (Publication of Agricultural Experiment Station, Kansas State College of Agriculture and Applied Science.)—In addition, a very full State flora of Indiana and an unannotated check list of the flora of West Virginia have appeared in 1940. Dram, C. C. FLORA OF INDIANA. 1236 p. illus. (incl. maps). Indianapolis, 1940. (Publication of De- partment of Conservation, Division of Forestry, Indiana.)—-Corr. E. L. a CATALOGUE OF THH VASCULAR PLANTS OF WEST VIRGINIA. Castanea 5; 31-73. 1940. 14 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Virgin Islands (formerly Danish West Indies; St. Thomas, St. John, and St. Croix), Anguilla, Dutch West Indies (St. Martin, St. Eustatius, Saba). Guadeloupe, Martinique, and St. Vincent. There are also comparatively ancient lists of the plants of St. Bartholomew (1826) and Barbados (1848). The others, including such sizable islands as Barbuda, St. Christopher, Nevis. Antigua, Montserrat, Dominica, St. Lucia, and Grenada, are covered only by Grisebach’s inclusive and now rather out-of-date Flora of the British West Indian Islands (1859-64) and his list of plants of the Lesser Antilles (1857). The greatest gap in the botanical literature of the West Indies, however. is the lack of any flora of Cuba since the relatively ancient lists of Grisebach (1866) and Sauvalle (1873), both based primarily on Charles Wright’s collections. SottH America—Of the 14 units (13 countries and Patagonia, treated separately for convenience), only 4 possess recent and es- sentially complete lists of vascular plants—Patagonia (Macloskie, 1903-14, an annotated list with keys and brief descriptions), Surinam (list by Pulle, 1906, as well as his descriptive flora. still in process of publication), Uruguay (list by Herter, 1930, with subsequent addi- tions), and Venezuela (list by Knuth, 1926-28). Reiche’s deserip- tive Flora de Chile (1896-1911), in itself not too trustworthy, was left incomplete before reaching the end of the dicotyledons, and Gay’s earlier flora (1845-54) is now completely out of date. A descriptive flora of Peru, by Macbride and collaborators, is now in course of publication. Martius’ Flora Brasiliensis (1840-1906), the greatest of all published floras both in actual size and in number of species described, befitting the country whose flora is the richest in the world, is in great part too old to be of much more than historical value. None of the seven remaining countries has even a comprehensive list of species, with the exception of that for British Guiana, now almost a century old. For Argentina, the chief sources are Grise- bach’s two lists of 1874 and 1879, based on the collections of Lorentz, Hieronymus, and Schickendantz, and the catalog by Hauman and others. which reaches only to the Droseraceae (Engler and Prantl system) and of which no new part has appeared since 1923; there are, however, numerous local lists and papers on medicinal and woody plants. Bolivia has only the lists of plants collected by Rusby. Bang. Herzog, Buchtien. and R. S. Williams. Our knowledge of the general flora of British Guiana rests almost entirely on the collections of Robert and Richard Schomburgk. made about a cen- tury ago and worked up principally by Bentham, then listed by Richard Schomburgk in 1848 in a form not easy to consult; there are several papers on Mount Roraima and a recent flora by Graham of the Kartabo region, with keys and brief descriptions. Colombia and Ecuador, of all South American countries, are the most incompletely represented in floristic literature. Both are highly mountainous, with great numbers of endemic species, but the only available general floras, in both cases never completed, date from the 1860’s. and there are no real local floras. Frencn Guiana has had no general flora, although the woods and useful plants are well covered, and the chief sources for knowledge of the flora are Sagot’s very fragmentary list and Benoist’s list of his own collections. For Paraguay, the principal basis is Chodat’s account of Hassler’s col- FLORAS OF THE WORLD 15 lections, with Morong and Britton’s list of the plants collected by Morong around Asuncion. It has seemed worth while to attempt to select a list of 100 floras and floristic works of greatest general utility. In this list Africa, Insular Floras, and North America are represented by approximately the same number of titles, whereas Australasia and South America are assigned a smaller number; the former because it can be ade- quately covered thus, the latter because few works of broad scope are available. The lst follows the alphabetical arrangement of titles in the body of the work. An asterisk indicates works in process of publication, « dagger those that were never completed. Arrica ** (25 titles) —+Engler, Die Pflanzenwelt Afrikas; Battan- dier and Trabut, Flore de |’Algérie; *Carrisso, Conspectus Florae Angolensis; Durand and Durand, Sylloge Florae Congolanae; Muschler, Manual Flora of Egypt; +Pirotta, Flora della Colonia Eritrea; Chiovenda, Flora Somala; Dinklage, Verzeichnis der Flora von Liberia; Durand and Barratte, Florae Libycae Prodromus; Pampanini, Plantae Tripolitanae, and his Prodromo della Flora Cirerrica; Jahandiez and Maire, Catalogue des Plantes du Maroc; Bews, Introduction to the Flora of Natal and Zululand; Burkill, List of the Known Plants Occurring in British Central Africa, Nyasaland, and the British Territory North of the Zambesi; Maire, Etudes sur la Flore et la Végétation du Sahara central; Harvey and Sonder, Flora Capensis; Marloth, Flora of South Africa; Eyles, Record of Plants Collected in Southern Rhodesia; Dinter, Index der aus Deutsch-Sitidwestafrika bis zum Jahre 1917 bekannt gewor- denen Pflanzenarten; Engler, Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der Nachbargebiete; *Peter, Flora von Deutsch-Ostafrika; *Burtt Davy, Manual of the Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Transvaal with Swaziland; Bonnet and Barratte, Catalogue Raisonné des Plantes Vasculaires de la Tunisie: Hutchinson and Dalziel, Flora of West Tropical Africa; *Oliver, Flora of Tropical Africa. Avstrauasia (11 titles) —Bentham, Flora Australiensis; Maiden and Betche, Census of New South Wales Plants; Moore and Betche, Handbook of the Flora of New South Wales; Ewart and Davies, Flora of the Northern Territory; Bailey, Comprehensive Catalogue of Queensland Plants, and his Queensland Flora; Black, Flora of South Australia; Ewart, Flora of Victoria; Gardner, Enumeratio Plantarum Australiae Occidentalis;-Cheeseman, Manual of the New Zealand Flora; Rodway, Tasmanian Flora. InsuLaR FLORAS (25 titles)—Hemsley, Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H. M.S. Challenger . . . Botany; Trelease, Botanical Observations on the Azores; Britton, Flora of Bermuda; Pitard and Proust, Les Iles Canaries, Flore de ?Archipel; Chevalier, Les Iles du Cap Vert; Schenck, Vergleichende Darstellung der Pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen Inseln; Skottsberg, Botani- cal Survey of the Falkland Islands; Menezes, Flora do Archipelago da Madeira; *Académie Malgache, Catalogue des Plantes de Mada- gascar; Palacky, Catalogus Plantarum Madagascariensium; Baker, Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles; Jacob de Cordemoy, Flore de ese CHEVALIER, FLORE VIVANTE DE L’AFRIQUE OCCIDENTALE FRANCAISE, Should probably be included in this list, but the work has not been available for examination. 241306°—42 2 16 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE litle de la Réunion; Balfour, Botany of Sokotra and Abd-el-Kuri; Merrill, Bibliographic Enumeration of Bornean Plants; Miquel, Flora Indiae Batavae (including the supplement, Prodromus Florae Sumatranae) ; Stewart, Botanical Survey of the Galapagos Islands; Hillebrand, Flora of the Hawaiian Islands; Koorders, Exkursions- flora von Java; Skottsberg, Phanerogams of the Juan Fernandez Islands; Kanehira, Enumeration of Micronesian Plants; Guillaumin, Catalogue des Plantes Phanérogames de la Nouvelle- Calédonie; Schumann and Lauterbach, Die Flora der Deutschen Schutzgebiete in der Siidsee; Merrill, Enumeration of Philippine Flowering Plants: Drake, Tllustrationes Florae Insularum Maris Pacifici; Brown and Brown, Flora of Southeastern Polynesia. Norra AMERICA (30 titles) —*New York Botanical Garden, North American Flora; Macoun, Catalogue of Canadian Plants; Simmons, Survey of the Phytogeogr ‘aphy of the Arctic American Archipelago; Marie-Victorin, Flore Laurentienne; Hemsley, Biologia Centrali- Americana . . . Botany; Standley and Record, Forests and Flora of British Honduras; Standley, Flera of Costa Rica, his Trees and Shrubs of Mexico, and his Flora of the Panama Canal Zone; Stand- ley and Calderén, Lista Preliminar de las Plantas de El Salvador; Lange, Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae; +Gray, Synoptical Flora of North America; Britton and Brown, Tllustrated Flora of the North- ern United States, Canada and the British Possessions; Gray’s New Manual of Botany; Small, Flora of the Southeastern United States, and his Manual of the Southeastern Flora; *Abrams, Illustrated Flora of the Pacific States; Howell, Flora of Northwest America; Rydberg, Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains, and his Flora of the Prairies and Plains of Central North America; Jepson, Manual of the Flowering Plants of California; Tidestrom, Flora of Utah and Nevada; Wooton and Standley, Flora of New Mexico; Coulter, Botany of Western Texas; Piper, Flora of the State of Wash- ington; Grisebach, Flora of the British West Indian Islands, and his Catalogus Plantarum Cubensium; Urban, Flora Domingensis; *Faw- cett and Rendle, Flora of J amaica ; Britton and Wilson, Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. SourH America (9 titles).—Grisebach, Symbolae ad Floram Argen- tinam; Martius, Flora Brasiliensis; +Reiche, Flora de Chile; Chodat, Plantae Hasslerianae; Macloskie, Flora Patagonica; *Macbride, Flora of Peru; *Pulle, Flora of Surinam; Herter, Enumeratio Plan- tarum Vascularium Sponte Nascentium Republica Orientali Uruguay- ensi; Knuth, Initia Florae Venezuelensis. ANNOTATED LIST OF FLORAS AND FLORISTIC WORKS AFRICA In addition to the division by countries and colonies, the headings Sahara, South Africa, and West Africa are used for titles not falling readily under the names of political units. ‘Durand, Théophile, and Schinz, Hans. Conspectus florae Africae, ou énu- mération des plantes d’Afrique. v.1, pt. 2,v.5. 25cm. Bruxelles [ete.], 1895-98. List of vascular plants, with references, Synonyms, local and general range. Incomplete: v. 1, pt. 2, Ranunculaceae—Frankeniaceae (Bentham and Hooker system) ; v. 5, Monocotyledoneae and Gymnospermae. No more published. Engler, Adolf. Die pflanzenwelt Afrikas insbesondere seiner tropischen gebiete. Grundziige der pflanzenverbreitung in Afrika und die charakterpflanzen FLORAS OF THE WORLD LZ Afrikas. v. 1-3, v.5,h.1. illus., plates, maps. 25.5 em. Leipzig, 1908-25. (Die vegetation der erde ... hrsg. von A. Engler und O. Drude, v. 9.) Vol. 1: Phytogeographical; lists of principal collectors, with their localities and dates, and map of routes (p. xvi—xxvill) ; general features of flora, plant formations, etec., of the 68 phytogeographical regions recognized (including Cape Verde, Canary, and Madeira Islands), with numerous lists of species and references to principal publications; climate, soils, plant formations, etc., of Africa as a whole; vol. 2, running account of pteridophytes, gymnosperms, and monocotyledons, with keys to genera and mention of more important species; vol. 3, the same, Casuarinaceae—Umbelliferae; vol. 4, to cover Sympetalae and cellular plants (not yet published) ; vol. 5, pt. 1, ecology; vol. 5, pt. 2-5, to cover botanical explorations and bibliography (not yet published). In several cases the lists of species given in this work are the fullest available. Rochebrune, A. T. de. Toxicologie africaine. Etude botanique, historique, ethnographique, chimique, physiologique, thérapeutique, pharmacologique, poso- logique, ete., sur les végétaux toxiques et suspects propres au continent africain et aux fles adjacentes. 2 v. 631 fig. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1897 (1896) -99. Detailed account of poisonous vascular plants, systematically arranged, with synonymy, vernacular names, range, description, history, chemistry, physiology, therapeutics, pharmacology, ete. Incomplete; Ranunculaceae—Mimosaceae. Originally appeared in Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun y. 8-12. 1895-99. Shantz, H. L., and Marbut, C. F. The vegetation and soils of Africa. x, 263 p. (inel. map). plates. 21cm. N. Y., 1923. (American Geographical Society. Research series no. 13.) Cited here for its bibliography (p. 85-112), consisting chiefly of works on travel, alphabetically arranged by authors. Very few strictly botanical works are listed. Thonner, Franz. The flowering plants of Africa. An analytical key to the genera of African phanerogams. xvi, 647 p. 150 pl. on 75, map. 25.5 cm. Lon- don, 1915. (German edition, 1908, Die bliitenpflanzen Afrikas. ) Bibliography, keys to families and genera, somewhat annotated; statistics, glossary, brief list of vernacular names. ALGERIA See also Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth, Arabische pflanzennamen); Sahara. The following publication has not been available for examination: Doumergue, Francois. Herborisations oranaises. Premiére partie: Oran. Bul. Soe. G0 ek ain). Oran y. 33, fase. 186. 76 p. 1918. (Cited from Bul. Soc. Bot. France 62: 90. 5. General Battandier, J. A., and Trabut, Louis. Algérie. Plantes médicinales, essences et parfums. 3839p. 24 cm. Alger, 1889. Annotated list of wild and cultivated species. Much the same material appears in Battandier, J. A. Algérie. Plantes médicinales. 61 p. 21cm. Alger-Musta- pha, 1900. (Exposition universelle de 1900.) and Trabut, Louis. Flore analytique et synoptique de l’Algérie et de la Tunisie. 406 p. 22.5 em. Alger, 1902 [1904]. Flora of 3,816 vascular plants, in form of keys, with very brief indication of range. —and Trabut, Louis. Flore de l’Algérie contenant la description de toutes les plantes signalées jusqu’a ce jour comme spontanées en Algérie et catalogue des plantes du Maroc. 2 v. 6 pl. 25.5 em. Alger, 1888—95.—Supplé- ment aux phanérogames. 90 p. 24cm. Paris, Alger, 1910. Descriptive flora of Algeria, with keys; additional species recorded by Ball from Morocco are listed, but not described. Replaces (as to Monocotyledones) their “Flore d’Alger” (1884). The supplement includes also a list of herbaria consulted and bibliography. The first volume is by Battandier alone. Bouquet, J. Matiére médicale indigéne de l'Afrique du Nord. Trav. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 8. 29 p. 1921. Includes annotated list of medicinal plants from region of Algeria, Tunis, Sahara, ete. 18 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Cosson, Ernest. Compendium florae atlanticae, seu expositio methodica plan- tarum omnium in Algeria necnon in Regno Tunetano et Imperio Maroeccano hucusque notarum, ou flore des Etats Barbaresques, Algérie, Tunisie et Maroc. 2v. 2maps. 24.5 cm. Paris, 1881-87. (1) Alphabetical lists of collectors, well annotated; gazetteer, bibliography, phytogeographical regions, map showing itineraries of principal collecting expeditions, list of principal localities with names of collectors; (2) list of botanists supplementary to annotated list of collectors; descriptive flora of vascular plants (in Latin), with references and vernacular names. Incom- plete (Ranunculaceae—Cruciferae), A second edition of the “Répertoire alpha- bétique oe principales localités ... ,”’ with map, separately published in 1882 (142 p.). Ducellier, Léon, and Maire, René. Végétaux adventices observés dans V’Afrique du Nord. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 14: 304-325. 1923; 16: 126-131. 1925. Annotated list of vascular plants; sources of origin, ete. Foureau, Fernand. Essai de catalogue des noms arabes et berbéres de quelques plantes, arbustes et arbres algériens et Sahariens ou introduits et cultivés en Algérie. 48 p. 28 cm. Paris, 1896. Alphabetical list of Arab and Touareg or Berber vernacular names, with botanical equivalents. France. Comité régional d’Algérie. Répertoire des plantes médicinales de lVAfrique du Nord. 62p. 24cm. Alger, 1924. Directions for collecting commercial material of drug plants; annotated list of species, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names. Originally published in Revue Hort. Algérie v. 27. 1923. France. Ministére de la guerre—Direction des affaires de l’Algérie. Cata- logue explicatif et raisonné de l’Exposition permanente des produits de Algérie ae suivi du catalogue méthodique des produits algériens 4 l Exposition universelle de Paris en 1855. 207 p. 22.5 cm. Paris, 1855. Includes classified and annotated lists of useful plants. Lapie, Georges, and Maige, Albert. Flore forestiére illustrée comprenant toutes les espéces ligneuses de lAlgérie et les espéces ligneuses les plus répandues en Tunisie, au Maroc et dans le midi de la France. ... viii, 357 p. 881 fig., map. 22 em. Paris, [1915?]. A popular handbook of forestry for Algeria; includes illustrated keys and alphabetically arranged list of 482 species; vernacular names. Maire, René. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore de l’Afrique du Nord 1-28. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 9: 172—1838. 1918; 12: 42-52. 180(bis)-187. 1921: 18: 37-44, 209-220. 1922; 14: 118-158. 1923; 15: 70-92, 95-106. 380-395. 1 fig. 1924; 17: 104-126. 1926. —Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 15. 58 p. 1926.—Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 19: 29-66. 1928.—Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 8: 128-148. 1928.—Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 20: 12-42. 1929.— Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 21. 19 p. 1929.—Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 20: 171-220. 1929; 22: 30-72, 275-330. 3 fig. 1931; 23: 168-222. 1932; 24: 194-232. 1933.—Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 13: 263-275. 1933.—Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 25: 286-326. 1934; 26: 184-234. 1935; 27: 203-238, 241-270. pl. 5-16. 1936; 28: 332-888. pl. 29-40. 19387; 29: 403-458. pl. 19. 1988; 380: 255-314, 327-870. pl. 17, 19-20. 1989. New species, new records, and critical notes on a large number of species from Morocco, Algeria, Libya, and the Sahara. The series includes 3,101 separate numbered notes (through 1939). No. 27 (1939) by Maire and M. Weiller. Les progrés des connaissances botaniques en Algérie depuis 1830. 2297p.) (8 (pores, SEarisg tsi Chronologically arranged account of botanical explorations, with biographical] notes on collectors and included bibliography. Trabut, Louis. Flore du nord de l|’Afrique. Répertoire des noms indigénes des plantes spontanées, cultivées et utilisées dans le nord de l'Afrique. 355 p. 94 em. Alger, 1935. (1830-1930. Collection du centenaire de l Algérie. Etudes scientifiques. ) Previous work on vernacular names; alphabetical list of botanical names, with vernacular equivalents; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with refer- ences to generic names; similar list of French vernacular names. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 19 Local Bonnet, Edmond, and Maury, Paul. D’Ain-Sefra 4 Djenien-Bou-Resq. Voy- age botanique dans le Sud-Oranais. Jour. de Bot. 2: 277-301, 312-822. 1888. Botanical explorations of authors, with lists of species of different localities ; list of vascular plants, Characeae, and mushrooms collected, with localities. Clary, L. R. Catalogue des plantes observées 4 Daya (Algérie). Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 22: 115-172. 1888. Physiography, general features of flora, botanical explorations; list of vascular plants, with localities. Debeaux, Odon. Catalogue des plantes observées dans le territoire de Boghar (Algérie). Actes Soe. Linn. Bordeaux 28 (III, 3): 159-208, 247-317. 1860. (Reprinted, 121 p. Bordeaux, 1861.) Physiography, geology, ete.; annotated list of 730 vascular plants. Flore de la Kabylie du Djurjura (Algérie). Revue Bot. (Toulouse) 11: 1-416d. 1893.—Additions et corrections ... 1. ec. 12: 113-160. 1894. (Re- printed, 468 p. Paris, 1894.) Physiography, botanical explorations, bibliography; list of 1,710 vascular plants with references and localities; phytogeography. Doumergue, Francois. Les hauts plateaux oranais de l’ouest au point de vue botanique. Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frang. Avance. Sci. 25 (2): 374-408. 1897. Itineraries, topography; list of vascular plants and Characeae collected by author, with localities: critical notes on Several species. Ducellier, Léon. Etude phytogéographique des dunes de la baie d’Alger. Revue Gén. Bot. 23: 273-808, 321-340. 8 fig. (incl. 2 maps), pl. 6-7. 1911. Soil, climate, plant associations; unannotated list of vascular plants. The dunes occupy a stretch about 15 km. long. Fitting, Hans, and Littmann, Enno. Arabische pflanzennamen aus der umgegend von Biskra (Algerien). Zeitschr. Deut. Morgenliind. Gesell. 65: 336-348. 1911. Annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents. Flahault, Charles. Rapport sur les herborisations de la Société. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 53 (Sess. Extr.) : Ixxxviii-clxxix. pl. 15-38, tab. 1907. Running account of topography and vegetation, with numerous lists of species observed at different localities in Oran by the Société Botanique de France; brief bibliography. Gay, Hippolyte. Florule de Blida. Revue Bot. (Toulouse) 7: 87-155. 1888-89. (Reprint, 68 p.) Cultivated plants, plant zones; annotated list of vascular plants; also list of mosses and hepaties (by L. Corbiére). Hanoteau, Adolphe, and Letourneux, Aristide. Flore de la Kabylie. Jn their La Kabylie... 2. éd. rev. et augm. v. 1, p. 107-208. Paris, 1893. (1st ed., 1868. ) Botanical explorations, general features of flora; list of vascular (1,619 species) and cellular plants, with localities, prepared with the aid of E. Cosson. Hochreutiner, B. P. G. Le Sud-oranais. Etudes floristiques et phytogéo- graphiques faites au cours d’une exploration dans le sud-ouest de l’Algérie en 1901. Annuaire Conserv. et Jard. Bot. Genéve 7/8: 22-276. 1 fig., 24 pl. 1904. Itinerary, plant habitats with lists of species, origin of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author, with localities; lists of cellular plants, galls, and insects collected (by other authors). Julien, Adr. Flore de la région de Constantine; comprenant la description des charactéres botaniques des plantes de la contrée, de leurs propriétés et leurs usages chez leS européens et chez les indigénes. 332 p. 21.5 cm. Constan- tine, 1894. General features of flora, botanical stations with lists of species; annotated catalog of vascular and cellular plants (over 1,400 species), with notes on uses. Lapie, Georges. Etude phytogéographique de la Kabylie du Djurjura. Revue Géog. 3: 1-154. 12 fig. (incl. 2maps),3 maps. 1909. Includes numerous lists of vascular and cellular plants in the account of different plant formations, but no complete list ; bibliography. 20 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Lefranc, Edmond. La Calle. Topographie, botanique et climatologie. 26 p. 24 em. Paris, 1867. (Reprinted with some additions from Bul. Soc. Bot. France v. 9 and v. 12.) Botanical explorations, physiography, plant zones; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1859-61. Catalogue des plantes récoltées dans la subdivision de Sidi-bel-Abbés, pendant les années 1863 et 1864. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 18: 26-81, 45-51, 65-71. 1866. List of vascular plants and Characeae, with localities.—See also his Sidi-bel- Abbés. Topographie, climatologie et botanique. 1. c. 12: 383-3895. 1865. Maire, René. Contribution 4 la étude de la flore des montagnes de Numidie. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 18: 71-76. 1927. List of species collected by the author in 1924-25, mostly new to the region. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Djurdjura. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 5: 235-238. 1913; 7: 49-61. 1916. Plant associations, phytogeography; records of species new or rare in the region. La végétation des montagnes du Sud Oranais. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 7 [bis]: 210-292. pl.4-17. 1916. Itinerary; physiography; botanical explorations and plant formations of different localities; short list of Arabic names; list of new or noteworthy vascular and cellular plants; phytogeography, bibliography. and Wilczek, Ernest. Florule des Iles Habibas. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 26 [bis] :61-75. 2 fig. (maps), 2 pl. 1986. Topography, geology, general features of flora, plant associations, origin of flora: list of cellular and vascular plants, list of cultivated plants. Based on collections of authors and Faure in 1934. (Off coast of Oran.) Reboud, Victor. Catalogue des plantes les plus intéressantes observées dans le cercle de Bou-Saida (Algérie), de septembre 1864 4 juillet 1865. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 14: 130-136. 1867. List of vascular plants, with localities.—See also Nicholas, G. Liste des plantes récoltées 4 Bou-Saada et observations sur quelques unes d’entre elles. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 6: 139-148. pl.1. 1914. Catalogue des plantes phanérogames croissant spontanément dans le cercle de Souk-Ahras. Bul. Acad. Hippone 14: 12-58. 1879. (Preprinted, 44 p. Bone, 1878.) General features of flora, physiography, etc.; list of 944 vascular plants, briefly annotated as to locality. Sériziat, Charles. Catalogue des plantes de Tébessa. Jn his Etudes sur Tébessa et ses environs. Bul. Acad. Hippone 22: 186-215. .1887. Annotated list of 820 vascular and cellular plants.—See also Desorthés. Sup- plément ... 1. ec. 24: 120-129. 1891. Société Botanique de France. Liste des plantes observées aux environs de Biskra et dans l’Aurés . . . Session de Biskra (avril 1892). 26 p. map. 24.5 em. Alger, 1892. Unannotated lists of plants from several localities. Trabut, Louis. D’Oran 4 Mécheria. Notes botaniques et catalogue des plantes remarquables. 86 p. 24cm. Alger, 1887. General features of flora; catalog of species. ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SUDAN See also Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth, Beitrag); Ethiopia (Chiovenda, Plantae novae) ; Northern Rhodesia (Fries) ; West Africa (Giirke; Oliver). ° General Broun, A. F., and Massey, R. E. Flora of the Sudan. 502 p. 19 ecm. London, 1929. Key to families (by J. Hutchinson) ; list of spermatophytes, with vernacular names, brief descriptions, localities, uses. FLORAS OF THE WORLD ill Local Chipp, T. F. The Imatong Mountains, Sudan. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1929: 177-197. pl. 8-11, map. 1929. Geography, topography, general features of flora, phytogeography; annotated list, by M. B. Moss, of cellular and vascular plants collected by Chipp. The Imatong Mountains lie just north of the boundary between Anglo-Hgyptian Sudan and Uganda. Crowfoot, G. M. Flowering plants of the northern and central Sudan... Forming a companion volume to the List of the Sudan flora. xxy p. 1 fig. (map), plates. 22.5 cm. Leominster, [1928]. General features of flora; note on certain species of Acacia known as “samr” and “seyal’; figures of about 175 plants, with very brief descriptions (color of flowers, ete.), and vernacular names. The “List of the Sudan flora” referred to is Broun and Massey’s Flora. Grant, J. A. The botany of the Speke and Grant expedition, an enumeration of the plants collected during the journey of the late Captain J. H. Speke and Captain (now Lieut.-Col.) J. A. Grant from Zanzibar to Egypt... Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. v. 29. 190 p. 1386 pl., map. 1872-75. Itinerary; annotated list of native names, with uses; annotated list of 702 vascular plants. (Dicotyledones, Monocotyledones-Glumiferae, by D. Oliver ; Monocotyledones-Petaloideae, Filices, ete., by J. G. Baker.) (From landing on edge of Kingam River opposite Zanzibar to Cairo, via west side of Victoria Nyanza and the Nile; does not include Zanzibar.) Lester-Garland, L. V. Some plants from Jebel Marra, Darfur. Jour. Bot. 59: 46-48. 1921. List of vascular plants collected by Captain H. Lynes in 1920, with altitudes and general range.—See also Norman, Cecil. Plants from Jebel Marra, Darfur. Jour. Bot. 62: 134-139. 1924. Muriel, C. E. Appendix to Report on the Sudan forests. 2d ed. 11 p. Cairo, 1901. List of plants mainly from the White Nile, the Blue Nile, and Kordofan, alpha- betically arranged by vernacular names, with Arabic and Hameg vernacular names, habitat, remarks on uses. Rein, G. K. Die im englischen Sudan, in Uganda und dem nor aienen Kongo- staate wild und halbwild wachsenden nutzpflanzen. Tropenpflanzer 13: 374- 879, 532-539. 1909; 15: 217-220, 387-393. 1911. Annotated list of principal useful wild plants, grouped by uses. Schweinfurth, Georg. Bericht tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der ersten Niam-Niam-reise, Januar-Juli 1870. Bot. Zeit. 29: 301-317, 324-341, 351-366, 372-376. illus. 1871. Statistics, general features of flora, running systematic account of principal plants (usually with generic names only), notes on principal cultivated plants. Flora des Soturba an der nubischen ktiste. Verh. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 15: 537-560. 1865. General features of flora; annotated list of 265 vascular plants, with vernacular names, based on the author’s collections in 1864-65; list of 71 vascular plants from Makaur Island; list of 62 vascular plants from Wady Gadireh, Egypt (on the Red Sea, lat. 25° N. Ne Pflanzen-namen der Bega-sprache zwischen Suakin und Berber... Zeitschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin 4: 334-346. 1869. Systematic list of 146 plants, with vernacular names; short lists of species collected at various localities on the Blue Nile and the White Nile. Vegetations-skizzen vom Bachr-el-Gasal. Bot. Zeit. 28: 81-88. 1870. Brief sketch of flora, with mention of economic plants; no list of species. Shaw, W. B. K. The flora of the Libyan Desert. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1984: 281-289. 1934. General features of flora; list of spermatophytes collected by author on two trips extending from Cairo as far as Tekro and northern Dar Fur. For account of his first trip see, under same title, 1. c, 1931: 161-166. Dia MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE ANGOLA (PORTUGUESE WEST AFRICA) See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; West Africa (Giirke, Oliver). General Carrisso, L. W., ed. Conspectus florae angolensis. vy. 1, fase. 1. (Ranun- culaceae—Malvaceae por A. W. Exell e F. A. Mendonga.) (ix-xxiii, 176 p. map.) 24.5 em. Lisboa, 1937. Topography, plant zones, ete. (in Portuguese and English) ; list of vascular plants, with keys, references, synonymy, citation of specimens (with indication of herbaria), habit, habitat, flowering dates, general range. Ficalho, F. M. C. de M., conde de. Plantas uteis da Africa Portugueza. 279 p. 23 cm. Lisboa, 1884.—Indice para a obra Plantas uteis ... por A. 8. Barjona de Freitas. xvii p. Lisboa, 1908. History of cultivated plants; annotated systematic list of phanerogams, with vernacular names. Includes only Dicotyledones and Gymnospermae. Refers chiefly to Angola, but includes also the other Portuguese possessions in Africa. A corrected and somewhat enlarged revision of his Nomes vulgares de algumas plantas africanas, principalmente angolenses, published in Bol. Soc. Geog. Lis- boa 2: 601-619, 707-716. 1881; 3: 479-492, 612-623. 1882. Gossweiler, John. Bibliografia das viagens feitas em Angola por exploradores de diversas nacionalidades, cujos relat6rios se referem 4 flora, fauna e agri- cultura. Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com., Colon. e Flor. Angola 7 (28/31, Ja./D. 1935) : A2N-125:7 1937 Unannotated list of 55 titles, alphabetically arranged by authors. Elementos para a historia de exploracao botanica de Angola. Itinerdrio e relacdio dos viajantes e exploradores que fizeram colecgoes botanicas em Angola. Bol. Soe. Broteriana II, 13: 283-805. map. [1939?] Brief account of botanical explorations; alphabetical list of collectors, with biographical data and account of work in Angola. Relacio dos viajantes que coligiram plantas em Angola actualmente depositadas nos institutos botanicos de Londres, Berlim, Paris, Montpellier, Zu- rich, Lisboa, Coimbra, Cabo de Boa Esperanca e Washington onde estaéo sendo estudadas desde 1868. Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com., Colon. e Flor. Angola 7 (28/31, Ja./D. 1985) : 127-130. 1987. Alphabetical list of collectors, with dates and localities visited. Welwitsch, Frederico. Synopse explicativa das amostras de madeiras e drogas medicinaes e de outros objectos mormente ethnographicos colligidos na provincia de Angola enviados 4 Exposicio Internacional de Londres em 1862, incluindo os que foram offerecidos ao gabinete pharmacologico da Escola Medico- Cirurgica de Lisboa. 56 p. 21 cm. Lisboa, 1862. Annotated lists of 149 timbers and medicinal and other useful plants, with vernacular names and uses. Local Exell, A. W., Good, R. D’O., and others. Mr. John Gossweiler’s plants from Angola and Portuguese Congo. Jour. Bot. 64 (Suppl.): 1-24, 1-40. 1 fig. 1926; 65 (Suppl.): 25-80, 41-72. 1 fig. 1927; 66 (Suppl): 81-176. she: 1928; 67 (Suppl.) : 177-208, 73-120. 1 fig. 1929; 68 (Suppl.) : 121-144. 1930; 69 (Suppl.) : 145-152, 1538-160, 161-168. 2 fig. 1931: 70 (Suppl.) : 205-212, 213-220, 221-228. fig. 1-2. 1932; 71 (Suppl.) : 229-236, 237-248, 169-175. fig. 8. 1933.—Dicotyledones. Addendum. 1. c« 73 (Suppl.): 1-12. 19385; 74 (Suppl.) : 13-24. 19386. List, with localities and collector’s numbers, general range, and frequent field notes. Polypetalae and Gamopetalae separately paged.—See also Pteri- dophyta, by A. H. G. Alston, l. ec. 72 (Suppl.). 11 p. 1934. Index to Polypetalae 71 (Suppl.) : 237-243, Gamopetalae, p. 171-175. Hiern, W. P., Rendle, A. B., and others. Catalogue of the African plants collected by Dr. Friedrich Welwitsch in 1853-61. 2 v.in 6. port. 22 cm. London, 1896-1901. Biography and bibliography of Welwitsch; annotated list of vascular plants, with often ample field notes or descriptions. Vol. [1], 4 pts., Dicotyledons by Hiern ; y. 2, pt. 1, Monocotyledons and Gymnosperms, by A. B. Rendle; v. 2, pt. 2, Cryptogamia, by various authors. Refers entirely to Angola. a : aa een - FLORAS OF THE WORLD 23 Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Contribuicio para o estudo da flora do distrito de Mossimedes. Bol. Agéncia Geral Colon. (Lisboa) 6: 41-64. 15 fig. 1930. : General features of flora; annotated tabular list of phanerogams collected, the families arranged alphabetically. The same text, with fewer illustrations and two families added at the end of the list, is given in Bol. Serv. Agr. e Com. Angola 3: 76-87. 1988. Warburg, Otto. Kunene-Sambesi-expedition, H. Baum, 1903. xi, 593 p. 106 fig., 13 pl. (1 col.), map. 25cm. Berlin, 1903. Includes list by numerous authors of cellular and vascular plants (p. 155-427) collected in southern Angola, with localities, general range, and frequent annota- tions; tabular list by G. Hegi, showing general range of plants collected ; phyto- geography by Warburg; annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, by Warburg. BASUTOLAND See also South Africa. Local Phillips, E. P. A contribution to the flora of the Leribe Plateau and environs: with a discussion on the relationships of the floras of Basutoland, the Kalahari, and the southeastern regions. Annals So. African Mus. 16: 1-879. 3 fig. (maps), 7 pl. (incl. map). 1917. Geology, general features of flora, alien flora, statistics; annotated list of vascular plants, with extralimital range, native names and uses. BECHUANALAND See South Africa. BECHUANALAND PROTECTORATE See also South Africa; West Africa (Oliver). Local Bremekamp, C. E. B., and Obermeyer, A. A. Sertum kalahariense, a list of the plants collected. Jn Scientific results of the Vernay-Lang Kalahari expedi- tion, March to September, 1980. Annals Transvaal Mus. 16: 399-442. 1935. List of 326 vascular plants, with data and general range, collected on expedi- tion from Gaberones (Bechuanaland Protectorate) to Ghanzi, across Ngamiland to the junction of the Zambesi and Chobe (Kwando) Rivers, then through South- ern Rhodesia, ending near Makarikari Lake. Of the species collected in the central Kalahari, 204 are additions to N. E. Brown’s list of 1909. Lugard, E. J..and Brown, N. E. The flora of Ngamiland. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1909: 81-146. map. 1909. Physiography, climate, general features of flora (by Lugard) ; annotated list of 374 vascular plants, of which 92 are described as new species. Seiner, Franz. Pflanzengeographische beobachtungen in der Mittel-Kalahari. In Engler, A. Beitrage zur flora von Afrika XXXVIII. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 46: 1-50. 4 pk. 1911. Account of plant formations, with included running list of species observed by author, between Serue (Serowe) and Rietfontein-Nord via Tsau. BELGIAN CONGO See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Rein); Cameroons (Mildbraed, Botanik) ; Ethiopia tunglet, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Tanganyika (Mildbraed) ; West Africa (Giirke; liver). General Dewévre, Alfred. Les plantes utiles du Congo. 2. éd., rey. et corr. 65 p. 22.5 em. Bruxelles, Paris, 1894. General considerations; annotated list of cultivated and wild plants, classified by uses. 94 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Duchesne, Fl. Les essences forestiéres du Congo Belge III. Leurs dénomi- nations indigénes. 265 p. 27.5 cm. Ixelles-Bruxelles, 1988. Alphabetical list of vernacular names with botanical equivalents, with region where used, dialect, and source of names; systematic list of botanical names, with vernacular equivalents. Durand, Théophile. Les explorations botaniques au Congo Belge et leurs résultats. Bul. Cl. Sci. Acad. Roy. Belg. 1909: 1347-1874. 1909. Chronological account of botanical explorations, with bibliography. and Durand, Héléne. Sylloge florae congolanae (Phanerogamae). ‘ 716 p. 26.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1909. (Also issued as Bul. Jard. Bot. Etat Bruxelles Vere alas) List of botanical collectors, statistics: list of 3,546 phanerogams, with refer- ences, synonyms, localities, and collectors; statistics for botanical districts. Summarizes knowledge of the flora through 1908—See also Wildeman, E. de. Additions 4 la flore du Congo. Bul. Jard. Bot. Etat Bruxelles 4: 1-241. 1914; 5: 117-268, 269-364, 365-412. 1916-19; 6: 1-64, 65-129. 35 pl. 1919; 7: 1-88, 271-316. 1920-21. (Lists of additions to Sylloge, with localities and collectors’ numbers. The number of species is said to have reached 6,300 in 1915.) Staner, Pierre. Plantes congolaises 4 fruits comestibles. Pub. Inst. Natl. Etude Agron. Congo Belge Sér. Sci. no. 4. 56 p. 9 fig. [1935.] Annotated systematic list cf native plants with edible fruits, with vernacular names and description of fruit; key to the genera, based on the fruit; index of ; vernacular names. and Boutique, R. Matériaux pour l’étude des plantes médicinales indigénes du Congo Belge. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 5, fase. 6. 228 p. 17 fig. (partly on plates). 1937. Annotated systematic list of plants, with range and uses; bibliography. Wildeman, Emile de. A propos de médicaments indigénes congolais. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 3, fase. 3. 127 p. 19385. General considerations, plants used for particular diseases; list of vernacular and botanical names, Documents pour l’étude de l’alimentation végétale de V’indigéne du Congo Belge. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 2, fase. 4. 263 p. 1934. General considerations; alphabetical list of vernacular and botanical names, with brief annotations under the latter; bibliography. Les foréts congolaises et leurs principales essences économiques. 214 p. map. 25cm. Bruxelles, 1926. (Bibliothéque-Congo no. 19.) Includes (p. 117-207) briefly annotated list of timber trees, alphabetically ar- ranged by botanical names. Notices sur des plantes utiles ou intéressantes de la flore du Congo. 2 y. illus., plates. 23 cm. Bruxelles, 1903-08. (Publication de Etat indépen- dant du Congo.) Discusses various species at considerable length, and includes annotated alpha- betical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents, where known, of the woods of the Congo and neighboring regions, with corresponding list of botanical names (v. 1, p. 353-885). ~ Remarques 4 propos de la forét équatoriale congolaise. Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 2, fase. 2. 120 p. 3 maps. 1934. Cited here for its bibliography (p. 112-120) of publications relating to the forests of the Belgian Congo. Local Burtt, B. D. A botanical reconnaissance in the Virunga voleanoes of Kigezi Ruanda, Kivu. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 19384: 145-165. 1 fig. (map), pl. 7. 1984. Running account of author’s trip in 1930 with mention of plants collected. The Virunga or Mufumbiro voleanoes are a particularly isolated range of peaks that lie about 120 miles south of the Ruwenzori ice cap, in the great divide between the east tropical African savannas and the forests of the Congo basin. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 25 They are partly in Belgian Congo (Pare National Albert) and partly on the boundary between Uganda and the mandated territory of Ruanda and Urundi and the boundary between the latter and Belgian Congo. Cotton, A. D. The arborescent Senecios of the Virunga Mountains. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1931: 289-297. 1 fig. (map). 19831. Cited here for its annotated list of works on the flora of the Virunga Moun- tains. Delevoy, Gaston. Les essences forestiéres du Katanga. His La question forestiére au Katanga, v. 2. xv, 525 p. illus. 23.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1929. Alphabetical list of woody plants, with references, vernacular names, general and local range, description, uses. Engler, Adolf. Verzeichniss der auf der Graf vy. G6tzen’schen expedition bei der besteigung des Kirunga gesammelten pflanzen. Jn Gotzen, G. A. von. Durch Afrika von ost nach west... p. 874-384. Berlin, 1895. ‘ List of 79 species, collected at 2,000 meters elevation and above on Kirunga. Mount Kirunga is in the Mufumbiro group. Fishlock, C. W. L., and Hancock, G. L. R. Notes on the flora and fauna of Ruwenzori, with special reference to the Bujuku Valley. Jour. East Africa and Uganda Nat. Hist. Soe. no. 44. p. 205-229. 12 pl. 1982. Explorations, plant zones with lists of plants collected by authors in 1931; notes on fauna, bibliography. Ghesquiére, Jean. Note sur la forét de Lonkala (Sankuru). Bul. Agr. Congo Belge 16: 549-555. fig. 218-219. 1925. Includes systematic list of timbers, with vernacular names and brief description of wood. Gillet, Just., and Paque, Egide. Plantes principales de la région de Kisantu. Leur nom indigéne, leur nom scientifique, leurs usages. (Notes botaniques sur la région du Bas- et Moyen-Congo, fase. 1.) Annales Mus. Congo Bot. V, [v. 4], fase. 1. 120 p. 22 fig. 1910. Alphabetical annotated list of vernacular names, with Portuguese names, scientific hames and uses; cross index of scientific names. Hauman, Lucien. Esquisse de la végétation des hautes altitudes sur le Ruwenzori (Résultats botaniques de la Mission belge pour l’exploration scien- tifique du Ruwenzori, 1932). Bul. Cl. Sei. Acad. Roy. Belg. V, 19: 602-616, 702- 447, 900-917. illus:., map. ~ 1933. Plant associations; list of 75 vascular plants known from above 3,800 meters altitude ; climate, soil, fauna, ecology, phytogeography. La flore. Jn Grunne, X. de, and others. Vers les glaciers de l’équa- teur. Le Ruwenzori. Mission scientifique belge 1932. p. 251-259. fig. 123. Bruxelles, 1987. Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of 72 vascular plants now known from 8,800—5,000 meters elevation ; bibliography. Lebrun, Jean. Les essences forestiéres des régions montagneuses du Congo oriental. Pub. Inst. Natl. Etude Agron. Congo Belge Sér. Scient. no. 1. 263 p. (incl. 28 fig., 18 pl. (pl. 1, map)). 1985. (Les essences forestiéres du Congo Belge IT.) Plant zones, bibliography; descriptive account of trees, with keys, references, vernacular names, citation of exsiccatae, uses. Rapport sur un voyage d'études botaniques dans le district du Kibali- Ituri. Bul. Agr. Congo Belge 25: 386-487. fig. 62-75 (incl. map). 1934. Ineludes several short lists of vascular plants collected by author, the longest being one from Mount Ruwenzori. Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., and Moore, S. LeM. An account of the plants collected on Mount Ruwenzori by Dr. A. G. F. Wollaston. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 38: 228-279. pl. 16-19. 1908. Botanical explorations, general features of flora ; annotated list of phanerogams. Robyns, Walter. La colonisation végétale des laves récentes du volcan Ru- moka (laves de Kateruzi). Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v.1,no.1. 3832p. 10 pl., fold. map. 1932. (Contribution 4 l'étude de la végétation du Pare National Albert.) Includes list of 27 plants (26 vascular) found on Volcan Rumoka, north of Lake Kivu, after the voleanic eruption of 1912 which completely destroyed the vegetation. 26 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Staner, Pierre. Contributions 4 l'étude de la flore du Pare National Albert et du Kivu. I-II. Plantes récoltées par M. le Dr. Scaetta. Revue Zool. et Bot. Afric. 23: 208-230. 1933; 24: 213-224. 1988. Lists of vascular plants, with data. The Pare National Albert is directly north- east of Lake Kivu, partly in Belgian Congo, partly in Ruanda and Urundi. Vermoesen, Camille. Manuel des essences forestiéres du Congo Belge (région €quatoriale et Mayombe). xii, 282 p. illus., col. plates. 185 cm. Bruxelles, 1923. Pocket manual of principal useful trees, with vernacular names, range, descrip- tion, and uses. This is pt. 1 of Les essences forestiéres du Congo Belge. Wildeman, Emile de. Campagnie du Kasai. Mission permanente d’études scientifiques. Résultats de ses recherches botaniques et agronomiques. viii, 463 p. 45 pl. (i.e. 46), 2 maps. 28cm. Bruxelles, 1910. Includes (p. 229-440) list of vascular plants collected in the Bassin du Kasai, with occasional annotations; physiography, ete. Contribution a l’étude de la flore du Katanga. cxliv, 264 p. (incl. 19 pl.). 25 ecm. Bruxelles, 1921.—Supplément I-V. 26 cm. Bruxelles, 1927-32. Botanical distribution, with florulas of Albertville-Toa, Nyassa, Tanganyika, Victoria Nyanza, Lukafu, Elisabethville, Kundelungu, ete.; notes on useful trees, statistics; list of known vascular plants, with localities, collectors’ names, and vernacular names (indexed). Including the first three supplements, the known flora amounted to 2,230 species. - Documents pour étude de la géo-botanique congolaise. Bul. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. v. 51, fasc. 3. 406 p. 117 pl. (incl. maps). 1913. General features of flora, phytogeography; lists of species, with remarks on vegetation, from coast region (Moanda, Banana-Nemloa, Boma), Mayombe (Bingila), Bas-Congo (Matadi-Vivi, Kisantu, Kimuenza, Léopoldville), the tropi- eal forest region (region of the Equator, Nouvelle-Anvers, Beni, Irumu, Ma- wambi, Avakubi, Yambuya, Buta-Bima, Imese, Likimi, Lake Léopold II, Bena- Dibele, Kondue), Haut-Ubangi and Uele (Fort-Sibu-Rapides de Bangui), Kasai (Popokabaka, Katola, Madibi, Luano, Kikwite, Aténes-Illongonga, Dilolo-Kim- puki), Moyen-Katanga or Haut-Congo (Nyangwe-Kasongo), Lake Albert Edward and Ruwenzori (Ninagongo, Rutschuru, west slope of Ruwenzori (Butago) ), region of Lakes Kivu and Tanganyika (Albertville-Toa), Haut-Katanga (Lukafu, Elisabethville, Kundelungu, Manika), Nile region. Etudes de systématique et de géographie botaniques sur la flore du Bas- et du Moyen-Congo. Annales Mus. Congo Bot. V, v. 1-8. 230 pl. 1903-12. Vol. 1, list of cellular and vascular plants, with references, localities, collectors’ numbers, and occasional annotations; based on specimens from various collectors examined by the author since 1908; vol. 2, same since 1906; vol. 3, a later series of lists. Etudes sur la flore des districts du Bangala et de l’Ubangi (Congo Belge). xvii, 464 p. col. front., 52 fig., 20 pl., map. 27.5 cm. Bruxelles, 1911. (Plantae Thonnerianae congolenses ser. 2.) Includes (p. 267-403) list of vascular plants known from the region. Mission Emile Laurent (1903-1904). 2 v. illus., 188 fig., 185 pL, port., map. 29cm. Bruxelles, 1905-07. Includes partly annotated list of vascular plants collected, with references and localities; list of vernacular names of laticiferous plants, with localities and botanical names (p. 527-534). (Lower Congo and Kasai River region.) Mission forestiere et agricole du Comte Jacques de Briey ... au Mayumbe (Congo Belge). xiv, 468 p. 62 fig., 15 pl., port., 2 fold. tab. 23 em. Bruxelles, 1920. Includes (p. 235-266) list of plants collected; also much information on woods and other useful plants. Plantae bequaertianae. Etudes sur les récoltes botaniques du Dr. J. Bequaert, chargé de missions au Congo Belge (1918-1915). v. 1-6, fase. 1. 22 em. Gand, Paris, 1921-382. Lists of vascular plants, with data; families not in strictly systematic order. The collections were made chiefly in the regions of Mayombe, Semliki, Ruwen- zori, and the valley of the Rutshuru near Lake Albert, FLORAS OF THE WORLD Di. Wildeman, Emile de. Sur des plantes médicinales ou utiles du Mayumbe (Congo Belge) d’aprés des notes du R. P. Wellens (1891-1924). Mém. Sect. Sci. Nat. et Méd. Inst. Roy. Colon. Belge Collect. in-8°. v. 6, fase. 4. 97 p. 1938. Alphabetical annotated list of botanical and vernacular names. BRITISH SOMALILAND PROTECTORATE See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Italian Somaliland (Chiovenda, Flora Somala) ; West Africa (Gtirke; Oliver). General Drake-Brockman, R. E. British Somaliland. xvi, 384 p. illus., plates, map. 23 em. London, 1912. Includes chapter on “the flora and fauna” (p. 221-238), with general account of vegetation; on “products of commercial value” (p. 239-270), with account of principal plant and animal products; Appendix III, “List of trees and plants the fruit or leaves of which are eaten by the Somalis” (p. 281-2838), an annotated list of vernacular names, with botanical names when known; Appendix IV, “A collection of the flora of British Somaliland communicated to Kew during the years 1905-11, together with their vernacular names” (p. 285-294), an unan- notated list of 318 plants, not in systematic order; Appendix VI, “Some notes on the myrrh, frankincense, bdelliums, and gum resins of British Somaliland” (p. 301-323). The economic resources of British Somaliland. Trans. Internat]. Cong. Trop. Agr. 3d, London, 1914. 2: 488-500. 1917. Includes section on wild and cultivated vegetable products of economic importance. Local Franchet, A. R. Sertulum somalense. In Revoil, Georges. Fauna et flore des pays Comalis. [pt.9.] 70 p. 6 pl. Paris, 1882. Bibliography ; list of 144 vascular plants, with localities. Oliver, Daniel. Flora of Somali-Land. Jn James, F. L. The unknown horn of Africa. p. 317-3823. 4pl. London, 1888. List of nearly 150 vascular plants collected by James and Thrupp, with localities. The specimens were collected in British Somaliland and Ethiopia. CAMEROONS (INCLUDING CAMEROUN) See also Hthiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; French West Africa (Cheva- lier) ; West Africa, General Bertin, André. Les bois du Cameroun. 3812p. plates,maps. 25cm. Paris, 1920. (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies fran¢aises par les Ministéres de la guerre, de ’armement et des colonies, t. 4.) Includes (p. 81-96) lists of scientific and vernacular names. Refers mostly to the French mandate. Local Braun, Johannes. Botanischer bericht tiber die flora von Kamerun. Mitt. Forschungsreis. u. Gelehr. Deut. Schutzgeb. 2: 141-176. 1889. Annotated list of fungi and vascular plants, collected by the author in 1887- 1889, in Kamerun, Gross Batanga, and Malimba. Gilg, Ernst. Die bis jetzt bekannten hohen biume Kameruns, welche wert- volles holz geben oder als nutzhélzer in frage kommen kOnnten. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 123-131. 1909. List with heights, vernacular names, and occasional annotations. Hédin, Louis. Etude sur la forét et les bois du Cameroun sous mandat francais. 230 p. plates, map. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1930. Includes (p. 41-200) annotated list of trees of Cameroun, with vernacular names, notes on uses, and description of wood characters; bibliography. 28 MISC, PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Hooker, J. D. On the plants of the temperate regions of the Cameroons Mountains and islands in the Bight of Benin; collected by Mr. Gustay Mann Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 7: 171-240. 1864. Itinerary, phytogeography ; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities and general range, from Cameroon Mountain and the islands of Fernando Po, Sao Thomé, and Principe. Mildbraed, Johannes. Botanik. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der zweiten deutschen Zentral-Afrika-expedition 1910-1911 unter fiihrung Adolf Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Mecklenburg. v. 2. 202 p. 90 pl. Leipzig, 1922. Includes general account of vegetation and lists of species collected from Bel- gian Congo (Kimuenza, Stanley Pool to Molundu), Kamerun (Molundu, Juka- duma, Kadei, Lomie, Ebolowa, and Sangmelima, Kribi), and the islands of Annobon (p. 146-164) and Fernando Po (p. 164-195), the last two lists including also species recorded in the Flora of tropical Africa. Probefiichen-aufnahmen aus dem Kameruner regenwald. Notizbl Bot. Gart. Berlin 10: 951-976. 1930. Includes partly annotated running list of vascular plants collected by author at Likomba, with some vernacular names. Von den Bulus genutzte wildwachsende pflanzen des Stidkameruner waldlandes. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gard. Berlin App. 27. 438 p. 1913. Annotated list, classified by uses, with descriptions, vernacular names and uses ; systematic list of plants mentioned, with vernacular names. Zur kenntnis der vegetationsverhiltnisse Nord-Kameruns. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 65: 1-52. 19382. General features of flora between Bongor and Garua; annotated list of vascular plants collected or observed by author and others; phytogeography. Santesson, C. G. Hinige drogen aus dem Kamerun-gebiete und ihre einheim- ische verwendung. Arkiv Bot. v. 20A, no. 8. 34 p. 1926. Annotated list of 42 species, with vernacular names and uses; list classified by uses; list of scientific and vernacular names. CAPE OF GOOD HOPE See also South Africa. General Sim, T. R. The forests and forest flora of the Colony of the Cape of Good Hope. vii, 361 p. 160 pl., port., map. 32.5 cm. Aberdeen, Scotland, 1907. Forests, economic aspects, etc.; keys to genera; annotated descriptive flora of woody plants. Local Adamson, R. S. The vegetation and flora of Robben Island. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Africa 22: 279-296. pl. 138-14. 1934. History, climate, geology, soils, vegetation; tabular list of spermatophytes, lists of cultivated plants. Robben Island lies off the entrance to Table Bay, 4 miles west of Blaauwberg. Bolus, Frank, and Bolus, Louisa. Key to the flora of the Cape Peninsula. Annals Bolus Herb. 1: 22-85, 116-125, 173-184. 1914-15. Keys to families, genera, and species, intended to supplement Bolus and Wolley- Dod’s “List of the flowering plants and ferns...” Key to genera and species incomplete (Ranunculaceae—Anacardiaceae). Bolus, Harry, and Wolley-Dod, A. H. A list of the flowering plants and ferns of the Cape Peninsula, with notes on some of the critical species. Trans. So. African Phil. Soc. 14: 207-378. 1903. Physiography, general features of flora, plant associations, vertical range, statistics, phytogeography, effect of fires, etc.; annotated list of 2,351 vascular plants and Characeae. (Small peninsula on which Cape Town is situated. ) Compton, R. H. The flora of the Whitehill district. Trans. Roy. Soc. So. Africa 19: 269-329. 1981. Topography, climate, etc.; annotated list of over 700 vascular plants. The area covered is from Bantams on the west to Baviaans on the east and from FLORAS OF THE WORLD 29 the summit of Ngaap Kop on the north to the crest of the Witteberg Range on the south; the total area being about 40 square miles. Duthie, A. V. List of vascular cryptogams and flowering plants of the Stel- lenbosch Flats. Annals Univ. Stellenbosch y. 8, sect. A, no. 4. 52 p. 1930. Annotated list of vascular plants. Dyer, R. A. The vegetation of the divisions of Albany and Bathurst. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa no.17. 1388p. illus. (maps), plates. 1987. Mainly ecological; includes sketch of botanical explorations, topography, geology, economic plants, bibliography. Galpin, E. E. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of the Drakens- berg. Rep. So. African Assoc. Adv. Sci. 6 (1908) : 209-229. 1909. Author’s itinerary in 1904; list of vascular plants collected, with data. This was the first botanical collection from the Cape Colony part of the Drakensberg. Levyns, M. R. A guide to the flora of the Cape Peninsula. xv, 284 p. 199 fig., 83 col. pl. 22.5 em. Cape Town, Johannesburg [1929]. Glossary, keys to families and genera; briefly descriptive catalog of genera, with indication of number of species and mention of occasional species. Covers essentially same area as Bolus and Wolley-Dod’s “List of the flowering plants and ferns of the Cape Peninsula.” Miller, O. B. A list of some native names of trees, shrubs, ete., in use in the Transkeian Territories. Bul. Forest Dept. Union So. Africa no. 8. 23 p. 1923. List of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents; alphabetical list of botanical names, with Xosa vernacular names and notes on uses, ete. In poth English and Dutch. Muir, John. The vegetation of the Riversdale area, Cape Province. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 138. 82 p. map. 1929. Mainly ecological, but includes account of botanical explorations, geology, ete. Pearson, H. H. W., and others. List of the plants collected in the Percy Sladen memorial expeditions, 1908-9, 1910-11. Annals So. African Mus. 9: 30-59, 61-90, 129-192, 193-272, 355-448. 16 (i. e. 17) fig., 8 pl. 1912-17. Enumeration of vascular and cellular plants, by various authors; not in sys- tematic order, but indexed (p. 481-448). The itineraries of the various expe- ditions are Summarized on pages 359 to 361. The collections are chiefly from western Cape of Good Hope, Bushmanland, Namaqualand, and Great Nama- qualand. Pegler, Alice. On the flora of Kentani. Annals Bolus Herb. 2: 1-14, 112- 128, 163-184. 1916-18. Physiography, climate, phenology; annotated list of vascular plants. (On southeast coast, 32°30’ S. Lat., 28°18’ EH. Long.) Phillips, E. P. Some notes on a collecting trip to French Hoek. African Jour. Sci. 16: 450-478. 1919. Topography, geology, ecology, statistics of flora; annotated list of 335 spermatophytes collected by author in 1913. Salisbury, F. S. Naturalised plants of Albany and Bathurst. Rec. Albany Mus. 3: 163-177. 1919. Annotated list of vascular plants. Schonland, Selmar. List of the flowering plants found in the districts of Albany and Bathurst, Cape Colony. Rec. Albany Mus. 2: 44-64, 97-136. 1907. Physiography, etc.; annotated list of phanerogams. Incomplete (Cycadaceae- Anacardiaceae). Phanerogamic flora of the divisions of Uitenhage and Port Elizabeth. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 1. 118 p. 1 fig. (map). 1919. Topography, geology, climate, statistics, plant formations, phytogeography ; list of 2,332 phanerogams, with localities. Sim, T. R. Sketch and check list of the flora of Kaffraria. 92 p. 19 em. Cape Town, 1894. Unannotated list (2,449 species) of vascular plants, with occasional vernacular names; general remarks on physiography and vegetation. 30 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE DAHOMEY See also West Africa. General Bertherand, E. L. Acclimatation. Flore médicale de l'Afrique occidentale. 16 p. 25cm. [Alger,] 1886. Annotated systematic list of medicinal and other useful plants of Dahomey, based on the observations and collections of Abbé Cordioux. Local Hua, Henri. Une collection botanique du haut Dahomey et de la vallée du Niger moyen, récoltée par M. de Gironcourt, en 1908-1910. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 22: 330-335. 1916. Lists of angiosperms, with localities, collected at about 10° N. Lat. in Dahomey, and in “Niger moyen.” EGYPT See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant); West Africa (Oliver). E. Boissier, Flora Orientalis (which includes Egypt south to the first cataract), and G. E. Post, Flora of Syria, Palestine, and Sinai, will be given in the second part of this work. Papers refer- ring particularly to the Sinai Peninsula, geographically a part of Asia but politically a part of Egypt, are included under Egypt. General Ascherson, Paul, and Schweinfurth, Georg. Illustration de la flore d’Egypte. Mém, Inst. Egyptien 2: 25-260. 1889 [1887].—Supplément. 1. ec. 745-821. 1889. Botanical explorations, phytogeographical divisions; list of 1,316 spontane- ous vascular plants (including supplement) with vernacular names and indi- eation of distribution by districts; cultivated plants listed but not numbered; index of vernacular names. The supplement includes a Florula Rhinocoluraea (list of 305 vascular and cellular plants known from the vicinity of El-Arich) and a Florula Sirbonis (list of 59 vascular and cellular plants collected at Sebakh-el-Berdawil), both by Ascherson only. Both localities are in the Sinai Peninsula. Hartmann, Fernande. L’agriculture dans l’ancienne Egypte. 332 p. 76 fig. 24.5 cm. Paris, 1923. Includes chapter (p. 17-70) on wild and cultivated economic plants, classified by uses. Issa Bey, Ahmed. Dictionnaire des noms des plantes en latin, francais, anglais et arabe. xiv, 227 p. port. 28cm. Le Caire, 1980. Bibliography; alphabetical list of botanical names, with vernacular names in the languages mentioned; indices of vernacular names in each language, including that in Arabic (with Arabic numbering of pages). Loret, Victor. La flore pharaonique d’aprés les documents hiéroglyphiques et les spécimens découverts dans les tombes. 2. éd., rev. et augm. 145 p. 25 em. Paris, 1892. (1st ed., 1887.) Bibliography; annotated list of 202 vascular and cellular plants; vernacular names in French, Hebrew, Arabic, Coptic, and hieroglyphic. Muschler, Reno. A manual flora of Egypt... 2v. 23 em. Berlin, 1912. Descriptive flora of 1,503 vascular plants, with references, localities, and Egyptian names; botanical explorations, with bibliographical references; phytogeography, geology, climate; tables showing local distribution of all the species in Egypt, and their range in the Mediterranean Basin and elsewhere; list of cultivated plants; glossary ; index of Arabian names.—See also Simpson, N. D. Some supplementary records to Muschler’s Manual flora of Egypt. In- cluding many species collected by G. W. Murray. Bul. Tech. and Sci. Serv. Min. Agr. Egypt no. 93. 59 p. 1930. (Records of 400 cellular and vascular plants, including 220 species and varieties not in Muschler’s Flora.) Ramis, A. I. Bestimmungstabellen zur flora von Aegypten. iv, 221 p. 25.5 ecm. Jena, 1929. Flora of vascular plants, in form of keys, briefly annotated. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 31 Schweinfurth, Georg. Arabische pflanzennamen aus Aegypten, Algerien und Jemen. xxiv, 232 p. 82cm. Berlin, 1912. Includes Latin-Arabic and Arabic-Latin lists from Egypt; from Jemen (Yemen), after Forskal, and from Jemen and southern Arabia; from Biskra, and the coast and Tal Mountain region of northwest Algeria; also similar list of the parts of the date palm. Beitrag zur flora Aethiopiens. 1. abth. xii, 311 p. 4 pl. 33.5 cm. Berlin, 1867. Annotated list of 1,051 vascular and cellular plants of the Egyptian region, based on collections of C. G. Ehrenberg, Cienkowski, Schimper, and others, with localities and vernacular names; bibliography; compiled list of 3,947 (3,958) vascular plants (including cultivated plants, not all the latter num- bered) known from the Nile region, with brief indication of range. No more published. The second list, by Schweinfurth and P. Ascherson, bears the title: “Aufzihlung simmtlichler zur zeit bekannten phanerogamen- und gefiisskryptogamen-arten aus dem gesammtgebiete der Nil-Linder.” It covers HKgypt proper, Nubia proper, Kordofan, Sennaar, Abyssinia, Bahr-el-Abiad, and the Ukereve region. Sherborn, C. D. Bibliography of scientific and technical literature relating to Egypt, 1800-1900. ii, 155 p. 27 em. Cairo, 1915. (Reprint of prel. ed., 1910.) Unannotated list, arranged alphabetically by authors, with key in form of Subject index. Société horticole d’Alexandrie. Liste des plantes cultivées en Egypte. ii, 190 p. 22 cm. Alexandrie, 1901. Briefly annotated tabular lists, the species divided by habit, etc. Woenig, Franz. Die pflanzen in alten Aegypten. Ihre heimat, geschichte, kultur und ihre mannigfache verwendung im sozialen leben, in kultus, sitten, gebriuchen, medizin, kunst. Nach den eigenen bildlichen darstellungen der alten Aegypter, pflanzenresten aus griiberfunden, zeugnissen alter schriftsteller und den ergebnissen der neuen forschungen. 2. aufl. 425 p. 177 fig. 22 cm. Leipzig, 1897. (1st ed., 1886.) Deals mainly with useful and medicinal plants. Local Christensen, Carl. Index to Pehr Forsskfal: Flora aegyptiaco-arabica 1775 with a revision of Herbarium Forsskalii contained in the Botanical Museum of the University of Copenhagen. Dansk Bot. Arkiv v. 4, no. 3. 54 p. 1922. History of Forsskal’s herbarium, bibliography, Forsskal’s itinerary, list of new genera described by Forsskaél, with synonymy, list of species listed in Flora Aegyptiaco-arabica, with identifications, similar list of new species described by Rottbgll and Vahl from Forsskal’s plants, index. Decaisne, Joseph. HWnumération des plantes recueillies par M. Bové dans les deux Arabies, la Palestine, la Syrie et ’Egypte. Ann. Sci. Nat. II, Bot. 2: 5-18, 239-270. 1884; 3: 257-291. pl. 7. 1885. List of 283 cellular and vascular plants from Sinai collected mostly by Bové, with localities. Reprinted with the title Florula Sinaica, a subtitle in the original. Drar, Mohammed. Enumeration of the plants collected at Gebel Elba during two expeditions. Bull Tech. and Sci. Serv. Min. Agr. Egypt no. 149. vii, 123 p. 29 pl. 1937. Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular plants, with localities. (Southeast corner of Egypt just north of 22° N. Lat.) Ducros, A. H. Essai sur le droguier populaire arabe de l'Inspectorat des pharmacies du Caire. Mém. Inst. Egypte v. 15. viii, 165 p. 9 pl. 19380. Annotated list of 233 species, with vernacular names (French and Arabic), brief description and uses. Hart, H. C. Some account of the fauna and flora of Sinai, Petra, and Wady *"Arabah. x, 225 p. 12 pl.,2 maps. 29.5 em. London, 1891. Ineludes (p. 79-120) list of vascular and cellular plants collected by author, with localities, also (p. 121-172) “An analysis of the flora of Sinai and general remarks on its botany, and that of the Dead Sea basin,’ containing tabular 241306°—42 3 32 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE list of 509 vascular plants of the Sinaitic Peninsula, with remarks on phyto- geography and a list of the tropical flora of the basin, ete. Pages 1-120 re- printed from Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. 28 (Science) : 873-452. 1885. Hume, W. F. List of plants noted in the Sinai Peninsula. Jn his The topog- raphy and geology of the peninsula of Sinai (southeastern portion). p. 207-238. Cairo, 1906. List of 650 plants (532 vascular) with Arabic name, localities, and name of collector. An account of botanical explorations and general features of flora is given on pages 96 to 111. Hurst, H. A. List of desert-plants collected at Ramleh, near Alexandria, Egypt, from September 1875 to April 1876. Mem. Lit. and Phil. Soc. Manchester III, 6: 141-156. 1879. Botanical explorations, etc; unannotated list of phanerogams. Klunzinger, C. B. Die vegetation der egyptisch-arabischen wiiste bei Koseir. Zeitschr. Gesell. Erdk. Berlin 13: 432-462. 1878. General features of the area and of its flora, plant zones; running account of principal plants, grouped by habitats. Koseir (Kosseir, Qosér) is on the Red Sea coast, about 26° N. Lat. Kotschy, Theodor. Die vegetation und der canal auf dem Isthmus von Suez. Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 8: 41-54. 1858. General features of flora; lists of species from different localities. Muschler, Reno. Beitrag zur kenntnis der flora von “el-Tor.” (Sinai-halb- insel.) Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. 49: 66-146. 1908. Topography, geology, climate; annotated list of 204 spermatophytes, with references, local and extralimital range, vernacular names; botanical explorations, general features of flora, phytogeography, alphabetical list of vernacular names, index. Range, Paul. Die flora der Isthmuswiiste. Auf grund des vom verfasser in den jahren 1915/16 gesammelten, von . . . Dr. Georg Schweinfurth bestimmten materials unter benutzung der einschligigen literatur bearbeitet. Verdoffentl. Gesell, Palistina-Forsch. 7. 44 p. map. 1921. Botanical explorations, geology, climate, general features of flora, annotated list of 240 spermatophytes collected by the author in 1915-16, with data; tabular list of 479 spermatophytes known from the area, with indication of occurrence in neighboring regions (Sinai, Egypt, Palestine) ; briefly annotated bibliography. Rikli, Martin, and Riibel, Eduard. Zur kenntnis von flora und vegetations- verhiltnissen der Libyschen Wiiste. Vierteljahrsschr. Naturf. Gesell. Ziirich 73 (Beibl. 15, Festschrift Hans Schinz): 190-232. 1 fig. (map), pl. 7-8. 1928. Climate, botanical regions ; annotated lists of species from Egyptian Marmara, the Libyan Desert in Egypt, Siwa Oasis, and the Nile Valley from Assuan to Wadi Halfa. Schneider, Oscar. Ueber die flora der wiiste von Ramleh. Sitzungs-Ber. Naturw. Gesell. Isis Dresden 1871: 153-161. 1871. Plant zones; annotated list of plants collected by author. Schweinfurth, Georg. The flora of the desert surrounding Helwan (east). In May, W. P. Helwan and the Egyptian desert. 2d ed. p. 16-88. plates. London, 1904. General features of flora; list of 191 spermatophytes known from desert east of Helwan. , Ascherson, Paul, and Taubert, Paul. Primitiae florae Marmaricae. Bul. Herb. Boissier 1 : 483-449, 584-603, 644-682. pl. 20. 1893. Geography, topography, geology, general features of flora, botanical investiga- tions (with footnote references) ; annotated list of 401 plants (378 vascular). The term Marmarica refers to the coast of Cyrenaica and Egypt, between 23° and 29° EK. Long.—See also Stapf, Otto. Additions to the florula Marmarica. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1907: 365-369. 1907—Also Pampanini, R., and Zanon, V. Un manipolo di piante della Marmarica. Bul. Soe. Bot. Ital. 1919: 46-48. 1919.— Also Gauba, Erwin. Neue und seltene pflanzen aus der Agyptischen Marmarika. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 67: 275-289. 1935. Zohary, Michael. Die phytogeographische gliederung der flora der Halbinsel Sinai. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. abt. B, 52: 549-621. 8 fig. (incl. map). 1935. Topography, botanical explorations, general features of flora, phytogeography ; tabular list of 942 vascular plants, with indication of biological form, distribu- tion in the area, and phytogeographical relationships; bibliography. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 33 ERITREA See also Ethiopia (Chiovenda, Plantae novae): Libya (Cortesi) ; West Africa (Oliver). The following publication has not been av ailable : Cuoco, L. Fauna e flora medica e industriale della colonia Hritrea. 109 p. 12°. Napoli, 1898. (Cited from Naturae Novitates 20: 272. 1898.) General Chiovenda, Emilio. Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina indigena dell’Eritrea, Somalia, e regioni vicine. Atti Cong. Studi Colon. 1., Firenze, 1931. 7: 351-3876. 1931. Briefly annotated list, grouped by uses, with vernacular names. Fiori, Adriano. Boschi e piante legnose dell’Hritrea. 428 p. 177 fig. (incl. pl.). 25 em. Firenze, 1909-12. Forestry regulations, general features of flora, plant formations, phytogeog- raphy, bibliography ; annotated descriptive flora of woody plants; key to genera; table of specific gravities of woods; bibliography; index of vernacular names. Pirotta, Romualdo. Flora della colonia Eritrea. Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma v.8 464 p. 12 pl. 1903-07. Botanical explorations (with footnote references) ; annotated list of vascular plants with references, localities, and names of collectors; not in systematic order. Incomplete; the manuscript of fase. 4, prepared by Chiovenda to com- -plete the work, was lost by the printing establishment to which it was sent (Chiovenda, Atti Cong. Studi Colon. 1., Firenze, 1931. 3:50. 19381). Rovesti, Paolo. Medicamenti, aromi e droghe nei mercati indigeni dell’Eritrea. Riv. Ital. Essen., Profumi e Piante Off. 15: 19-29. illus. 1933. Briefly annotated lists, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names. Schweinfurth, Georg. Le piante utili dell’Hritrea. -Bol. Soc. Africana Italia 10: 233-286. 1891. (Reprinted.) Annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, with vernacular names. Tancredi, A. M. Notizie e studi sulla colonia Eritrea. viii, 276 p. 25 cm. Roma, 1913. Includes annotated list (p. 109-117) of useful plants, with vernacular names, as well as general account of plant zones, cultivated plants, and woody vegeta- tion (p. 96-107). Local Chiovenda, Emilio. Contributo alla conoscenza della flora del Paese dei Cunama (Eritrea). Agricolt. Colon. 18: 342-352. 1924. List of vascular and cellular plants from region of Cunama and Baria collected by Corni, Calciatai, and Braccini. _Le piante raccolte dai prof. G. Dainelli e O. Marinelli in Eritrea nel 1905-06. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 26: 147-168. 1919. List of vascular plants and Hepaticae collected in Assaorta. Le piante raccolte dal Dr. Nello Beccari in Eritrea nel 1905. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 26: 89-114. 38 fig. 1919. List of vascular plants collected mainly in the high basin of the Barca River, with localities. Courbon, Alfred. Flore de Vile de Dissée (Mer Rouge). Annales Sci. Nat. IV, Bot. 18: 180-158. pl. 7. 1862. ' Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 68 vascular plants. Fiori, Adriano. Piante raccolte in nella colonia Eritrea nel 1909. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 19: 412-462. 1912; 20:345-394. 1913. Annotated list of 970 vascular plants. Pteridophytae et Phanerogamae erythraeae a cl. I. Baldrati lectae et communiecatae. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 23: 466-494. 1916. List of localities; list of vascular plants, with localities. Lanza, Domenico, and Mattei, G. E. Plantae erythraeae a L. Senni annis 1905-07 lectae. Bol. R. Orto Bot. e Giard. Colon. Palermo 8: 73-123, 267-278. pl. 3-10. 1909; 9: 3-75. pl. 1-4. 1910. List of 550 vascular plants, with synonymy, data, and frequent annotations. 34 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Martelli, Ugolini. Contribuzione alla flora di Massaua. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 20: 359-371. 1888. List of phanerogams, with data, collected by O. Bececari in 1870 and Dr. Arcadi- pane in 1886; short list of plants collected at Assab by Beccari in 1879. Pasquale, G. A. Cenni sulla flora di Assab. Atti R. Accad. Sci. Fis. e Mat. (Napoli) s. 2, v. 1, no. 12. 12 p. 1888 (1885). List of 61 plants (60 angiosperms), with localities and occasional vernacular names, collected by G. B. Licata. Schweinfurth, Georg. Sammlung arabisch-aethiopischer pflanzen. Ergebnisse von reisen in den jahren 1881, 8§, 89, 91 und $2. Bul. Herb. Boissier y. 2, app. II. p. 1-113. 1894;¥v.4, app. II. p. 115-266. 1896; v.7, app. II. p. 267-340. 1899. Annotated list of 870 vascular plants with data, frequent vernacular names and annotations, from Eritrea, also from Jemen and other parts of Arabia. Never completed; ends with Balsaminaceae (Engler and Prantl system). Terracciano, Achille. Escursione botanica-alle terre degli Habab. Bol. Soc. Geog. Ital. III, 5: 774-786, 987-991. map. 1892; 6: 30-40, 121-137, 214-228. 1893. Account of author’s explorations in 1892, with included mention of plants collected and observed. Florula di Anfilah. Contribuzione alla conoscenza della flora dell’Africa orientale II. Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma 5: 89-121. pl. 7. 1894. Phytogeography; list of 141 vascular plants, with localities; table showing iocal distribution of species listed. ETHIOPIA See also British Somaliland (Oliver): Egypt (Schweinfurth, Beitrag); Eritrea (Chio- venda, Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina) ; Italian Somaliland (Chiovenda, Flora Somala) ; Libya (Cortesi) ; West Africa (Gitirke; Oliver). General Hemsley, W. B. On the vegetable productions of Abyssinia. Jour. Trav. and Nat. Hist. 1: 309-318. 1868. General features of flora; running account of principal useful plants, grouped by families. Richard, Achille. Tentamen florae abyssinicae, seu enumeratio plantarum hucusque in plerisque Abyssiniae provinciis detectarum et praecipue a beatis dectoribus Richard Quartin Dillon et Antonio Petit (annis 1838-1843) lecta- rum. 2y. 23.5 ¢m., and atlas of 102 (i. e. 103) pl. 49.5 em. Parisiis, [1847-51]. (Voyage en Abyssinie ... exécuté par... A. Lefebvre . . . Histoire naturelle, Botanique. ) Annotated descriptive flora of phanerogams. Rovesti, Paolo. Indagini sui prodotti erboristici dei mercati abissini in Etiopia. Riv. Ital. Essen., Profumi e Piante Off. 15: 179-191. 12 fig. 1933. Includes annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical names and uses. Local Avetta, Carlo. Prima—[quinta] contribuzione alla flora dello Scioa. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 21: 303-311, 332-839, 344-352. 1889; 22: 234-239, 242-247. 1890. Lists of vascular plants, with data, mostly collected by Dr. Vincenzo Ragazzi in vicinity of Let-Marefia. The “Prima contribuzione” follows II-III in paging. The lists were combined and issued with title: Materiali per la flora dello Scioa, in Annuario R. Ist. Bot. Roma 6: 44-66. pl. 3-4. 1897. Braun, Alexander. Beitrag zur kenntniss der abyssinischen culturpflanzen. Flora 31: 89-98. 1848. Annotated list of 36 species. Chiovenda, Emilio. La collezione botanica fatta dall’Ing. Edgard Tasch- djian nell’ Impero Etiopico nel 1935-36. Malpighia 34: 485-539. 1937. List of 291 vascular plants collected in area south and west of Lago Tana, with data, vernacular names, and uses. id FLORAS OF THE WORLD | 3D Chiovenda, Emilio. Etiopia. Osservazioni botaniche, agrarie ed industriali fatte nell’ Abissinia settentrionale nell’anno 1909. Monog. e Rap. Colon. Min. Colon. (Italy) no. 24. 182 p. 1912. Itinerary; annotated lists of cultivated and wild useful plants; index of vernacular names. Plantae novae vel minus notae e regione aethiopica. Annali Bot. 9: 51-85, 125-152, 315-3822. 1911; 10: 3838-415. 1912; 18: 371-410. 1915.—Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1917: 21-27, 38-89, 53-61, 69-70. 1917.—Lav. R. Ist. Bot. Catania MO; 1 BYAGOs IMPASy Records of 230 species and varieties, in great part new, from Ethiopia, Eritrea, Nubia, and Italian Somaliland. Engler, Adolf. Ueber die hochgebirgsflora des tropischen Afrika. Abhandl. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin Phys.-Math. Cl. 1891, Abh. II. 461 p. 1892. Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references included ; lists of plants of various, elevated areas in Africa, with discussion; systematic list of vascular plants, with references, localities (comparatively detailed, with altitudes and collectors), ecological classification, and general range. Covers in general the region from Ethiopia (Abyssinia) and Somalia to Mozambique, and on the west coast Angola, Kamerun, Sao Thomé, and Fernando Po. Ueber die vegetationsverhiltnisse von Harar und des Gallahochlandes auf grund der expedition von Freiherrn von Erlanger und Hrn. Oscar Neumann. Sitzungsber. K. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1906 (2) : 726-747. 1906. Includes lists of species from various localities and habitats. Martelli, Ugolino. Florula bogosensis. Enumerazione delle piante dei Bogos raccolte dal Dott. O. Beceari nell’anno 1870... vii, 169 p. 1 pl. 285 cm. Firenze, 1886. List of vascular and cellular plants, with references and localities, and general range. Paillieux, Auguste, and Bois, Désiré. De quelques plantes alimentaires de l’Abyssinie. Revue Sci. Nat. Appl. Soc. Natl. Acclim. France 37: 803-809. 1890. Annotated list of 11 species, with vernacular names. Pax, Ferdinand. Die von Felix Rosen in Abyssinien gesammelten pflanzen. In Engler, A. Beitriige zur flora von Afrika XXX. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 39: 602- 662. 1907. List of 350 vascular and cellular plants, with reference and data. Penzig, Otto. Piante raccolte in un viaggio botanico fra i Bogos ed i Mensa, nell’ Abissinia settentrionale. Atti Cong. Bot. Internatl. Genova, 1892. p. 310—- 368. 18938. Author’s itinerary, lists of species from various localities; list of 664 vascular plants, with localities. Raffeneau-Delile, Alire. Enumération des plantes recueillies par MM. Ferret et Galinier. Jn Ferret, A., and Galinier, J. G. Voyage en Abyssinie dans les provinces du Tigre, du Samen et de l’Ahmara ... v. 3, p. 85-168. pl. 6-15. Paris, 1847. Annotated list of 144 species (118 phanerogams). Schweinfurth, Georg. Abyssinische pflanzennamen. Hine alphabetische auf- zihlung von namen einheimischer gewichse in Tigrinja sowie in anderen semitischen und hamitischen sprachen von Abyssinien, unter beifiigung der botanischen artbezeichnung. Abhandl, K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 18938, Phys. Abh. Il. 84 p. 1898. Sources, ete.; list of vernacular names in native characters, with phonetic rendering and botanical name; alphabetical lists of vernacular and botanical names, with equivalents. FRENCH EQUATORIAL AFRICA See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Schweinfurth, Bericht) ; French West Africa (Cheva- lier) ; West Africa. General Jumelle, Henri. Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques du Musée colonial de Marseille: Afrique équatoriale francaise. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 31 (IV, 1), fase. 1. 80 p. 1928. Partly annotated list, mainly composed of useful plants, these classified by uses. 36 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Local Baudon, Alfred. Notes sur la flore et les plantes économiques du Bas-Congo. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille 17 (II, 7) : 361-410. 5 fig. 1909. Deforestation, etc.; list of vascular plants collected by author, with localities, vernacular names and notes on uses. The author’s studies were made in Moyen-Congo, at Brazzaville and north to the Alima River. Bertin, A. J. Les bois du Gabon. 2. éd., rev. et corr. 304 p. map. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1929. (1st ed., 1918.) (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies frangaises par les Ministéres de la guerre, de l’armement et des colonies. t. 2.) Includes (p. 160-3804) annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names of trees, with botanical equivalents, and alphabetical index to botanical names treated in Chevalier’s ‘‘La forét et les bois du Gabon,” with page references. Chevalier, Auguste. Ftudes sur la flore de l’Afrique centrale francaise (bas- sins de ?Oubangui et du Chari). Tome 1. Enumération des plantes récoltées. xii, 451 p. port. 25cm. Paris, 1913. (Mission Chari—Lac Tchad (1902-1904).) Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with data and occasional annotations. (Regions of Moyen- and Haut-Oubangui, Lac Tchad, Bas-, Moyen- and Haut-Chari.) La forét et les bois du Gabon. vii, 468 p. 31 fig., 28 pl. 25 em. Paris, 1917. (Les végétaux utiles de l'Afrique tropicale francaise fasc. 9.) Annotated list of collectors, annotated systematic list of trees, with descrip- tive notes, vernacular names, uses, and habitat; list of trees classed by uses, etc. Jardin, Edelestan. Apercu sur la flore du Gabon avec quelques observations sur les plantes les plus importantes. Bul. Soc. Linn. Normandie IV, 4: 135-208. 1890. (Reprint 71 p., Paris, 1891.) Geography, botanical explorations; unannotated list of known cellular and vascular plants, with vernacular names; annotated list of vernacular names of undetermined plants; notes upon numerous species. Louis, Xavier, and Monod, Théodore. Notes botaniques sur la région nord de la subdivision d’Ati (colonie du Tchad) . .. Bul. Agence Econ. Colon. Auton. et Terr. Afr. (France) 27: 5938-637. pl. 1934. Climate, physiography, transcription of native names; annotated list of 198 vascular plants, with vernacular names, local range. Maire, René. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Tibesti. (Mission au Tibesti. 2° vol. Botanique.) Mém. Acad. Sci. Inst. France II, 62 (Mém.) : 1-39. 1936. Botanical explorations, geology, general features of flora, bibliography; list of cellular and vascular plants known from the region (159 native species of vascular plants), with localities, general range, and vernacular names; list of cultivated plants, list of Toubou vernacular names with botanical equivalents. Payeur-Didelot, J. F. Notes et mémoires sur le Gabon-Congo et la cdte occi- dentale d’Afrique. IX. Coup d’oeil sur les espéces utilisables de la flore ga- bonaise. Bul. Soc. Géog. de Est 19: 177-208, 397-422. 1897. Sketch of principal woods and useful plants, grouped by uses. Pellegrin, Francois. Collections botaniques rapportées par la Mission Tilho de la région Niger-Tchad. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17: 459-466, 566-571. 1911; 18: 46-50. 1912. List of vascular plants, with localities; general range given. For notes on useful plants, with a revised list of plants collected, see his Les collections botaniques rapportées par la Mission Tilho avee indications sur les plantes utiles. France. Ministére des colonies. Documents scientifiques de la Mission Tilho (1906-1909). v. 3. p. 459-484. 4 fig. Paris, 1914. (Reprinted.) De quelques bois utiles du Gabon. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 84: 639-645. 1938. Unannotated systematic list, with vernacular names. La flore du Mayombe d’aprés les récoltes de M. Georges Le Testu. Mém. Soc. Linn. Normandie v. 26 (II, 10), fase. 2: 125 p. 7 fig., pl. 4-11. 1924; n.s., Sect. Bot. v. 1, fase. 3. 83 p. 18 fig., 6 pl., map. 1928; fase. 4. 114, viii p. 8 pl. 1938: Annotated list of vascular plants with references and citation of specimens, with data. (Pt. 1) Dicotyledones Polypetalae; (pt. 2) Gamopetalae except FLORAS OF THE WORLD 37 Rubiaceae; (pt. 3) Rubiaceae, Monocotyledones and Pteridophyta, also “Notes sur la végétation .. .” by G. Le Testu. (Valleys of the Nyanga and Nguonyé (Ngunie) Rivers, Gabon.) FRENCH GUINEA See also French West Africa (Perrot) ; Senegal; West Africa. General Pobéguin, Henri. Essai sur ia flore de la Guinée francaise. Produits forestiers, agricoles et industriels. 392 p. 80 pl., map. 25 cm. Paris, 1906. General features of flora, useful plants, sketch of indigenous plants by fami- lies, vernacular names (indexed). Les plantes médicinales de la Guinée. 85 p. 25.5 em. Paris, 1912. (Bibliothéque d’agriculture coloniale.) . Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses, alphabetically arranged by scientific names; list classified by uses. Local Corre, Armand. Esquisse de la flore et de la faune médicales et économiques du Rio-Nunez. Arch. Méd. Navale 26: 1440. 1876. Account of wild and cultivated economic and medicinal plants, with vernacular names. FRENCH SOMALILAND See also West Africa (Oliver). The following publication has not been available: Aubert de la Riie, Edgar. La Somalie francaise. Paris, 1938. (Cited from Cheva- lier, A. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 209: 73-74. 1939.) General _Chevalier, Auguste. la flore de la Somalie francaise et la forét-relique du Mont Goudah. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 209: 73-76. 1939. Botanical explorations ; general features of flora, with mention of some species. La Somalie francaise. Sa flore et ses productions végétales. Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 19: 663-687 (incl. fig. 2-8, pl. 17-19). 1939. Geology, climate, botanical explorations, principal woody plants, grasses, notes on useful plants. Local Franchet, Adrien. Plantes du voyage au golfe de Tadjourah recueillies par M. L. Faurot. Jour. de Bot. 1: 117-123, 134-186. 1887. List of 105 spermatophytes, with localities and vernacular names, collected by Dr. Louis Faurot in 1885-86 at Obock and Tadjourah (a few from Ile de Kamarane, Arabia). FRENCH WEST AFRICA See also Dahomey (Hua); French Equatorial Africa (Pellegrin, Collections) ; Mauri- tania; Sahara; Senegal (Chevalier) ; West Africa. The following publication has not been available: Chevalier, Auguste. Flore vivante de l’Afrique occidentale francaise. v. 1 (860 p.). Paris, 1938.—Vol. 1 covers Gymnosperms and early dicotyledonous families of French West Africa, Togo, North Cameroons, Ubangi-Shari-Chad, and French Sahara. (Not seen; eited from Fortschr. Bot. 8: 83, 85. 1939.) General Jumelle, Henri. Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques du Musée colonial de Marseille: Afrique occidentale francaise. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 25 (IIT, 5), fase. 1. 95 p. 1917. Annotated list of useful plants, classified by uses, with vernacular names. Perrot, Emile. Sur les productions végétales indigénes ou cultivées de l’Afrique occidentale francaise (Sahara, Soudan nigérien, Haute-Volta, Guinée). 38 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Trav. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 31. viii, 468 p. 28 pl., 3 maps. 1929. Includes running account of principal wild and cultivated economic plants. Local Bonnet, Edmond. Enumération des plantes recueillies par M. R. Chudeau, dans la région de Tombouctou et du Moyen-Niger. Mém. Soc. Bot. France no. 20519 pl OAS List of 228 vascular plants collected between Araouan and Djenné. Chevalier, Auguste. La végétation de la région de Tombouctou. Actes Cong. Internatl. Bot. 1, Paris, 1900. p. 248-275 (incl. pl. 10-11). 1900. Botanical explorations, plant zones, biology of plants, general features of flora, effects of cultivation; annotated list of 52 wild and cultivated woody plants, with localities and vernacular names; bibliography. The area covered is in the western Sudan, between 5° and 10° W. Long., from 17° N. Lat. to the southern edge of the Sahara Desert. Hagerup, Olaf. Etude des types biologiques de Raunkiaer dans la flore autour Tombouctou. Biol. Meddel. K. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. vy. 9, no. 4. 116 p. 5 fig., 5 pl. 1930. Includes list of 188 phaneragams collected by author, the families arranged alphabetically. GAMBIA See also Senegal (Rancon) ; West Africa. General Williams, F. N. Florula gambica, une contribution 4 la flore de la colonie brittanique. Bul. Herb. Boiss. II, 7: 81-96, 193-208, 369-886. 1907. Geography, botanical explorations, published floras; annotated list of 285 angiosperms. Local Dawe, M. T. List of plants collected in the Gambia. 11p. 21.5¢cm. Bathurst, 1922. Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected by author, with localities, vernacular names, and uses. Kew. Royal Gardens. Botany of Gambia delimitation commission. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1891: 268-275. 1891. Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular names and uses, collected in 1890-91 by Dr. Brown Lester in vicinity of River Gambia. — See l. ec. 1892: 45-48, for an abstract of the report of the French members of the commission. GOLD COAST See also West Africa. General Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Hoyle, A. C., eds. Draft of first descriptive check- list of the Gold Coast. Compiled by members of the Gold Coast Forest Depart- ment... 152, vii p.25 cm. Oxford, 1937. (Check-lists of the forest trees and shrubs of the British Empire, no. 3.) List of woody plants, alphabetically arranged by families, with brief deserip- tions, vernacular names, citation of exsiccatae. The area covered includes Gold Coast colony, with Ashanti, Northern Territories, and the part of Togoland under British mandate. Processed publication, cover-title only. Chipp, T. F. The forest officers’ handbook of the Gold Coast, Ashanti and the Northern Territories. 148 p. (incl. 20 pl.). 3 diagr., 5 maps. 25.5 cm. London, [19227]. Includes (p. 55-69) classified list of economic plants, and index of vernacular names of principal forest trees. FLORAS OF THE WORLD | 39 \ Chipp, T. F. A list of the herbaceous plants and undershrubs of the Gold Coast, Ashanti, and the Northern Territories. 55 p. 25 em. London, 1914. Annotated list, with localities and collectors’ numbers; classified list of use- ful plants. _- Irvine, F. R. Plants of the Gold Coast. Ixxix, 521 p. front., 69 fig. (pt. on plates). 20.5 em. London, 1930. Native botany and herbalism, native uses of plants, general features of flora, classified lists of useful plants; annotated alphabetical list of about 1,200 phanerogams, with vernacular names in several native languages (indexed), brief descriptions, uses; no systematic list of species. Local Cummins, H. A. Botany of Ashanti Expedition. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1898: 65-82. 1898. Topography, climate, general features of flora, agriculture, economic products ; list of vascular plants and bryophytes collected by author between Cape Coast Castle and the Moinsi Hills, chiefly at Assin Yan Kumassi, with general range indicated. ITALIAN SOMALILAND See also Eritrea (Chiovenda, Vegetali utilizzati nella medicina) ; Ethiopia (Chiovenda, Plantae novae; Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; Libya (Cortesi); West Africa (Gtirke ; Oliver). General Chiovenda, Emilio, Flora Somala. xvi, 436 p. 50 pl. (incl. map). 24.5 cm. Roma, 1929.—Flora Somala II. xvi, 482 p. 247 fig. 25 cm. Modena, 1932. (Lavori eseguiti presso Istituto botanico della R. Université di Modena 3.)— Flora Somala III. Raccolte somale dei proff. G. Pollacci, L. Maffei, R. Ciferri e N. Puccioni fatte negli anni 1984 e 1935. Atti Ist. Bot. Giov. Briosi R. Univ. Pavia IV, 7: 117-160. 12 pl. 1936——Nuovo contributo alla flora della Somalia Italiana. Atti Soc. Nat. e Mat. Modena 66: 1-19. 1935. Geology, climate, general features and affinities of flora, phytogeography, briefly annotated list of useful native plants, with vernacular names; list of vascular and cellular plants, with references, citation of exsiccatae, vernacular names. The 1929 publication is based on specimens collected by Profs. G. Stefanini and G. Paoli in British and Italian Somaliland and in eastern Ethiopia east of a line drawn from Dolo to Zeila, the other publications on later collections. Not a complete flora. Local Chiovenda, Emilio. Le collezioni botaniche della Missione Stefanini-Paoli nella Somalia Italiana. 241 p. 6 fig. (incl. map), 24 pl. 28.5 ecm. Firenze, 1916. (Resultati scientifici della Missione Stefanini-Paoli... v. 1.) Botanical explorations; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants: appen- dix containing annotated list of species collected by Mangano, Scassellati, Mazzocchi, and Provenzale; vernacular names (indexed). Contributo alla conoscenza della flora Somala Transjubense. Piante raccolte dal Dr. Pompeo Gorini nel 1925. Agricolt. Colon. 20: 42-49, 103-109. 1926. List of spermatophytes, with occasional vernacular names and notes, Mattei, G. E. Contribuzioni alla flora della Somalia Italiana. Bol. R. Orto Bot. e Giard. Colon. Palermo 7: 85-112, 165-191. 1908. Two centuries of angiosperms, with references, data, and frequent notes and vernacular names. Specimens collected by Dr. Cesare Macaluso in regions of Goscia, Brava, Merca, and Mogadiscio. Paoli, Guido. Cenno sulle piante utili e utilizzabili raccolte dalla Missione. In Stefanini, Giuseppe, and Paoli, G. Ricerche idrogeologiche, botaniche ed entomologiche fatte nella Somalia Italiana meridionale. Relaz. e. Monog. Agr.- Colon. Ist. Agr. Colon. Ital. 7: 225-250. 1916. Annotated lists of useful plants, classified by uses, 40 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE IVORY COAST See also West Africa. General Aubréville, André. La flore forestiére de la Cote d'Ivoire. 3 v. 351 pl., maps. 98.5 em. Paris, 1986. Forest formations, key to families; systematic descriptive flora of woody plants, with vernacular names. Bégué, Louis. Contribution 4 l'étude de la végétation forestiére de la Haute- Cote d’Ivoire. Pub. Com. Etudes Hist. et Scient. Afrique Occid. Franc. sér. B, no. 4. 126 p. 19 pl., map. 19387. Mainly ecological, with numerous short lists of species from different locali- ties; tabular list of principal woody plants with vernacular names. Bertin, André. Les bois de la Céte dIvoire. 176 p. 8 pl., map. 25.5 cm. Paris, 1918. (Mission d’études forestiéres envoyée dans les colonies francaises par les Ministéres de la guerre, de l’armement et des colonies. I.) Includes lists of scientific and vernacular names, with references to Cheva- lier’s “Les bois de la Cote d'Ivoire.” Chevalier, Auguste. Premiére étude sur les bois de la Cote dIvoire. 314 p. 1 fig, map. 24.5 cm. Paris, 1909. (Les végétaux utiles de l’Afrique tropicale francaise. fasc. 5.) Includes (p. 109-274) annotated list of trees, systematically arranged, with vernacular names and frequent descriptions. KENYA See also Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora); Tanganyika (Engler, Dic pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas ; Greenway) | ; West Africa (Oliver). The following publication has not been available: Chiovenda, Emilio. Raccolte botaniche (IKmbryophyta diploidalia). Fatte dai mis- sionare della consolata nel Kenya. EAN Or Ist. Bot. R. Univ. Modena Mem. 6.] 160 p. 1935. (Title cited from Bot. Centralbl. n. f., 31 (v. 178, Lit.) : 107. 1938.) General Battiscombe, Edward. Trees and shrubs of Kenya Colony. A revision and enlargement [by I. R. Dale] of “A descriptive catalogue of some of the common trees and woody plants of Kenya Colony, by E. Battiscombe.” 201 p. 24.5 cm. Nairobi, 1936. Native tribes, forest types; annotated list of woody plants, with vernacular names, local range, brief descriptions. A few herbaceous species are included.— See also Dale, I. R. Additions and corrections ... Inst. Paper Imp. Forestry Inst. Oxford 18: 20-28. 1939. Kenya. Colony and protectorate of Kenya—Forestry department. Pre- liminary catalogue: trees, shrubs, and herbs. 34 p. 23 cm. Nairobi, 1922. Systematic list “of the more common plants” with vernacular names. Local Fries, T. C. E., and Fries, Robert. Beitriige zur kenntnis der flora des Kenia, Mt. Aberdare und Mt. Elgon. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 8: 889-423, 475-504, 547-573, 661-704. [16] fig. 1923-24; 9: 16-36, 173-189, 299-333, 485-522, 1103- 1135. fig. 15-17. 1924-27; 10: 69-101, 266-272, 594-621, 897-917. 1927-30; 11: 20-47. 1 fig. 1930. Annotated list of species collected by the Swedish expeditions of 1920 and 1921-22; the families not in systematic order. Treatments of various families contributed by other authors. Gregory, J. W. The great rift valley, being the narrative of a journey to Mount Kenya and Lake Baringo ... xxi, 422 p. 28 fig. (incl. maps), 20 (i. e. 21) pl.,2 maps. 24cm. London, 1896. Includes (p. 889-400) list of vascular plants collected, with localities, by E. G. Baker, J. Britten, A. B. Rendle, and W. Carruthers. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 4] LIBERIA See also West Africa. General Cooper, G. P., and Record, S. J. The evergreen forests of Liberia. Bul. Yale Univ. School Forestry no. 31. xi, 153 p. 15 pl. on 8, map. 19381. History, topography, climate, general features of flora; list of 286 woody plants, with vernacular names, brief descriptions, citations of collections, and descriptions of woods; composition of sample plots (as to species, ete.) ; uses of woods; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents. Dinklage, Max. Verzeichnis der flora von Liberia. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 41: 235-271. 19387. Botanical explorations; list of known vascular plants, with citation of exsic- catae but no localities or annotations. Stapf, Otto. The known plants of Liberia, mainly from materials in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. In Johnston, Harry. Liberia. vy. 2, p. 570-669. fig. 246-266. London, 1906. Botanical explorations; list of vascular plants, with brief descriptions, localities, collectors’ names, and occasional annotations. LIBYA See also Algeria (Maire, Contributions 4 l’étude); Egypt (Issa Bey; Schweinfurth, Ascherson, and Taubert). The following publications have not been available: Corti, Roberto. Prodromo della flora e vegetazione del Fezzan (Resultati scientifici delle Missioni nel Sahara Italiano). fase. 1-8 (250 p.). Firenze, 1988. (Ed. prov- visoria.) (Cited from Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 45: ccii. 1938.) Nannizzi, Arturo. Le piante coltivate ed utili della Libia. viii, 192 p. 21 em. Siena, 1913. (Cited from International catalogue of scientific literature, 13th annual issue M, Botany. p. 206.) General Ascherson, Paul. Die aus dem mittlern Nordafrika, dem gebiete der Rohlfs’- schen expedition nach Kufra bekannt gewordenen pflanzen. Jn Rohlfs, Ger- hard. Kufra. Reise von Tripolis nach der oase Kufra... p. 386-559. Leip- zig, 1881. Botanical explorations, with bibliographical references; annotated lists of vascular and cellular plants known from Tripolitania (437 species), Fezzan (200 species), Kufra (89 species), Audjilagruppe (Aujila: 48 species), and Cyrenaica, including Turkish Marmara (493 species), with localities, vernacular names, and references. Cultivated species are included and numbered in the lists. Under the title “Plantarum Africae septentrionalis mediae hucusque cognitarum conspectus,” the list of 775 plants (759 vascular) was reprinted in Bot. Centralbl. 8: 278-287. 1881. [Borzi, Antonino.] Elenco alfabetico degli autori che si occuparono della Libia sotto laspetto botanico ed agrario e della loro pubblicazioni ... Monog. e Rap. Colon. Min. Colon. (Italy) no. 9. 32 p. 1912; no.11. 3230p. 1912. Partly annotated list, alphabetically arranged by authors; includes also collectors, with brief biographical notes. Cortesi, Fabrizio. Piante officinali e della medicina popolare delle Colonie italiane d’Africa e regioni limitrofe. .Rassegna Econ. Colon. (Italy) 24: 71-126. 1936. Bibliography: systematic list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and brief account of uses, Summarizing available information; lists of botanical and vernacular names, without references to pages. Covers Libya, Eritrea, Italian Somaliland, and Ethiopia. Durand, Ernest, and Barratte, Gustave. Florae libyecae prodromus, ou cata- logue raisonné des plantes de Tripolitaine ... avec la collaboration de P. Ascherson, W. Barbey et R. Muschler ... cexxvii, 330 p. 20 pl., map. 35 em. Genéve, 1910. Physiography, biographical sketches of botanical collectors, synoptical tables showing distribution, phytogeography, list of cultivated plants, bibliography; geology (by S. Meunier) ; annotated list of 1,156 plants (1,026 vascular), with 42 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE references, local and extralimital range. Area covered includes Tripolitaine, the Fezzan, Cyrenaica, and Turkish Marmara. Trotter, Alessandro. Flora economica della Libia. Statistica illustrata delle piante coltivate e delle spontanee utili delle regione. Seguita da una appendice intorno alle droghe del commercio locale. 875 p. 145 pl., 2 profiles. 19.5 cm. Roma, 1915. Bibliography, physiography, plant formations, climate, etc.; annotated list of 379 useful plants, with vernacular names and uses; classified lists of useful plants; list of drugs; indices. Local Ascherson, Paul. Florula der oasSengruppe Kufra nach den sammlungen und beobachtungen von G. Rohlfs. Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Proy. Brandenb. 23 (Sitz- ungsber.) : 27-388. 1882. General features of flora, cultivated plants; annotated list of 39 vascular plants.—See also Lusina, G. Aggiunte alla flora delle oasi di Cufra. Annali Bot. 19: 423-425. 1932. Béguinot, Augusto, and Vaccari, Antonio. Contributo alla flora della Libia in base a piante raccolte dall’ottobre 1911 al luglio 1912. Monog. e Rap. Colon. Min. Colon. (Italy) no. 16. 72 p. 10 pl. 1912.—Secondo contributo ... con notizie sulle piante utili osservate. 1. ec. 1913, no. 7. 40 p. 1918. (Also in Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Lett. ed Arti Modena ITT, 10 (2): 553-584. 19138.)—Terzo— [quarto] contributo ... Annali Bot. 12: 87-150. 1918; 138: 9-34. 1914. (1) Localities, reduction of species described by Viviani in his “Florae libycae specimen,” phenology, life forms, phytogeography; annotated list of 402 vascular plants. (2) Annotated list of 172 snecies; notes on useful plants, with vernacular names. (38) Annotated list of 395 species; table of 596 species mentioned in the three contributions, with indication of locality and occasional notes. (4) Annotated list of 231 species. Corti, Roberto. Le raccolte botaniche nel sud Cirenaico del Prof. L. di Capori- acco (19383—Spediz. Marchesi) e del Prof. U. Ménterin (1984-R. Soe. Geogr. Italiana) e la florula delle Oasi di Cufra e del Gebél Auendat. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 45: ecii-eexl. 3 fig. 1938. Botanical explorations, with footnote references; list of spermatophytes known from Oasis of Kufra and Gebél Auendat, with citation of specimens and ‘general range; phytogeography, ete., with lists of species from numerous localities in the region. Letourneux, A. H. Note sur un voyage botanique 4 Tripoli de Barbarie. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 36: 91-99. 1889. Includes list of about 300 vascular plants and Characeae from the Oasis of Tripoli; list of about 100 cultivated plants, with French and Arabie vernacular names. Lusina, Giuseppe. La flora. In R. Societéa geografica italiana. Resultati scientifici della missione alla Oasi di Giarabtb (1926-1927). fase. 4, p. 551-558. Roma, 1931. Alphabetical list of 65 vascular plants; bibliography, phytogeography. (Tripolitania. ) Maire, René, and Weiller, Mare. Contributions a l’étude de la flore de la Libye. Jn Maire, R. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore de Afrique du Nord fase. 27. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 80: 255-314. pl. 17. 1989. Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, new or rare in Libya, collected by authors in April 1938. Pampanini, Renato. Piante di Bengasi e del suo territorio raccolte dal Rev. P. D. Vito Zanon della Missione dei PP. Giuseppini al Fuehat. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s., 23: 260-293. 1916; 24: 113-171. 1917. Botanical explorations, with biblographical footnotes; special localities; two lists of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, collectors, and vernacular names.—See also Pampanini, R., and Zanon, V. Nuovi contributi alla conoscenza della flora della Cirenaica. 1. ce. 26: 205-220. 1919.—Nuovi contributi ... II. Bull. Soe. Bot. Ital. 1922: 6-7. 1922. Plantae tripolitanae ab auctore anno 1918 lectae et repertorium florae vascularis Tripolitaniae. xiv, 334 p. 1 fig., 9 pl, map. 25 cm. Firenze, 1914. (a missione Franchetti in Tripolitania (IJ Gebél), appendice I.) FLORAS OF THE WORLD 43 New records, bibliography; annotated list of vascular plants known from region, with references, localities, and collectors. The appendix (p. 287-328) contains lists of cellular plants, by various authors. Pampanini, Renato. Prodromo della flora cirenaica. xxxvili, 577 p. 2 fig., 6G pl. 24.5 cm. Forli, 1980—Aggiunte al “Prodromo della flora cirenaica” dalle mie raccolte in Cirenaica negli anni 1933-34. Rend. Sem. Fac. Sci. R. Univ. Cagliari 8: 538-79. 1988. Botanical explorations, list of botanical collectors with biographical notes, chronological list of collectors, statistics of collectors, ete.; list of 1,617 cellular and vascular plants (1,053 vascular), with references, localities, and collectors ; gazetteer, bibliography. The 19388 additions bring the total to 1,197 species of vascular plants, plus 529 varieties and forms. Trotter, Alessandro. Nuovi materiali per una flora della Tripolitania. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. n. s. 22: 819-364. 5 fig., pl. 14-18. 1915. Rare or noteworthy species collected by author in 1914. Osservazioni e notizie intorno alla flora ed alla vegetazione dell’altopiano della Cirenaica. Annali R. Scuola Sup. Agr. Portici II, v. 18, Inow4}e (23 pp: 19238: Localities, ete.; list of spermatophytes collected in 1919 by Prof. E. De Cillis. MAURITANIA See also French West Africa; West Africa. Local Benoist, Raymond. Plantes récoltées par M. Mond en Mauritanie. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 33: 188-192. 1927. List of phanerogams, with localities. (Along coast, from St. Louis to Cape Blanco. ) Bonnet, Edmond. Partie botanique A. Etude systématique. In Gruvel, A., and Chudeau, R. Mission en Mauritanie occidentale. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux G32)15-371— = pl. 2; 1908: General features of flora; list of 119 phanerogams, with localities and general range. and Pellegrin, Francois. Enumération des plantes recueillies par M. R. Chudeau dans le nord-ouest de la Mauritanie. Compt. Rend. Assoc. Franc. Avane. Sci. 43 (2): 468-469. 1915. List of species previously recorded by the authors, with bibliography; list of additional species, with localities. Jumelle, Henri. Plantes de Mauritanie récoltées par le Lieutenant Boéry. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 36 (IV, 6), no. 1. 43 p. 3 pl. 1928. Climate, geology, geography, plant formations; list of 104 vascular plants, with localities and extralimital range; based on a collection made in the region of Kiffa in 1924-1926. Maire, René. Florule du Zemmour. His Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Sahara occidental, fase. 6. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 26: 148-162. 1935. Topography, ete.; annotated list of 69 vascular plants collected by Luthereau in 1934, with vernacular names and uses. Zemmour is on the border between Rio de Oro and northern Mauritania, between 25° and 26° N. Lat. Zolotarevsky, B.,and Murat, M. Rapport scientifique sur les recherches de la Mission d’études de la biologie des acridiens en Mauritanie (A. O. F.). Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 29: 29-108. pl. 2-8, map. 1988. Includes sketch of vegetation (plant zones, ete., p. 50-75) and list of plants cited, with vernacular names (p. 96-101), also bibliography. (Western and northern Mauritania.) MOROCCO (INCLUDING SPANISH MOROCCO) See also Algeria (Battandier and Trabut, Flore de l’Algérie; Cosson; Ducellier and Maire; France, Comité regional d’Algérie: Lapis and Maige; Maire. Contributions A ae la flore de l’Afrique du nord; Trabut, Flore du nord de Ll Afrique) ; Egypt ssa Bey). General Ball, John. Spicilegium florae maroccanae. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 16: 281- 742. pl. 928. 1877-78. 44 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Botanical explorations, phytogeography, list of collectors; annotated list of vascular (and a few cellular) plants known from the region, with collectors, localities, and general range. Emberger, Louis. Les arbres du Maroc et comment les reconnaitre. 317 p. 17 cm. Paris, 1938. Semipopular work, with keys, description, uses, Arabic and Berber vernacular names, etc. and Maire, René. Tableau phytogéographique du Maroc. 1ére partie. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe no. 88. viii, 187 p. 16 fig. (incl. maps, diagrs.), 16 pl. 1934. Relates mainly to soil and climate; included here for its account of botanical explorations (p. 5-85), with footnote references. Gattefossé, Jean. Les plantes dans la thérapeutique indigéne au Maroc. In Perrot, E., and Gentil, L. Sur les productions végétales du Maroc. Trav. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 10: 72-123. 1921. Bibliography; annotated list, with vernacular names (indexed). and Jahandiez, Emile. Essai de bibliographie botanique marocaine. Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 2: 71-86. 1922. List of 6 titles on vernacular names and 182 (chronologically arranged) on geographical and economic botany. Jahandiez, Emile, and Maire, René. Catalogue des plantes du Maroc (sper- matophytes et ptéridophytes) . .. Avec la collaboration de: J. A. Battandier... LL. Ducellier =... Emberger.. .. P: Font-Quer. .. 3) v. (sl, 913°) 20 S.ae Alger, 1931-34. Geographical divisions, bibliography of 415 titles; annotated list of vascular plants, with localities and extralimital range. Includes Spanish as well as French Morocco. Local Boitel, M. Liste des plantes recueillies autour de Rabat et de Salé (Maroc). Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe 1: 41-50. 1921. Annotated list of phanerogams. Bonnet, Edmond. Florule de Dar-el-Beida (Maroc). Naturaliste 11: 194 195, 208. 1889. Unannotated list of plants collected by Alphonse Mellerio in 1887-88. Dar-el- Beida is also known as Casablanca. Florule d’Eil Araich (Maroc). Naturaliste 7/9: 403-404. 1887. List of 155 vascular plants collected in 1886 by Alphonse Mellerio. El Araich, also known as Larache, is on the west coast, 87 km. southwest of Tangiers. (Spanish Morocco.) Braun-Blanquet, Josias. Zur kenntnis der vegetationsverhiiltnisse des Grossen Atlas. Vierteljahrsschr, Naturf. Gesell. Ziirich 73 (Beibl. 15, Festschrift Hans Schinz) : 834-357. fig. 5-7, pl. 12-13. 1928. Plant formations, ete.; list of species not previously recorded. and Maire, René. Etudes sur la végétation et la flore marocaines. Comptes-rendus des herborisations de la Société Botanique de France, session du Maroc, 1921. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroe 8: 5-244. 10 pl, map. 1924. Plant geography and associations; list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities. (From Mogador to Tanant and Demnat, north to Mazagan and Casa- blanea, then east through Fez to beyond Tlemsen.) Caballero, Arturo. Datos botanicos del territorio de Ifni. Trab. Mus. Nace. Cien. Nat. y Jard. Bot. Madrid, Ser. Bot. no. 28. 36 p. 3 pl. 1985; no. 30. 33 p. 7 pl. 1985. Botanical explorations of author in 1934; annotated list of vascular plants collected. Unfinished; includes Sympetalae, part of Choripetalae. (Spanish possession on west coast, about 29° N Lat.) Enumeracién de las plantes herborizadas en el Rif. Mem. R. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat. 8: 241-292. 1914. Itinerary; list of 395 vascular plants collected by the author in 1912, with localities and occasional annotations. (Spanish Morocco.) Excursién boténica a Melilla en 1915. Trab. Mus. Nac. Cien. Nat. Madrid, Ser. Bot. no. 11. 39 p. 2 pl. 1917. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 45 List of vascular plants collected by author, with localities and frequent annotations. (Spanish Morocco.) Dubard, Marcel, and Cayla, Victor. Liste de quelques plantes utiles du Maroe @aprés les documents rapportés par M. de Gironcourt. Agr. Prat. Pays Chauds 9 (1): 95-106. 1909. Annotated list of 1384 species, with Arabic names. Emberger, Louis. Notes sur la végétation des montagnes du Tadla autour de Ksiba. Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc 8: 216-219. 1928. General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author in 1927. (Moyen-Atlas. ) Recherches botaniques et phytogéographiques dans le Grand-Atlas oriental (massifs du Ghat et du Mgoun). Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 33. 49 p. 2 pl. 1982. Botanical explorations, general features of flora, plant formations; list of more important vascular plants collected, with data. and Maire, René. Spicilegium rifanum. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe no. ik 3) 405 Teak all ParG General features of flora; list of cellular and vascular plants collected by authors in 1926 in the eastern “Atlas rifain.” Font y Quer, Pio. Nota sobre la flora subalpina de la cumbre del Lexhab (Marruecos). Mem. Acad. Cien. y Artes Barcelona 22: 335-352. 1931. Author’s expeditions in 1929-380, general features of flora; list of species collected, arranged in ecological groups. Gandoger, Michel. Florule de Ceuta (Maroc). Bul. Soe. Bot. France 54: 77- 81. 1907. Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author. (Spanish Morocco.) Hooker, J. D., and Ball, John. Journal of a tour in Maroceo and the Great Atlas. xvi, 489 p. illus., plates, map. 22.5 em. London, 1878. Includes chapter by J. D. Hooker “On some of the economic plants of Marocco” (p. 386404), and by J. Ball “On the mountain flora of two valleys in the Great Atlas of Marocco” (p. 423-446) with table showing distribution. Humbert, Henri. Végétation de l’Atlas saharien occidental et additions 4 Vétude botanique de l’Ari Ayachi. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 19: 204-240. pl. 20-27. 1928. General features of flora, with lists of principal vascular plants of different localities; list of rarer species, with localities; list of vernacular names. Végétation du Grand Atlas marocain oriental. Exploration botanique de l’Ari Ayachi. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 15: 147-234. pl. 2-14. 1924. Geography, geology, plant formations; list of alpine and subalpine species collected by author in Ayachi in 1928, with localities and frequent annotations. Jahandiez, Emile. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. Missions de l’Institut scientifique cherifien en 1921. I. Recherches botaniques dans le Tadla. II. Herborisations dans le Moyen Atlas. III. Recherches botaniques dans le Grand Atlas. IV. Liste méthodique des espéces recueillies. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe [no. 4] (v. 3,no.1). 123 p. O9pl. 1923. Includes (chapter 4) list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with references and localities. and Weiller, Mare. MHerborisations dans le sud-ouest marocain et VAnti-Atlas. Cavanillesia 5: 5-238. 19382. Itinerary; list of vascular plants collected in 1931 between Mogador and Agadir, in the Province of Sous, and in the Anti-Atlas, with localities. Joly, Alexandre. Liste des espéces végétales récoltées 4 Tétuan (Maroc) pendant Vhiver et le printemps de l’année 1905. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 4: 108-112. 1912. List of vascular plants collected, arranged by habitats. (Spanish Morocco.) La végétation dans les Beni Znassen (Maroc). Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frane. Avance. Sci. 39 (2) : 86-98. 1911. General features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author in 1908. Lester-Garland, L. V. The botany of the Maroccan Middle Atlas. Jour. Bot. 58: 97-101. 1930. ; List of species collected in 1919 by Capt. Hubert Lynes near Azrou at 4,000 to 6,000 feet altitude. 46 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Litardiére, René de, and Maire, René. Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Grand Atlas. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc v. 4, no. 1 (i. e. no. 6). 32 p. 6 fig. 1924.—Contributions 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. 1. ¢ no. 26. 56 p. 6 fig. 1980. List of 205 vascular plants, rare or new in the area, with data and frequent annotations. Lowe, R. T. A list of plants observed or collected at Mogador and in its im- mediate environs during a few days’ visit to the place in April 1859; with notes and observations. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 5: 26-45. 1861 (1860). General features of flora; list of 177 vascular plants, with notes on many of the species. Maire, René. Etudes sur la végétation et la flore du Grand Atlas et du Moyen Atlas marocains. Mém. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc no. 7. 220 p. 16 pl. 1924. Botanical explorations (with references), physiography, plant associations, phytogeography; list of cellular and vascular plants collected by author, with localities. Note sur la flore du Siroua. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 15: 52-53. 1924. Brief list of phanerogams collected by Prof. L. Gentile in 1928, with localities. This is the first information on the flora of this mountain mass, which connects the Grand Atlas and the Anti-Atlas. La végétation de ]’Anti-Atlas oriental et du Djebel Bani. Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroc 18: 156-164. 1933. Explorations of author in 1982; general features of flora, with included lists of species. La végétation des montagnes des Glaoua. Bul. Soe. Sci. Nat. Maroe 14: 140-146. 1984. Running account of vegetation, with enumeration of principal species. The Glaoua Mountains are between the central and the eastern Grand Atlas. Mas y Guindal, Joaquin. Materiales para la flora de Marruecos. Cavanille- sia 1: 97-102, 1381-188. 1928; 2: 164-166. 1930; 3: 97-99. 1931; 4: 81-87. 1931; 5: 178-180. 1932; 6: 29-82. 1938. Includes unannotated lists of vascular plants from (v. 1) Yebala, Beni Ider and Ben Karrik, (v. 2) Larache, (v. 3) Castillejos, (v. 4) Rincon de Medik, (v. 5) Akarrat, El Mesin and Dra-el-Asef, (v. 6) Ilguersa, Zinat, and other localities. (Spanish Morocco.) Notes sur la flore de Tetouan et de ses environs. Tray. Off. Natl. Mat. Prem. Vég. (Paris) Notice 87. 46 p. 1982. (Reprinted from L’Hygiéne sociale NOt.) Botanical explorations, geography, general features of flora; list of vascular plants collected by author, with localities; bibliography. (Spanish Morocco.) Plantas medicinales del Protectorado Espafiol de Marruecos. Ceuta, 1929. Annotated list, with range, uses, vernacular names, ete. Not seen; notice from Cavanillesia 3: 70. 1980. (Spanish Morocco.) Moreau. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore de la Chaouia. Arch. Méd. et Pharm. Mil. 62: 625-633. 1913. General features of vegetation; unannotated list of about 500 vascular plants collected by author, nearly all in vicinity of Casablanca. Murbeck, Svante. Contributions 4 la connaissance de la flore du Maroc I-II. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. n.f., avd. 2, v. 18, no. 3. %6p. 4 fig., 12 pl. 1922 y. 19: NOME AOS! pS -Silss.ia Dl Oza List of vascular plants collected by author in 1921, mostly in vicinity of Marrakech and in the Grand Atlas, with data and frequent annotations. Pau, Carlos. Plantas del norte de Yebala (Marruecos). Mem. R. Soc. Espani. Hist. Nat. 12: 2638-401. 1924. Author’s itinerary, bibliography ; annotated list of vascular plants. (Spanish Morocco. ) Pitard, C.-J. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore du Maroc. 80 p. 25.5 ecm. Paris, 1931. List of new or rare species collected by author in 1911-18, as well as by Lieut. Mouret in 1918. Includes sections on mosses, fungi, and lichens by other authors. —— eo FLORAS OF THE WORLD 47 Sennen, frére, and Mauricio, frére. Catalogo de la flora del Rif Oriental y principalmente de las cabilas limitrofes con Melilla. xv, 159 p. map. 25.5 cm. Melilla, [1933?] Annotated list of vascular plants. (Spanish Morocco.) Sietti, Henri. Nouvelle contribution 4 V’histoire naturelle de Vile d’Alboran. Bul. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroe 18: 10-22. 3 pl. 1933. Geography, scientific explorations, physiography, geology, etc.; list of lichens and phanerogams (about 10 species); zoology. Alboran is 88 km. south of Point Guardas Viejas (Spain) and 54 km. north of Cape Tres Forcas. (Spanish Morocco. ) Vidal y Lopez, Manuel. Florula del campamento legionario de Dar Riffien (Cabila de Anyhera). Bol. Soc. Ibérica Cien. Nat. 25: 190-205. 1926. Unannotated list of phanerogams collected by author and others in 1921. (Spanish Morocco.) MOZAMBIQUE See also Angola (Ficalho) ; Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora) ; South Africa ; Tanganyika (Engler, Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas) ; West Africa (Oliver). General Gomes de Almeida, A. Plantas venenosas e medicinas dos indigenas de Mocambique. Bol. Agr. e Pec. Mogcambique 1930 (1/2): 9-29. 1930. Annotated list, with vernacular names; bibliography. Sim, T. R. Forest flora and forest resources of Portuguese East Africa. vi, 166 p. 100 pl. 25X30. cm. Aberdeen, 1909. Physiography, general features of flora and agriculture, forests, ete.; briefly descriptive flora of woody plants, with vernacular names; timbers, barks, oils, ete. Local Maugham, R. C. F. Zambesia: a general description of the valley of the Zambesi River, from its delta to the river Aroangwa, with its history, agricul- ture, fauna, and ethnography. xiv, 408 p, plates, port., map. 22.5 cm. London, 1910. Includes (p. 168-195) chapter on “Zambesian flora,” with general account of vegetation and of cultivated plants, and unannotated “List of plants, etc., ob- served in Zambesia” (p, 188-195), the families arranged alphabetically, the botan- ical names without authorities, Peters, W. C. H.. and others. Naturwissenschaftliche reise nach Mossam- biqgue ... in den jahren 1842 bis 1848 ausgefiihrt. Botanik. 2 v. 60 (i. e. 61) pl. -51 em. Berlin, 1862-64. List of vascular plants, with localities and vernacular names, by various botanists. Pires de Lima, Amé€érico. Subsidios para o estudo da flora de Mocambique. Espermafitas do litoral-norte. Brotéria Sér. Bot. 19: 107-148. 1921: 20: 5-11. 1922, —2a série . Bol. Soc. Broteriana II, 2: 126-152. 1924. Annotated list of 150 vascular plants, with descriptions of most species. Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., Moore, S. Le M., and Gepp, A. A contribution to our knowledge of the flora of Gazaland: being an account of collections made by C. F. M. Swynnerton... Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 40: 1-245. 7 pl. (incl. map). LOTT. Account of expedition (by Swynnerton); annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected “chiefly in the high country which forms the boundary between eastern Rhodesia and Portuguese territory.”—The notes on useful plants are brought together in Jackson, J. R. Notes on the economic flora of Gazaland. Gard. Chron. III, 51: 283-284, 296-297, 321-822, 332-833. 1912. Schinz, Hans. Plantae Menyharthianae. Hin beitrag zur kenntnis der flora des unteren Sambesi. Denkschr. Math.-Naturw. Kl. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien 78: 3867-445. 1905. (Reprinted, 79 p.) Biographical sketch and itinerary of Menyharth, notes on cultivated plants, climate (by J. Fényi) ; list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities, based 241306°—42——_4 4S MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE on collections by Menyharth made mainly in Boroma, and on another collection by the Haynald Observatory at Zumba, Boroma, and Quelimane. Schinz, Hans, and Junod, H. A. Zur kenntnis der pflanzenwelt der Delagoa- Bay. Bul. Herb. Boissier 7: 869-892. 1899.—Mém. Herb. Boissier 10: 25-75. 1900.—I. nachtrag. Bul. Herb. Boissier II, 3: 653-662. 1903. Climate, phenology, general features of flora, bibliography; list of vascular plants, with localities and vernacular names. Forms nos. XI, XII, XV of Schinz’s “Beitrige zur kenntnis der Afrikanischen flora” and nos, IX, XI, XX of Mitteilungen aus dem Botanischen Museum der Universitit Ziirich, Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Flora de Mocambique. Lista de algumas plantas classificadas do herbario da Direcc&io de agricultura. Bol. Agr. e Pec. Mocambique 1932: 119-129. 1933. Annotated list of phanerogams; obviously very far from a complete flora. NATAL See also Orange Free State (Mark6Otter) ; South Africa. General Bews, J. W. An introduction to the flora of Natal and Zululand. vi, 248 p. 21cm. Pietermaritzburg, 1921. Botanical explorations, bibliography, keys to families and genera, with briefly annotated list of 3,786 spermatophytes; vernacular names (indexed). Henkel, J. S. The woody plants of Natal and Zululand. A field book of the woody plants... xii, 252 p. 2 pl. 22 cm. Durban and Pietermaritzburg, 1934. Glossary ; descriptive flora of woody plants in form of artificial key, with local- ities ; no systematic list; bibliography. Wood, J. M. A handbook to the flora of Natal. 202 p. 21.5 em. Durban, 1907. Keys to families and genera and (pteridophytes only) to species; enumeration of species (3,447 plus 83 varieties) with indication of altitudinal range. Indigenous food plants. Rpt. Colon. Herb. (Natal) 1900:12-24. 1901. Annotated list, the plants classified by uses.—See also his notes on medicinal plants, 1. c. 1894: 4-9. 1895. (List alphabeted by vernacular names, with uses.) Natal plants. 6v. 600 pl. 28 cm. Durban, 1898-1912. Plates with descriptive letterpress. M. S. Evans joint author of vol. 1. Revised list of the flora of Natal. Trans. So. African Phil. Soc. 18: 121-280. 1908.—Supplement containing Apocynaceae, Asclepiadeae, corrections and additions. Trans. Roy. Soe. So. Africa 1: 453-472. 1910—Addendum 08 1 ess 47-60 1s: Plant zones; annotated list of 3,808 species and 83 varieties of vascular plants (in first part). Local Bews, J. W. The plant ecology of the Drakensberg Range. Annals Natal Mus. 3: 511-565. pl. 36-389. 1917. Includes lists of species grouped by habitat. Bryant, A. T. Zulu medicine and medicine-men. Annals Natal Govt. Mus. 2: 1-103. 1909. Includes annotated list (p. 77-103) of plants discussed, with vernacular names, uses, ete. Forbes, H. M. L. An account of the flora of the Malvern district. So. African Jour. Nat. Hist. 2: 195-208. 1920. Physiography, ete.; running account of habitats, with lists of species (not in systematic order). (A suburb of Durban.) The flora of Isipingo. So. African Jour. Sci. 18: 348-358. 1922. Includes running lists of species, classed by habitats. (Near Durban.) A note on the flora of Salisbury Island (Durban Bay). So. African Jour. Sci. 20: 304-808. pl. 7-8. 1923. Plant formations; list of species collected, grouped by habit. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 49 Wood, J. M. Flora of Durban and vicinity. List of native plants observed within a radius of five miles from Durban. Rpt. Natal Bot. Gard. 1887 (Rpt. Colon. Herb.) : 1-15. 1888.—Additional list... 1. ec 1888: 19-20. 1889.— Additions ... Ann. Rpt. Colon. Herb. 1892: 5-8. [1898.] List of dicotyledons and gymnosperms, with localities. The 1898 paper lists the monocotyledons and vascular cryptogams. NIGERIA See also West Africa. The following publication has not been available: Anonymous. Vocabulary of Nigerian names of trees, shrubs, and herbs. Lagos, 1936. (Cited from Dalziel, J. M., The useful plants of west tropical Africa, p. xi. ) General Ainslie, J. R. A list of plants used in native medicine in Nigeria. Inst. Paper Imp. Forestry Inst. Oxford no. 7. 92,9, 7 p. 1987. Annotated list of 3866 species, with vernacular names, uses, and methods of use; list of diseases, with references to species used as remedies. (Processed publication. ) Holland, J. H. The useful plants of Nigeria ... Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew, Add. Ser. 9. 4 pts. (vi, 963 p.) 2 plans, map. 1908-22. History of colony, physiography, hydrography, climate, list of botanical col- lectors, botanical gardens, agriculture, etc.; annotated systematic list of useful vascular plants, with references and vernacular names (indexed) ; bibliography of “books and papers of general interest for west Africa.” Hooker, J. D., and Bentham, George. Flora nigritiana; or, a catalogue of the plants of the river Niger, the island of Fernando Po, and adjacent parts of western tropical Africa; from the collections of Dr. Th. Vogel: to which are added those of Mr. G. Don and other travellers. In Hooker, W. J., ed. Niger flora p. 199-577. pl. 17-50. London, 1849. Annotated list of 974 phanerogams, with localities and general range. Local Dalziel, J. M. A Hausa botanical vocabulary. 119 p. 23 cm. London, 1916. Alphabetical list of vernacular names for plants, foods, ete., with botanical equivalents and notes; index of botanical genera. Notes on the botanical resources of Yola Province, Northern Nigeria. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1910: 133-142. 1910. Running account of useful plants, with vernacular names. Vegetable products of Kontagora Province, Northern Nigeria. Bul. Imp. Inst. 5: 255-266. 1907. Running account of principal useful wild plants, with vernacular names and uses. Dawodu, T. B. A provisional list of the indigenous and naturalised flowering plants of the town and island of Lagos and Etube Metta district. 22, ix p. 17.5 cm. Etube Metta, 1902. Unannotated systematic list, with vernacular names. Foster, E. W. Notes on Nigerian trees and plants. 69 p. 21.5 cm. Guildford [Eng.], [1914]. Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names and uses; refers mostly to woody plants. Hutchinson, John. A contribution to the flora of Northern Nigeria. Plants collected on the Bauchi Plateau by Mr. H. V. Lely. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1921: 3538-407. 10 fig. 1921. Phytogeography; annotated list of about 400 vascular plants; general range given. Kennedy, J. D. Forest flora of Southern Nigeria. 242 p. 25 cm. Lagos, 1936. Forest types; annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, brief de- scriptions, uses. 50 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Kew. Royal Gardens. Indigenous plants of Yoruba-land. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1891: 206-219. 1891. Tabular list of 147 species, with Yoruba names (and meanings), localities, and notes on uses; based on collections by Alvan Millson. The timbers of Southern Nigeria. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1908: 189— 195. 1908. Annotated list, mainly by H. N. Thompson. Lely, H. V. The useful trees of Northern Nigeria. xii, 128 p. (incl. illus., pl.). 27.5 em. London, 1925. Descriptive account of 120 trees, alphabetically arranged by botanical names, with vernacular names and uses; figure of leaves and flowers of each species; table Showing flowering season of each species. Rendle, A. B., Baker, E. G., Wernham, H. F., and Moore, S. LeM. Catalogue of the plants collected by Mr. and Mrs. P. A. Talbot in the Oban district, South Nigeria. x, 157 p. 17 pl. 22.5 cm. London, 1918. Physiography, geology, general features of flora; descriptions of new species; systematic list of Species, with collectors’ numbers and general range. NORTHERN RHODESIA See also Nyasaland (Burkill) ; West Africa (Oliver). Local Fries, R. E. Botanische untersuchungen. viii, 354, xi p. 40 fig., 22 pl., map. 32.5 em. Stockholm, 1914-16.—Erginzungsheft. 135 p. 18 fig., 16 pl. 32.5 cm. Stockholm, 1921. (Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der schwedischen Rhodesia- Kongo-expedition 1911-1912 unter leitung von Eric graf von Rosen. bd. 1.) Annotated list of vascular plants. The “Ergiinzungsheft’”’ includes notes on general features of vegetation, etc., and (p. 71-78) a “Florula bangweolensis” (Lake Bangweolo region, Northern Rhodesia). The expedition traveled from south of Lake Bangweolo along the east side of the long chain of lakes to Gondokoro in the Sudan. NYASALAND See also West Africa (Oliver). General Burkill, I. H. List of the known plants occurring in British Central Africa, Nyasaland, and the British territory north of the Zambesi. Jn Johnston, H. H. British Central Africa... 2ded. London, 1898. p. 283—284.—A supplementary list... p. 284a—2841. Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities and names of collectors ; nearly 2,100 species, of which nearly 1,900 are phanerogams. (Nyasaland and Northern Rhodesia.) Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Hoyle, A. C., eds. Nyasaland Protectorate. Com- piled by the Imperial Forestry Institute in collaboration with the Forest Depart- ment of Nyasaland. 111 p. 22cm. Oxford, 1986. (Check-lists of the forest trees and shrubs of the British Empire. no. 2.) Forest types; list of woody plants, with vernacular names (indexed), the fam- ilies arranged alphabetically ; list of exotics. Local Britten, James, and others. The plants of Milanji, Nyasa-land, collected by Mr. Alexander Whyte... ‘Trans. Linn. Soc. Bot. II, 4: 1-67. pl. 1-10, map. 1894. Physiography, ete. (by W. Carruthers) ; list of vascular and cellular plants, with references, localities, and extralimital range. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 51 ORANGE FREE STATE See also South Africa. Local Markotter, E. I. ’n Plantegeografiese skets en die flora van Witzieshoek, O. V. S.; Oliviershoekpas, Natal; en Koolhoek, O. V. S. Annals Uniy. Stellen- bosch vy. 8, sect. A, no. 1. 50 p. 1 fig. (map). 1930. Topography, climate, plant formations, ecology; annotated list of vascular plants, with citation of exsiccatae. PORTUGUESE GUINEA See also Angola (Ficalho) ; West Africa. General Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo Gomes e. Notas sobre a flora da Guiné portuguesa. Bol. Agéncia Geral Colén. Portugal 5 (44): 99-189. illus. 1929. Physiography, soils, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of useful wild and cultivated plants, with vernacular names. RIO DE ORO General Almonte, Enrique d’. Ensayo de una breve descripcién del Sahara espafol. Bol. R. Soe. Geog. (Madrid) 56: 129-847. plates, 3 maps. 1914. Sketch of geography, hydrography, geology, climate, fauna, bibliography, ete.; includes (p. 216-235) a chapter “Indicaciones relativas 4 la flora,’ with list of known vascular plants, with localities and vernacular names, and remarks on general features of vegetation. Covers the colony of Rio de Oro (proper), the protectorate, and occupied territory, reaching from 20° 46’ to 295 SINe at RUANDA AND URUNDI See Belgian Congo (Burtt; Cotton; Staner); Northern Rhodesia (Fries) ; Tanganyika (Meyer; Mildbraed) ; West Africa (Oliver). SAHARA See also French West Africa. Bruno, Alessandro. I prodotti utili della vegetazione sahariana. Bol. Soc. Africana Italia 25: 265-280. tab. 1906. Annotated list of 57 useful plants, with vernacular names (on chart). Chevalier, Auguste. Les productions végétales du Sahara et de ses confins nord et sud . . . Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 12: 669-924. 1982. Includes (p. 825-898) “Liste des plantes cultivées ou 4 cultiver ou spontanées et utilisées par les indigénes dans le Sahara et sur ses confins nord et sud,” an annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, localities, and uses, preceded by chapters on general features of flora and on edible plants, woods, and various other useful plants, with bibliographies. Diels, Ludwig. Beitriige zur flora der Zentral-Sahara und ihrer pflanzen- geographie. Nach der sammelausbeute des freiherrn Hans Gyer von Schwap- penburg. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 54 (Beibl. 120): 51-155. pl. 1 (map). 1917. Itinerary, annotated bibliography; annotated list of Characeae and vas- cular plants; plant geography, climate, general features of vegetation, elements of flora. The list itself incorporated into Maire, Etudes sur la flore et la végétation du Sahara central (1933). Covers in general the area from 2° to teow one. 20> to 29° N. Lat. Diirkop, Erich. Die nutzpfianzen der Sahara. Beih. Tropenpfl. 4: 157-204. 1903. (Preprinted as Inaug.diss., with title: Die wirtschafts— und handels- geographischen provinzen der Sahara, begriindet durch niitzliche pflanzen. 56 p. 1902.) Geography, climate, general features of vegetation; running account of prin- cipal and minor useful plants, geographically grouped, with footnote references. 52 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Gram, Karl (i. e. Kai). Karplantevegetationen i Moydir (Emmidir) i Cen- tralsahara. 168 p. 45 fig. Kgbenhavn, 1935. (Dissertation.) Mainly ecological; includes annotated list of 180 vascular plants collected by author in 1922-23. (Not seen; cited from Bot. Centralbl. n. f., 28 (v. 170) : 376. 1937.) (Near Ahaggar, about 25° 20’ N. Lat., 4° 20’ E. Long.) Maire, René. [1.]-7. contribution 4 l'étude de la flore du Sahara occidental. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 18: 24-28. 1922; 14: 159-160. 1923; 16: 87-97% .1925;- 18: 9-11. _ 1927, 25: 10220: 4 19342. 26: 148—1625 oss 344-854. 1936. Lists of plants from various localities, with data and vernacular names. [No. 1] has title: Plantes récoltées par l’expédition Augiéras . . . (1920- 1921) ; No. 6 (1985) is a “Florule du Zemmour” (see under Mauritania). Etudes sur la flore et la végétation du Sahara central. I-IJ. Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord no. 3. 272 p. 22 fig., 36 pl., 2 col. pl.,2 maps. 1933. (Mission du Hoggar II.) Botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of cellular and vascu- lar plants known from the central Sahara, with localities, general range, notes on uses; lists of botanical names, with Tamachek (Touareg) equivalents, and of Tamachek vernacular names. Covers in general the area between 21° and 29° N. Lat. and 2° and 12° EK. Long., with the southern boundary of Algeria as its southern limit. Monod, Théodore. Mission saharienne Augiéras-Draper, 1927-1928. Phané- rogames. (Liste des récoltes classées par ordre géographique.) Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris II, 4: 756-774. 1 fig. 19382. Phytogeographical regions, climate, ete.; unannotated lists of phanerogams collected by author at 15 different localities between Atakor—-n—Ahaggar and the Niger River. SAO THOME AND PRINCIPE See also Angola (Ficalho) ; Cameroons (Hooker); Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hoch- gebirgsflora) ; West Africa. General Cardoso, Jodo, jr. Plantas medicinaes das ilhas de S. Thomé e Principe. In his Subsidios para a materia medica e thérapeutica das possessoes ultramarinas portuguezas. v. 1, p. 141-142. Lisboa, 1902. Unannotated alphabetical list of medicinal plants. Local Henriques, J. A. Contribuicio para o estudo da flora d’Africa. Catalogo da flora de ilha de S. Thomé. Bol. Soc. Broteriana 4: 129-221. illus., 8 pl. 1886; 5: 196-220. 6 pl. 1887; 10: 97-165. 1892. Botanical explorations, physiography, general features of flora, cultivated plants; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, collectors, and general range. Musci by C. Miiller, Hepaticae by F. Stephani, Fungi by G. Winter, Lichenes by Nylander. Subtitle of first part Flora de 8S. Thomé.—See also his A ilha de S. Tomé sob o ponto de vista historico-natural e agricola. l. ec. 27: 1-197. 83 fig. (incl. plates, maps), map. 1917. (List of cellular and vascular plants, p. 165-197, based on his earlier list.) Moller, A. F. EHinige medizinische pflanzen von S. Thomé (Westafrika). Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. 7: 352-355, 491-501. 1897. Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses. SENEGAL See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 835-350, 792-841) ; Gambia (Kew, Royal Gardens) ; West Africa. General Chevalier, Auguste. Nos connaissances actuelles sur la géographie botanique et la flore économique du Sénégal et du Soudan. Jn Lasnet, Alexandre, and others. Une mission au Sénégal... p. 197-267. 7 fig. Paris, 1900. (Expo- sition universelle de 1900—Les colonies francaises.) (Reprinted.) FLORAS OF THE WORLD 53 Plant zones; running account of native and cultivated useful plants; bibli- ography. Guillemin, J. A., Perrottet, Samuel, and Richard, Achille. Florae Sene- gambiae tentamen, seu historia plantarum in diversis Senegambiae regionibus a peregrinatoribus Perrottet et Leprieur detectarum. xi, 316 p. 72 pl. 25.5 cm. Parisiis, 1830-33. Botanical explorations; annotated flora with vernacular names and diagnoses or descriptions. Only one volume was issued (Ranunculaceae—Mpyrtaceae). Covers Senegal and French Guinea. Sambuc, Camille. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore et de la matiére médicale de la Sénégambie. 102 p. 26.5 cm. Montpellier, 1887. (Thése.) Botanical explorations, geography, languages, phytogeography; annotated list of medicinal plants, arranged by uses. Sébire, Albert. Les plantes utiles du Sénégal: plantes indigénes, plantes exotiques. Ixx, 341 p. 88 fig., 6 pl. 18.5 cm. Paris, [1899]. Agriculture; lists of vernacular names, classified by useS; running descrip- tive account of cultivated and wild useful plants, with vernacular names. Vallot, Joseph. Etudes sur la flore du Sénégal. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 29: 168-239. map. 1882. (Reprinted, 80 p. Paris, 1883.) Annotated alphabetical list of 114 collectors, with bibliographies; general bibliography ; list of works cited ; gazetteer ; list of explorers who died in tropical Africa; annotated list of vascular plants, with localities, exsiccatae, general range. Unfinished; includes only Ranunculaceae—Capparidaceae. Local Noury, M. F. Contribution 4 étude de la flore de la Sénégambie et du nord du Foutah-Djallon. Arch. Méd. Navale 51: 199-210, 305-317, 366-384. 1889. Author’s itinerary, botanical explorations, soil, ete.; annotated list of plants collected, with frequent descriptions and notes on uses. The area referred to lies between Gambia and Rio-Nufez. Rancon, André. La flore utile du bassin dela Gambie. Bul. Soc. Géog. Com. Bordeaux II, 18: 324-838, 353-382, 385-410, 417-442, 467-477, 496-508, 518-541, 545-558. map. 1895. (Reprinted with title: Etude botanique exotique. La flore utile ... 160 p. 1895.) Running account of wild and cultivated useful plants, grouped by uses, with vernacular names. SIERRA LEONE See also West Africa. The following publication has not been available: Lane-Poole, C. E. The trees, shrubs, herbs, and climbers of Sierra Leone. 159 p. Freetown, 1916. (Cited from G P. Ahern and H. K. Newton, A bibliography on woods of the world. Scient. Contrib. Trop. Plant Res. Found, 10: 59. 1928.) General Elliot, G. F. S. Sierra Leone. Reports on botany and geology. Colon. Rep. Mise. Gt. Brit. no. 3. 78 p. 1893. Geology, climate, ete.; annotated classified list of useful plants, with vernacu- lar names (indexed). Sabine, Joseph. Some account of the edible fruits of Sierra Leone ... from the journal and personal communication of Mr. George Don, A. L. S. Trans. Hort. Soe. London 5: 489-466. col. pl. 1824. Annotated list based on George Don’s expedition in 1822; list of fruits recorded by Afzelius; list of cultivated fruits. SOUTH AFRICA South Africa, a term used in various senses, is here taken as the area south of the middle course of the Zambesi River, including South-West Africa, Bechuanaland Pro- tectorate, Southern Rhodesia, southern Mozambique, and the countries south of them. The floras listed under this head are only those referring to all or most of this region, those relating to definite smaller areas being cited under their respective geographical subdivisions. Goester, L. E. De geneesmiddelen van Groot Nederland. Overzicht der in Zuid-Afrika meest gebruikte plantaardige geneesmiddelen. Phar. Weekbl. 54 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Nederland. 51: 1019-1024, 1085-1041, 1107-1117, 1129-1140, 1200-1204, 1240- 1249, 1265-1275. 1914. Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names and uses, of principal me- dicinal plants of Cape of Good Hepe, Natal, Orange Free State, and Transvaal. Harvey, W. H., Sonder, W., and others. Flora capensis: being a systematic description of the plants of Cape Colony, Caffraria and Port Natal (and neigh- boring territories). 7 v. 23 em. Dublin, 1859-65; London, 1896-1933. ‘Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, with keys, references, and citation of specimens. Vol. 1-8 (1859-65) by Harvey and Sonder; the remaining volumes (1896-1925) were edited by Dyer, and the limits were extended northward to the Tropic of Capricorn. The botanical regions adopted in the later volumes are discussed in the preface to v. 6. Vol. 5, sect. 2, supplement (1933), by A. W. Hill, contains the gymnosperms. The history of the work is discussed by Dyer in Kew Bull. 1925: 289-298. Macowan, Peter, and Bolus, Harry. Catalogue of printed books and papers relating to South Africa. Pt.1. Botany. Trans. So. African Phil. Soe. 2: 111- 187. 1882. List of 551 papers and books, arranged alphabetically by authors, with authors’ dates and bibliographical annotations.—See also Schonland, S. South African botanical literature. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa 4: 69-85. 1922. (Classi- fied bibliography, mainly supplementary to Macowan and Bolus’ “Catalogue.’’) Marloth, Rudolf. Dictionary of the common names of plants with list of foreign plants cultivated in the open. 175 p. 22 ecm. Cape Town, 1917. Annotated alphabetical list of about 2,000 vernacular names (Dutch, English, and Kafir) with botanical equivalents; systematic list of scientific names, with vernacular equivalents; list of mixed vernacular and scientific names of foreign plants cultivated in the open in South Africa; bibliography. ‘Supplement’ to his Flora of South Africa. The flora of South Africa, with synoptical tables of the genera of the higher plants. 4 v. in 6. illus. plates (pt. col.)}. 29.5 em. Capetown, 1913-82. Semipopular account, with excellent illustrations, keys to families and genera, and mention of principal species; not a systematic flora. Contains much infor- mation on biology and adaptations of plants. The northern boundary of the area covered follows the Tropic of Capricorn from Walfisch Bay to the Limpopo River, then the latter to its mouth. Phillips, E. P. A brief historical sketch of the development of botanical science in South Africa and the contribution of South Africa to botany. So. African Jour. Sci. 27: 89-80. 1930. Sketch of botanical explorations and publications, with much biographical information. Economic plants of South Africa. Off. Year Book Union So. Africa 8 (1910-25) : 47-53: map. 1927. Annotated systematic list of 64 phanerogams, with vernacular names and uses. The genera of South African flowering plants. 702 p. 25 em. Cape Town, 1926. (Botanical survey of South Africa. Memoir no. 10.) Synopsis of classification; systematic descriptions of families and genera, with keys and brief account of geographical distribution, with especial refer- ence to South Africa. Covers the Union of South Africa and South-West Africa. Replaces Harvey, W. H. The genera of South African plants. ed. 2. 1868.— For additions see his Newly described and newly recorded genera... So. African Jour. Sci. 30: 220-221. 1933. Smith, Andrew. A contribution to South African materia medica, chiefly from plants in use among the natives. 3d ed., largely extended. viii, 238 p. 22cm. Cape Town, [ete., 1895]. (1st ed., 18—; 2d ed., 1888.) Annotated lists, classified by uses, ete., with vernacular names. Steyn, D. G. The toxicology of plants in South Africa; together with a consideration of poisonous foodstuffs and fungi. xii, 631 p. 185 fig. 24 em. [ Johannesburg,] 1984. (South African agricultural series, vol. 13.) General account of poisonous plants; annotated systematic list of poisonous plants, with vernacular names, range, toxicity, etc.; extensive bibliography. Watt, J. M., and Breyer-Brandwijk, M. G. The medicinal and poisonous plants of southern Africa, being an account of their medicinal uses, chemical] | FLORAS OF THE WORLD 55 composition, pharmacological effects, and toxicology in man and animal. xx, 314 p. plates (pt. col.). 26 cm. EHdinburgh, 1982. Annotated systematic list of vascular and cellular plants, with vernacular names, uses, references, etc.; bibliography. SOUTHERN RHODESIA See also Bechuanaland Protectorate (Bremekamp and Obermeyer) ; South Africa; West Africa (Oliver). General Eyles, Frederick. A record of plants collected in Southern Rhodesia. Trans. Roy. Soe. So. Afriea 5: 278-564. 1916. List of 2,397 species of cellular and vascular plants, with references, localities, and collectors. Local Gibbs, L. S. A contribution to the botany of Southern Rhodesia. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 425-494. pl. 17-20. 1906. General features of flora; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants col- lected by the author in Matopo Hills and at Victoria Falls, Zambesi, Southern Rhodesia, in Aug.—Oct. 1905; bibliography. Gilliland, H. B, Notes on the flora of Rhodesian Manicaland. I. Jour. So. African Bot. 4: 148-156. pl. 41-45. 1988. Annotated list of bryophytes and vascular plants not previously recorded from Manicaland, partly in collaboration with other authors; bibliography. Pt. 1 covers bryophytes, pteridophytes, and gymnosperms. Monro, C. F. H. Some indigenous trees of Southern Rhodesia. Proc. Rhodesia Scient. Assoc. v. 8, pt. 2. 123 p. 1908. Orthography of vernacular names; alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents and authorities; descriptive list of trees referred to. Norlindh, Tycho, and Weimarck, Henning. Beitrige zur kenntnis der flora von Siid-Rhodesia. Bot. Notiser 1982: 1-21. 6 fig. (incl. map). 1932; 1934; 64-110. 10 fig. 1934; 1935: 357-408. 21 fig. 1985; 1986: 1-50. 18 fig. 1936; 1937: 161-201, 419-446. 12 fig. 1987. Itinerary, general features of flora; list of plants collected by the Swedish expedition to South Africa and Southern Rhodesia in 1980-31, with data, the families not in systematie order. Steedman, E. C. A description of some trees, shrubs and antes. of Southern Rhodesia. xix, 191 p. (incl. 85 pl.). 7 pl. 25 cm. Bulawayo, 1933. General features of flora, systematic list of species included; descriptive partial flora, with vernacular names and occasional notes on uses. SOUTH-WEST AFRICA See also Cape of Good Hope (Pearson) ; South Africa; West Africa (Oliver). General Dinter, Kurt. Index der aus Deutsch-Siidwestafrika bis zum jahre 1917 bekannt gewordenen pflanzenarten. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 15: 77-92, 340- 355, 426-438. 1917-19; 16: 167-174, 289-247, 335-344. 1919-20; 17: 185-192, 258-265, 303-311. 1921; 18: 18-16, 248-256, 423-444. 1922; 19: 98-96, 187- 192, 285-240, 315-3820. 1923-24; 20: 314-316. 1924; 22: 108-112, 375-3883. 1925-26; 23: 180-187, 227-2386, 363- 3871. 1926-27; 24: 18-16, 302-304, 366-368. 1927-28 ; 25: 49-51, 209-210. 1928. Alphabetical list of 2,708 vascular and cellular plants, with references to original description and localities and collectors’ numbers. . Die vegetabilische veldkost Deutsch-Stidwest-Afrikas. 47 p. 13 pl. 23.5 em. Okahandja, 1912. Annotated, briefly descriptive list of edible plants grouped by parts used, with vernacular names. The South African word “veldkost” covers all edible wild plants and animal products. 56 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Schinz, Hans. Die pflanzenwelt Deutsch-Siidwest-Afrikas. Bul. Herb. Bois- sier 4 (App. 8): 1-57. 1896; 5 (App. 8): 59-101. tab. 1. 1897; Mem. Herb. Boissier 1: 103-131. 1900. List of cellular and vascular plants, with citation of exsiccatae and localities and extralimital range; intended to include all known up to August 30, 1896. Incomplete; reached Crotalaria (Engler-Prantl system). Local Bolus, Frank, Bolus, Louisa and Glover, Ruth. Flowering plants and ferns collected on the Great Karasberg by the Perey Sladen Memorial Expedition, 1912-1918. Annals Bolus Herb. 1: 9-19, 72-75, 97-114. pl. 1-6, 8, 138-14. 1914-15. List with localities and collecting numbers. Preceded (p. 1-8) by an account of the topography, climate, ete., by H. H. W. Pearson. (In Great Namaqualand.) Range, Paul. Die flora des Namalandes I-XIV. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde 30: 129-158. pl. 129 (map). 1982; 33: 1-22. 1933; 35: 35-42. 1934; 36: 1-19, 97-109, 241-264. 1984; 38: 122-130, 256-280. 1935; 39: 55-66, 283-287. 1935-86; 438: 251-256, 262-271. 1938; 44: 101-114. 19388; 45: 320. pl. 241- 244 (maps). 1988. Botanical explorations, geology, climate,-plant regions, general features of flora, bibliography; systematic list of vascular plants (including cultivated species), with references, citation of exsiccatae, extralimital range, occasional vernacular names and uses; short conspectus of cellular plants, fossil flora, statistics (1,646 species), alphabetical list of collectors with brief biographical information, list of localities. Page 320 (vol. 45) is table of contents. Seiner, Franz. Ergebnisse einer bereisung der Omaheke in den jahren 1910— 1912. Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. 26: 225-316. 5 pl., 4maps. 1918. Includes (p. 288-255) a considerable list of vascular plants, partly annotated, grouped into 73 plant formations. The area covered is northeastern South-West Africa. SPANISH GUINEA See also Cameroons (Hooker; Mildbraed, Botanik) ; Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hoch- gebirgsflora) ; West Africa. Local Hooker, J. D. On the vegetation of Clarence Peak, Fernando Po; with de- scriptions of the plants collected by Mr. Gustav Mann on the higher parts of that mountain. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 6: 1-23. 1862 (1861). Phytogeography ; list of vascular plants, with localities and general range. Mildbraed, Johannes. Neue arten von der Insel Annobon. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 18: 697-705. 1987. Descriptions and reductions to synonymy of the undescribed new species given in his list of the plants of Annobon in Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der zweiten deutschen Zentral-Afrika-expedition 1910-11, bd. 2, Botanik. 1922. p. 157-164 (see under Cameroons). SWAZILAND See South Africa; Transvaal (Burtt Davy and Pott, A first check-list; Burtt Davy, A manual). TANGANYIKA See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant); Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgs- flora) ; Northern Rhodesia (Fries); West Africa (Giirke; Oliver); Zanzibar (Sacleux). General Bally, P. R. O. Heil- und giftpflanzen der eingeborenen von Tanganyika. Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde v. 102. 87 p. 19 pl. 19388. General account of native medicine, arrow poisons, fish and insect poisons, drinks and stimulants; annotated systematic list of 345 vascular plants, with native names and uses; list classified by uses; indices. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 57 Bally, P. R. O. Native medicinal and poisonous plants of East Africa. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1937: 10-26. 1937. Briefly annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and _ uses. Refers principally to Tanganyika Territory. Braun, Karl. Gewtirze und aromatika der voélker des friiheren Deutsch- Ostafrika. MHeil- u. Gewtirz-Pflanz. 11: 55-86, 113-141. 1928. Annotated list of 80 species, with vernacular names (indexed) and uses, alpha- betically arranged by scientific names; bibliography. Pflanzen aus Deutsch-Ostafrika, ihre namen und verwendung bei den eingeborenen. Arch. Pharm. 262: 368-881. 1924; 263: 123-139. 1925; 265: 45-61. 1927. Annotated list of 91 species, alphabetically arranged, with vernacular names, notes on uses and references. Busse, Walter. Ueber heil- und nutzpflanzen Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. 14: 187-207. 2 pl. 1904. Discussion of “hunger-foods,” Strychnos, ete. ; running account of medicinal and useful plants. Engler, Adolf, ed. Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der nachbargebiete. Theil B. Die nutzpflanzen Ost-Afrikas. 5385 p. 24 fig. 27 cm. Berlin, 1895. Chapters on palms, grasses, bananas, edible and other useful plants, medicinal and ornamental plants, by various authors. and others. Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas und der nachbargebiete. Theil C. Verzeichniss der bis jetzt aus Ost-Afrika bekannt gewordenen pflanzen. 433 p. 45 pl. 27.5 cm. Berlin, 1895. Geographical regions (39), with mention of most important collectors; syste- matic list of cellular and vascular plants by various authors, with areal occur- rence, extralimital range, and occasional annotations. Covers primarily Tangan- yika (German East Africa), southern British East Africa, and Portuguese East Africa south to the Zambesi River, but indicates distribution of included species in other areas of Africa. Greenway, P. J. A Swahili dictionary of plant names. xvi, 112 p. 16 cm. Dar es Salaam, 1937. Bibliography; briefly annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents (not indexed)and uses. ‘The Swahili language is spoken by the mixed races of Arabs, negroes and others who inhabit the east coast of Africa.” Peter, Albert. Flora von Deutsch-Ostafrika. Zusammenstellung der in Deutsech-Ostafrika beobachteten farnartigen gewichse und blititenpflanzen mit literatur-nachweisen, angabe der verbreitung auf der erde und bestimmungsta- bellen. Beih. Repert. Spec. Nov. Fedde v. 40, pt. 1-2, lfg. 3. plates. 1929-38. Author’s itineraries; annotated list of vascular plants, with keys, references, citation of localities, general range, occasional vernacular names and uses. Not yet completed. Lieferung 3 (pt. 2) reaches Basella; each part accompanied by separately paged Anhang containing full descriptions of the new species. Sadebeck, Richard. Die tropischen nutzpflanzen Ostafrikas, ihre anzucht und ihre ey. plantagenbetrieb. Jahrb. Hamburg. Wiss. Anst. 9: 203-228. 1891. Account of the most important species. Local Engler, Adolf, and others. Die von W. Goetze am Rukwa-see und Nyassa- see sowie in den zwischen beiden seen gelegenen gebirgslindern, insbesondere dem Kinga-gebirge gesammelten pflanzen, nebst einigen nachtrigen (durch * bezeichnet) zu Bericht III. Berichte tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der Nyassa-see- und Kinga-gebirgs-expedition ...IV. in his Beitrige zur flora von Afrika XXII. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 30: 239-445. 7 fig., pl. 4-22. 1901. List of cellular and vascular plants, with data and occasional vernacular names. and others. Die von W. Goetze und Dr. Stuhlmann im Ulugurugebirge, sowie die von W. Goetze in der Kisaki- und Khutu-steppe und in Uhehe gesam- melten pflanzen. Berichte tiber die botanischen ergebnisse der Nyassa-see- und Kinga-gebirgs-expedition der Hermann- und Elise- geb. Heckmann-Wentzel- stiftung. III. Jn his Beitrige zur flora von Afrika XX. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 28: 3382-510. pl. 5-10. 1900. 58 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Botanical explorations; list of cellular and vascular plants, with localities, vernacular names, and uses. Engler, Adolf. Ueber die flora des gebirgslandes von Usambara, auf grund der von Herrn Carl Holst daselbst gemachten sammlungen. Jn his Beitrige zur flora von Afrika V. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 17: 156-168. 1893. Plant formations, with lists of species; no general list. Heering, Wilhelm. Dr. E. Obst’s botanische sammlung aus dem abflusslosen rumpfschollenland des nordodstlichen Deutsch-Ostafrika. Mitt. Geog. Gesell. Hamburg 29: 205-216. 1915. Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, collected from Wakindiga- land and on the summit of Mount Ufiomi, both regions previously unknown botanically. Most of the specimens collected were lost. Jaeger, Fritz. Das hochland der Riesenkrater und die umliegenden hoch- lander Deutsch-Ostafrikas. Ergebnisse einer amtlichen forschungsreise ins ab- flusslose gebiet des noérdlichen Deutsch-Ostafrika 1906-07. Mitt. Deut. Schutz- geb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. Erginzungsh. no. 4. iv, 183 p. 8 fig. 3 pl, 3 maps. 1911. Includes (p. 88-94) unannotated list of 522 vascular plants collected poy the expedition, grouped by localities and plant formations. The identifications were made at the Berlin Herbarium. Merker, Moritz. Pflanzen der Massai-steppe im stiden, westen und std- westen des Kilimandscharo und Meru, welche bei den Massais teils als medizi- nalpflanzen, teils als anderweitig ntitzliche oder schiidliche pflanzen beachtung finden. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3: 194-197. 1902. Unannotated list of 85 vascular plants with Massai and botanical names. Meyer, Hans. Ergebisse einer reise durch das zwischenseengebiet Ostafrikas 1911. Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. Erginzungsh. no. 6. 127 p. illus. (incl. maps), 8 pl., 3 maps. 1913. Includes (p. 93-101) list of species from several localities in northern German East Africa collected by author and identified at the Berlin Herbarium. Mildbraed, Johannes. Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen Zentral- Afrika-expedition 1907-1908 unter fiihrung Adolph Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Meck- lenburg. bd. II. Botanik. 718 p. illus., 78 pl. 27 cm. Leipzig, 1910-14. Includes list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities, general range, and occasional annotations, by G. Brause, G. Hieronymus, R. Pilger, and others; not in systematic order. Part 7 is ecological and phytogeographical. The expedition worked in northwestern Tanganyika, Ruanda and Urundi, north- eastern Belgian Congo, and Uganda. Schweinfurth, Georg. Phanerogams. Jn Hohnel, Ludwig von. Discovery of Lakes Rudolf and Stefanie. v. 2, p. 850-368. London and N. Y., 1894. List of 171 vascular plants, mostly from Kilimanjaro, with locality and altitude ; lists of mosses, liverworts, and lichens by other authors. Trotha, Hellmuth von. Der wald um Tabora in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5: 212-231. 1911. Annotated list of 184 useful plants, with vernacular names. TOGO ee also French West Africa (Chevalier) ; Gold Coast (Burtt Davy and Hoyle) ; West rica. General Volkens, Georg. Die nutzpflanzen Togos. Notizbl. K. Bot. Gart. Berlin App. 22. 119 p. 60 fig. 1909-10. Annotated list, classified by uses, with vernacular names. Local Bittner, Richard. Zur flora des Togolandes. Verzeichniss der von Dr. R. Biittner in den jahren 1890 und 1891 im Togohinterlande, zumeist in der nihe der Forschungsstation Bismarckburg gesammelten pflanzen. Mitt. Forschungs- reis. u. Gelehr. Deut. Schutzgeb. 6: 231-236. 1898. Unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants from Adeliland, FLORAS OF THE WORLD 59 Gaisser, Karl. Die produktion der eingeborenen des bizirkes Sokode-Bassari (Sehutzgebiet Togo). Mitt. Deut. Schutzgeb. Wiss. Beih. Deut. Kolonialbl. 25: 239-318. illus. 1912. Includes account of wild and cultivated plants and animals of economic importance and alphabetical list of vernacular names of plants in the Tschaudjo language, with botanical equivalents and names in other native languages. TRANSVAAL See also South Africa; West Africa (Oliver). General Burtt Davy, Joseph. Alien plants spontaneous in the Transvaal. Rpt. So. African Assoc. Adv. Sci. 2: 252-299. 1904. Annotated list of 141 species; economic aspects, phytogeography. A manual of the flowering plants and ferns of the Transvaal with Swaziland, South Africa. pt. 1-2 (xxxv, 529 p., incl. 80 fig., map.) 19.5 cm. London, 1926-82. Glossary, key to families, etc.; annotated briefly descriptive flora of vascular plants, with vernacular names and citation of collectors’ numbers. To contain about 4,500 species; pt. 1 contains Marattiaceae-Bombacaceae (Hutchinsonian sequence of families), pt. 2, Malvaceae—Umbelliferae. Native trees of the Transvaal. Transvaal Agr. Jour. 5: 413-483. pl. 69-75. 1907—Additions and corrections . . . Rpt. Transvaal Dept. Agr. 1906/07: 148-154. 1908. Life zones, with lists of species; list of 269 trees, with localities and vernacu- lar names.—See also his Notes on some Transvaal trees and shrubs. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1908: 145-175. 1908. and Pott, Mrs. Reno. A first check-list of the flowering plants and ferns of the Transvaal and Swaziland. Annals Transvaal Mus. 3: 119-182. 1912.—Additions and corrections to the recorded flora... So. African Jour. Sci. 9: 348-856. 1918; 15: 570-571. 1919—Addendum to the First check- list . . . Annals Transvaal Mus. 6: 119-135. 1920. Unannotated list of 3,298 vascular plants (including the “Additions and cor- rections’). Mrs. Pott is joint author of “A first check-list .. .” and sole author of the “Addendum . . .”—See also Bremekamp, C. H. B. New or otherwise noteworthy plants from the northern Transvaal. 1. c. 15: 233-264. 1983. Verdoorn, I. C. Edible wild fruits of the Transvaal. Bul. Dept. Agr. and Forestry Union So. Africa no. 185 (Plant Ind. Ser. no. 29). 55 p. 14 fig., 7 col. pl. 1938. Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, keys, and brief descriptions. Local Galpin, E. E. Botanical survey of the Springbok flats, Transvaal. Mem. Bot. Survey So. Africa no. 12. 100 p. plates. 1927. Mainly ecological; includes (p. 58-79) briefly annotated list of 584 phanerogams. Glover, P. E. A contribution to the ecology of the highveld flora. So. Afri- ean Jour. Sci. 84: 224-259. 16 fig. 1937. Ineludes annotated list of vascular plants from Frankenwald, 12 miles from Johannesburg. Obermeyer, A. A. A preliminary list of the plants found in the Kruger National Park. Annals Transvaal Mus. 17: 185-227. map. 1937. Geography, climate, general features of flora; list of over 300 vascular plants, mostly collected by Land in 1932, with data and general range. Schweickerdt, H. G., and Verdoorn, I. C. An enumeration of plants collected in the northern Transvaal. Bothalia 3: 223-258. 1 fig. (map). 19387. List of vascular plants, with data, collected chiefly in vicinity of the farm “Zoutpan” at the western end of the Zoutpansberg Range. Smuts, J. C., and Hutchinson, John. The vegetation of Schoemanskloof, eastern Transvaal. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 19388: 417-427. 1933. General features of flora (by Smuts); list of vascular plants collected by Smuts in June 1932, with occasional annotations (by Hutchinson). 60 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Verdoorn, I. C. Notes on the vegetation of the Fountains Valley, Pretoria. So. African Jour. Sci. 26: 190-194. -1929. : Geology, etc.; running partial list of vascular plants collected by author, arranged according to season. TUNISIA See also Algeria (Battandier and Trabut; Bouquet; Cosson; Ducellier and Maire; France, Comité regional d’Algérie; Lapie and Maige; Trabut). General Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri. Les plantes utiles de la Tunisie. Monde des Plant. 4: 241-244, 260, 276-279, 288-289, 305-312. 1895. Briefly annotated systematic lists of medicinal and other useful plants. Bonnet, Edmond, and Barratte, Gustave. Catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires de Ja Tunisie. xlix, 519 p. 25 cm. Paris, 1896. (Exploration scientifique de la Tunisie.)—Bonnet, E. Additions et corrections ... Jour. de Bot. 18: 83-86. 1899. Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, climate, cultivated plants, affinities of flora (by Doumet-Adanson) ; annotated list of vascular plants, with references, localities, and extralimital range. Cuénod, Auguste. Les plantes médicinales de Tunisie I. Distribution géo- graphique ... In Comité régional des plantes médicinales de Tunisie. Les plantes médicinales de Tunisie. p. 9-85. Tunis, 1920. Annotated list of principal wild species, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names. Local Bardin, L., pére. Catalogue méthodique et raisonné des plantes vasculares de Carthage et de ses environs, avec indication des plantes médicinales indigénes. Revue Tunis. Inst. Carthage 5: 95-110, 183-203, 872-378, 509-516. 1898; 6: 96— 106, 189-203, 353-359, 472-485. 1899. Annotated list of 694 vascular plants based on author’s collections, with notes on medicinal plants. Burollet, P. A. La Sahel de Sousse, monographie phytogéographique. Annales Serv. Bot. Tunisie v. 4, fase. 2. 270 p. 8 pl. map. 1927. Botanical explorations, physiography, climate, geology, water, etce.; mostly unannotated list of 1,038 species and varieties of vascular and cellular plants (754 species of vascular plants) known from the region; ecology, plant forma- tions, weeds, cultivated and useful plants, history of vegetation, bibliography. The term Sahel de Sousse, as used by the author, refers to the coastal region for an extent of about 100 km. about Sousse (Susa). Chabrolin, Charles. Note sur la flore des fles de la Galite et du Galiton. Bul. Soe. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord 24: 233-242. 1933. Geology, botanical explorations, ete.; unannotated lists of phanerogams of Iles de La Galite and Galiton, Cape Serrat, with additional records for [Te Plane and Ile Cani. These islands are about 40 km. north of Cape Serrat, Tunisia. Cosson, E. S. Exploration de la Kroumirie centrale. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 32: 296-324. 1885. General features of flora, with lists of species of different localities; list of vascular plants and mosses collected by the author and others in 1883, with localities. Gillot, F. X. Notes botaniques. In Chaignon, H. de. Contributions a Vhistoire naturelle de la Tunisie. Bul. Soc. Hist. Nat. Autun 17: 116-142. 1904. List of vascular plants, mosses, and lichens collected by Vicomte H. de Chaignon in 1902-1904 at Bir M’Cherga, Ain-el-Aker, and Zaghouan, with notes on more important species. Une journée d’herborisation 4 Souk-el-Khemis (Tunisie). Bul. Soc. Bot. France 47: 289-296. 1900. List of vascular plants collected by author, with localities. Joly, Alexandre. Note sur la flore du sud Tunisien (Jefara et Diebel Labiod). Compt. Rend. Assoc. Frane. Avance. Sei. 38 (1909) : 569-577. 1910. General features of flora; list of spermatophytes collected by author, with localities. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 61 Lindberg, Harald. Itinera mediterranea. Hin beitrag zur kenntnis der westmediterranen flora auf grund eines materials von gefisspflanzen, gesaminelt in Tunesien und Sizilien im jahre 1924 und in Spanien und Marokko im jahre 1926. Acta Soe. Scient. Fenn. n. s., B, v. 1, no. 2. 178 p. 32 pl. 1982. Author’s itinerary; list of about 2,100 vascular plants, with localities. Murbeck, Svante. Contributions 4 la connaissance des renonculacées [-polypodiacées] de la flore du nord-ouest de l’Afrique et plus spécialement de la Tunisie. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. afd. 2, v. 33, no. 12. 126 p. pl. 1-6. 1897; v. 34, no. 7. 41 p. pl. 7-9. 1898; v. 35, no. 3. 30 p. 2 fig., pl. 10-12. 1899; v. 36, no. 1. 34 p. 9 fig., pl. 18-15. 1900.—Contributions ... 2. sér. Ll. « n. f., afd. 2, v.1,no.4. 40p. pl.1-7. 1905;v.2,no.1. p. 41-83. pl.8-20. 1905. List of vascular plants collected mainly by the author, with localities and frequent annotations. Ser. 2 (no. 1) includes a florula of Djebel Bargou, a branch of the Atlas Mountains, in the northeast part of central Tunisia, arranged by habitats. Pitard, C. J. Rapports sur les herborisations faites par la Société pendant la session de Tunisie. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 56 (Sess. HExtr.): cxi-excviii. pl. 2-19. 1910. Physiography, soils, human influence on flora; lists of plants collected by members of the Société Botanique de France in 1909, grouped by localities and habitats; phytogeography. (Central Tunisia, in region of Gabés, Gafra, and Tozeur.) UGANDA See also Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (Grant; Rein); Belgian Congo (Burtt; Cotton) ; Ethiopia (Engler, Ueber die hochgebirgsflora); Kenya (Fries); Northern Rhodesia (Oise). Tanganyika (Engler, Die pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas; Mildbraed) ; West Africa (Oliver). All papers on Mount Ruwenzori are placed under Belgian Congo. General Burtt Davy, Joseph, and Bolton, Florence. Uganda protectorate. 132 p. 21.5 em. Oxford, 1935. (Check-lists of the forest trees and shrubs of the British Empire, no. 1.) Botanical explorations, plant zones, annotated list of more important trees, bibliography; annotated list of 1,146 species and varieties of native woody plants, with vernacular names (not indexed) and citation of exsiccatae; list of cultivated woody plants. Wright, C. H. List of the plants occurring in the Uganda Protectorate. In Johnston, H. H. The Uganda Protectorate. p. 329-351. New York, London, 1902. Botanical explorations; list of vascular and cellular plants, with localities and collectors. Local Baker, E. G., Moore, S. LeM., and Rendle, A. B. The botany of the Anglo- German Uganda boundary commission. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 116—227. pl. 1-4. 1905. Phytogeography ; list of phanerogams collected by Dr. A. G. Bagshawe, with localities, vernacular names, uses and general range. The area covered was along the boundary between the present Uganda and Tanganyika west of Lake Victoria Nyanza and the island of Buvtima in the lake. Dawe, M. T. Report on a botanical mission through the forest districts of Buddu and the Western and Nile Provinces of the Uganda Protectorate. 63 p. 5 pl., map. 88cm. London, 1906. Physiography, general features of flora, etc.; list of vascular and cellular plants collected, with localities and occasional vernacular names and uses.— See also Stapf, Otto, and others. Plantae novae Daweanae in Uganda lectae ... with an appendix by M. T. Dawe. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 37: 495-544. pl. 21-23 (map). 1906. Lugard, E. J., and Bullock, A. A. The flora of Mount Elgon. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 19383: 49-106. 1 fig. (map). 1933. - Physiography, climate, natives, fauna, plant zones, bibliography (by Lugard) ; list of 649 vascular plants collected in 1930-31 by HE. J. and Mrs. C. Lugard, with data and general range. 62 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE WEST AFRICA Under this heading are included general works covering all or much of the region from Mauritania to Angola, inclusive. Ascherson, Paul. Botanisch-ethnographische notizen aus Guinea. Aus den aufzeichnungen von Thonning in Schumacher’s Beskrivelse af Guineiske planter. Zeitschr. Ethnol. 11: 231-258. 1879. Annotated list of 166 wild and cultivated plants, mostly economic, with vernacular names (indexed). Refers to the region of “Upper Guinea.” Chevalier, Auguste. Enumération des plantes cultivées par les indigénes en Afrique tropicale et des espéces naturalisées dans le méme pays et ayant proba- blement été cultivées a une époque plus ou moins reculée. Bul. Soe. Natl. Aecclim. France 59: 65-79, 104-110, 133-188, 239-242, 312-318, 341-346, 386-392. 1912. Systematic list of about 293 species and varieties, with brief notes on origin and area where cultivated. Covers region from Mauritania to Congo. Enumération des plantes récoltées dans les régions suivantes: Mauri- tanie, Oasis sahariennes, Sénégal, Casamance, Guinée francaise, Soudan fran- eais, Cote d’Ivoire, Dahomey et en outre Gold-Coast, Sierra-Leone, Lagos, Old- Calabar. xiii, 798 p. port., map. 25 cm. Paris, 1920. (Exploration botanique de l’Afrique occidentale francaise. t. 1.) List of vascular and cellular plants collected by the author and associates, with localities, collectors’ numbers, vernacular names, and occasional annotations. Dalziel, J. M. The useful plants of west tropical Africa... Being an appendix to the Flora of west tropical Africa . . . xi, 612 p. 25.5 em. London, 1937. Bibliography; annotated systematic list of spermatophytes, with vernacular names and their localities, uses, and references. Covers same area as Hutchin- son and Dalziel, Flora of west tropical Africa. The information and references in Holland’s The useful plants of Nigeria are not repeated, but references to his work are given under each species. Giirke, Max. Uebersicht tiber die gebiete des tropischen Afrika, in welchen deutsche reisende ihre im Berliner Botanischen Museum niedergelegten sammlungen zusammen brachten, mit angabe der wichtigsten, tiber ihre reisen und deren ergebnisse verOffentlichten aufsitze. Jn Engler, A. Beitriige zur flora von Afrika I. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 14: 279-292. 1891. Briefly annotated list of collectors and their itineraries, with bibliographies. Hua, Henri. Les explorations botaniques dans les colonies franeaises de VAfrique tropicale, d’aprés les collections conservées au Muséum d’histoire naturelle de Paris. Actes Cong. Internatl. Bot. 1°" Paris, 1900. p. 289-247. 1900. Brief account of principal collectors in Senegal, French Guinea, French Sudan, Ivory Coast, Dahomey, and French Equatorial Africa (French Congo). Hutchinson, John, and Dalziel, J. M. Flora of west tropical Africa. The British west African colonies, British Cameroons, the French and Portuguese colonies south of the Tropic of Cancer to Lake Chad, and Fernando Po. 2 v. ° 381 fig., 2 maps. 26 cm. London, 1927-386. General features of flora, botanical explorations, bibliography, glossary, key to families; systematic list of spermatophytes, with keys, note on habit, refer- ences, citation of localities and exsiccatae. Covers area along Tropic of Cancer from coast east to the western boundary of Chad Territory (about 15° E.), then south along the eastern border of Nigeria to the coast, including Cameroon Mountain, Fernando Po, and the smaller islands off the coast, the whole nearly equivalent to the “Upper Guinea” of the Flora of Tropical Africa. Moller, A. F. Medizinische pflanzen Westafrikas. Ber. Deut. Pharm. Gesell. 8: 46-58, 938-100, 240-243. 1898. Briefly annotated list of medicinal species of “Ober- und Unter-Guinea,”’ in part systematically arranged, with occasional vernacular names. Moloney, Alfred. Sketch of the forestry of West Africa, with particular reference to itS present principal commercial products. vi, 5383 p. 20 em. London, 1887. Includes (p. 269-458) briefly annotated “list of economic plants of western Africa,” by J. M. Hillier. Covers principally the regions of Upper Guinea and Lower Guinea, as defined in Oliver, Flora of Tropical Africa. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 63 Oliver, Daniel, and others. Flora of tropical Africa. v. 1-10, pt. 1. 22.5 cm. London, 1868-1937. Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, with keys, synonymy, local and general range, citation of exsiccatae. Specimens cited are grouped under the following geographical regions as defined in vol. 7: Upper Guinea (west coast region, from the mouth of the Senegal River to Lake Chad, south to the southern boundary of Cameroons, including Fernando Po); North Central (the Sahara north to the Tropic of Cancer, eastward to about 26° EH. Long., south to border of Upper Guinea and Belgian Congo) ; Nile Land (the Nile Basin from the 26th meridian to the coast, south to border of Belgian Congo and Tanganyika) ; Lower Guinea (west coast region from southern boundary of Cameroons to Tropic of Capricorn, bounded on the east by Belgian Congo, Rio Kwango, and the 20th meridian) ; South Central (Belgian Congo, and Angola east of the 20th meridian) ; Mozam- bique (Tanganyika, Mozambique, Rhodesia, etc., south to the Tropic of Capri- corn). Vol. 1-3 were written by Oliver, with the assistance of other botanists at Kew, especially W. P. Hiern and J. G. Baker; the remaining volumes, written mostly by the botanists at Kew, were edited by W. T. T. Dyer (v. 46, pt. 1, v. 7-8), David Prain (v. 6, pt. 2, v. 9), and A. W. Hill (v. 10, pt. 1). Not yet completed. Unwin, A. H. West African forests and forestry. 527 p. 110 fig. on plates. 26cm. London, 1920. Includes annotated lists, with vernacular names and uses, of the trees of Gam- bia, Sierra Leone, Liberia, Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, Togo, Nigeria, Cameroons; briefly annotated bibliography. ZANZIBAR See also West Africa (Giirke; Oliver). General Sacleux, Charles, pére. Essai de catalogue des plantes de Zanzibar, Pemba, Mombassa, Amou et de la grande terre en face de ces iles jusqu’é la ligne de partage des eaux entre la céte et les grands lacs. xxxvi p. 17 ecm. [Zanzibar, 18—?] (Extrait de Dictionnaire francais Swahili. Zanzibar, 1888-91.) Systematic list, with localities and vernacular names, Werth, Emil. Die vegetation der insel Sansibar. 97 p. 6 fig., map. 24.5 em. Berlin, 1901. (Inaug.-diss., Bern.—Reprinted from Mitt. Seminars Orient. Sprach. Univ. Berlin v. 4, abt. 3. 1901.) Mainly ecological; includes sections on cultivated plants and weeds; no list of species. AUSTRALASIA Here used in a restricted sense to include only Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania, the other islands commonly included in Australasia being given under Insular Floras. AUSTRALIA See also Tasmania (Hooker). Bailey, F. M. Concise history of Australian botany. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens- land 8 (2): xvii—xli, xlv—xlvii. 1891. Annotated list of collectors, chronologically arranged. Bentham, George. Flora australiensis: a description of the plants of the Australian territory. 7 v. 22cm. London, 1863-78. Collections examined ; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, synonymy, local and general range; includes the plants of Tasmania. Title page says “by George Bentham .. . assisted by Ferdinand Mueller ... ,” but in preface (v. 1, p. 12*) Bentham states “I alone am therefore responsible for the details of this work, for the limitation given to genera and species, for their characters and description.” Cheel, Edwin. A review of the flora of the arid and semi-arid regions of Australia. Rpt. Austral. and New Zeal. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 23: 307-837. 1937. Brief account of botanical explorations, forage plants, erosion control, bibli- ography ; mostly unannotated list of plants recorded from the region. 241306°—42——_5 64 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Guilfoyle, W. R. Australian plants suitable for gardens, parks, timber re- serves, ete. 478 p. (incl. plates). 23 cm. Melbourne, etc., [19117]. Alphabetical, briefly annotated list of native plants suitable for cultivation; lists of common names of eucalypts and of other plants. The plates are mostly habit photographs of trees and shrubs. Maiden, J. H. Australian indigenous plants providing human foods and food-adjuncts. Proc. Linn. Soe. N. S. Wales II, 3: 481-556. 1888. Annotated list of 212 plants, alphabetically arranged by scientific names, with uses and vernacular names. Australian vegetation. In The commonwealth of Australia: federal handbook... p. 163-209. Melbourne, [1914]. General sketch of Australian flora. A bibliography of Australian economic botany. Pt.1. v, 61 p. 24 cm. Sydney, 1892. (Technical education series, no. 10. Department of Public In- struction [N. S. Wales].) Annotated bibliography, the titles classified by subjects; indices of authors and subjects. “I have omitted all papers and works which consist of ‘pure’ botany.” Indigenous vegetable drugs. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 9: 1106-1127. 1898; 10: 40-53, 131-141. 1899. (Part II reprinted as Misc. Pub. Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales no. 256.) Annotated systematic list. Native food plants. Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales 10: 117-130, 279-290, 618-628, 730-740. 1899. (Reprinted as Mise. Pub. Dept. Agr. N. S. Wales no. 282. 65 p.) Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names, uses, and localities. Covers Australia generally. Records of Australian botanists—(a) General, (b) New South Wales. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8S. Wales 42: 60-182. 1908.—1Ist suppl. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 18 (1911): 224-248. pl. 20-21 (ports.). 1912 2d suppl. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales 55: 150-169. pl. 8-9 (ports.). 1921. Bibliography ; alphabetical lists of botanists, with biographical data. Index in first supplement covers the whole series of similar papers on different States to that date. Records of the earlier French botanists as regards Australian plants. Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N. 8. Wales 44: 128-155. pl. 3-13 (ports.). 1910. Bibliographic and biographical data. Useful Australian plants no. 1-108. In Agr. Gaz. N. S. Wales v. 4-17, 19-20, 22-25. plates. 1893-1914. Accounts of various species, in no regular order ; descriptions, range, uses. The useful native plants of Australia (including Tasmania). xii, 696 p. 22cm. Sydney, 1889. Annotated list, with vernacular names and uses, the plants classified under 11 headings and arranged alphabetically by scientific names; indices of vernac- ular and botanical names. Mueller, Ferdinand von. Second systematic census of Australian plants, with chronologic, literary and geographic annotations. Pt. I1—Vasculares. 244 p. 21x28 cm. Melbourne, 1889. Systematic list of vascular plants, with references to place of original publica- tion and to Bentham’s “Flora Australiensis” and the author’s “Fragmenta” and indication of range. Sutton, C. S. Bibliography of the Australian floristic and ecological plant- geography. Rpt. Australas. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 16 (1923): 110-118. 1924. Unannotated list, arranged alphabetically by authors. NEW SOUTH WALES See also Queensland (Francis) ; South Australia (Wood, Floristics and ecology of the mallee) ; Victoria (Stirling, Notes on a census). General Anderson, R. H. The naturalised flora of New South Wales (excluding Gramineae). Contrib. N. S. Wales Natl. Herb. 1: 16-33. 1939. Systematic list of 415 angiosperms, with indication of country of origin. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 65 Dixon, W. A. The plants of New South Wales; an analytical key to the flowering plants, except grasses and rushes, and ferns of the state, set out in an original method, with an up-to-date list of native and introduced flora. xxiv, 322 p. 3 (i.e. 6) pl. 17cm. Sydney, 1906. Keys to vascular plants. Maiden, J. H. The forest flora of New South Wales. 8 v. 295 pl. 32 cm. Sydney, 1902-25. Descriptions, vernacular names, uses, timber, habitat, and localities; the spe- cies not in systematic order. Some reputed medicinal plants of New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales II, 3: 855-393. 1888. Annotated list of 70 native species, alphabetically arranged by scientific names. and Betche, Ernst. —1927. History, physiography, plant formations; list of vascular plants. The second part (p. 282-290) is entirely zoological. (Off east coast of Auckland provincial district, 36°58’ S. Lat., 176°5’ KE. Long.) Wall, Arnold, and Cranwell, L. M. The botany of Auckland. 47 p._ illus. (incl. map). 23 cm. Auckland, 1986. Vegetation of special localities, etc.; tabular list of 559 vascular plants, with habitat, vernacular names, and occasional localities. Reprinted from the New Zealand Herald. (Vicinity of city of Auckland.) Zotov, V. D., and others. An outline of the vegetation and flora of the Tararua Mountains. Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zeal. 68: 259-824. pl. 27-33, 2 maps, tab. 1988. 82 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Mainly ecological; includes (p. 290-310) annotated list of vascular plants by V. D. Zotov, N. L. Elder, and A. D. Beddie, also lists of mosses and hepatics; bibliography. (About 40 miles northeast of Wellington.) SOUTH ISLAND The following publication has not been available: Dunedin Field Club. Catalogues of the indigenous and introduced fiowering plants, ferns and seaweeds, occurring in the Dunedin district. Dunedin, 1886. (Cited from Cockayne, L. The vegetation of New Zealand. 1921. p. 15.)—See also Aston, B. C. List of plants supplementary to the Dunedin Field Club’s Catalogue... Trans. and Froc. New Zeal. Inst. 31: 747. 1898. Anonymous. [List of trees and shrubs found in the Province of Otago.] In New Zealand Exhibition, 1865. Reports and awards... p. 267-275. Dunedin, 1866. Briefly annotated list with vernacular names, the plants classified by uses. Armstrong, J. B. A short sketch of the flora of the Province of Canterbury, with catalogue of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 12: 325-853. 1880. Botanical districts, forage plants, weeds, economic plants, etc.: list of S57 vascular plants, with general distribution in area indicated; also cellular plants, and list of naturalized plants additional to that in same journal, v. 4, p. 28+. Armstrong, J. F. On the naturalized plants of the Province of Canterbury. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 4: 284-280. 1872. General features of occurrence of introduced plants; list of 171 species. For additions see vol. 12, p. 353. Aston, B. C. The botany of Tapu-ae-nuku, New Zealand. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1916: 182-184. 1916. Account of an ascent of Mount Tapu-ae-nuku, the highest point in the northern part of South Island (9,467 ft.), with mention of plants found. (Province of Marlborough.) Buchanan, John. Notes on the botany of the Province of Marlborough, made during a visit there in the months of November, December, and January. 1866-67. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 10: 63-68. 1869 (1867-68). (Reprinted in his Botanical notes on the Kaikoura Mountains and Mount Egmont. 1867. p. 3-10.) General features of flora, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants. Sketch of the botany of Otago. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 1) (8)) > 22-53:- 1869: General features of flora; annotated list of more conspicuous or useful plants; tabular list of vascular plants, with vernacular names and general features of distribution. Cheeseman, T. F. Contributions to a flora of the Nelson Provincial district. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 14: 301-829. 1882. Annotated list of 666 vascular plants—-For annotated supplementary list, see Kirk, T. Additional contributions to the flora... lL ¢@ 18: 318-324 1886. (Northwestern part of South Island.) Cockayne, Leonard. List of plants from the Franz Josef Glacier to the coast- line. Jn Bell, J. M. A geographical report on the Franz Josef Glacier... p. 11-14. Wellington, 1910. Unannotated list of vascular plants (356 species including the additions) —See also his Additional species for the neighbourhood of the Franz Josef Glacier from the sea to about 1.200 m. altitude, with his List of species of Omeroa Saddle (Some hitherto-unrecorded plant habitats VII). Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 44: 55-59. 1912. (In Southern Alps, near the center of eastern boundary of Westland.) Notes on the vegetation of the Open Bay Islands. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 37: 368-377. pl. 23. 1905. Physiography, soil, plant zones; list of vascular plants. The Open Bay Islands are two small islets in the Tasman Sea, 3 miles from the shore of south Westland, nearly opposite the mouth of the Okuru River. On a collection of plants from the Solanders. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 41: 404405. 1909. List of 19 vascular plants collected by Capt. J. Bollons in 1908. (About 23 miles south of southwest end of South Island.) Report of a botanical survey of Stewart Island. 68 p. 9 pl, map. 33 cm. Wellington, 1909. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 83 History, botanical explorations, physiography, climate, ecology, plant forma- tions, phytogeography, bird life, etc.; table showing local and general range, vernacular names, ete., of indigenous vascular plants; list of introduced plants; bibliography. (Large island just south of South Island.) Hamilton, Augustus. List of plants collected in the district of Okarito, West- land. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 11: 485-488. 1879. Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author in 1877.—See also Kirk, T. Notes on Mr. Hamilton’s collection... 1. e 439444. Kirk, Thomas. On the botany of the Bluff Hill. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 10: 400-406. 1878. General features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants observed by author on January 1, 1877. (Southeastern coast of Southland.) On the flowering plants of Stewart Island. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 17: 213-228. 1885. Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, general features of flora, special notes on endemic or rarer species; no list of flora (said to be about 450 species). The paper is followed by ‘On the ferns and fern allies of Stewart Island,” p. 228-234, by the same author, an annotated list. (Large island just south of South Island.) Laing, R. M. Some notes on the botany of the Spenser Mountains, with a list of the species collected. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 44: 60-75. 1912. History, topography, general features of flora, etc.; unannotated list of vas- cular plants. (In Southern Alps, on border between provincial districts of Canterbury and Nelson. ) The vegetation of Banks Peninsula, with a list of species (flowering- plants and ferns). Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 51: 355-408. 1 fig. (map). 1919.—Supplement 1. 1. ec. 55: 438-444. 1 fig. 1924. Physiography, climate, agents altering plant-distribution, plant associations, phytogeography, bibliography; annotated list of indigenous vascular plants. (Southeast of Christchurch.) and Oliver, W. R. B. Vegetation of the upper Bealey River basin, with a list of the species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 59: 715-730. 1929.— Vegetation of the Bealey River basin. Supplement to list of species (1929), with notes. 1. c. 64: 1-10. pl. 1. 1984. General features of flora, plant formations; annotated list of vascular plants. H. W. Gourlay, joint author of Supplement. (In vicinity of Mount Rolleston in Southern Alps, Province of Canterbury.) Lindsay, W. L. Contributions to New Zealand botany. 102 p. 28.5 em. London and Edinburgh, 1868. Botanical explorations, climate, physiography, geology, ete.; unannotated list of vascular and cellular plants; critical notes on various species; index of Maori names, ete. The area covered is the Province of Otago. Petrie, Donald. List of the flowering plants indigenous to Otago, with indica- tions of their distribution and range in altitude. Trans. and Proc. Nek Zeal. Inst. 28: 540-591. 1896—Supplement... lL. ec. 29: 421-422. 1897. Annotated list of phanerogams collected by the author in Otago and on Stewart Island; list of species reported by others.—-For additions and corrections, with sketch of botanical explorations, see Kirk, T. On the history of botany in Otago. l. e. 29: 5382-540. 1897; also Aston, B. C. Llc. 31: T47. 1899. A visit to Stewart Island, with notes on its flora. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 18: 323-332. 1881. Physiography, general features of flora; list of phanerogams collected by author and G. M. Thomson in January 1880. The paper refers only to the region of Paterson’s Inlet and near Port Pegasus. (Large island just south of South Island.) Poppelwell, D. L. Botanical results of an excursion to the Upper Makarora Valley and the Haast Pass, supported by a list of the species observed. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 49: 161-166. 1917. Unannotated list of vascular plants collected by author and others in Decem- ber 1915. (Along border between provincial districts of Westland and Otago.) Notes of a botanical excursion to Bunkers Island (Stewart Island). Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 50: 154-157. 1918. Geology, plant formations; unannotated list of 75 vascular plants. (Off northeast coast of Stewart Island.) 84 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Poppelwell, D. L. Notes of a botanical excursion to Long Island, near Stewart Island, including a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 49: 167-171. 1917. Physiography, ecology, plant formations; list of 75 vascular plants. (Off southwest coast of Stewart Island.) Notes of a botanical excursion to northern portion of the Eyre Moun- tains. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 45: 288-293. 1918. Annotated list of 177 vascular plants collected by author in April 1912. (Near Queenstown, Province of Otago.) Notes of a botanical visit to Herekopere Island, Stewart Island. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 142-144. 1915. Running account of plants observed by author in November 1913. (In Foveaux Strait, 5 or 6 miles from Halfmoon Bay.) Notes on a botanical visit to Coll or Bench Island (Stewart Island). Trans, and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 50: 158-159. 1918. General features of flora; unannotated list of 54 vascular plants. (Off north- east coast of Stewart Island.) Notes on the botany of Routeburn Valley and Lake Harris Saddle. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 46: 22-29. 1914. General features of flora ; annotated list of 205 vascular plants. (Along north- western border of Southland and Otago divisions, provincial district of Otago.) Notes on the indigenous vegetation of Ben Lomond, with a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 52: 248-252. 1920. Annotated list of 164 vascular plants. (Provincial district of Otago, near Queenstown. ) Notes on the indigenous vegetation of the northeastern portion of the Hokonui Hills, with a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 52: 239-247. 1920. Annotated list of 285 vascular plants. (Southeastern part of Southland por- tion of Otago, between Gore, Winton, and Lumsden.) Notes on the plant covering of Codfish Island and the Rugged Islands. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 44: 76-87. pl. 9. 1912. Topography, plant associations; annotated list of 116 vascular plants. (Off northeast coast of Stewart Island.) Notes on the plant-covering of Pukeokaoka, Stewart Island. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 244-245. 1916. Running account of plants observed by the author in January 1915. (Small island in Foveaux Strait, between Motunui and Herekopere Islands.) Notes on the plant-covering of the Breaksea Islands, Stewart Island. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 246-252. 1916. Physiography, plant formations, introduced plants; list of 69 indigenous vascular plants. (Group of 6 small islands east of Stewart Island, between Port Adventure and Lord’s River, 47°6’ S. Lat., 168°15’ E. Long.) Notes on the plant covering of the Garvie Mountains, with a list of species. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 47: 120-142. 1915. Botanical explorations, topography, plant associations; annotated list of 360 vascular plants. (On border of Otago and Southland portions of the provincial district of Otago.) and Thomson, W. A. Notes of a botanical visit to Hollyford Valley and Martin’s Bay, with a list of indigenous plants. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 50: 146-154. 1918. Topography, plant associations; annotated list of vascular plants collected by authors and others in 1916-17. (Northwestern part of Otago proper.) Simpson, George, and Thomson, J. S. Results of a brief botanical excursion to Rough Peaks Range. New Zeal. Jour. Sci. and Technol. 8: 372-878. 4 fig. 1926. Lists of vascular plants from different altitudes collected by authors in March 1926. The range had not been botanized before. (Near Lake Wakatipu, Province of Otago.) : Smith, J. C. List of phanerogamic plants indigenous in the Southland dis- trict. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 46: 220-246. 1 fig. (map). 1914. Annotated list of vascular plants. (Southwestern part of South Island.) Notes on the botany of Lake Hauroko district. Trans, and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 43: 248-258. 1911. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 85 General features of flora; annotated list of 225 vascular plants. (Southland region, provincial district of Otago.) Smith, J. C. The vegetation of Awarua Plain. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 58: 55-56. pl. 1. 1927. General features of flora; list of vascular plants. The Awarua Plain is a swamp bog covering many thousand acres. (Southland region, provincial dis- trict of Otago.) Smith, W. W. Plants naturalised in the County of Ashburton. Trans. and Proe. New Zeal. Inst. 36: 203-225. 1904. General account of introductions, etc.; list of 368 angiosperms, with country of origin. (Central coastal region, Province of Canterbury.) Speight, Robert, Cockayne, Leonard, and Laing, R. M. The Mount Arrow: smith district; a study in physiography and plant ecology. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 48: 313-878. 3 fig. (incl. 2 maps), pl. 8-7. 1911. Topography, hydrography, glaciers, plant formations, etc.; annotated list of 357 vascular plants; bibliography. (In Southern Alps, on border between Provinces of Canterbury and Westland.) Wall, Arnold, and Laing, R. M., eds. Natural history of Canterbury. Issued by the Philosophical Institute of Canterbury ... ix, 299 p. plates, ports., maps. 22 em. Christchurch, 1927. Includes among other contributions dealing with botany, “The history of botani- cal research in Canterbury” (p. 97-103, including bibliography), by R. M. Laing; “The vegetation and flora of the Canterbury Plain” (p. 115-144), by L. Cockayne, with annotated tabular list of 341 vascular plants; “Alpine and sub-alpine flora” (p. 145-159), by A. Wall, with lists of characteristic species growing at the higher altitudes. Townson, William. On the vegetation of the Westport district. Trans. and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. 39: 380-483. pl. 14-14a (incl. map). 1907. Topography, geology, general features of flora; annotated list of 789 vascular plants.—See also Petrie, D. Some additions to the flora of the Westport district. l. ec. 46: 30-31. 1914. (Provincial district of Nelson.) Wall, Arnold. The botany of Christchurch. 41 p. Christchurch, [1922]. “The paper gives details of plant stations, with a complete list of species.” (Not seen; data from Bot. Abstr. 14: 366. 1925.) (Province of Canterbury.) The flora of Mount Cook. 55 p. illus. Christchurch, 1925. Plant communities, growth forms, ete.; list of vaScular plants. (Not seen; data from Bot. Abstr. 15: 529. 1926.) (Province of Canterbury.) TASMANIA See also Australia (general works). General Archer, William. Notes on the vegetable products of Tasmania... Im Whiting, George. The products and resources of Tasmania, as illustrated in the International exhibition, 1862. 2ded.enl. and corr. p. 39-42. Hobart Town, 1862. (Reprinted in Technologist 3: 1-5. 1863.) Annotated list, mainly of useful trees. Hooker, J. D. Flora Tasmaniae. 2 v. 200 col. pl. 38 cm. London, 1860 (1855-60). (The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships Hrebus and Terror, in the years 1839-1848 ... pt. III.) General features of floras of Australia, Tasmania, etc.; phytogeography ; anno- tated list of edible plants of Australia; botanical explorations in Australia; annotated descriptive flora of Tasmania, with key to families, local and general range. Vol. 1, Dicotyledons and Coniferae; vol. 2, Monocotyledons and crypto- gams (the cellular cryptogams by other authors). Maiden, J. H. Records of Tasmanian botanists. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1909: 9-29. [1910.] Bibliography ; alphabetical list of botanists and collectors with biographical information. Rodway, Leonard, The Tasmanian flora. xix, 320 p. plates. 24.5 cm. Hobart, 1903. S86 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Flora of vascular plants, with keys, brief descriptions, local and general range; glossary, including vernacular names (not given in text). Spicer, W. W. A handbook of the plants of Tasmania. xxiv, 160 p. 4 pl. 19 em. Hobart Town, 1878. Annotated list of 1,096 vascular plants, with keys; glossary. Intended for popular use. Local Gibbs, L. S. Notes on the phytogeography and flora of the mountain summit plateaux of Tasmania. Jour. Ecology 8: 1-17, 89-117. 1920. Geology, physiography, climate, plant formations, descriptions of mountains, plant associations of mountain summit plateaus, phytogeography (all with foot- note references) ; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants collected by the author in 1914-15, with general range indicated. Mueller, Ferdinand von. Deal Island. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1883: 282-283. 1884. Unannotated list of vascular plants. (In Kent’s Group in Bass Strait, 39° 28’ S. Lat., 147° 22’ BH. Long.) Flora of King Island. List of plants collected ... Victorian Nat. 4: 140-146. 1888. Unannotated lists of vascular plants and of introduced species. (Between Tasmania and Australia, 40° S. Lat., 144° E. Long.) Sutton, C. S. A sketch of the vegetation of the Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, and a census of its plants. Papers and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1928: 132-159. 1929. Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of vascular plants, with ecological occurrence indicated. (In west-central Tasmania, 41° 42’ S. Lat., 145° 58’ KE. Long.) INSULAR FLORAS ATLANTIC OCEAN ASCENSION ISLAND General Hemsley, W. B. Ascension. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 31-48. pl. 16-17. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, general features of flora, etc.; annotated list of plants (includ- ing cellular eryptogams by other authors). Includes 12 phanerogams and 14 vascular cryptogams. Local Rudmose Brown, R. N. Contributions towards the botany of Ascension. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 23: 199-204. 1906. (Reprinted in Report on the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia ...v. 38, Botany. 1912.) Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular (10 species) and cellular plants collected by the author. Watson, Sereno. Notes upon a collection of plants from the island of Ascen- sion. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci. 26: 161-163. 1891. (Reprinted as Con- tributions to American botany, Gray Herbarium, no. 18, 4.) List of 16 vascular plants (plus 6 cellular), collected on United States Eclipse Expedition of 1889; adds 9 vascular plants to Hemsley’s flora (1884). AZORES General Seubert, Moritz. Flora azorica quam ex collectionibus schedisque Hochstet- teri patris et filii elaboravit . . . vi,50 p. 15 pl. 28cm. Bonnae, 1844. Annotated list of 400 (or 391) species, of which 67 are cellular plants; 50 species endemic; geography, physiography, zones of vegetation. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 87 Trelease, William. Botanical observations on the Azores. Ann. Rpt. Mis- souri Bot. Gard. 8: 77-220. pl. 12-66. 1897. Annotated list of all plants known from the Azores, with references to descrip- tions; geography, meteorology, general features of vegetation; bibliography.— See also Tutin, T. G., and Warburg, E. F. Notes on the flora of the Azores. (Contributions from the University herbarium, Cambridge.) Jour. Bot. 70: 7-13, 38-46. 1982. Watson, H. C. Botany of the Azores. In Godman, F. DuC. Natural history of the Azores... p. 113-288. London, 1870. Annotated list of 478 vascular plants; history of botanical exploration, with critical remarks on previous lists; geographical affinities of flora, with tabular list. BERMUDA ISLANDS General Britton, N. L. Flora of Bermuda. xi, 585 p. illus., col. pl. 23.5 ecm. New York, 1918. Complete flora of vascular and cellular plants, including cultivated as well as Dative and introduced species, with keys, synonymy, description, extralimital range, and text figure of all native and naturalized species above the thallo- phytes; brief description of region and statistics of distribution; annotated bibliography ; glossary; list of principal collections made in Bermuda. Musci by E. G. Britton, Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle, Fungi by F. J. Seaver, Algae by M. A. Howe. Hemsley, W. B. The Bermudas. /n his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands. ... Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1875-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 1. 185 p. pl. 1-13. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, climate, general features of flora, botanical explorations, sta- tistics; systematic list of vascular plants (also cellular plants, by various au- thors) with localities, names of collectors, general range. Includes 826 vascular plants, of which 144 are probably indigenous. CANARY ISLANDS General Lindinger, Leonhard. Beitriige zur kenntnis von vegetation und flora der Kanarischen Inseln. 2. teil. Fiora der Kanarischen Inseln. Berichtigungen und nachtriige zu J. Pitard et L. Proust, Les iles Canaries. Flore de l’archipel. Paris, 1909. Abhandl. Gebiet Auslandsk. Hamburg. Univ. 21 (reihe C, Naturw. bd. 8): 1385-350. 1926. Bibliography; list of vascular plants (alphabetically arranged by families) with citation of all records additional to Pitard and Proust. Pitard, Joseph, and Proust, Louis. Les Iles Canaries. Flore de l’archipel. 502 p. 19 pl. 25cm. Paris, [1908]. Botanical collections, topography, climate, soils, zones of vegetation, phytogeog- raphy, endemic forms; annotated list of vascular plants (about 1,352 species), Musci, and Hepaticae, with pertinent synonymy, localities, and general range. Sauer, Fritz. Catalogus plantarum in Canariensibus insulis sponte et sub- sponte crescentium. 78 p. 21 cm. Halis Saxonum, 1880. (Dissertation.) Bibliography ; tabular list, showing general distribution; annotations, statis- tics, phytogeography. Webb, P. B., and Berthelot, Sabin. Phytographia canariensis. Jn their Histoire naturelle des Iles Canaries. t. 3, 2. ptie. 4 sect. in6v. 288 pl. (pt. col.). 35 em. Paris, 1886-1850. Descriptive flora, in Latin, with synonyms, vernacular names, local and extra- limital range, of vascular and cellular plants (the latter by C. Montagne). For dates of publication see Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1: 55-58. 1937. Local Bolle, Carl. Florula insularum olim Purpurariarum, nunc Lanzarote et Fuer- taventura cum minoribus Isleta de Lobos et la Graciosa in archipelago canari- ensi. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 14: 230-257. 1891. S88 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Annotated list of 400 vascular plants. The general features of flora are dis- cussed in his “Botanische riickblicke auf der Inseln Lanzarote und Fuertaven- tura,” l. ec. 16: 224-261. 1892. A single unnumbered page ‘‘Omissa et addenda ad Florulam .. .,” raising the total to 416, was issued with Bot. Jahrb. Engler vy. 15 in 1892 (date according to Bot. Centralbl. 51: 89). Knoche, Herman. Die Kanarischen Inseln. His Vagandi mos. Reiseskizzen eines botanikers, I. 304 p. front., illus. (incl. maps), 23 pl. 25.5 em. Stras- bourg, 1928. EKeology of different islands, ete.; bibliography (p. 40-41); list of vascular plants (and lichens) collected by the author (p. 211-279). Masferrer y Arquimbau, Ram6én. Recuerdos botanicos de Tenerife; 6 sea, datos para el estudio de la flora canaria. Anales Soc. Espa. Hist. Nat. 9: 309- 369. 1880; 10: 189-230. 1881; 11: 807-898. 1882. Annotated list of spermatophytes of Tenerife, with notes on those of the Canary Islands in general, Madeira, and Azores. Never completed; Plantago is last genus treated. Schenck, Heinrich. Beitriige zur kenntnis der vegetation der Canarischen Inseln . .. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 227-406. 71 fig. (incl. maps), pl. 16-27. Jena, 1907. Botanical explorations, bibliography, physiography, climate, plant formations, lists of species of different localities, ete. CAPE VERDE ISLANDS General Cardoso, Joao, jr. Agrupamentos para a classificacio thérapeutica das plantas medicinaes do Archipelago de Cabo Verde. Jn his Subsidios para a materia medica e thérapeutica das possessdes ultramarinas portuguezas. v. 1, p. 1-12. Lisboa, 1902. Unannotated list of medicinal plants, grouped by uses.—On p. 97-100, unanno- tated alphabetical “Catalogo de plantas medicinaes do Archipelago de Cabu Verde.” Chevalier, Auguste. Les Iles du Cap Vert. Géographie, biogéographie, agri- culture, flore de l’archipel. Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 15: 733-1090. fig. 22-32 (incl. map), 16 pl. 1935. Author’s itinerary and bibliography, prehistory, discovery, colonization, geog- raphy, climate, geology, soil, general features of fauna, population, bibliography ; botanical explorations, statistics, phytogeography, analysis of flora, zones of vegetation, plant associations, weeds, agriculture, chronological bibliography of fiora; annotated list of 686 vascular plants known from the group, including cultivated plants (about 800 species considered native), with local and general range and vernacular names (indexed) ; lists of cellular plants collected by the author. Schmidt, J. A. Beitriige zur flora der Cap Verdischen Inseln. Mit bertick- sichtigung aller bis jetzt daselbst bekannten wildwachsenden und kultivirten pflanzen ... viii, 356 p. 22cm. Heidelberg, 1852. History, climate, cultivated plants, phytogeography, plant formations, sta- tistics; list of wild and cultivated vascular and cellular plants (485 vascular), with localities, collectors’ names, and general distribution. Local Coutinho, A. X. P. Herbarii gorgonei universitatis olisiponensis catalogus. Arq. Univ. Lisboa 1: 265-334. 1914.—Supplementum ... 1. ce. 2: 27-59. 1915. List of 311 vascular plants, with references and localities, in the herbarium of Lisbon University, collected principally by Cardoso and Borjona in Cape Verde Islands. Krause, E. H. L. Flora der insel St. Vincent in der Capverdengruppe. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 14: 394-425. 1891. Physiography, climate, ete.; annotated list of 183 vascular plants; plant for- mations, phytogeography, origin of flora. -FLORAS OF THE WORLD 89 COCKBURN ISLAND General Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen inseln ... VI. Antarktisches polargebiet. Jn Wissenschaft- liche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 161-178. Jena, 1905. Botanical explorations, bibliography, climate; separate tabular lists of cellular plants from Cockburn Island, Victoria Land, and Gerlache Strait. The only vascular plant known from the area is Deschampsia antarctica (see p. 162). Cockburn is a small island off the east coast of James Ross Island, Louis- Philippe Land, West Antarctica. FALKLAND ISLANDS General Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen inseln ... III. Falkland-inseln. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898— 1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 96-106. Jena, 1905. Botanical collections, bibliography, physiography, climate, general features of flora (no complete list), plant formations. Skottsberg, Carl. A botanical survey of the Falkland Islands. (Botanische ergebnisse der Schwedischen expedition nach Patagcnien und dem Feuerlande 1907-09. III.) K. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. v. 50, no. 3. 129 p. 10 fig., 14 pl., map. 1918. Botanical explorations, annotated list of all known vascular plants, with localities and extralimital range; phytogeography, growth forms, phenology, plant associations, bibliography.—See also his Bemerkungen zu einigen von M. Gandoger neuerdings von den Falkland-inseln beschriebenen pflanzen. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 50 (Beibl. 112): 13-17. 19138, for minor corrections and for re- duction of numerous new species described by Gandoger. Studien iiber das pflanzenleben der Falkland-inseln. Jn Wissenschaft- liche ergebnisse der Schwedischen siidpolar-expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 10. 58 p. 5 fig. Stockholm, 1909. Physiography, climate, plant associations, periodicity, bibliography, ete.; an- notated list of vascular plants (including all previous records) ; plant geography (139 native species, of which 10 are endemic). Wright, C. H. Flora of the Falkland Islands. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 39: 313-339. 1911. Annotated list of vascular plants, with references. Local Birger, Selim. Die vegetation bei Port Stanley auf den Falklandsinseln. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 39: 275-305. 1 fig., 2 pl. 1906. Botanical explorations with bibliographical footnotes, climate, plant associa- tions, phenology ; includes list of species new to the islands. Skottsberg, Carl. C. V. Marquand’s “Additions to the flora of the Falkland Islands.” Acta Horti Gothoburg. 4: 3038-306. 1929. Critical notes on the paper listed (Bull. Misc. Inform. Kew 19238: 369-371. 1923), as well as on the nomenclature of certain plants in his own “Botanical survey” of 19138. Vallentin, Mrs. E. F., and Cotton, Mrs. E. M. Illustrations of the flower- ing plants and ferns of the Falkland Islands. xii p., 651. 64 col. pl. 25.5 em. London, 1921. Colored plates with dissections, accompanied by descriptions and brief anno- tations. FERNANDO NORONHA General Hemsley, W. B. Fernando-Noronha and contiguous islets. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... Report on the 90 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v.1, pt. 2, p. 9-80. pl. 14-15, 47. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, climate, general features of flora; systematic list of plants (vascular and cellular), with statement of general range. Includes 58 phanero- gams and no vascular cryptogams. Ridley, H. N. Notes on the botany of Fernando Noronha. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 27: 1-95. pl. 1-4. 1890. Physiography, history, origin of flora, etc.; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants, the latter contributed by other authors; geology. GRAHAM LAND General Skottsberg, Carl. Einige bemerkungen tiber die vegetationsverhdltnisse des Graham-Landes. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Schwedischen stidpolar- expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 18. 16 p. 2 fig. (incl. map), 3 pl. Stockholm, 1912. Climate, ete.; lists of plants of Graham Land, adjacent small islands, and South Shetland Islands, collected by this expedition; bibliography. Only one vascular plant listed (Aira antarctica [Deschampsia antarctica]) ; Colobanthus crassifolius (d’Urv.) Hook. f. also is known from Graham Land (Charcot’s first expedition). Some remarks upon the geographical distribution of vegetation in the colder southern hemisphere. Ymer 25: 402-427. 6 fig., pl. 7-8 (maps). 1905. Mainly phytogeographical, with summary of knowledge of flora of Antarctic islands; bibliography. Cited here for its sketch (p. 410-414) of the flora of Graham Land. MADEIRA ISLANDS General Lowe, R. T. A manual flora of Madeira and the adjacent islands of Porto Santo and the Desertas. 2 v. (v. 1-2, pt. 1). 19.5 em. London, 1868 (1857-72). Plant zones; annotated descriptive flora of vascular plants. Incomplete (Thalamiflorae, Calyciflorae, Corolliflorae).—See also Menezes, C. A. de. Notice sur les phanérogames de Madeére et Porto Santo, non indiquées dans la flore de ces iles de R. T. Lowe. 22 p. 23 em. Funchal, 1899. Includes 390 species of spermatophytes, with brief annotations and vernacular names; list of special localities with local species; bibliography. Nearly the same material, lacking list of Special localities and bibliography, was published as his “‘Cata- logo das phanerogamicas de Madeira e do Porto Santo nao indicadas na flora d’estas ilhas do R. T. Lowe.” 1894. Menezes, C. A. de. Flora do archipelago da Madeira (phanerogamicas e ceryptogamicas vasculares). 282 p. 22 cm. Funchal, 1914. Annotated list of 951 vascular plants (both wild and cultivated), with locali- ties, pertinent references, vernacular names, and usually brief descriptions; climate, zones of vegetation, annotated list of botanists, bibliography.—For supplement, see his “Subsidios para o estudio da flora...” Brotéria Sér. Bot. 20: 113-119. 1922 and “Novos subsidios ...” 1. ce. 22: 20-27. 1926— Also his Mais algumas notas sobre a flora madeirense. 1. ec, 23: 78-77. 1927; Nota acérea de algumas plantas de flora do arquipélago da Madeira. Jor. Sci. Mat., Fis. e Nat. Lisboa 24 (III, 5) : 188-187. 1927. Porto da Cruz, visconde do. A flora madeirense na medicina popular. Brotéria Cién. Nat. 4: 35-46, 71-78, 1389-144, 145-154. 3 fig. (incl. map). 1985. Running account of medicinal plants, with vernacular and botanical names, grouped under the diseases for which they are used. Vahl, Martin. Madeiras vegetation. Geografisk monografi. 172 p. 1 pl. 23.5 em. Kgbenhavn og Kristiania, 1904. Physiography, climate, ecology, phytogeography, etc.; cited here mainly for its bibliography. Local Menezes, C. A. de. A flora dos mais altos picos de Ilha da Madeira. Brotéria Sér. Bot. 22: 124-132. 1926. List of 44 vascular plants, with localities. FLORAS OF THE WORLD O] PALMER LAND General Hooker, J. D. Flora antarctica. 2 v. 187 pl. 30.5 cm. London, 1844-48. (The botany of the Antarctic voyage of H. M. discovery ships Hrebus and Terror, in the years 1839-1843 .. . pt. I.) Vol. 1: Lord Auckland’s Group and Campbell’s Island. Physiography, etc. ; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants. Vol. 2: Antarctic regions (exclusive of Lord Auckland’s Group and Campbell’s Island). Annotated list of vascular and cellular plants from Fuegia, Falkland Islands, Palmer Land, South Shetland Islands, South Georgia, Tristan d’Acunha, and Kerguelen’s Land. All the regions mentioned, except Palmer Land, are covered by separate later floras. ST. HELENA General Hemsley, W. B. St. Helena. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 49-122. pl. 18-22, 48-51. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, climate, historical sketch of the vegetation, geographical affinities, ete.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular), with extra- limital range. About 94 species are considered probably indigenous. Melliss, J. C. St. Helena: a physical, historical, and topographical descrip- tion of the island, including its geology, fauna, flora, and meteorology. xiv, 426 p. plates (partly col.). 26.5 em. London, 1875. (Botany, p. 221-883, col. pl. 25-56.) Annotated list of 1,058 plants (of which S07 are vascular) growing on the island, a very large number of which are known only in cultivation. Nearly all the endemic plants are illustrated. SALVAGE ISLANDS General Lowe, R. T. Florulae salvagicae tentamen; or a list of plants collected in the Salvages or Salvage Islands by Sr. Constantino Cabral de Noronha... 24 p. 18 em. London, 1869. Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 74 plants (64 vascular), with extra- limital range; general features of flora~—See also Menezes, C. A. de. Sub- sidios para o conhecimento da flora das Ilhas Selvagens. Jor. Sci. Math., Fis. e Nat. Lisboa 23: 187-194. 1924. SOUTH GEORGIA See also Australian Islands (Cheeseman, On the systematic botany). General Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung der pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen inseln... II. Siidgeorgien, nebst Sandwich-inseln, Bouvet- insel. In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 82-96. Jena. 1905. Botanical collections, bibliography, geography, physiography, climate; tabular list of 18 vascular plants ; formations, etc. No botanical collections have yet been made on the Sandwich Islands (56°-59° S., 26°-28° W.) or Bouvet Island (54°26’ S., 3°24’ E.). Skottsberg, Carl. Die gefiasspflanzen Stidgeorgiens. In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Schwedischen stidpolar-expedition 1901-1903. v. 4, pt. 3. 12 p. 2 pl. map. Stockholm, 1905. Annotated list of 19 vascular plants; phytogeographical relationships.—See also his The vegetation of South Georgia. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Schwedischen siidpolar-expedition 1901-1908. v. 4, pt. 12. 36 p. 4 fig., 6 pl, map. Stockholm, 1912. (Botanical explorations, physiography, etec.; list of species; origin of flora, plant formations, etc.)—-For additions, see Taylor, Norman. Plants collected on the South Georgia expedition. Sci. Bul. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci. 2: 60-63. 1914, 92 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE SOUTH ORKNEY ISLANDS General Rudmose Brown, R. N., Wright, C. H., and Darbishire, 0. V. The botany of the South Orkneys. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 23: 101-110. pl. 3. 1905. (Reprinted with additions and with omission of portion on mosses in Report of the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia... v. 3, Botany. 1912. ) History, topography, climate; lists of mosses (Wright) and lichens (Dar- bishire) ; no vascular plants known. TRINIDAD ISLAND General Hemsley, W. B. South Trinidad. Jn his Report on the botany of the Ber- mudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 123-132. pl. 238-24. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, ete.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular) ; general range stated. Includes 9 phanerogams and 4 ferns. Trinidad or South Trini- dad is in 20°30’ S. Lat., 29°22’ W. Long. TRISTAN DA CUNHA ISLANDS General Christophersen, Erling, and others. Plants of Tristan da Cunha. 19 p. 27.5 em. Oslo, 1987. (Scientific results of the Norwegian Antarctic expeditions 1927-1928 et sqq., no. 16.) Botanical explorations, phytogeography; annotated list of plants collected by Hinar Siggeson in 1984; unannotated list of cellular and vascular (104 species) plants known from the group, not including Gough Island; bibliography. Hemsley, W. B. The Tristan da Cunha group. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. 8S. Chailenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 1838-185. pl. 25-39, 45-46. London, 1885 (1834). Physiography, botanical explorations, statistical table of distribution ; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants (65 vascular). The group includes Tristan da Cunha, Inaccessible, and Nightingale Islands. Local Christophersen, Erling. Plants of Gough Island (Diego Alvarez). 16 p. 3 fig. 27.5 cm. Oslo, 1984. (Scientific results of the Norwegian Antarctic ex- peditions 1927-1928 et sqq., no. 138.) Phytogeography ; list of plants collected by Lars Christensen in 1933; unan- notated list of cellular and vascular (388) plants recorded from the island; bibliography. Dyer, R. A. The flora of Tristan da Cunha: H. M. S. Carlisle expedition, 1937. Bothalia 3: 589-612. 7 fig. 1939. Botanical explorations, affinities, history, and general features of flora; list of cellular and vascular plants collected by author. Adds 6 phanerogams, all pre- sumably introduced. Phillips, E. P. A list of the phanerogams and ferns collected by Mr. P. C. Keytel on the island of Tristan da Cunha, 1908-1909. Annals So. African Mus. 9: 96-108. 19138. | List of plants collected, with general range: list of additional species recorded from the island. Includes 37 species not previously recorded. Rudmose Brown, R. N. The botany of Gough Island.—I. Phanerogams and ferns. Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 37: 238-249. 1 fig., pl. 7-9. 1905. (Reprinted in Report on the scientific results of the voyage of S. Y. Scotia... y. 3, Botany. 1912.) Annotated list of 27 vascular plants (2 endemic), with general range; physiog- raphy, general features of vegetation, bibliography. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 93 Wilkins, G. H. Gough Island. Jour. Bot. 63: 65-70. 1925. General features of flora; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants (phan- erogams by E. G. Baker and Wilkins; cryptogams by A. Gepp, H. N. Dixon, and R. Paulson). INDIAN OCEAN ALDABRA See also Seychelles (Hemsley ; Sommerhayes). General Hemsley, W. B., and others. Flora of Aldabra: with notes on the flora of the neighbouring islands. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1919: 108-153. 1919. Physiography, climate, botanical explorations, plant associations, systematic list of vascular plants (about 171 apparently native species) with collectors’ names and general range; geographical relationships of flora; bibliography. Includes also lists of p'ants from other atolls in this general area—Assump- tion (p. 140-142), Cosmoledo (p. 142-143), Astove (p. 148), Farquhar (p. 143), Providence (p. 143-144), St. Pierre (p. 144-145), Gloriosa (p. 145), Amirante group (p. 145), Coétivy (p. 146), Agalega (p. 146), Cargados (p. 147), Chagos Archipelago (p. 148). ANDAMAN ISLANDS General Kurz, Sulpiz. Report on the vegetation of the Andaman Islands, accom- panied by a report on the forests. 75 p. map. 383 cm. Calcutta, 1870. (Re- print with additions and corrections of an earlier report (27, xxv, 13 p.), 1870.) Annotated list of vascular plants (520 species indigenous, 76 introduced) ; general floral features; report on forests; vernacular names; no index. An 1867 edition is listed by B. D. Jackson. Parkinson, C. E. A forest flora of the Andaman Islands. An account of the trees, Shrubs and principal climbers of the islands. v, v, xiii, 825 p. front., 6 pl. 18 em. Simla, 1923. Annotated descriptive flora of woody plants, with keys (about 650 species, of which 540 indigenous) ; vernacular names (indexed) ; lists of species; geog- raphy, physiography, climate, general features of vegetation; history of botanical exploration; bibliography; glossary. Prain, David. The non-indigenous species of the Andaman flora. Jour. Asiatic Soe. Bengal 59 (2) : 235-261. 1891. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and mem- oranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.) Annotated lists of cultivated and introduced species, as observed in 1866 and 1889-S0 ; general study of subject of introduced plants. Rogers, C. G. A preliminary list of the plants of the Andaman Islands. ii, d1 p. 23.5 em. Port Blair, Andaman Isl., 1903. Nominal list, unannotated, “Drawn up for me by Mr. J. S. Gamble... chiefly from the ‘Flora of British India.’ ” Local Kloss, C. B. In the Andamans and Nicobars. The narrative of a cruise in the schooner Terrapin, with notices of the islands, their fauna, ethnology, etc. xvi, 373 p. illus., plates. 24.5 em. London, 1908. Contains, in addition to passing notes in the text, a list of “Principal forest trees of the Andamans” (p. 336-338) with vernacular names and uses (p. 3389-341), and “Principal flora of the Nicobars” (p. 345-849). Prain, David. Ona botanical visit to Little Andaman and the Nicobars. Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 1891: 156-175. 1892. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.) Physiography, general features of flora; separate lists for Little Andaman (61 species, of which 56 are vascular plants) and Car Nicobar and Batti Malv (113 species, of which 112 are vascular plants). 94 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE CHAGOS ARCHIPELAGO See also Aldabra (Hemsley) ; Maldive Islands (Willis and Gardiner). General Willis, J. C., and Gardiner, J. S. Flora of the Chagos Archipelago. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool. 19: 301-306. 1981. Botanical explorations, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants (98 native or escaped species). Local Hemsley, W. B. Report on the vegetation of Diego Garcia. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 22: 332-340. 1886. Botanical collections, physiography, ete.; tabular list of 48 probably indigenous vascular plants, with extralimital distribution indicated. CHRISTMAS ISLAND General Andrews, C. W. A monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean). Physt- eal features and geology ... With descriptions of the fauna and flora by numerous contributors. xiii, 337 p. illus., 21 pl, map. 22.5 em. London, 1900. Contains (p. 171-195, pl. 17-18) an annotated list of 152 vascular plants by BH. G. Baker, A. B. Rendle, and A. Gepp. Ridley, H. N. An expedition to Christmas Island. Jour. Straits Branch Roy. Asiatic Soe. 45: 137-271. 1906.—Christmas Island flora—additional notes. 1. c. 48: 107-108. 1907. Botanical explorations; critical notes on vernacular names; list of intro- duced plants, arranged by date of first record; list of endemic species; an- notated list of cultivated plants; note on timbers; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants (about 151 indigenous vascular plants, of which 29 are endemic) ; methods of dissemination. Coco ISLANDS General Prain, David. The vegetation of the Coco group. Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 60 (2): 283-406. 1892. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.) Physiography, general features of flora, annctated list of 358 species (of which 307 are vascular plants), with extralimital distribution; statistical study of distribution and probable origin of flora. The islands are in the Bay of Bengal, not far north of the Andaman Islands. COMORO ISLANDS See also Madagascar (Jumelle). General Voeltzkow, Alfred. Flora und fauna der Comoren. Jn his Reise in Ostafrika in den jahren 1903-1905 ... v. 3, p. 429-480. Stuttgart, 1917. Flora (p. 430-454) : botanical explorations; list of cellular and vascular plants with localities and extralimital range, prepared with assistance of G. Schellen- berg; bibliography. CROZET ISLANDS See also Kerguelen Island (Schenck) ; Macdonald Islands (Hemsley). General Hemsley, W. B. The Crozets. In his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the FLORAS OF THE WORLD 95 voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 207-210. pl. 40. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, etce.; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular). Includes 5 phanerogams and 2 ferns. Schenck, Heinrich. Die gefiisspflanzen der Deutschen siidpolar-expedition 1901-1903 gesammelt auf der Possession-insel (Crozet-gruppe), Kerguelen, Heard- insel, St. Paul und Neu-Amsterdam. Jn Deutsche stidpolar-expedition . . . 8. bd. Botanik. p. 97-128. 10 fig. Berlin, 1906. Annotated lists of vascular plants of Possession Island (18 species), Kerguelen (several lists), Heard Island (7 species), St. Paul and New Amsterdam (4 and 8 species, respectively). GLORIOSA ISLANDS See also Aldabra. Local Hemsley, W. B. Islands of the Indian Ocean. List of plants in the Kew herbarium collected in some of the smaller tropical islands by Dr. Coppinger. In his Report on present state of knowledge of various insular floras . Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v.1, pt. 1, p. 16-17. London, 1885. List of vascular plants from Du Lise and Gloriosa Islands, of the Gloriosa group, cff Madagascar; Bird Island, in the Seychelles; Hagle Island, Isle des Roches, and Poivre Island, of the Amirante group; Providence and Alphonse Islands and Cerf Islets, Providence Reef, northeast of Madagascar. KEELING ISLANDS See also Molucca Islands (Hemsley). General Forbes, H. O. List of the Keeling Atoll plants. Jn his A naturalist’s wan- derings in the eastern archipelago ... from 1878 to 1883. p. 42-48. London, 1885. Unannotated tabular list of vascular and cellular plants collected by Charles Darwin and by the author. Henslow, J. S. Florula keelingensis. An account of the native plants of the Keeling Islands. Annals Nat. Hist. 1: 837-847. 1888. Annotated list of 21 vascular and cellular plants collected by Darwin on the voyage of the Beagle. Local Guppy, H. B. The dispersal of plants as illustrated by the flora of the Keeling or Cocos Islands. Jour. Trans. Victoria Inst. (London) 24: 267-301. 1890. Mainly phytogeographical; contains (p. 272-273) a list of 16 phanerogams not recorded from the islands previous to 1888. KERGUELEN ISLAND See also Crozet Islands (Schenck); Prince Edward Islands (Moseley); Australian Islands (Cheeseman, On the systematic botany). General Hemsley, W. B. Kerguelen Island. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands .. . 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 211-2438. pl. 40. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular). Includes 21 phanerogams and 6 pteridophytes. Hooker, J. D. Botany [of Kerguelen Island]. Jn An account of the petro- logical, botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen’s Land and Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus expeditions ... 1874-75. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 168 (extra vol.) : 9-28. pl. 1-2. 1879. 241306°—42——-7 96 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Sketch of botanical explorations and general features of flora; annotated list of 21 phanerogams, 6 pteridophytes, and 1 Nitella. Schenck, Heinrich. Vergleichende darstellung .der pflanzengeographie der subantarktischen inseln insbesondere iiber flora und vegetation von Kerguelen. I. Kerguelenbezirk (Kerguelen-, Prinz Eduard-, Crozet-, Macdonald-inseln). In Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 9-82. 33 fig., pl. 1-10, map (in text). Jena, 1905. Botanical explorations, bibliography, geography, physiography,. climate; tabu- lar list of all vascular plants recorded from Kerguelen, Prince Edward (Marion), Crozet (Possession), and Heard Islands (35 species, of which 5 are introduced), with extralimital range; plant formations, phenology, anatomy, ete. Each island treated separately as to botanical history, bibliography, etc. LACCADIVE ISLANDS See also Maldive Islands (Willis and Gardiner). General Prain, David. Botany of the Laccadives. Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 7: 268-295, 460-486. 1893; 8: 57-86, 488. 1893-94. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.) Geography, physiography, botanical collections, bibliography ; methods of intro- duction, ete.; annotated list of 206 plants, of which 194 are vascular. Local Willis, J. C. Notes on the flora of Minikoi. Annals Roy. Bot. Gard. Pera- deniya 1: 39-438. 1901. Bibliography ; unannotated list of 134 vascular plants, with vernacular names. MACDONALD ISLANDS See also Crozet Islands (Schenck); Kerguelen Island (Schenck); Prince Edward Islands (Moseley). Local Hemsley, W. B. MacDonald group. Heard Island. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-76. Botany. v. 1, pt. 2, p. 245-248. pl. 53. London, 1885 (1884). Physiography, etce.; botanical explorations and composition of flora of Heard Island, Kerguelen, the Prince Edward group (Marion Island), and the Crozets, with table; annotated list of 17 plants of Heard Island (5 vascular). MADAGASCAR See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 873-888, for useful plants of the small island of Nossi Bé). General Académie malgache. Catalogue des plantes de Madagascar. 23 nos. 25 em. Tananarive, 1931-35. Lists of species, usually arranged alphabetically, with synonymy, vernacular names, citations of localities, geographic area (in Madagascar), and general range; bibliographies. Each family or group of families published separately. Still in course of publication. Baillon, H. E., and Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel. Histoire naturelle des plantes. 6y. plates. 33cm. Paris, 1886-1903. (Grandidier, Alfred. Histoire physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar. vy. 28-30, 34-36.) Vol. 2-6 (vy. 28-29, 34-86 of whole series) consist of plates only (Hibbertia— Epallage) ; Baillon’s name appears on title page of all but vol. 6, where it is replaced by that of Drake del Castillo. Vol. 1 (v. 30) by Drake del Castillo, pub- FLORAS OF THE WORLD 97 lished in 1902, is a descriptive flora, with keys, synonymy, vernacular names, uses, local and general range, and citation of exsiccatae; incomplete (208 p.: Ranunculaceae—Leguminosae, Proteaceae), corresponding to only 46 of the plates. No index. Vol. 4 (v. 34) is vol. 2, pt. 4 of the atlas. Vol. 39 (1898-1915) contains the mosses, by F. Renauld and J. Cardot. Baron, Richard. Compendium des plantes malgaches. Revue de Madagascar 3 (2) : 741-760, 856-865, 936-950. 1901: 4 (1) : 225-240, 534-542; 4 (2) : 39-48, 220-242, 1902; 5 (1): 485-441; 5 (2): 44-54, 134-144, 312-322, 429-437. 1903; 6 (1): 346-3853. 1904; 7 (1): 60-67, 247-258; 7 (2): 246-257. 1905; 8: 350- 364, 580-549, 708-726, 8138-841, 915-936. 1906. Systematic enumeration, with synonyms, uses, vernacular names. The flora of Madagascar. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 25: 246-294. 1 fig. (map). 1889. General features of flora, statistics, list of endemic genera, description of three floral regions recognized with lists of genera and species; list of introduced species. Notes on the economic plants of Madagascar. Bul. Mise. Inform. Kew 1890: 203-215. 1890. Annotated systematic list of 109 species, with vernacular names. Dandouau, André. Catalogue alphabétique des noms malgaches de végétaux. Bul. Econ. Madagascar 10 (Suppl.) : i-xlii. 1910; 11 (Suppl.) : xliii-exxvi. 1911. Alphabetical list of vernacular names, compiled from previous works and collected by the author himself, with botanical equivalents. Heckel, Edouard. Catalogue alphabétique raisonné des plantes médicales et toxiques de Madagascar avec leur emploi indigéne. Annales Mus. Colon. Mar- seille v. 11 (s. 2, v. 1), fase. 2, p. 59-204. 3 fig. 1903. (Reprinted with title, Les plantes médicinales et toxiques de Madagascar. 148 p.) Extensively annotated catalog, alphabeted by vernacular names; index of scientific names, with vernacular equivalents. Les plantes utiles de Madagascar. Catalogue alphabétique des plantes utiles et en particulier des plantes médicinales et toxiques de Madagasear avee leurs noms malgaches et leurs emplois. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille 18 (s. 2, v. 8) : 5-872. 72 fig. 1910. (Reprinted.) Annotated catalog, alphabeted by vernacular names; index of scientific names with vernacular equivalents. Humbert, Henri, ed. Flore de Madagascar (plantes vasculaires). Publiée sous les auspices du gouvernement général de Madagascar... 23°, 29°, 32°, 37°, 40°, 49° famille[s]. illus. 24, 26 em. 'Tananarive, 1936-39. Descriptive flora, with keys, synonymy, citation of exsiccatae with localities, vernacular names, extralimital range. Hach family a separately paged mono- graph, with cover title only. Six families so far published (out of 189): Aponogetonaceae, Cyperaceae, Lemnaceae, Commelinaceae, Liliaceae, Or- chiddceae (the last not seen). Jumelle, Henri. Madagascar et Comores. In his Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques . . . Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 24 (s. 3, v. 4), fase. 1, p- 1-79: 1916. Annotated lists of economic plants, classified according to uses, with ver- nacular and scientific names (both indexed). Olsen, Aksel. Madagassiske plantenavne. Nyt Mag. Naturvidensk. 54: 57- 147. 1916. Alphabetical index of 1,930 vernacular names, with botanical equivalents and brief indication of habit and often of uses. Palacky, Jan. Catalogus plantarum madagascariensium. 5 fase. (55, 38, 89, 60, 57 p.). 24 em. Pragae, 1906-07 (1905-07) .—Filices madagascarienses. 32 p. 24cm. Pragae, 1906. List of scientific names, with abbreviated references and indication if en- demic, of “plusque 5000 esp.” Families not in strictly systematic order; no index; fase. 83 was the last to be published. Baron’s Compendium was not available to the author. The list of pteridophytes is alphabetically arranged, with references to localities or collectors. Perrier de la Bathie, Henri. Les plantes introduites 4 Madagascar. Revue Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 11: 719-729, 833-837, 920-923, 991-999. 1931; 12: 48— 52, 128-133, 213-220, 296-301, 372-383, 462-468, 530-543. 1932. Annotated lists of cultivated, escaped, and naturalized plants; altogether about 900 species. 98 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Local Alleizette, Charles d’, and Poisson, Henri. Contribution 4 l'étude de la végétation des environs de Tananarive. Bul. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 17: 171-189. 1911. General features of vegetation, plant zones; annotated tabular list of vascular plants, grouped by habitat, with vernacular names, based on observations made in 1905 and 1906. Jeannot, Eugéne. Les productions végétales de la région des Betsimisaraka- Betanimena (Madagascar). Revue Cult. Colon. 8: 38-44, 73-77, 97-102, 184-142, 168-176, 201-206, 231-233. 1901. (Reprinted 389 p.) Native tribes, climate, plant zones; annotated list of useful plants, with vernacular names and botanical names when known, grouped by uses. (Cen- tral eastern Madagascar, from Antongile to Mananjary, west to the east ridge of the basin of Mangoro and the mountains of Tanala.) Lecomte, Henri. Madagascar. Les bois de la forét d’Analamazaotra.. . avee la collaboration de M. Paul Danguy...188 p. 56 pl. 32.5 cm. Paris, 1922. Mainly concerned with anatomical features of the woods, but contains illus- trations of many species, with vernacular names and uses. Perrier de la Bathie, Henri. Le Tsaratanana, lAnkaratra et l’Andringitra. Mém. Acad. Malgache 8. 68, [8] p. map. 1927. Includes (p. 53-66) lists of endemic plants of these three mountain groups. Poisson, Henri. Recherches sur la flore méridionale de Madagascar. 230 p. 30 fig., 16 pl. (incl. 83 maps). 25 em. Paris, 1912. General summary of physiography, climate, ete.; study of xerophytic plants, ete.; short list of vernacular names with botanical identifications, bibliography. Viguier, René, and Humbert, Henri. Plantes récoltées 4 Madagascar en 1912. Bul. Soe. Linn. Normandie VII, 3: 325-356. 1921; 4: 37-52. 1922; 5: 125-140. 1923; 6: 169-200. 1924; 7: 1938-208. 1925. List of spermatophytes collected by authors, with data, vernacular names, and frequent annotations. Unfinished; reaches Orchidaceae (part). MALDIVE ISLANDS General Willis, J. C., and Gardiner, J. S. The botany of the Maldive Islands. Annals Roy. Bot. Gard. Peradeniya 1: 45-164. pl. 2. 1901. Botanical explorations, physiography, ete.; annotated list of all vascular plants known from the Maldives, Laccadives, and Chagos, with vernacular names, uses, etc.; notes on vegetation of various atolls; index of Maldivian vernacular names; economic plants, classified by uses; origin of flora. MASCARENE ISLANDS See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles, p. 188-213, 528-582, for useful Plants of Réunion). Local Baker, J. G. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles: a description of the flowering plants and ferns of those islands. 19, L, 557 p. 22 cm. London, 1877. Botanical collections, physiography, statistics of flora (1,327 species) ; desecrip- tive flora; vernacular names (separate index).—See also Johnston, H. H. Addi- tions to the flora of Mauritius as recorded in Baker’s “Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles.” Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 391-407. 1895. (An- notated list of 103 species, including cellular cryptogams, not recorded in Baker’s Flora.)—Also Vaughan, R. E. Contributions to the flora of Mauritius.—I. An account of the naturalized flowering plants recorded from Mauritius since the publication of Baker’s “Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles” (1877). Jour. Linn. Soe. Bot. 51: 285-808. 1937. (Discussion of methods of introduction; annotated list, with descriptions; bibliography.) Balfour, I. B. Botany [of Rodriguez]. /n An account of the petrological, botanical, and zoological collections made in Kerguelen’s Land and Rodriguez during the Transit of Venus expeditions . . . 1874-75. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. 168 (extra vol.) ; 302-387, pl. 19-386. 1879. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 99 General features of flora, with geographic relationships; annotated list of species (297 phanerogams, of which 108 are introduced, and 25 vascular cryp- togams) ; vernacular names. Bouton, Louis. Plantes médicinales de Maurice. 2. éd. v, 147 p. 23 cm. Port Louis, 1864. (1st ed., 1857.) Systematic list of medicinal plants (native and cultivated) with French, English, and native names and uses. — Daruty, Clément. Plantes médicinales de I’ile Maurice et des pays inter- tropicaux .. . xiii, lxii, 123, xii p. 23.5 em. Maurice, 1886. Includes tabular alphabetical list of Creole names of medicinal plants of Mauritius, with botanical, Tamoul, and Hindu names, and uses. Horne, John. Notes on the flora of Flat Island. Trans. Roy. Soe. Mauritius 19: 116-151. 1887. (Preprinted 30 p. 1886.) General features of flora, naturalized plants; annotated list of 122 vascular plants (of which 69 are indigenous), with vernacular names. Jacob de Cordemoy, Eugéne. Flore de Vile de la Réunion. xxvii, 574 p. 24.5 em. Paris, 1895. Physiography, climate, general features of flora, history of botanical explora- tions; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, with vernacular names, uses, brief synonymy, and often descriptions. Johnston, H. H. Report on the flora of Ile des Aigrettes, Mauritius. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 317-831. 1895. Physiography; annotated list of 55 vascular plants. Report on the flora of Les Bénitiers, Mauritius. Trans. and Proce. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 331-8385. 1895. Physiography ; annotated list of plants from Les Bénitiers, two small rocky islets very close to Mauritius. Report on the flora of Round Island, Mauritius. Trans. and Proce. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 237-264. 1894. Geography, physiography, relationships and general features of flora, short bibliography: annotated list of 52 plants (of which 41 are vascular), including those found by previous collectors. Report on the flora of the outlying islands in Mahébourg Bay, Mauritius. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 20: 353-874. 1895. Physiography, ete. ; annotated list of 53 plants from Ile de la Passe, Ile Vakois, Ile aux Fouquets, Ile aux Fous, Ile Marianne, Rocher des Oiseaux. Jumelle, Henri. Réunion. Jn his Catalogue descriptif des collections botaniques . . . Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v. 24 (s. 3, v. 4), fase. 1, p. 81-112. 1916. Annotated lists of economic plants, classified according to uses, with vernac- ular and scientific names (both indexed). LeClerc, Jules. Des plantes médicinales de Vile de la Réunion et de leur application 4 la thérapeutique. 84 p. 22.5 cm. St. Denis (Réunion), 1864. Running account of medicinal plants, classified by uses; index of vernacular names only. NARCONDAM ISLAND General Prain, David. On the flora of Narcondam and Barren Island. Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 62 (2): 17-86. pl. 34 (maps). 1893. (Reprinted in his Memoirs and memoranda, chiefly botanical. 1894.) Physiography, general features of flora, annotated list of 174 species (of which 161 are vascular plants); discussion of nature and origin of flora. NEW AMSTERDAM AND ST. PAUL ISLANDS See also Crozet Islands (Schenck). General Hemsley, W. B. Amsterdam and St. Paul-Islands. Jn his Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various other islands ... 2d pt. Report on the Scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873—76. Botany, v. 1, pt. 2, p. 259-281. pl. 39, 41-45, 52. London, 1885 (1884). 100 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Botanical explorations, composition of flora, with table; annotated list of plants (vascular and cellular). Includes 19 phanerogams and 19 pteridophytes. Reichardt, H. W. Ueber die flora der insel St. Paul im Indischen Ocean. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 21: 3-36. 1871. Physiography, botanical investigations, general features of flora, ete. (with bibliographical footnotes) ; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants, with local and general range.. Includes notes on the neighboring Amsterdam Island with list of its flora (p. 9-11). Schenck, Heinrich. Ueber flora und vegetation von St. Paul und Neu- Amsterdam. Jn Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der Deutschen tiefsee-expedition auf dem dampfer “Valdivia” 1898-1899. v. 2, teil 1, p. 179-218. 14 fig., pl. 11-15. Jena, 1905. Botanical investigations, physiography, climate, general features of vegetation, phenology, ete.; tabular list of 86 native vascular plants and supplementary lists of introduced ones; geographical relationships. NICOBAR ISLANDS See also Andaman Islands (Kloss; Prain, On a botanical visit). General Kurz, Sulpiz. ple 1932: Botanical explorations, list of localities, general features of flora; annotated list of 183 vascular plants; tabular list of species, showing localities and collec- tors; bibliography. UNITED STATES GENERAL Atwood, A.C. State and local floras ... Annotations by S. F. Blake. Bul. Wild Flow. Preserv. Soc. no. 1. 16p. 19380. Briefly annotated list, geographically arranged, of principal regional and local floras of the United States; includes popular floras, but comparatively few strictly local lists. Bergen, F. D. Popular American plant names. Bot. Gaz. 17: 363-380. 1892; 18: 420-427. 1893; 19: 429-444, 1894; 22: 473-487. 1896; 26: 247-252, 253- 158 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE 258. 1898. (Reprinted from Jour. Amer. Folk-Lore y. 5-7, 9-10. 1892-1894, 1896-1898. ) Lists of vernacular names, with localities where used, systematically arranged ; mostly from northeastern United States, some from Southern and Western States. Brendel, Frederick. Historical sketch of the science of botany in North America from 1635 to 1840 [and to 1858]. Amer. Nat. 18: 754-771. 1879; 14: 25—- 88. 1880. (Reprinted, 31 p—Additions...1. ¢ 14: 443. 1880.) Sketch of early collectors and botanists (in region north of Mexico). Britton, N. L. A list of State and local floras of the United States and British America. Annals New York Acad. Sci. 5: 237-800. 1890. (Reprinted as Con- trib. Columb. Univ. no. 14.) List of 791 floras and floristic papers, geographically arranged. and Shafer, J. A. North American trees; being descriptions and illus- trations of the trees growing independently of cultivation in North America, north of Mexico and the West Indies. x, 894 p. 781 fig. 26 cm. New York, 1908. Full descriptions of all Species growing without cultivation in the United States and Canada; illustration of each species. Bruhin, | A. Prodromus florae adventicae boreali-americanae. Vorliufer einer flora der in Nordamerika eingewanderten freiwachsenden oder im grossen eultivirten pflanzen. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 35: 387-450. 1886. Annotated systematic list of 628 escaped or cultivated introduced species, with localities and native habitat. Carter, J. M. G. A synopsis of the medical botany of the United States. x. 176 p. 23.5 em. St. Louis, 1888. Bibliography ; compiled systematic list, with medicinal properties and dosage; indices. Gray, Asa. Synoptical flora of North America ... Continued and ed. by B. L. Robinson. v. 1-2, pt. 1. 27 cm. New York, 1878-97 (v. 1, pt. 1, 1895- i Vode iteo el OS4 v2 pe ment orone Descriptive flora, with synoptical keys to genera and partial keys to species, of the flowering plants of the North American continent north of the Mexican border, including Greenland. Incomplete: v. 1, pt. 1, Ranunculaceae—Polygala- ceae; v. 1, pt. 2, Caprifoliaceae—Compositae; v. 2, pt. 1, Goodeniaceae—Planta- ginaceae. A supplement to v. 1, pt. 2, issued in 1886, containing additions (in- cluding new species), corrections, and index consists of p. 445-480, and is to be earefully distinguished from the same pages of the first edition. There are other irregularities in paging in reissues. Vol. 1, pt. 2 and y. 2, pt. 1, containing all the Gamopetalae, were reissued in 1886 by the Smithsonian Institution. Heller, A. A. Catalogue of North American plants north of Mexico, exclusive of the lower cryptogams. 2d ed. 8 p., 9-236 numb. 1., 237-252 p. 23 em. [n. p.,] 1900. (1st ed., 1898.) Systematic name-list of 16,673 species and varieties of vascular plants (14,534 in ed. 1). A third edition, issued 1912-14, was never completed (p. 13-276). It covers Ophioglossum to Uva-ursi (Arctostaphylos) part, and reaches no. 15319. Henkel, Alice. Wild medicinal plants of the United States. Bul. Bur. Plant Ind. U.S. Dept. Agr. no. 89. 76 p. 1906. Briefly annotated alphabetical list of botanical and vernacular names of medicinal plants of commercial value, compiled from trade lists of drug dealers.— See also her Wecds used in medicine. Farmers’ Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 188. 1904; American root drugs. Bul. Bur. Plant Ind. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 107. 1907; American medicinal barks. 1. c. no. 189. 1909; American medicinal leaves and herbs, 1. e no. 219. 1911; American medicinal flowers, fruits, and seeds. Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 26. 1913.—The material in ail these publications, with some omissions and additions, is summarized and condensed in Sievers, A. F. Ameri- can medicinal plants of commercial importance. Mise. Pub. U. S. Dept. Agr. NO (le HARD eel 2S fies 1930: Johnson, Laurence. A manual of the medical botany of North America. Xi, 292 p. 160 fig., 9 col. pl. 23.5 em. New York, 1884. Systematically arranged account; descriptions, habitat, part used, constituents, preparation, medical properties, and uses. Covers the United States (mainly eastern) and Canada only, _—_=_—— ——————— FLORAS OF THE WORLD 159 Medsger, O. P. Edible wild plants. xv, 323 p. illus., plates. 21 cm. New York, 1939. Descriptive account of edible plants of the United States and Canada, the plants grouped according to the parts used; Synoptical annotated lists of the same, divided geographically. Meisel, Max. A bibliography of American natural history; the pioneer cen- tury, 1769-1865. The role played by the scientific societies; scientific journals, natural history museums and botanic gardens; State geological and natural history surveys; Federal exploring expeditions in the rise and progress of Ameri- can botany, geology, mineralogy, palaeontology and zoology. 38 v. 23.5 cm. New York, 1924-29. Vol. 1: Annotated bibliography of publications relating to history, biography, and bibliography of American [i. e. the United States] natural history from 1769 to 1865; selected list of bicgraphies and bibliographies of principal United States naturalists up to 1865. Vol. 2: History and bibliography of principal institu- tions, societies, surveys, and periodicals concerned with natural history, organ- ized up to 1844. Vol. 3: Same continued to 1865; annotated bibliography of books, pamphlets, and miscellaneous articles on natural history, 1590-1865, chronologically arranged; chronological table of publications of the different in- stitutions; indices of authors and institutions; appendices. Millspaugh, C. £. American medicinal plants; an illustrated and descrip- tive guide to the American plants used as homoeopathic remedies... 2 v. 180 col. pl. 29 cm. New York, 1884-87. (Republished as: Medicinal plants eS OZ.) Treats of 180 plants, native (128 species), naturalized, or cultivated, each illus- trated by a colored plate showing floral details; descriptions, history and habitat, part used, preparation, chemical constituents, physiological action ; bibliographies (general and by species). Muenscher, W. C. Poisonous plants of the United States. xvii, 266 p. 75 fig 22cm. New York, 1939. General considerations, lists of special groups of poisonous plants, ete.; syste- matie list of over 400 vascular plants, with description, distribution, poisonous properties, symptoms, treatment, references; bibliography. Pammel, L. H. A manual of poisonous plants chiefly of eastern North America, with brief notes on economic and medical plants. 2 v. (viii, 977 p.). 458 fig., plates. 238.5 cm. Cedar Rapids, 1910-11. (Also issued as 1 vol., 1911.) General consideration of plant poisons; annotated systematic list of the more important poisonous plants of the United States and Canada, with bibliography ; chemistry of alkaloids; annotated systematic list of poisonous plants of the United States and Canada (including bacteria and cellular cryptogams) ; tabu- lar systematic catalog of poisonous plants of world, showing properties and local- ity ; bibliography (by H. S. Kellogg) of 1,097 titles. Sargent, C. S. Manual of the trees of North America (exclusive of Mexico). 2d ed. xxvi, 910 p. 783 fig., map. 22 cm. Boston, New York, 1922. (1st ed. 1905.)—Corrections and emendations of the second edition... Jour. Arnold Arboretum 7: 1-21. 1926. Descriptive flora, with keys. Includes 717 species with additional varieties; figure of each species; glossary; map showing tree regions. The silva of North America: a description of the trees which grow naturally in North America exclusive of Mexico. 14 v. 740 pl. 37 cm. Boston, 1891-1902. Systematic treatment of trees of North America north of Mexico; full synon- ymy, descriptions, range, wood, history, cultivation, with frequent biographical footnotes. The beautiful plates are by C. HK. Faxon. Saunders, C. F. Useful wild plants of the United States and Canada. 3d and rev. ed. 275 p. 20.5 cm. New York, 1934. (1st ed., 1920.) Popular treatment, the plants classified by uses; classified list, geographically arranged. Sudworth, G. B. Check list of the forest trees of the United States, their names and ranges. Misc. Cir. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 92. 295 p. [1927.] Systematic list of native and escaped species and varieties of trees (also cultivated varieties), with detailed range and vernacular names (with localities 241306°—42-——_11 160 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE where used). Revision of his earlier publication of same title. Bul. Div. Forestry U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 17. 1898. Van Dersal, W. R. Native woody plants of the United States, their erosion- control and wildlife values. Misc. Pub. U. 8. Dept. Agr. no. 303. 362 p. 44 pl, 3 maps. 19388. Map of zones of plant growth, with discussion, ete.; briefly annotated alpha- betical list of woody plants, with vernacular names, notes on viability, value for wild and domestic animals; bibliography. Watson, Sereno. Bibliographical index to North American botany; or cita- tions of authorities for all the recorded indigenous and naturalized species of the flora of North America, with a chronological arrangement of the synonymy. Pt. I. Polypetalae. Smithsn. Misc. Collect. no. 258. vi, 476 p. 1878. A laborious compilation of synonymy, never completed (Ranunculaceae— Cornaceae). Covers North American continent north of Mexico, and Greenland. Yanovsky, Elias. Food plants of the North American Indians. Misc. Pub. U. S. Dept. Agr. no. 237. 83 p. 1986. Systematic list of 1,112 species, with brief annotations and references; bibli- ography. Intended to summarize all previous publications on the subject. (United States and Canada.) Youngken, H. W. The drugs of the North American Indian. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 96: 485-502. 1924; 97: 158-185, 257-271. 1925. Annotated list of 75 plant drugs (without botanical names), also animal and mineral drugs; annotated list of plant drugs alphabeted by scientific names; bibliography. (United States, principally.) NORTHEASTERN Britton, N. L. Manual of the flora of the northern states and Canada. 3d ed., rev. and enl. xxiv, 1,112 p. 20 em. New York, 1907. (1st ed., 1901; 2d ed., 1905. ) Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, based on the text of Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora, and covering the same area. and Brown, Addison. An illustrated flora of the northern United States, Canada and the British possessions, from Newfoundland to the parallel of the southern boundary of Virginia, and from the Atlantic Ocean westward to the 102d meridian. 2ded., rev. andenl. 3v. 4,666 fig. 27.5 cm. New York, 1913. (1st ed., 1896-98.) Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys and partial synonymy; figure of each species (4,666 species) ; extensive index of vernacular names. Chamberlain, L. S. Plants used by the Indians of eastern North America. Amer. Nat. 35: 1-10. 1901. Lists of useful plants of the tribes belonging to the Algonquian and Iroquoian families, with uses and references; bibliography. Clute, W. N. A dictionary of American plant names. [2d ed.] 248 p. 20.5 em. Joliet, Ill., 1623 [1937]. (1st ed., 1923.) List of wild plants of northeastern North America (Gray’s Manual range), with vernacular names, the families systematically arranged, the genera and Species alphabetically ; index. Cover title: American plant names. 2d ed. Day, M. A. The local floras of New England. Rhodora 1: 111-120, 138-142, 158, 174-178, 194-196, 208-211. 1899—Addenda. 1. ec. 2: 73-74. 1900. (Re- printed. 28 p. 1899.) Briefly annotated list of 258 State and local floras. Gray, Asa. Gray’s new manual of botany (7th ed. illustrated). A handbook of the flowering plants and ferns of the central and northeastern United States and adjacent Canada, rearranged and extensively revised by B. L. Robinson and M. L. Fernald. 926 p. 1,036 fig. 215 ecm. New York, 1908. (1st ed., 1848, 2d ed., 1856, 8d ed., 1859, 4th ed., 1863, 5th ed., 1867, 6th ed., rev. and extended westward to the 100th meridian by Sereno Watson and J. M. Coulter [1890], 2d issue [with additions and corrections. 1891].) Descriptive flora, with keys, of the vascular plants (4,079 species and 806 varieties and forms, of which 3,413 and 766, respectively, are native) ; glossary. Covers area from Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, and New Brunswick and the greater part of Quebec and Ontario west to Minnesota and south to eastern Kansas, Missouri, Kentucky, and Virginia. Earlier editions had title, Manual eee FLORAS OF THE WORLD 161 of the botany of the northern United States . . . —See also Robinson, B. L., and Fernald, M. L. Emendations of the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual. Rhodora d4isS3—ol, 1809: Hough, R. B. Handbook of the trees of the Northern States and Canada east of the Rocky Mountains. x, 470 p. 498 fig. 24.5 em. Lowville, N. Y., 1907. Descriptive account, with excellent photographs of each species showing leaves, fruit, buds, trunk, and usually cross section of wood, and small maps showing range; wood, uses; Systematic synopsis with keys. Klincksieck, Paul. Les plantes d’Europe adventices ou naturalisées aux Etats- Unis d’Amérique, constatées 4 deux intervalles: 1832 et 1896. Bul. Soe. Bot. France 54 (Sess. Extr.): xxx-xlii. 1908. List of 501 species extracted from Britton and Brown’s Illustrated flora, with indication of those (116 species) recorded by Schweinitz in 1836. New England Botanical Club. Committee on floral areas. Preliminary lists of New England plants I-XXXIII. Jn Rhodora y. 1-11, 18-23, 27-29, 31, 38. 1899-1909, 1916-21, 1925-27, 1929, 1936. Tabular lists of different families, showing ranges in the New England States, with annotations on rarer species. Not published in systematic order; un- finished. Toussaint, Anatole, abbé. Europe et Amérique (nord-est). Flores com- parées comprenant tous les genres européens et américains, les espéces com- munes aux deux contrées, naturalisées et cultivées. Bul. Soe. Amis Sci. Nat. Rouen 45: 109-441. 1910: 46: 98-414. 1911. (Reprinted 650 p. 1912.) Systematic list of genera of vascular plants in Europe and the eastern United States and Canada, with number of species in each region, mention of species common to the two areas (with range), cultivated species, etc.; statistics. SOUTHEASTERN Chapman, A. W. Flora of the southern United States: containing an abridged description of the flowering plants and ferns of Tennessee, North and South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Florida... 3d ed. xxxix, 655 p. 23em. Cambridge, Mass., 1897. (1st ed., 1860; 2d ed., 1883.) Descriptive flora, now nearly obsolete, lacking the numerous discoveries of the last 40 years. Reissue of ed. 2 [1892] contains 2 supplements, paged contin- uously (N. Y. Bot. Garden). Coker, W. C., and Totten, H. R. Trees of the southeastern states, including Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Georgia, and northerr Florida. 2d ed. vii, 417 p. illus., plates. 20.5 em. Chapel Hill, 1987. (1st e., 1934. ) Briefly descriptive flora, with keys, range, variations; bibliography, glossary. Porcher, F. P. Resources of the southern fields and forests, medical, economi- eal, and agricultural; being also a medical botany of the Southern States; with practical information on the useful properties of the trees, plants and shrubs. New ed., rev. and largely augmented. xv, 733 p. 23.5 cm. Charleston, S. C., 1869. (1st ed., 1863.) Annotated, systematically arranged list of useful plants of the Confederate States, wild and cultivated. Small, J. K. Flora of the southeastern United States: being descriptions of the seed-plants, ferns, and fern-allies growing naturally in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, Arkansas, Louisiana, and in Oklahoma and Texas east of the one hundredth meridian. 2d ed. xii, 1,394 p. 25cm. New York, 1918. (1st ed., 1903.) Descriptive flora, with keys. Manual of the southeastern flora; being descriptions of the seed plants growing naturally in Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, eastern Louisiana, Tennessee, North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. xxii, 1,554 p. illus. 23.5 em. New York, 1933. Physiographic provinces, etc.; descriptive flora of 5,557 spermatophytes; text figure of floral characters for each genus. The Pteridophyta of the same region are described in his Ferns of the Southeastern States... 517 p. illus. (incl. Map). 1988. 162 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE WESTERN Abrams, LeRoy. An illustrated flora of the Pacific States, Washington, Oregon, and California. v. 1 (xi, 557 p. 1,299 fig.). 27.5 em. Stanford Uni- versity, 1923. Descriptive flora of vascular plants with keys, partial synonymy, and figure of each species. To be completed in 4 volumes; y. 1, Filicales—Aristolochiaceae. Coulter, J. M. New manual of botany of the central Rocky Mountains (vascu- lar plants) ... rev. by Aven Nelson. 646 p. 22 cm. New York, [1909]. (1st ed., 1885.) Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, covering Colorado, Wyoming, Black Hills of South Dakota, northern half of New Mexico, adjacent Arizona, eastern Utah, most of Montana, southern Idaho; glossary. Includes 2,733 accepted species. Frye, T. C., and Rigg, G. B. Northwest flora. 453 p. 25.5 cm. Seattle, [1912]. Keys to the flowering plants of Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and southwest British Columbia, with descriptions of genera and higher groups. Remarkable for the ingenuous ingenuity of its explanations of generic names. Howell, Thomas. A flora of northwest America. Containing brief descrip- tions of all the known indigenous and naturalized plants growing without culti- vation north of California, west of Utah, and south of British Columbia. Vol. 1. Phanerogamae. 792, [24] p. 24 cm. Portland, Oreg., 1897—[19803]. Descriptive flora of Oregon, Washington, and Idaho. with partial keys. No more published. Dates of issue: p. 1-112, Mar. 15, 1897; 113-274, Apr. 1, 1898; 275-386, Aug. 21, 1900; 387-474, Mar. 21, 1901; 475-562, Nov. 20, 1901; 563-666, July 20, 1902; 667-792, Aug. 10, 1903. The additional 24 pages, not found in all copies, are index. Kirkwood, J. E. Northern Rocky Mountain trees and shrubs. xvii, 340 p. 87 fig., 35 pl. 28 cm. Stanford University, 19380. Annotated descriptive flora (248 species), with keys. Includes region from Yellowstone Park, Wyoming, “north and northwest through Montana and Idaho and the Canadian Rockies, and covers the various ranges and the immediately adjacent plains.” McMinn, H. E., and Maino, Evelyn. An illustrated manual of Pacific coast trees ... xii, 409 p. 415 fig., col. pl. 20cm. Berkeley, 1935. Descriptive flora of native trees growing from British Columbia to California, inclusive, and about 400 introduced species and varieties; bibliography; list of trees recommended for planting (by H. W. Shepherd). Palmer, Edward. Food products of the North American Indians. Rpt. U. S. Commr. Agr. 1870: 404-428. pl. 19-28. 1871.—Plants used by the Indians of the United States. Amer. Nat. 12: 593-606, 645-655. 1878. (Also in Amer. sour. Pharm. 50: 539-548, 586-592. 1878.) Annotated list, the plants classified according to parts utilized. Refers mainly to western United States. The second part includes edible and some other useful plants. Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the prairies and plains of central North America. vii, 969 p. 600 fig. 23.5 ecm. New York, 1932. Descriptive flora of 3,988 vascular plants, with keys; covers Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, southern Manitoba, and south- eastern Saskatchewan. Flora of the Rocky Mountains and adjacent plains, Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, Idaho, Montana, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and neighboring parts of Nebraska, South Dakota, North Dakota, and British Columbia. 2d ed. xii, 1,144 p. 23 em. New York, 1922: -Gist_éd.; 1917.) Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys; brief sketch of life zones; glossary. Includes 6,029 species. The only essential change in the 2d edition is the addition of p. 1111-1144 containing “Additions and corrections.” Stuhr, E. T. Manual of Pacific coast drug plants... 189p. map. 23.5 cm. [nespsil £933: Annotated list of 1,160 wild and cultivated plants, the families arranged alpha- betically ; bibliography, glossary. Sudworth, G. B. Forest trees of the Pacific slope. 441 p. 207 fig. (partly on pl.), 2 maps. 23 cm. Washington, 1908. Description and figure of each species, with detailed account of habit and bark, size and age, range and occurrence, Publication of U. S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, FLORAS OF THE WORLD 163 ALABAMA General Cary, C. A., Miller, E. R., and Johnstone, G. R. Poisonous plants of Alabama. 42 p. 40 fig. 23 em. [Auburn, 1924?] (Also as Alabama Polytech. Inst. Ext. . Serv. Cir. 71.) Annotated list. Harper, R. M. Economic botany of Alabama, pt. 2. Catalogue of the trees, shrubs and vines of Alabama, with their economic properties and local dis- tribution. 357 p. (incl. 66 fig., 23 maps). 23 cm. University, Ala., 1928. (Geol. Survey Alabama, Monogr. 9.) : Annotated bibliography; climate, soils, ete.; annotated list of woody plants (including cultivated ones) with uses. Pt. 1 is his Geographical report on forests (Monograph 8, 1913). Mohr, C. T. The medicinal plants of Alabama. Systematic list of the medici- nal plants, occurring within the limits of the state, with notes on their distribu- tion and proper time of collecting the parts used. 17 p. 21.5 cm. Mobile, [1890]. : Annotated systematic list, without mention of uses. Plant life of Alabama. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 6. 921 p. 13 pl. (incl. map). 1901. (Reprinted as “Alabama edition,” publication Ala- bama Geological Survey.) ; Annotated systematic list of the plants (Myxomycetes—Carduaceae) ; phys- iography, plant associations; tables of geographic distribution. Total number of species and varieties 4,473, of which 2,476 are spermatophytes. Local Bates, F. A. Indigenous botany of Perry County. Proc. Med. Assoc. State Alabama 6: 58-68. 1853. Annotated list of medicinal plants. Cocks, R. S. Catalogue of trees growing naturally in the vicinity of Sardis, Dallas County, Alabama. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 6: 189-195. 1925. Annotated list of about 130 species and varieties, nearly all growing on about 300 acres of land along the Alabama River. Denny, Andrew. Report on the indigenous botany of Clarke County. Proc. Med. Assoc. State Alabama 5: 41-69. 1852; 6: 30-33. 1853. Annotated list of medicinal plants, with properties and uses. Earle, F. S. The flora of the metamorphic region of Alabama. Bul. Alabama Agr. Expt. Sta. 119. p. 41-120. 1902. Ecology ; annotated list of 1,146 species and varieties of vascular plants. The area covered extends from Lee County north to Cleburne County, then south- west to Chilton County, then southeast to Lee County, and includes the south- ernmost extension of the Appalachian mountain system. ARIZONA See also New Mexico (Castetter; Castetter and Opler). General Ewan, Joseph. Bibliography of the botany of Arizona. Amer. Midl. Nat. 17: 430-454. 1936. Annotated chronological list; geographic and author indices. Local Britton, N. L. A list of plants collected at Fort Verde and vicinity and in the Mogollon and San Francisco Mountains, Arizona, 1884-1888, by Dr. H. A. Mearns, U. S. A. Trans. New York Acad. Sci. 8: 61-76. 1889. (Reprinted as Contrib. Herb. Columbia Col. no. 9.) List of plants, with localities and collecting numbers. 164 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Britton, N. L., and Kearney, T. H. An enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. Timothy E. Wilcox, U. S. A., and others in southeastern Arizona during the years 1892-1894. Trans. New York Acad. Sci. 14: 21-44. 1894. List of species, mostly from Fort Huachuca and Fort Apache. Castetter, E. F., and Underhill, R. M. The ethnobiology of the Papago Indians. Univ. New Mexico Bul. 275 (Biol. Ser. v. 4, no. 3). 84 p. 1935. (Ethnobiological studies in the American southwest IT.) General features of Papago life; account of useful plants and animals, classi- fied by uses, with lists of species and vernacular names; bibliography. The region covered is a narrow strip along the Mexican border between the Gila River in southern Arizona and the Altar in northern Sonora. Davidson, Anstruther. Flora of Clifton district, Arizona. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 3: 110-111. 1904; 4: 18-19, 35-36. 1905; 5: 67-70. 1906; 6: 34-386. 1907. Annotated list of dicotyledons collected by the author. (Greenlee County.) Hough, Walter. The Hopi in relation to their plant environment. Amer. Anthropol. 10: 33-44. 1897. Includes list of 144 useful plants, with Hopi and botanical names and uses, grouped by uses. (Northeastern Arizona.) Matthews, Washington. Navajo names for plants. Amer. Nat. 20: 767-777. 1886. Systematically arranged list of vernacular names, with botanical identifications, translations, and notes on uses. (Northeastern Arizona.) Nelson, Aven. Flora of the Navajo Reservation. Amer. Bot. 26: 48-56, 87-89. 1920; 28: 20-25. 1922. Annotated list of 152 vascular plants collected by W. N. Clute in 1919; not in systematic order. (Northeastern Arizona.) Patraw, P. M. Check-list of plants of Grand Canyon National Park. Nat. Hist. Bul. Grand Canyon Nat. Hist. Assoc. no. 6. ix, 75 p. map. 1936. Annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Processed publication. )— See also Dodge, N. N. Trees of Grand Canyon National Park. 1. @ no. 38. 69 p. illus. 1986. (Processed publication.) (Coconino County.) Read, A. D. The flora of the Williams division of the Tusayan National Forest, Arizona. Plant World 18: 112-123. 2 fig. 1915. Plant zones; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Coconino County.) Reagan, A. B. Plants used by the White Mountain Apache Indians of Arizona. Wisconsin Archeol. 8: 148-161. 1929. Plant zones, agriculture, running account of useful plants; annotated alpha- betical list of scientific names; no vernacular names given. (Apache County.) Russell, Frank. The Pima Indians. Ann. Rpt. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 26: 3-889. 100 fig., 47 pl. 1908. Includes (p. 69-80) annotated list of wild edible and medicinal plants, with vernacular names. These Indians inhabit the Gila River and Salt River Valleys, in Pinal and Maricopa Counties. Thornber, J. J. Vegetation groups of the Desert Laboratory domain. Jn Spalding, V. M. Distribution and movements of desert plants. p. 103-112. Washington, D. C., 1909. (Carnegie Institution of Washington Pub. no. 113.) Includes list of 449 species (442 vascular) from an area in the vicinity of Tucson (Pima County). Whiting, A. F. Ethnobotany of the Hopi. Bul. Mus. North. Arizona 15. viii, 120 p. 1939. Includes (p. 61-100) annotated systematic list of useful plants, with vernacular names and uses; bibliography. (Northeastern Arizona.) ARKANSAS General Branner, J. C., and Coville, F. V. A list of the plants of Arkansas. Ann. Rpt. Geol. Survey Arkansas 1888 (4): 155-242. 1891. Botanical explorations, bibliography; list of 1,610 vascular plants (plus a very few cellular) with localities for scarcer species.—See also Buchholz, J. T., and Palmer, E. J. Supplement to the catalogue of Arkansas plants. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 25: 91-155. pl. 6-18. 1926. (Includes bibliography.) FLORAS OF THE WORLD 165 Harvey, F. L. The arboreal flora of Arkansas. Amer. Jour. Forestry 1: 413- 424, 451-458. 1883. (Reprinted 20 p.) Geology, general features of forest distribution; annotated systematic list of trees, with vernacular names and local distribution—A more popular recent work, with description and figure of most of the species, is Turner, L. M. Trees of Arkansas. Ext. Cir. Col. Agr. Arkansas no. 180. 112 p. illus. 1937. (Re- vision of Buchholz, J. T., and Mattoon, W. R. Common forest trees of Arkansas 1924. ) Local Evans, J. P. Medicinal plants of the Cherokees. Proc. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. 8: 391-397. 1859. Annotated list, classified by uses. Region referred to is in northern Arkansas and Oklahoma. Palmer, E. J. The ligneous flora of Hot Springs National Park and vicinity. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 7: 104-185. 1926. History, botanical explorations, geology, physiography, plant associations; annotated list of woody plants. (Garland County.) The ligneous flora of Rich Mountain, Arkansas and Oklahoma. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 5: 108-134. 1924. Geology, general features of flora; annotated list of woody plants collected by author. (Le Flore County, Oklahoma, and Polk County, Arkansas.) The Red River forest at Fulton, Arkansas. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 4: 8-33. 1923. General features of flora; annotated list of woody plants. Additions are given by author, 1. c. 7: 140-141. 1926. (Hempstead County.) CALIFORNIA General Brewer, W. H., Watson, Sereno, and Gray, Asa. Botany [of California]. 2 v. 27 cm. Cambridge, Mass., 1876-80. The classical work on the flora of California, although long out of date. Full descriptions, pertinent synonymy, and localities; general range stated; glossary; historical sketch of botanical collections (2: 553-559). Gamopetalae by A. Gray, various families by other authors. Hall, H. M., and Grinnell, Joseph. Life-zone indicators in California. Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci. IV, 9: 387-67. 1919. Discussion of life zone concept; lists of characteristic plants and animals; bibliography. Jepson, W. L. A flora of California. v. 1, pt. 1-7; v. 2, pt. 1-3; v. 3, pt. 1. illus., plates. 27 em. San Francisco, Berkeley, 1909-39. Descriptive flora of spermatophytes, including numerous varieties and forms, with localities, exsiccatae, and references. The 11 parts so far issued cover Pinaceae-Convolvulaceae. The part numbers on the cover titles indicate the order of appearance of the text and do not correspond with the consecutive pagination. A manual of the flowering plants of California. 1,238 p. 1,023 fig., map. 22.5cm. Berkeley, c1923—25. Keys to and descriptions of the vascular plants, including Pteridophyta; local range and often extralimital range given; short discussion of plant geography and life zones. Enumerates 4,019 species, of which 3,727 are native and 1,416 endemic. Treatment of various groups contributed by specialists. The silva of California. 480 p. 11 fig., 85 pl, 3 maps. 32.5 cm. Berkeley, 1910. (Memoirs of the University of California, v. 2.) Descriptive flora with keys, synonymy and references; details of distribution, vernacular names and uses, forest provinces, life zones, dendrological charac- teristics, bibliography. The trees of California. 2d ed. 240 p. 124 fig. 20.5 cm. Berkeley, 1923. (1st ed., [1909].) Descriptive flora with keys; illustration of nearly every species; uses, ver- nacular names, forest provinces; relation to fires, endemic species, ete. 166 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE McMinn, H. E. An illustrated manual of California shrubs... xi, 689 p 775 fig., col. pl. 24.5 em. San Francisco, 1939. Descriptive flora including about 800 species and 200 varieties of native shrubs, undershrubs, and woody vines; bibliography, horticultural uses. Schneider, Albert. The medicinal plants of the California Indians. Merck’s Report 15: 63-66, 95-96, 127-128. 1906. Annotated list, the species alphabetically arranged by botanical names; bibliography. Pharmacal plants and their culture. Bul. State Bd. Forestry Calif. nO, Ay IVs IN Includes bibliography and chapter, “The native and introduced medicinal and poisonous plants of California, with index to common names,” containing anno- tated list of 869 plants, arranged alphabetically. Local Abrams, LeRoy. Flora of Los Angeles and vicinity. x, 432 p. 18cm. Stan- ford University, 1917. (Harlier eds. 1904, 1911.) Descriptive flora with keys of the Spermatophyta of the coast area of Los Angeles and Orange Counties. A phytogeographic and taxonomic study of the southern California trees and shrubs. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 300-485. pl. A—J. 1910. Annotated catalog with keys to genera and species; type locality, local range, exsiccatae ; physiography, climatology, life zones. Covers area south of 35° 45’ N. Lat.—See also Parish, S. B. Additions and emendations. Muhlenbergia 7: (eel eigen OY aaa Applegate, E. I. Plants of the Lava Beds National Monument, California. Amer. Midl. Nat. 19: 334-868. 6 fig. 19388. Geology, climate, geography, relationships and genera] features of flora; anno- tated list of about 200 plants. The Lava Beds National Monument lies in north- eastern Siskiyou and northwestern Modoe Counties. Barrett, S. A., and Gifford, E. W. Miwok material culture. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 2: 117-876 (incl. 2 maps). fig. 23-87, pl. 28-76. 1933. Includes (p. 140-178) annotated account of plant food, medicines, ete. The In- dians lived in the Sierra Nevada and in part of the Sacramento-San Joaquin Valley. Barrows, D. P. The ethnobotany of the Coahuilla Indians of southern Cali- fornia. 82 p. 24cm. Chicago, 1900. Includes account of useful plants. The Cahuilla, Coahuilla, or Coahuila Indians live in western Riverside and southwestern San Bernardino Counties. Blankinship, J. W. On the natural history of the Farallon Islands. Zoe 3: 144-165. 1892. Geology ; list of vascular and cellular plants including those in gardens. Brandegee, Mrs. M. K. Curran. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns growing spontaneously in the city of San Francisco. Zoe 2: 334-886. pl. 17 (map). 1892. (Reprinted.)—Additions... 1. c¢. 3: 49-50. 1892. General features of flora, list of plants flowering in January; annotated list of 578 vascular plants and 42 mosses. Flora of Bouldin Island. Zoe 4: 211-218. 1893. General features of flora; partly annotated list of vascular plants. Bouldin Island is a small island at the junction of the San Joaquin and the Mokelumne Rivers (San Joaquin County.) List of the plants described in California, principally in the Proc. of the Cal. Acad. of Sciences, by Dr. Albert Kellogg, Dr. H. H. Behr, and Mr. H. N. Bolander; with an attempt at their identification. Bul. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1: 128-151. 1885. The scope of the paper is indicated by its title. Brandegee, T. S. Flora of the Californian islands. Zoe 1: 129-148. 1890. Tabular list giving distribution of 512 vascular plants by islands, with footnote annotations; brief bibliography. Includes San Clemente, Santa Catalina, Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel Islands.—For additions see Clokey, I. W. Notes on the flora of Santa Cruz Islands [Island]. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. - FLORAS OF THE WORLD 167 30: 60-61. 1931.—Also Hoffman, R. Notes on the flora of the Channel Islands eff Santa Barbara, California. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 31: 46-60, 101-120. 1932: Brandegee, T. 8S. Flora of the Providence Mountains. Zoe 5: 147-153. 1968. Physiography, ete. ; partial list of spermatophytes collected by the author. (In the Mohave Desert, in San Bernardino County.) Chesnut, V. K. Plants used by the Indians of Mendocino County, California. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 7: 295-408. fig. 66-78, pl. 10-21. 1902. Annotated systematic list of cellular and vascular plants used by various tribes of Indians; list of species classified by uses; index of Indian names. Congdon, J. W. Mariposa County as a botanical district. Zoe 2: 234-236. 1891; 3: 25-48, 125-131. 1892. Plant zones; partly annotated lists of foothill plants totaling 508 species, and list of 122 species of the coniferous belt. Constance, Lincoln. Flora of Redwood Peak, Oakland Hills, California. Res. Studies State Col. Washington 3: 12-24. 1985. Geology, associations, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Alameda County. ) Coville, F. V. Botany of the Death Valley expedition. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb v4. voGo perc pls, map. 1893: Itinerary, plant distribution (general and local), characteristics and adapta- tions of desert flora; annotated systematic list of vascular and cellular plants (1,261 species and varieties); catalog of specimens collected, numerically arranged ; annotated bibliography ; index to map. (Inyo County.) Davidson, Anstruther, and Moxley, G. L. Flora of southern California. 452 p. 19.5 cm. Los Angeles, 1923. Keys to all groups down to and including species, with descriptions of families and genera; local range. Includes Santa Barbara, San Bernardino, Riverside, Imperial, San Diego, Orange, and Los Angeles Counties. Eastwood, Alice. A flora of the south fork of Kings River from Millwood to the head waters of Bubbs Creek. Pub. Sierra Club no. 27. 96p. 9 fig. 1902. Botanical explorations; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys to families and genera. (In Fresno and Tulare Counties, in the southern Sierra Nevada. ) Notes on the plants of San Nicolas Island. Jn her Studies in the herbarium and field no. 2. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. III, Botany 1: 89-120. pl. 8. 1888. Geology, ete.; annotated list of 80 vascular plants collected in 1897 by Mrs. Blanche Trask.—For additions see Howell, J. T. The vascular plants from San Nicolas Island... 1 ¢ IV, 21: 277-284. 1985. The plant inhabitants of Nob Hill, San Francisco. Erythea 6: 61-67. 1898. General features of flora; list of 64 vascular plants, of which 55 are introduced. (San Francisco County. ) Fawcett, R. A. Flora of Riverside and vicinity. Western Riverside County, to the east edge of the Coachella Valley, and a contiguous portion of San Bernardino County to the north foot of the San Bernardino Mountains and keys for determining the names of native trees, shrubs, herbs, ferns, and most of the weed plants of cultivated fields (the grasses omitted). Occas. Papers Riverside Junior Col. v.9,no.1. 172 p. illus., map. 1939. Unannotated flora in form of keys, the authorities for botanical names omitted ; glossary. Greene, E. L. Flora franciscana. An attempt to classify and describe the vascular plants of middle California. 480 p. 24.5-em. San Francisco, 1891-97. Incomplete (Ranunculaceae-Cynarocephalae [Compositae] ). Pt. 4 (Cynaro- cephalae, p. 353-480) is rare, most of the stock having been destroyed by fire before distribution. Notable for its attribution of generic names to Dioscorides, Catullus, Lobelius, and the like. Manual of the botany of the region of San Francisco Bay, being a systematic arrangement of the higher plants growing spontaneously in the coun- ties of Marin, Sonoma, Napa, Solano, Contra Costa, Alameda, Santa Clara, San Mateo, and San Francisco. xiii, 342 p. 245 cm, San Francisco, 1894. 168 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Descriptive flora. Omits sedges, grasses, ferns, and some minor groups.—See also Burtt Davy, J. Additions... Erythea 4: 90, 145, 152. 1896. Greene, E. L. Notes on the botany of Santa Cruz Island. Bul. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2: 377-416. 1887. Botanical explorations, ete.; annotated list of 321 vascular plants.—For addi- tions, see Brandegee, T. S., Proc, Calif. Acad. Sci. II, 1: 201-205. 1888. The vegetation of the summit of Mount Diablo. Erythea 1: 166-179. 1893. Topography, climate, botanical explorations; annotated list of 156 sperma- tophytes. (Contra Costa County.) The vegetation of the summit of Mount Hamilton. Erythea 1: (77-97. 1893. List of 212 vascular plants. (Santa Clara County.) Hall, H, M. A botanical survey of San Jacinto Mountain. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. 1: 1-140. 14 pl. (incl. 2 maps). 1902. Botanical collections; topography, life zones, relationships of flora; annotated list of spermatophytes collected in or above the yellow pine belt (excludes the foothill flora). (Riverside County.) and Hall, C. C. A Yosemite flora; a descriptive account of the ferns and flowering plants, including trees, of the Yosemite National Park. vii, 282 p. 170 fig, 11 pl. 19cm. San Francisco, 1912. Popular descriptive flora of the vascular plants; the grasses, sedges, and rushes are omitted. (In Tuolumne, Mariposa, and Madera Counties.) Jepson, W. L. Botany of the Marysville Buttes. Bul. Torrey Club 18: 317- 327. 1891. General features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in April 1891. The Marysville Buttes are an isolated group of mountains in the level plain between the upper Sacramento and Feather Rivers. (Sutter County. ) A flora of western middle California. 2d ed. 515 p. 20.5 em. San Francisco, [1911]. (1st ed., 1901.) Descriptive flora, with keys, of the Spermatophyta. Includes area from San Francisco Bay north to southern boundary of Mendocino, Lake, and Colusa Counties, east to the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers, south to the Pajaro River and Pacheco Pass (essentially the southern boundary of Santa Clara and Santa Cruz Counties). Vegetation of the summit of Mt. St. Helena. Erythea 7: 105-113. pl. 1899. Topography, general features of flora; annotated list of 36 species found above 2,400 feet elevation. (Napa County.) Johnston, I. M. The flora of the pine belt of the San Antonio Mountains of southern California. Plant World 22: 71-90, 105-122. 2 fig. 1919. Geography, collectors, life zones; annotated list of 315 native species and varieties of vascular plants. (On the Los Angeles-San Bernardino County boundary line.) McClatchie, A. J. Flora of Pasadena and vicinity. In Reid, H. A. History of Pasadena... p. 605-649. illus. Pasadena, 1895. (Reprinted.) Topography, etc.; annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Los An- geles County.) Merriam, C. H. Results of a biological survey of Mount Shasta, northern California. North Amer. Fauna no.16. 179p. illus.,4pl. 1899. Ineludes (p. 135-169) an annotated list of plants collected on Mount Shasta. (Siskiyou County.) Millspaugh, C. F., and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of Santa Catalina Island (Cali- fornia). Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 212, Bot. Ser. v. 5. 413 p. 14 pl., map. 1928. : Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, Synonymy, and citation of exsiccatae; enumeration of non-vascular plants, with occasional descriptions ; description of island and of principal collecting stations; annotated list of col- lectors. Includes 882 species, of which 467 are vascular plants. Munz, P. A. A manual of southern California botany. xxxix, 642 p. 310 fig. 22.5 cm. Claremont, 1935. Geology, physiography, life zones, phytogeography, endemism; briefly descrip- tive flora of vascular plants; list of collectors for whom species have been FLORAS OF THE WORLD 169 named, glossaries. Covers Los Angeles, San Diego, Orange, Riverside, San Bernardino, and Ventura Counties, and part of Santa Barbara, Kern, and Inyo Counties. Parish, S. B. A bibliography of the southern California flora. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 8: 71-75. 1909; 9: 57-62. 1910; 19: 24-29. 1920. Unannotated list of papers, chronologically arranged under authors’ names, referring to Los Angeles, San Diego, San Bernardino, Riverside, and Orange Counties. In the 1920 supplement the area is extended to include Santa Barbara, Ventura, Kern, and Inyo Counties. | An enumeration of the pteridophytes and spermatophytes of the San Bernardino Mountains, California. Plant World 20: 1638-178, 208-228, 245-259. 3 fig. 1917; 21: 220-221. 1918. Geography, climate, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants. (San Bernardino County.) The immigrant plants of southern California. -Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sei. 19 (4): 3-30. 1920. | General history of introduction of weeds into California; bibliography; an- | notated list of 281 species and varieties of introduced plants. Plant ecology and floristics of Salton Sink. Im MacDougal, D. T. The Salton Sea. (Carnegie Institution of Washington Pub. no. 193.) p. 85-114. Washington, 1914. (List preprinted, 11 p., 1918, with title: Catalogue of plants collected in the Salton Sink. ) Includes (p. 104-114) annotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (At the junction of San Diego, Imperial, and Riverside Counties.) | Peirson, F. W. Plants of Rock Creek Lake basin, Inyo County, California. | A check list. 16 p. 23 cm. Los Angeles, 1988. Annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author at 10,500 feet elevation and higher. Smiley, F. J. A report upon the boreal flora of the Sierra Nevada of Cali- fornia. Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. v.9. 423 p. 7 pl. 1921. Ixeyed list of the vascular plants of the higher Sierra Nevada (mainly above 6,500 feet) ; type locality, general range, life zone, local exsiccatae, with numerous critical notes; geography, physiography, climatology, life zones, statistics of flora. Includes 682 species and varieties. ’ Sparkman, P.S. The culture of the Luisefo Indians. Univ. Calif. Pub. Amer. | Archaeol. and Ethnol. 8: 187-234. pl. 20. 1908. Includes (p. 228-234) annotated systematic list of useful plants, with ver- nacular names. The paper relates to the region of Rincon, San Diego County. Voegelin, E. W. Tiibatulabal ethnography. Anthropol. Rec. 2: 1-84. 16 fig. (incl. map.), 6 pl. 1938. Includes account of useful plants (p. 14-21), with Indian vernacular names. (Processed publication.) (Upper part of the Kern River valley.) Yates, L. G. Insular floras. Ann. Rpt. State Mineralogist Calif. 9: 179-188. 1890. (Reprinted in his Channel Islands [1890], p. 11-20.) Includes tabular list of vascular plants from San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, and Anacapas (Anacapa) Islands of the Santa Barbara group. The fiora of Anacapa Island has apparently not been listed elsewhere.—For additions -see Hoffmann, R. Notes on the flora of the Channel Islands. Bul. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 31: 46-60, 101-120. 1982. COLORADO See also Utah (Graham). | General Allison, E. M. Bibliography and history of Colorado botany. Univ. Colorado Studies 6: 51-76. 1908. Partly annotated list referring principally to Spermatophyta, arranged alpha- betically by authors, their papers arranged chronologically ; biographical notes on botanists who have worked in Colorado. Cary, Merritt. Principal trees and shrubs of Colorado. In his Biological survey of Colorado. North Amer. Fauna 33: 212-246. fig. 30-39 (incl. map). 1911. Annotated list, with details of local distribution. 170 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Durrell, L. W., and Newsom, I. E. Colorado’s poisonous and injurious plants. Bul. Colorado Expt. Sta. 455. 71 p. 92 fig. 19380. Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names. Ramaley, Francis. Colorado plant life. viii, 299 p. illus., 10 pl. (3 eol.). 23.5 em. Boulder, 1927. (University of Colorado semicentennial series, v. 2.) General popular account of life zones, associations, ete.; no list of species; bibliography. European plants growing without cultivation in Colorado. Annales Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Suppl. 3 (2) : 498-504. 1fig. (map). 1910. Topography, climate, sources of introduction; annotated list of 95 angio- sperms; local distribution, etc. Rydberg, P. A. Flora of Colorado. Bul. Colorado Agr. Expt. Sta. 100. xxii, 448 p. 1906. Keys to the orders, families, genera, and species of vascular plants (2,912 species) ; general range, altitudinal range, and Colorado localities given. Local Ashton, R. E. Plants of Rocky Mountain National Park. iv, 157 p. illus., col. pl., fold. tab. 23 em. Washington, 1933. A popular flora, with partial keys, but including all the species (about 700) of vascular plants known to occur in the Park; bibliography. Published by the National Park Service. (North central Colorado, northwest of Boulder, in Larimer, Grand, and Boulder Counties.) Cockerell, T. D. A. The alpine flora of Colorado. Amer. Nat. 40: 861-873. 1906. Lists of species classified by geographical and altitudinal range, based on Rydberg’s Flora of Colorado. Daniels, F. P. The flora of Boulder, Colorado, and vicinity. Univ. Missouri Studies Sci. Ser. v. 2, no. 2. 311 p. 1911. Physiography, plant zones, bibliographies; annotated list of 1,225 vascular plants.—See also Cockerell, T. D. A. Netes on the flora of Boulder County, Coloradc. Torreya 8: 177-183. 1918. (Covers Boulder County.) Eastwood, Alice. A popular flora of Denver, Colorado. 57 p. 238 ecm. San Franciseo, [1893]. Annotated list of 487 vascular plants. (Denver County.) Holm, Theodor. The vegetation of the alpine region of the Rocky Mountains in Colorado. Mem. Natl. Acad. Sci. v.19, no. 3. 45 p.7 pl. 1923. Annotated list of about 170 plants collected by the author; phytogeography, morphology. Ramaley, Francis. Botany of the San Luis Valley in Colorado, I. Univ. Colorado Studies 17: 27-44. 4 fig. (incl. maps), 2 pl. 1929. Geography, soils, climate, history, etc.; unannotated list of vascular plants; vegetation of sand dunes and sand hills; bibliography. (Saguache County.) Vascular plants of the Tolland region in Colorado. Univ. Colorado Studies 12: 27-51. 1917. List of 722 vascular plants, annotated by symbols. Tolland is in Boulder Park, in Gilpin County, at 8,889 feet elevaticn. Woody plants of Boulder County. His The silva of Colorado III. Univ. Colorado Studies 5: 47-63. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1907. Botanical explorations, economic plants, geography, plant zones; annotated list of 112 woody plants. Schmoll, H. M. Vegetation of the Chimney Rock area, Pagosa-Piedra region, Colorado... iii, 58 p. 5 fig. (incl. map). Chicago, 1985. (Dissertation — Chicago. ) Mainly ecological; includes tabular list of cellular and vascular plants, with indication of their plant association; bibliography. The Chimney Rock area is in Archuleta County. (Processed publication. ) Soth, Blanche. List of plants collected above timber line on Pikes Peak, with altitudinal extensions and notes. Bul. Torrey Club 38: 237-242. 1911. Alphabetical list of 157 spermatophytes, with list of altitudes for some of these; notes on various species, (On boundary line between Teller and El Paso Counties. ) FLORAS OF THE WORLD 71 CONNECTICUT See also New York (Taylor, Flora of the vicinity of New York). General Graves, C. B., Eames, E. H., Bissell, C. H., Andrews, Luman, Harger, E. B., and Weatherby, C. A. Catalogue of the flowering plants and ferns of Connecti- cut growing without cultivation. Bul. Conn. Geol. and Nat. Hist, Survey 14. 569 p. 1910.—First supplement. Additions to the flora of Connecticut. 1. e¢. Bul. 48. 94 p. 1980 [1931]. Annotated systematic list of 2,228 species, varieties, and named forms (1,942 species, of which 1,481 are native), plus 169 fugitives. Supplement includes “Additions” published by Harger and others in Rhodora vy. 19 and 24. Harger main author of supplement; R. W. Woodward and G. H. Bartlett replaced Bis- sell and Andrews as joint authors of supplement.—See also Hames, E. H. Further additions to the Connecticut flora. Rhodora 33: 167-170. 1931. Local Andrews, Luman. A list of the flowering plants and higher cryptogams growing upon the summit of Meriden Mountain, Conn. [15 p.] 20.5 cm. South- ington, Conn., 1900. (Reprinted as Conn. School Document 195 (1901, no. 3). 1901.) Soil, general features of flora; annotated list of 287 vascular plants. (In town of Meriden, New Haven County.) Berzelius Society. A catalogue of the flowering plants and higher cryptogams growing without cultivation within thirty miles of Yale College. vii, 71 p. map. 23 cm. New Haven, 1878. Notes on rarer species, ete. ; list of vascular plants and bryophytes, unannotated except for localities. Includes over 100 species from the northern shore of Long Island, not found in Connecticut.—See also Eaton, D. C. Plants new to the Connecticut flora. Bul. Torrey Club 10: 102. 1883.—Mliller, E. S. A few addi- tions to the Berzelius catalogue. 1. ec. 10: 120-121. 1883. Bissell, C. H., and Andrews, Luman. Flora of the town of Southington and vicinity. A list of the fern and seed plants growing without cultivation. Rpt. Bd. Educ. Conn, [1906/01] (Pub. Doe. no. 8): 391-506. map. 1902. Physiography, ete. ; annotated list of 1,201 vascular plants (including 990 native species.) (Hartford County.) Blewitt, A. E. Flora of Waterbury, Conn., and vicinity. 160 p. 23.5 cm. [Lanecaster, Pa.] 1926. Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 1,271 vascular plants, of which 953 are native. (New Haven County.) Brace, J.P. List of plants growing spontaneously in Litchfield and its vicinity. Amer. Jour. Sci. 4: 69-86, 292-309. 1822. Partly annotated list of vascular plants, on the Linnaean system. Brace’s herbarium is still preserved at Williams College, Williamstown, Mass. (fide C. A. Weatherby). (Litchfield County.) [Holcomb, Irving.] Native trees, shrubs and woody vines growing in the vicinity of Granby, Conn. 1 leaf. 27 em. [Granby, 1901.] Unannotated list of 144 woody plants. (Hartford County.) Leonard, E. J. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants, found growing in Meriden, Conn. (‘‘Incompleted.”) Trans, Scient. Assoc. Meriden, Conn. 1: 1-40. 1885. Sparsely annotated list of 749 vascular plants.—See also Kendrick, Mrs. E. B. Additional plants . found growing in Meriden ... since issue of Catalogue ee rere: D451: “1887 .—Also Davis, C. H. S. A list of the forest trees and shrubs to be found in Meriden, Conn. 1. c. 3: 46-78. 1889. (New Haven County.) Rogers, Mrs. E. E. Flora of Norwich and vicinity. Rpt. Bd. Edue. Conn. £190070T)| (Pub. Doc. no. 8): 342-372 1902. Annotated list of 833 vascular plants. (New London County.) 172 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE DELAWARE See also Pennsylvania (Keller and Brown; Pennell). Local Tatnall, Edward. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid plants of New- castle County, Delaware. Arranged according to the natural system, as re- cently revised by Prof. A. Gray and others. With the synonyms of modern authors. 112 p. 22.5 cm. Wilmington, 1860. Annotated list of 1,106 species and varieties of vascular plants; unannotated list of diatoms and desmids, by C. Febiger. Williamson, C. S. Notes on the flora of central and southern Delaware. Torreya 9: 160-166. 1909. List of miscellaneous species with localities. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA General Hitchcock, A. §., and Standley, P. C. Flora of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 21. 329 p. 42 pl. 1919. Bibliography, general features of flora; annotated systematic list of vascular plants with keys. Lists formally 1,630 species (of which 287 are introduced) ; 108 others, occurring only as waifs, incidentally mentioned. Covers the area within 15 miles of the Capitol, including parts of adjacent Virginia and Mary- land. Replaces Ward, L. F. Guide to the flora of Washington and vicinity. Bul. U. S. Natl. Mus. no. 22. 264 p. 1881, and 6 lists of additions, 1884-1901 (2d by F. H. Knowlton, 3d-5th by T. Holm, 6th by E. S. Steele).—See also McAtee, W. L. Seventh supplement to the flora of the District of Columbia and vicinity. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 438: 21-54. 1930. Ricker, P. L. A sketch of botanical activity in the District of Columbia and vicinity. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 8: 487-498, 516-521. 1918. Botanical collectors and societies; annotated bibliography. FLORIDA General Small, J. K. Florida trees; a handbook of the native and naturalized trees... ix, 107 p.” 23.5,em: New York, 1913: Descriptive flora, with keys; general range briefly indicated; wood characters very briefly described. Shrubs of Florida; a handbook of the native and naturalized shrubs. . . x, 140 p. 23.5 em. New York, 1913. Descriptive flora, with keys; general range briefly indicated. Stuhr, E. T. Medicinal plants of Florida. Jour. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. 17: 761-766. 1928. Unannotated systematic list. Loca Baerecke, J. F. Analytical key to the ferns and flowering plants in the At- lantie section of middle Florida (wild and cultivated). 2d ed. 177 p. 20 em. Deland, 1914. (ist ed., 1906.) Annotated flora, in form of keys; authorities for botanical names omitted. Bowman, H. H. M. Botanical ecology of the Dry Tortugas. Papers Dept. Mar. Biol. Carnegie Inst. Washington 12: 109-188. 7 fig. (maps), 6 pl. 1918. Geology, climate, general features of vegetation, discussion of each key with list of species and map showing location of each species; ecology; list of marine plants. Chapman, A. W. A list of plants growing spontaneously in the vicinity of Quincy, Florida. West. Jour. Med. and Surg. (Louisville, Ky.) n. s., 3: 461-483. 1845. (Reprinted, 23 p.) Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Gadsden County.) ee FLORAS OF THE WORLD 173 Harper, R. M. Geography and vegetation of northern Florida. Ann. Rpt. Florida State Geol. Survey 6: 168-487 (incl. map, plates). 1914. (Reprinted.) Includes lists of principal species, divided according to habit, from 20 local regions north of the southern boundaries of Lafayette, Alachua, Putnam, and St. Johns Counties, with account of geology, soils, topography, vegetation types, and economic features of each region; annotated bibliography. Geography of central Florida. Ann. Rpt. Florida State Geol. Survey 13: 71-288. fig. 2-43 (incl. maps). 1921. Includes (p. 84-153) brief lists of the commonest plants in 10 regions from Levy, Marion, and Volusia to Hillsborough, Polk, Osceola, and Brevard Counties, with notes on topography, geology, soils, vegetation, agriculture, ete., of each region. Hitchcock, A. S. A list of plants collected in Lee County, Florida. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 9 (1901) : 189-225. 1902. General features of flora; annotated list of 549 vascular plants collected by the author in 1900. McAtee, W. L. A list of plants collected on St. Vincent Island, Florida. Proce. Biol. Soe. Washington 26: 39-51. 1913. List of 261 vascular plants collected in late autumn and winter, with notes on fruiting and flowering. (Near Apalachicola, in Franklin County.) Melvill, J. C. List of the phanerogams of Key West, south Florida, mostly observed there in March, 1872. Mem. Manchester Lit. and Phil. Soe. III, 8: 188—- 154. 1884. Topography ; annotated list of 168 vascular plants, plus a few sedges, grasses, and ferns. (Monroe County.) Millspaugh, C. F. Flora of the sand keys of Florida. Pub. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. 118, Bot. Ser. 2: 191-245. illus. (maps). 1907. List of vascular plants of each of the sand keys to the westward of Key West, with map of each key, showing graphically the distribution of each species; table summarizing local distribution. Murrill, W. A. Flora of Alachua County, Florida. Preliminary check list. 35 p. 28 cm. Gainesville, 1937. Soils, ete.: list of vascular plants, annotated as to abundance, divided into vines, shrubs, trees, Compositae, etc.; the grasses, sedges, and rushes “reserved for a separate publication.” (Processed publication.) Small, J. K. Flora of Miami; being descriptions of the seed-plants growing naturally on the Everglade keys and in the adjacent Everglades, southern penin- sular Florida. xii, 206 p. 23.5 cm. New York, 1918. Descriptive flora, with keys; general range stated. (Dade County.) Flora of the Florida Keys; being descriptions of the seed-plants growing naturally on the islands of the Florida reef from Virginia Key to Dry Tortugas. xii, 162 p. 23.5 cm. New York, 1913. Descriptive flora, with keys; extralimital range given. GEORGIA General Anonymous. Catalogue of the flora in Georgia, arranged according to the Linnean and natural system. In White, George. Statistics of Georgia. suppl. p. 48-77. Savannah, 1849. Unannotated alphabetical list of vascular plants, of uncertain authorship. Harper, R. M. Georgia’s forest resources. South. Woodlands 1 (38): 4-23, (4): 1-19, (5): 3-19, (6): 15-382. illus. (maps), 3 pl., map. 1907-08. Botanical explorations and publications, phytogeographical regions; anno- tated list of 134 trees, in reverse of the usual systematic order, with mention of about 20 others of probable occurrence. Justice, R. S. Some medicinal and poisonous plants of Georgia. Bul. Univ. Georgia v. 39, no. 9. iii, 49 p. 2 fig. (maps). 19389. Includes annotated alphabetical lists of medicinal and poisonous plants. 174 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Local Feay, W. T. Catalogue of phaenogamous plants, growing spontaneously within thirty miles of Savannah, Geo., with their periods of inflorescence, heights, stations, etc., arranged alphabetically for convenience of reference, and numbered consecutively for facilitating exchanges. Oglethorpe Med. and Surg. Jour. 3: 167-217. 1860. Annotated alphabetical tabular list of 794 plants. Harper, R. M. Notes on the flora of middle Georgia. Bul. Torrey Club 27: 320-341. pl. 22. 1900. Topography, ete.; lists of species belonging to different floral areas; records of rare species. (In Clarke, Jackson, Oconee, and Walton Counties. ) Notes on the flora of south Georgia. Bul. Torrey Club 27: 413-436. 1900. Lists of species of different habitats; annotated list of rarer vascular plants collected by the author in 1895-97, mostly in vicinity of Americus, Sumpter County. A phytogeographical sketch of the Altamaha grit region of the coastal plain of Georgia. Annals N. Y. Acad. Sci. 17: 1-357. 28 pl., map. 1906. Topography, climatology, habitat groups, ete.; annotated list of plants (739 vascular) ; general features of distribution; bibliography. (A roughly diamond- shaped region in southern Georgia, south of 32°50’ N. Lat., extending from the southwest corner of the State northeast to Screven County.) Wright, A. H., and Wright, A. A. The habitats and composition of the vegetation of Okefinokee Swamp, Georgia. Ecol. Monog. 2: 109-232. 175 fig. (incl. maps). 1932. Ecological; includes lists of vascular plants of different habitats. (The area is mostly in Charlton County.) IDAHO See also Oregon (Hemenway) ; Washington (St. John, Flora of southeastern Washington ; St. John and Warren, Preliminary list of the plants of the Kaniksu National Forest). Local Holzinger, J. M. Report on a collection of plants made by J. H. Sandberg and assistants in northern Idaho in the year 1892. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 3: 205-287. pl. 3-4. 1895. List of vascular and cellular plants, with data of collections of each. A critical review by A. A. Heller (Bul. Torrey Club 23: 155-157. 1896) should be con- sulted in connection with this list. (Principally in Nez Perce, Latah, and Kootenai Counties.) Spinden, H. J. The Nez Percé Indians. Mem. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. 2: 165-274. fig. 2-6, pl. 6-10. 1908. Includes (p 200-205) an account of plants used as food. ‘These Indians inhab- ited Idaho, Oregon, and Washington from the Bitterroot Mountains to the Blue Mountains. ILLINOIS See also Indiana (Schneck) ; Missouri (Engelmann Botanical Club). General Carter, J. M. G. A synopsis of the medical botany of Illinois. 45 p. 24.5 cm. Chicago, 1884. Briefly annotated systematic list, including cultivated plants. Miller, R. B., and Tehon, L. R. The native and naturalized trees of Illinois. Bul. Illinois Nat. Hist. Survey 18: 1-339 (incl. 149 fig., 98 pl.). 1929. Keys; list, with descriptions, distribution, uses; forest reserves, ete. Patterson, H. N. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants of Illinois, native and introduced. 54 p. 21.5 cm. Oquawka, 1876. Annotated list of 1,542 vascular plants. ~ oa FLORAS OF THE WORLD 175 Local Brendel, Frederick. Flora Peoriana; the vegetation in the climate of middle Illinois. 89 p. 26cm. Peoria, 1887. Topography, climate, habitats, etc.; list of vascular and cellular plants (835 vascular), with very brief annotations. (Peoria County.) An enlarged and corrected issue of his Flora Peoriana originally published in Természetrajzi fiizetek vy. 5, pt. 2-4, 1882. (Reprinted, 107 p.) Gates, F. C. Contribution to the flora of Cass County, Lllinois. Trans. Illi- nois State Acad. Sci. 15: 165-170. 1922. Unannotated list of 398 vascular plants from vicinity of Virginia, Cass County. Contributions to the flora of Hancock County, Illinois. Trans. Illinois State Acad. Sci. 18: 225-234. 1925. Topography, ete.; unannotated list of over 650 vascular plants. The vegetation of the beach area in northeastern Illinois and south- eastern Wisconsin. Bul. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 9: 255-3872. pl. 37-56. 1912. Mainly ecological; contains annotated list of plants; bibliography. Gleason, H. A. The vegetation of the inland sand deposits of Illinois. Bul. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist. 9: 23-174. 20 pl. 1910. Mainly ecological; contains annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography. (Includes several areas north of 40° N. Lat.) Henderson, L. B. The plants of Castle Rock. ) Grinnell, | (1929?) Gist” ed: [1923]; 2d~ ed: [1925].) Unannotated flora in form of keys, without authorities for the botanical names. A 5th ed., 1989 (not seen), has title: Plants of Iowa. Diehl, W. W. The flora of The Ledges region of Boone County, Iowa. Proc. Towa Acad. Sci. 22: 77-104. pl. 18-19. 1915. (Reprinted as Contrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State Col. no. 61.) Ecology; annotated list of vascular plants; bibliography. Fink, Bruce. Spermaphyta of the flora of Fayette, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 4: 81-107. 1897. Topography; annotated list of over 700 seed plants from within 5 miles of Fayette, Fayette County. Fitzpatrick, T. J. Forest trees and shrubs of Decatur County. Jn Bain, H. F. Geology of Decatur County. Ann. Rpt. Iowa Geol. Survey 8: 309-814. 1898. Annotated list. Notes on the flora of northeastern Iowa. Proc. lowa Acad. Sci. 5: 107-183. 1898. Annotated list of vascular plants and a few cellular plants collected by the author in Winneshiek, Allamakee, Clayton, Dubuque, Jackson, Clinton, and Seott Counties in 1895, with localities. and Fitzpatrick, M. F. L. Flora of southern Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 5: 1384-178. 1898; 6: 173-202. 1899. Annotated list of vascular plants and a few cellular plants, mostly collected by the authors, with localities—See also Anderson, J. P. Plants new to the flora of Decatur County, Iowa. 1. ec. 12: 133--188. 1905.—Also his Additions... Iowa Nat. 2: 7-8. 1906. Fults, J. L. p: 1923. Annotated systematic list. Saunders, DeAlton. Ferns and flowering plants of South Dakota. Bul. So. Dakota Agr. Expt. Sta. 64: 99-227. 1899. Annotated list.—See also Visher, S. S. Additions to the flora of South Dakota. Muhlenbergia 9: 45-52, 69-77. 1918. Local Jones, 8S. R. Preliminary report on the flora and fauna of the eastern part of the Rosebud Reservation, now known as Gregory County. Bul. So. Dakota Geol. Survey 4: 123-142. 1908. Plant regions, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants, also list of birds. McIntosh, A. C. A botanical survey of the Black Hills of South Dakota. Black Hills Engineer 19: 157-276. 82 fig., map. 1931. Topography, geology, soils, climate, botanical explorations, fossil plants, sources of flora, ecology; annotated list of 1,800 vascular plants; bibliography. The Black Hills are in Lawrence, Meade, Pennington, Custer, and Fall River Counties. Reagan, A. B. Notes on the flora of the Rosebud Indian Reservation, South Dakota. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 20: 191-196. 1906. Soils, general features of flora; partly annotated list of vascular plants and 2 fungi. The same list of plants, omitting the fungi, is reprinted in Bul. So. Dakota Geol. Survey 4: 148-153. 1808. Also issued in German in Ber. Deut. Bot. Gesell. 25: 342-348. 1907. The Rosebud Indian Reservation includes Mel- lette, Todd, and Tripp Counties, and the eastern edge of Washabaugh and Bennett Counties. Rydberg, P. A. Flora of the Black Hills of South Dakota. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 3: 463-536. pl. 17-20 (incl. map). 1896. Geography, topography, floral areas, etc.; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author.—See also Visher, 8S. S. Additions to the flora of the Black Hills. Torreya 9: 186-188. 1909; Muhlenbergia 8: 185-137. 1913; 9: 33— 39. 1913.—Also McIntosh, A. C. Additions ... Black Hills Engineer 16: 160— 167. 2 fig. 1928. (Includes bibliography.) Visher, 8. S. List of plants of Harding County, northwestern South Da- kota ... determined by Aven Nelson. Bul. So. Dakota Geol. Survey 6: 32-68. pl. 2-4. 1914. Annotated list of 468 vascular plants, also some lichens and mosses; bibli- ography. Plants of the Pine Ridge Reservation. Collected by S. S. Visher, deter- mined by Dr. P. A. Rydberg. Bul, State Geol. and Biol. Survey So. Dakota 5: 84-108. 1912. Annotated list of vascular plants. The reservation includes Washington and Shannon and nearly all of Washabaugh and Bennett Counties. TENNESSEE General Gattinger, Augustin. The flora of Tennessee and a philosophy of botany. 296 p. illus., port. 22 cm. Nashville, 1901. xeneral features of flora; annotated catalog of 2,218 vascular plants. The abbreviation ‘‘O. S.,” not explained in the text, means ‘over the whole State.” The medicinal plants of Tennessee ... xxxi, 128 p. 22.5 cm. Nash- ville, 1894. Descriptive flora of medicinal plants. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 215 Local Cain, S. A. Certain floristic affinities of the trees and shrubs of the Great Smoky Mountains and vicinity. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies 1: 129-150 (incl. 2 maps). 1930. Phytogeographic ; includes list of 248 woody plants, divided into groups accord- ing to geographical affinities; bibliography. (Hastern Tennessee.) An ecological study of the heath balds of the Great Smoky Mountains. Butler Univ. Bot. Studies 1: 177-208. 4 fig. 19380. Includes lists of species. The area covered is along the Tennessee-North Carolina State line. Freeman, C. P. Ecology of the cedar glade vegetation near Nashville, Tennes- see. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 8: 141-228. 22 fig. 19383. Includes (p. 198-205) list of vascular plants collected near La Vergne, Ruth- erford County. Gattinger, Augustin. The Tennessee flora; with special reference to the flora of Nashville. Phaenogams and vascular cryptogams. 109 p. 22 cm. Nashville, 1887. General features of flora; annotated list of 1,708 vascular plants, of which 1,251 occur within 80 miles of Nashville. TEXAS General Cory, V. L., and Parks, H. B. Catalogue of the flora of Texas. Bul. Texas — Agr. Expt. Sta. 550. 1380p. map. 1937 [1938]. Unannotated list of 5,099 species and varieties of vascular plants, their distribu- tion indicated by districts. The paper is dated July 1937, but was actually issued, according to information furnished by Mr. Cory, on January 18, 1938. Geiser, S. W. A century of scientific exploration in Texas, pt. 1: 1820-1880. Field and Lab. So. Methodist Univ. 4: 41-55. 1986; 7: 29-52. 19389. Briefly annotated alphabetical list of collectors and explorers, with biographi- cal references. The 1956 list reprinted with additions, in his Naturalists of the frontier, p. 317-3836. [Dallas,] 1987. Lewis, I. M. The trees of Texas. An illustrated manual of the native and introduced trees of the State. Univ. Texas Bul. 1915, no. 22. vi, 169 p. 48 fig. 1915. Annotated descriptive treatment of the trees, of a popular nature. Parks, H. B. Valuable plants native to Texas. Bul. Texas Agr. Expt. Sta. Dee abs promap. 19877 [1938i- Annotated list, with brief descriptions; distribution indicated by districts. The “value” of most of the species included is hypothetical. The paper is dated August 1937, but was actually issued, according to information furnished by Mr. Cory, on January 18, 1938. Winkler, C. H. The botany of Texas. An account of botanical investigations in Texas and adjoining territory. Univ. Texas Bul. 1915, no. 18. 27 p. port. 1915. Botanical collectors and authors; annotated bibliography of 121 titles. Local Blankinship, J. W. Plantae Lindheimerianae. Pt. II]. Rpt. Missouri Bot. Gard. 18: 123-223. pl., port. 1907. Intended to supplement and complete Parts I-II of “Plantae Lindheimerianae,” by G. Engelmann and A. Gray (1845-50). Numbering of Lindheimer’s speci- mens; biographical sketch; list of Lindheimer’s nos. 449-573 of fascicle III (1845-46), nos. 652-754 of fascicle IV (1847-48), with names, data, and indica- tion of those which were types of new species; similar list of nos. 652-1282 from Comal County and vicinity (1849-51); bibliography of Texas botany. Clover, E. U. Vegetational survey of the lower Rio Grande valley, Texas. Madroio 4: 41-66, 77-100. illus. (incl. maps). 1987. Botanical explorations, climate, topography, geology, drainage, local ecological nomenclature, plant associations; list of bryophytes and vascular plants col- 216 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE lected by the author, with localities; bibliography. Covers the area along the Rio Grande from Zapata County to the coast. Coulter, J. M. Botany of western Texas. ‘A manual of the phanerogams and pteridophytes of western Texas. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. v. 2. 588 p. 38 pl. 1891-94. Descriptive flora of the vascular plants, intended to include all species west of the 97th meridian. Fletcher, H. T. Notes on the vegetation of the Green Valley region. Pub. West Texas Hist. and Sci. Soc. 2: 6-50. 1928 Physiography, climate, ete. ; partly annotated list of vascular plants, with notes on uses. The region covered is in Brewster and Presidio Counties. Hartman, Carl. A list of trees and shrubs occurring in the vicinity of Hunts- ville, Texas. Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. 12 (2): 66-90. 1913. Soil, ete.; annotated list of 106 species. (Walker County.) Also in second issue of v. 12, pt. 2, p. 832-56. 1981. Havard, Valery. Report on the flora of western and southern Texas. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 8: 449-533. 1885. Climate, topography, ete., with lists of species of different areas; annotated list of native economic plants. Heller, A. A. Botanical explorations in southern Texas during the season of 1894. Contrib. Herb. Frankl. and Marshall Col. no. 1. 116 p. 9pl. 1895. Botanical regions, author’s itinerary; annotated list of vascular plants col- lected mainly around Corpus Christi, Kerrville, and San Antonio. Mackensen, Bernard. The trees and shrubs of San Antonio and vicinity. A handbook of the woody plants growing naturally in and about San Antonio, Texas. 51 p. illus. 19 cm. San Antonio, 1909. Climate, soils, plant formations, general features of flora; annotated list of woody plants, with brief descriptions. (Bexar County.) Metz, Mary Clare, sister. A flora of Bexar County, Texas. Contrib. Biol. Lab. Catholic Univ. Amer. no. 16. xiii, 214 p. map. 19384. Botanical explorations, physiography, geology; annotated list of nearly 900 vascular plants, with keys. Muller, C, H. Vegetation in Chisos Mountains, Texas. Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. 20: 3-31. 1937. Topography, climate, general features of flora; annotated list of vascular plants collected by the author in 1931-32; bibliography. (Brewster County.) Pace, Lula. McLennan County plants. In Adkins, W. S. Geology and mineral resources of McLennan County. Univ. Texas Bul. 2340: 183-197. 1923. Annotated list of vascular plants. Palmer, E. J. The ligneous flora of the Davis Mountains, Texas. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 10: 8-45. 1929. Physiography, climate, plant associations, botanical explorations, ete.; anno- tated list of woody plants.. (Jeff Davis County.) The ligneous flora of the Staked Plains of Texas. Jour. Arnold Arbo- retum 2: 90-105. 1920. Physiography, general features of flora; annotated list of woody plants col- lected by the author in Randall and Armstrong Counties on the Llano Estacado. Parks, H. B., Cory, V. L., and others. The fauna and flora of the Big Thicket area. 51p. illus. (incl. map). 23 cm. [n. p.,] 1986. (Reprinted, 1938.) Includes unannotated list of vascular plants (p. 27-51). Cover title reads: Biological survey of the east Texas Big Thicket area. The area covered extends from southern Newton County north into Sabine County and west to Grimes County. Sperry, O. E. A check list of the ferns, gymnosperms, and flowering plants of the proposed Big Bend National Park of Texas. Sul Ross State Teach. Col. Bul. 19 (4): 9-98. 2 fig. (incl. map). 1988. Bibliography, gazetteer; list of vascular plants collected by the author and others, with localities. (Brewster County.) Stillwell, Norma. Key and guide to native trees, shrubs and woody vines of Dallas County. 48p. illus. 21.5cm. Dallas, 19389. Annotated systematic list of 86 species, with key and popular descriptions, the species of Cacti not enumerated ; bibliography. FLORAS OF THE WORLD PAW Tharp, B. C. Ecologic investigations in the Red River valley. In Sellards, E. H., and others. Investigations on the Red River ... Univ. Texas Bul. 2327: 89-155. 1923. Includes lists of spermatophytes observed in the area, chiefly in Wichita County, Texas, and adjacent Oklahoma. Young, M. S. The seed plants, ferns, and fern allies of the Austin region. Univ. Texas Bul. 2065. 98 p. 1920. Annotated list of vascular plants. (Travis County.) UTAH See also Nevada (Tidestrom). Local Chamberlin, R. V. The ethnobotany of the Gosiute Indians of Utah. Mem. Amer. Anthropol. Assoc. 2: 329-405. 1911. (Also in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 63: 24-99. 1911.) Running account of useful plants ; annotated list of scientific names, list of ver- nacular names. These Indians inhabit the desert country bordering on Great Salt Lake. Eastwood, Alice. Report on a collection of plants from San Juan County, in southeastern Utah. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Il, 6: 270-329. pl. 4446. 1897 (1896). General features of flora ; annotated list of 161 vascular plants (and Characeae) collected by the author in 1895. Garrett, A. O. Spring flora of the Wasatch region. 5thed. vi, 240 p. 20cm. Salt Lake City, 19386. (1st ed., 1911.) Keys and descriptions of spring flowering plants of eastern edge of Great Basin as far south as Manti. Graham, E. H. Botanical studies in the Uinta Basin of Utah and Colorado. Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh) v. 26. 4382 p. 138 pl. (incl. map), fold. tab. 1937. Botanical explorations, physiography, geology, climate, zones of vegetation, plant communities, phytogeography ; bibliography ; annotated list of 1,104 species and varieties of vascular plants. The region covered iS in northeastern Utah and northwestern Colorado. Presnall, C. C., and Patraw, P. M. Plants of Zion National Park. Zion-Bryce Mus. Bul. no. 1. 69 p. illus. 1987. Annotated list of vascular plants, with brief popular descriptions of many species; authorities for botanical names not given. Processed publication of Na- tional Park Service. (Washington and Kane Counties. ) VERMONT See also New Hampshire (Jesup). General Barnhart, J. H. The local floras of Vermont. Bul. Vermont Bot. Club. 2: 11-16. 1907. Chronological list of 64 titles. Burns, G. P., and Otis, C. H. Thetrees of Vermont. Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 194. 244 p. illus. 1916. Annotated descriptive account, with figure of each species; wood anatomy of more important species.—See also Jones, L. R., and Rand, F. V. Vermont shrubs and woody vines. Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 145. p, 49-119. illus. 1909. (Popular account.) Dole, E. J., ed. The flora of Vermont. 3d rev. ed. An annotated list of the ferns and seed plants of the State of Vermont. Compiled by a committee of the Vermont Botanical Club. xiv, 353 p. port. 22.5 em. [Burlington ?], 1937. Botanical explorations, geology, statistics; annotated list of 2,572 vascular plants (1,861 species). Replaces the Vermont Botanical Club’s Flora of Vermont, published as Bul. Vermont Agr. Expt. Sta. 187. p. 187-258. 1915, which in turn replaced the Flora of Vermont, prepared by a committee consisting of E. Brainerd, W. W. Eggleston, and L. R. Jones and published as Contributions to the botany of Vermont no. 8. 1900. 218 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Local Flynn, N. F. Flora of Burlington and vicinity. A list of the fern and seed plants growing without cultivation. ix, 124 p. 23 cm. Burlington, 1911. (Con- tributions to the botany of Vermont, 9.)—Additions ... Bul. Vermont Bot. Club 7: 16-17. 1912. Annotated list of 1,240 vascular plants.—For additions, see Blake, S. F. Six weeks’ botanizing in Vermont, I. Notes on the plants of the Burlington region. Rhodora 15: 153-168. 1913. (Chittenden County. ) Kennedy, G. G. Flora of Willoughby, Vermont. Rhodora 6: 93-134. pl. 54-56, map. 1904. (Reprinted.)—Additional notes from Willoughby. l. ¢ 6: 148. 1904. Geography, soils, botanical collectors, ete.; annotated list of 690 vascular plants. (Orleans County.) Kittredge, E. M. Ferns and flowering plants of Woodstock, Vermont. 57 p. 16.5 em. Woodstock, 1831.—Supplement ... [7] p. 1936.—Grasses and sedges of Woodstock, Vermont. 27 p. Woodstock, 1939. Annotated list of vascular plants. Supplements not seen. (Windsor County.) VIRGINIA See also District of Columbia (Hitchcock and Standley); Iowa (Pammel, Flora of northern Iowa peat bogs) ; North Carolina (Hwing and Stanford). Local Artz, Lena. Plants of the shale banks of the Massanutten Mountains of Vir- ginia. Claytonia 3: 45-50. 1937; 4: 10-15. 1937. Geology, characters and range of the most characteristic species; list of vascu- iar plants; bibliography. The Massanutten Mountains lie along the boundary line between Shenandoah, Rockingham, Page, and Warren Counties. Erlanson, E. W. The flora of the peninsula of Virginia. Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. 4: 115-182. 1925. General features of flora; list of 1,052 vascular plants collected by E. J. Grimes and the author in 1920-21, with localities; bibliography. The “peninsula of Virginia” lies between the York and the James Rivers. Fernald, M. L. last survivors in the flora of Tidewater Virginia. Rhodora 41: 465-504, 529-559, 564-574. illus..(maps), pl. 570-583. 1989. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 128.) Author’s itinerary in 19388 and 1939, with notes on plants observed ; annotated list of noteworthy species. (Southeastern Virginia.) Local plants of the inner coastal plain of southeastern Virginia. Rhodora 89: 321-366, 379-415, 433-459, 465-491. pl. 474-487. 19387. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 120.) Soils, running account of itinerary and collecting; critical notes on numerous vascular plants, phytogeography. Noteworthy plants of southeastern Virginia. Rhodora 40: 364424, 434-459, 467-485. pl. 509-535. 1988. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 123.) Author’s itinerary in 1987; annotated list of rarer species collected. Plants from the outer coastal plain of Virginia. Rhodora 38: 376-404, 414-452. pl. 440-452. 1936. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 115.) Phytogeography ; critical notes on plants collected in 1935, and Griscom, Ludlow. ‘Three days of botanizing in southeastern Vir- ginia. Rhodora 37: 129-157, 167-189. pl. 332-351. 1935. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 107.) Critical notes on plants collected by the authors in 1933 in Princess Anne and Norfolk Counties.—-See also Fernald, M. L. Midsummer vascular plants of south- eastern Virginia. 1. c. 37: 3878-418, 428-454. pl. 884-405. 19385. (Contrib. Gray Herb. 109. ) Kearney, T. H. Report on a botanical survey of the Dismal Swamp region. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 5: 321-550. fig. 51-90, pl. 65-76, 2 maps. 1901. Mainly ecological; it.cludes annotated list of species; bibliography. ‘The area covered includes Princess Anne, Norfolk, and part of Nansemond Counties, Va., and Currituck, Camden, Pasquotank, and Perquimans Counties, N. C. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 219 Merriman, P. R. Flora of Richmond and vicinity (exclusive of grasses, sedges and trees). 353 p. (inel. 53 pl.). 19 em. Richmond, Va., 1930. Popular descriptive flora. (Henrico County.) Murrill, W. A. The natural history of Staunton, Virginia. xiii, 216 p. 4 pl. 20 cm. New York, 1919. Contains alphabetical lists of vascular plants collected (p. 110-182). (Augusta County. ) Small, J. K., and Vail, A. M. Report of the botanical exploration of south- western Virginia during the season of 1892. Mem. Torrey Club 4: 92-201. pl. 75-82. 1898-94. Physiography, ete.; annotated list of vascular and cellular plants collected mostly within 20 miles of Marion. (Marion is in Smyth County.) WASHINGTON See also British Columbia (Brown); Idaho (Spinden); Oregon (Gilkey and Powell; Hemenway). General Cooper, J. G. Report on the medical flora of Washington Territory. Trans. Amer. Med. Assoc. 10: 221-287. 1857. Annotated list of wild medicinal plants. Piper, C. V. Flora of the State of Washington. Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. Vall snGaidp. s22 pls maps 2906: List of vascular plants, with keys and citation of specimens ; physiography, plant associations, collectors, bibliography ; gazetteer. Rigg, G. B. Notes on the history of botany in the State of Washington. Washington Hist. Quart. 20: 163-178. 1929. Botanical explorations and collectors, with especial reference to the work of institutions. Local Densmore, Frances. Plants used by the Makah. Jn her Nootka and Quileute music. Bul. Bur. Amer. Ethnol. 124: 307-321. 1989. Tabular list of plants used by the Makah Tribe; annotated list of medicinal and other useful plants, classified by uses. (Neah Bay, Clallam County.) Gorman, M. W. Flora of Hamilton Mountain, Washington. Mazama 6: 62-77. 1920. Physiography, etc.; annotated list of 198 vascular plants. Hamilton Mountain is a small voleanic peak 2,482 feet high, in Skamania County. Jones, G. N. A botanical survey of the Olympic Peninsula, Washington. Uniy. Washington Pub. Biol. v. 5. 286 p. 9 pl. (incl. map). 1936.—Supple- mentary notes on the flora of the Olympic Peninsula. Leaflets West. Bot. 2: 105-108. 1938. Physiography, geology, climate, plant zones, phytogeography, introduced plants, life forms, botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of ‘over 1,000 species and varieties” of vascular plants, with keys and citation of specimens. The region is bounded by the Pacific Ocean, the Strait of Juan de Fuea, the valley of the Chehalis River, and (on the east) Puget Sound, Admiralty Inlet, and Hood Canal. The flowering plants and ferns of Mount Rainier. Univ. Washington Pub: Biol. v. 7. 192 p. 9 pl. 1938. Botanical explorations, plant zones, biological spectrum; annotated descrip- tive flora of vascular plants (729 species) of Mount Rainier National Park. (Pierce and Lewis Counties. ) Muenscher, W. L. C. Flora of Whatcom County, Washington. Muhlenbergia 9: 101-116, 117-182. 1914. Topography, etc.; annotated list of 462 vascular plants.—See also his Some changes in the weed flora of Whatcom County, Washington. Torreya 30: 130— 135. 1930. Piper, C. V., and Beattie, R. K. Flora of the northwest coast, including the area west of the summit of the Cascade Mountains, from the forty-ninth 220 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE parallel south to the Calapooia Mountains on the south border of Lane County, Oregon. xiii, 418 p. 23.5 cm. Lancaster, Pa., 1915. Descriptive flora of the vascular plants (1,617 species and subspecies) with keys ; glossary.—See also Nelson, J.C. Additions to the flora of western Oregon. Torreya 18: 21-35, 220-226. 1918; 20: 37-45. 1920; 21: 24-28. 1921; 22: 98— 102. 1922; 23: 63-67. 1923; also his The introduction of foreign weeds in ballast as illustrated by ballast-plants at Linton, Oregon. 1. c. 17: 151-160. 1917. Reagan, A. B. Plants used by the Hoh and Quileute Indians. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 37: 55-70. 1934. List of Indian plant names; annotated systematic list of vascular plants, with uses. The Hoh and Quileute Indians live on the Pacific coast of the Olympic Peninsula, about due west of Seattle, Washington. St. John, Harold. Flora of southeastern Washington and of adjacent Idaho. xxv, 531 p. 11 fig., map. 21.5 em. Pullman, 1987. Physiography, climate, life zones; descriptive flora of vascular plants. The region covered extends from Spokane to Walla Walla Counties, Washington, with a strip about 15 miles wide in adjacent Idaho. Replaces Piper, C. V., and Beattie, R. K. Flora of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho. 1914, which replaced the same authors’ The flora of the Palouse region... 1901.—See also Daubenmire, R. F. Range extensions for southeastern Wash- ington and adjacent Idaho. Leaflets West. Bot. 2: 199-200. 1939. and Courtney, W. D. The flora of Epsom Lake. Amer. Jour. Bot. 11: 100-107. 1 fig. 1924. List of vascular plants found in the drainage basin of the lake, which is a “small lake of nearly pure magnesium sulphate,’ near Oroville, Okanogan County. and Hardin, Edith. Flora of Mt. Baker. Mazama 11: 52-102. illus. 1929. (Reprinted.) Plant zones, botanical explorations; keved flora of 333 vascular plants, with brief descriptions.—See also Muenscher, W. C. Additions to our knowledge of the flora of Mount Baker ... Madrofio 4: 263-270. 1938. (Adds 228 species; bibliography.) (Whatcom County.) and Jones, G. N. An annotated catalogue of the vascular plants of Benton County, Washington. Northwest Science 2: 73-98. 4 fig. (incl. map). 1928. (Contrib. Dept. Bot. State Col. Washington no. 9.) Topography, ecology, etc.; annotated list of 403 species of vascular plants.— See also Powell, G. M. Additions to the annotated catalogue ... Northwest Science 13: 72. 1939. and Warren, F. A. The plants of Mount Rainier National Park, Wash- ington. Amer. Midl. Nat. 18: 952-985. 1937.Additions ... 1. c 20: 243-244. 1938. Geology, life zones, botanical explorations, bibliography; annotated list of 695 spermatophytes. Replaces Piper, C. V. The flora of Mount Rainier. Mazama 2: 93-117. 1901; Additions and corrections. 1. ec. 2: 270-271. 1905. (Pierce and Lewis Counties.) and Warren, F. A. Preliminary list of the plants of the Kaniksu Na- tional Forest, Idaho and Washington. 36 p. 28 cm. [Pullman], 1925. (Con- trib. Bot. Dept. State Col. Washington no. 2.) Annotated list of 451 vascular plants, with a single key to the species. (Pend Oreille County, Washington, and Bonner County, Idaho.) (Processed publi- cation. ) Suksdorf, W. N., and Howell, Thomas. Theflora of Mount Adams. Mazama 1: 68-97. 1896. Unannotated list of 480 vascular plants. Mount Adams is in the south- western corner of Yakima County, extending into Skamania County. Wylie, R. B. The flora of Iowa Rock, a small rocky island in Puget Sound. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 16: 99-101. pl. 1909. Topography, etc.; unannotated list of cellular and vascular plants. (Small island near Friday Harbor, San Juan County.) FLORAS OF THE WORLD 221 WEST VIRGINIA General Brooks, A. B. West Virginia trees. Bul. West Virginia Agr. Expt. Sta. 175. 242 p. illus. 1920. Description and full-page illustration of each species ; list of shrubs and shrubby vines; glossary. Core, E. L. The botanical exploration of West Virginia. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 10 (1986) : 46-64. 1937. Annotated chronological list of 161 collectors, with index. Fontaine, W. M. Forest trees, shrubs, and medicinal plants. In Maury, M. F., and Fontaine, W. M. Resources of West Virginia. p. 111-141. Wheeling, 1876. Annotated list of trees, partial list of shrubs; unannotated list of 76 medicinal plants. Millspaugh, C. F. The living flora of West Virginia. West Virginia Geol. Survey [Rpt. 5 (A)]: 1-889, 454-487. 1913. Topography ; annotated list of collectors ; annotated list of 3,411 plants, of which 1,648 are vascular. Incorporates and replaces the two following earlier floras of the State: Millspaugh, C, F. Preliminary catalogue of the flora of West Vir- ginia. Bul. West Virginia Agr. Expt. Sta. 24. p. 311-5387. 1892. Millspaugh, C. F., and Nuttall, L. W. Flora of West Virginia. Pub. Field Columbian Mus. no. 9, Bot. Ser. 1: 69-276. pl. 5-7. 1896.—For additions, see Strausbaugh, P. D., and Core, E. L. Some additions to the Millspaugh check list of West Vir- ginia spermatophytes. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 4 (1930): 38-48. 1981. Additions .. . 1. ec. 9: 29-81. 1936. West Virginia. Biological Survey. A preliminary bibliography of West Virginia biology. I. West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 37, no. 5-II. 20 p. 1986. (West Virginia Univ. Studies II.) Unannotated list of botanical and zoological publications. Local Core, E. L. [Plant relations on Spruce Knob.] In Tilton, J. L., and others. West Virginia geological survey. Pendleton County. p. 311-313. Wheeling, 1927. Plant associations, etc., with partial list of species. Spruce Knob is the highest mountain in the State. An additional list by A. B. Brooks is given on p. 310. Frye, W. M. The flora of Hampshire County, West Virginia. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 8 (West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 35, no. 15): 59-82. 1 fig. (map). 19385. Physiography, soil, climate, rare plants; unannotated list of about 989 vascular plants. Hill, C. N. A botanical survey of Marion County, West Virginia. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 8 (West Virginia Univ. Bul. ser. 35, no. 15): 99-110. 1935 Physiography, soil, general features of flora, plant societies; list of genera of vascular plants, with indication of number of species found; bibliography. WISCONSIN aes also Illinois (Gates, The vegetation of the beach area ...); Minnesota (Dens- more). General Bruhin, T. A. Vergleichende flora Wisconsins. Verhandl. K. K. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien 26: 229-286. 1877.—Nachtrige und berichtigungen... 1. c. 27: 859-866. 1878.—Zweiter nachtrag....l. ec 28: 633-644. 1879. Collectors and collections ; comparison of European and Wisconsin floras; list of 1,300 vascular plants, with localities; bibliography. Cheney, L. S. An historical review of the work done on the flora of the ter- ritory now included within the limits of Wisconsin. Pharm. Rev. 18: 557-565. 1900; 19: 2-15. 1901. . Account of botanists and their explorations and publications, with biblio- graphical footnotes. 222 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE [Clohisy, Matt.] Wisconsin trees. 148 p. illus. 20 cm. Milwaukee, 1927. (Reprinted from The Milwaukee Journal.) Annotated descriptive list, with notes on uses; popular treatment. Denniston, R. H., and Kremers, R. E. Medicinal plants of Wisconsin. Bul. Univ. Wisconsin 738 (Gen. Ser. 542) : 22-31. 1914. Tabular list of 259 native vascular plants, with indication of part used and reference to standard dispensatories. Fassett, N. C., and others. Preliminary reports on the flora of Wisconsin I-XXVI. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 24: 249-268, 357-361. illus. (maps). 1929; 25: 169-214. illus. (maps). 1930; 26: 263-288. illus. (incl. maps). 1931; 27: 207-249. illus. (maps). 19382; 28: 171-196. illus. (maps). 1983; 29: 299-318. illus. (maps). 1985; 30: 17-25. illus. (maps). 1937. List of species, with ranges, of various families and orders; not published in systematic order. Swezey, G. D. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants of Wisconsin. Geol. Survey Wisconsin, Survey of 1873-79. 1: 375-895. 1883. Essentially unannotated list of vascular plants. Local Cheney, L. S. A contribution to the flora of the Lake Superior region. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 9: 233-254. 1898. List of 345 vascular and cellular plants (233 vascular), with localities. The region covered is in northern Wisconsin, along the north shore of Lake Superior, and the Minnesota-Ontario boundary. and True, R. H. On the flora of Madison and vicinity, a preliminary paper on the flora of Dane County, Wisconsin. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 9: 45-135. pl. 2 (map). 1893. Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 900 plants (of which 751 are vascular). Fuller, A. M. A botanist afield on Washington Island. Year Book Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 6 (1926): 66-78. fig. 61-64. 1927. General features of flora, etc.; annotated alphabetical list of vascular plants. (Door County.) Lueders, H. F. The vegetation of the town Prairie du Sac. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 10: 510-524. pl. 17 (map). 1895. Physiography, general features of flora; unannotated list of vascular plants. (Sauk County. ) Marshall, Ruth. The vegetation of Twin Island. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 16 (2): 773-797. pl. 62-63 (maps). 1910. Plant formations, etc.; list of vascular plants. (In Lake Spooner, Washburn County.) Pammel, L. H. Woody plants of western Wisconsin. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 1 (2): 76-80. 1892. Topography. geology; unannotated list of 115 trees, shrubs, and woody vines. (La Crosse County, Wis., and Houston and Fillmore Counties, Minn.) Russel, Howland. Check list of the flora of Milwaukee County. Bul. Wis- consin Nat. Hist. Soc. n. s., 5: 167-250. 1907. Annotated list of vascular plants. Smith, H. H. Ethnobotany of the Forest Potawatomi Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 7: 1-230. pl. 1-38, port. 1933. History of tribe, ete.; annotated classified lists of useful plants; bibliography ; alphabetical list of Indian vernacular names. (Forest County.) Ethnobotany of the Menomini Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 4: 1-174. 36 pl. 1923. General account of the Menomini tribe, who live in Shawano County: anno- tated lists of medicinal, edible, and other useful plants, with vernacular names.— See also Judson, J. E. Wild flowers used by the Indians for medical purposes. Proc. West Virginia Acad. Sci. 11 (1987) : 165-168. 1938. “ — FLORAS OF THE WORLD 223 Smith, H. H.- -Ethnobotany of the Meskwaki Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Mil- waukee 4: 175-826. pl. 37-45. 1928. Annotated list of plants used by the Meskwaki or Fox Indians of Wisconsin, with native names. These Indians now live on the Meskwaki Reservation at Tama, Tama County, Iowa, where most of the data were obtained. Ethnobotany of the Ojibwe Indians. Bul. Pub. Mus. Milwaukee 4: aot pln 46-00. M932. History of tribe; annotated classified lists of useful plants; alphabetical list of Indian vernacular names. These Indians live in the forest and lake region of northern Wisconsin (in Vilas, Bayfield, Iron, and Clark Counties, etc.), also on Bear Island, Leech Lake, Cass County, Minnesota. Tracy, C. T. Catalogue of plants growing without cultivation in Ripon and the near vicinity. 26p. 17cm. Ripon, Wis., [1889]. Unannotated list of vascular plants. (Fond du Lac County.) Wadmond, S. C. Flora of Racine and Kenosha Counties, Wisconsin: a list of the fern and seed plants growing without cultivation. Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., Arts and Lett. 16: 798-888. 1910. Physiography, etc.: annotated list of 901 vascular plants. Wheeler, W. M. The flora of Milwaukee County. Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Wis- consin 1888: 154-190. [1888?]—I1st supplement. 1. c. 1889: 229-230. [18897] Geology, soils, climate, bibliography; annotated list of 691 vascular plauts, raised in the supplements to 921. First supplement not seen (cf. Bul. Torrey Club 17: 78-79. 1890).—For 2d and 3d supplements see Bennetts, W. J. Additions . . . Bul. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soe. 1: 161-166. 1900; 2: 39-44. 1902. WYOMING See also Montana (Rydberg). General Nelson, Aven. First report on the flora of Wyoming. Bul. Wyoming Agr. Expt. Sta. 28. p. 45-218. 2 fig., map. 1896. Annotated list of vascular (and a few cellular) plants, chiefly collected by the author in 1894-95; lists of species reported by other botanists; total (phanerogams) 1,295 species and varieties. The trees of Wyoming and how to know them. Bul. Wyoming Agr. Expt. Sta. 40. p. 57-110. illus. 1899. Annotated list of native trees, with brief descriptions.—See also Cary, Merritt. Notes on the distribution of conspicuous trees and shrubs in Wyoming. Jn his Life zone investigations in Wyoming. North Amer. Fauna 42: 55-81. fig. 3-17. 1917. Nelson, E. E. The shrubs of Wyoming. Bul. Wyoming Agr. Expt. Sta. 54. 47 p. illus., 5 pl. 1902. Annotated list of native shrubs. Locab McDougall, W. B., and Baggley, H. A. Plants of Yellowstone National Park. iv, 160 p. illus., col. pl. 23.5 cm. Washington, D. C., 1936. A popular treatment, with keys and without authorities for botanical names, apparently intended to list all vascular plants known from the region. Issued by National Park Service. The park is in the northwestern corner of Wyoming, slightly overlapping the Montana and Idaho lines. Russell, C. P. A concise history of scientists and scientific investigations in Yellowstone National Park. With a bibliography of the results of research and travel in the park area. 144p. 265c¢m. [Washington, D. C., 1934.] Botanical bibliography, p. 37-389. Published by National Park Service. (Processed. ) 241306°—42—_15 224 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE WEST INDIES For Bermuda Islands, see Insular Floras; Trinidad and Tobago, see Venezuela. Descourtilz, M. E. Flore pittoresque et médicale des Antilles, ou histoire naturelle des plantes usuelles des colonies francaises, anglaises, eSpagnoles €% portugaises...2. éd. 8v.600col. pl. 21cm. Paris, 1833. (1st ed., 1821-29.) Descriptive account, the plants classified by uses, with vernacular names, description, chemical and medicinal properties, method of use. The second edi- tion is not essentially different from the first. Grisebach, A. H. R. Flora of the British West Indian islands. xvi, 789 p. 23 em. London, 1864 [1859-64]. Still the only general flora of the West Indies, from the Bahamas to Trinidad (not including Cuba, Hispaniola, and Puerto Rico). Descriptive flora with synonymy, local and extralimital range (the latter notations now often un- trustworthy) ; separate index of vernacular names. Dates of publication (see Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 56): p. 1-192. 1859; 193-815. 1860:. 315-506. 1861; 507-789, preface. 1864. Grisebach’s paper “Die geographische verbreitung der pflanzen Westindiens,” Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. Géttingen 12: 3-80. 1865 (separate, 80 p.) gives an account of the plant geography based on his Flora; 4,401 species, of which 2,155 are endemic. For statistics of the number of species recorded from different islands, see Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 57. 1898. Grosourdy, René de. El médico botanico criollo. 4 v. in 2. 24 em. Paris, 1864. Includes annotated lists of timbers, medicinal plants, poisonous plants, ete. Covers the West Indies and adjacent America. Urban, Ignatz. Biblographia Indiae occidentalis botanica. In his Symbolae antillanae ... 1: 3-195. 1898.—\Continuatio I-III. 1. c.2:1-7. 1900; 3: 1-13. 1902; 5: 1-16. 1904. Critically annotated list, arranged by authors, with notes referring to their travels in the West Indies. The titles in the first paper are classified in a conspectus. Notae biographicae peregrinatorum Indiae occidentalis botanicorum. In his Symbolae antillanae ... 3: 14-158. 1902. Bibliography; alphabetical list of collectors, with brief biography and itinerary, statement of location of collections, reference to biographies; geo- graphical conspectus, listing collectors and their dates. BAHAMA ISLANDS General Britton, N. L., and Millspaugh, C. F. The Bahama flora. viii, 695 p. 23.5 - ecm. New York, 1920. Complete flora, with keys, descriptions, extralimital range and pertinent syn- onymy of the native and naturalized plants; brief description of region; list of eollectors and collections; annotated bibliography. Musci by E. G. Britton, Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle, Algae by M. A. Howe, Myxophyceae by F. S. Collins, Diatomeae by C. 8S. Boyer, Fungi by F. J. Seaver. Lists 1,982 species (of which 1,028 are vascular plants) of which 185 (1383 vascular) are endemic. Local Northrop, A. R. Flora of New Providence and Andros (Bahama Islands). With an enumeration of the plants collected by John I. Northrup and Alice R. Northrup, in 1890. Mem. Torrey Club 12: 1-98. 19 pl, map. 1902. (Re printed in Osborn, H. F. A naturalist in the Bahamas: John I. Northrop. 1910.) Physiography, botanical regions, botanical explorations; list of 542 species (461 spermatophytes), with localities and collector’s numbers; relationship of flora; table of local and extralimital distribution. eS eee ¥LORAS OF THE WORLD 225 CUBA -General Fors, A. J. Las maderas cubanas... [2. ed.?] 106 p. 22.5 cm. Habana, 1937. (ist ed., 1929.) Annotated list of trees, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names; list of vernacular names arranged by families. Publication of the Direcci6n de montes y minas. Secretaria de agricultura, comercio y trabajo, Cuba. Gomez de la Maza, Manuel. Ensayo de farmacofitologia cubana. Resumen de las propiedades medicinales, con especialidad las recientemente estudiadas, de muchas plantas indigenas 6 de cultivo... 112 p. 19.5 cm. Habana, 1889. Briefly annotated list of 179 cellular and vascular plants, with vernacular names and uses. and Roig y Mesa, J. T. Flora de Cuba. Bol. Estac. Expt. Agron. Santiago de las Vegas 22. 178 p. 33 pl., 4 port., map. 1914. Of value chiefly for its vernacular names (separately indexed) and notes on economic plants, these classed according to uses. Contains also botanical statistics, list of fossil plants, and short notes on Cuban herbaria, collectors, and botanical works. Not a flora. Grisebach, A. H. R. Catalogus plantarum cubensium exhibens collectionem Wrightianam aliasque minores ex insula Cuba missas. iv, 301 (i. e. 303) p. 22 cm. Lipsiae, 1866. The fundamental list of Cuban vascular plants. Includes citation of exsic- eatae, but not specific localities; separate index of vernacular names. Contains 3,263 species (2,984 phanerogams), of which 9389 (929) are endemic. Léon, J. S. S., hermano. Las exploraciones botanicas de Cuba. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. “Felipe Poey” 3: 178-224. port., map. 1918. (Reprinted.) General review of botanical explorations in Cuba from earliest times to 1917; bibliographies. The map shows the principal localities at which collections have been made. Montagne, Camille, and Richard, Achille. Flora cubana, 0 descripcion botaniea usos y aplicaciones de las plantas reunidas en la isla de Cuba por D. Ramon de la Sagra. 8 v. and atlas of 122 pl. (20 col.). 40 cm. Paris, 1845-55(56). (Historia fisica, politica y natural de la isla de Cuba, por D. Ramon de la Sagra. Segunda parte, Historia natural, tomo IX—XII, Botanica.) Vol. I: Climate, calendar of flowering, ete.; systematic list of vascular and cellular plants, ete. (the cryptogams by Montagne). Vol. 2-8: Descriptive flora of 1,248 phanerogams, with vernacular names, by Richard. There is also an incomplete French edition (see Urban, Symb. Antill. 1: 146. 1898). Roig y Mesa, J. T. Diccionario botanico de nombres vulgares cubanos. Bol. Estac. Expt. Agron. Santiago de las Vegas 54. viii, 897 p. 48 pl. 1928. Bibliography; annotated list of vernacular names of wild and cultivated plants with botanical equivalents; brief descriptions, local occurrence, uses. Sauvalle, F. A. Flora cubana. Enumeratio nova plantarum cubensium vel revisio catalogi Grisebachiani, exhibens descriptiones generum specierumque novarum Caroli Wright, (Cantabrigiae) et Francisci Sauvalle, synonymis nomini- busque vulgaribus cubensis (sic) adjectis. 324 p. 25.5 em. Havanae, 1873. Systematic list of 3,350 vascular plants mostly collected by Charles Wright, with vernacular names and some synonyms; Wright’s collecting numbers cited only from p. 49 on. Vernacular names separately indexed. Originally appeared in Anales R. Acad. Cien. Habana vy. 5-9. 1868-1873. For information about Wright’s work in Cuba, see Underwood, L. M. A summary of Charles Wright’s explorations in Cuba. Bul. Torrey Club 32: 291-300. map. 1905. (Reprinted as Contrib. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. no. 217.) Segui, D. H. Ojeada sobre la flora médica y toxica de Cuba. 93 p. Habana, 1900. Annotated list of medicinal plants, with vernacular names; bibliography. Not seen; data taken from Urban, Symb. Antill. 3:11. 1902. 226 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Local Combs, Robert. Plants collected in the district of Cienfuegos, province of Santa Clara, Cuba, in 1895-1896. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 7: 393—491. pl. 830-39, map. 1897. (Reprinted as Contrib. Bot. Dept. Iowa State Coll. no. 7.) Phytogeography, plant habitats; annotated list of vascular plants, with vernacular names, based on the author’s collections. Some Cuban medical plants. Pharm. Rey. 15: 87-91, 109-112, 1386. 1897. Annotated systematic list of plants used as domestic remedies, with vernacular names and uses. Fernow, B. E. List of trees on the Sierra Maestra. Jn his The high Sierra Maestra. Forestry Quart. 4: 259-269. 1906. Annotated list, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with brief description of wood and uses. Gomez de la Maza, Manuel. Flora habanera. Fanerédgamas. 597 p. 19 em. Habana, 1897. Keys to and descriptions of the phanerogams of Havana, with keys to all the Cuban genera of each family. Contains many new names omitted from Index Kewensis. Jennings, O. E. A contribution to the botany of the Isle of Pines, Cuba, based upon the specimens of plants from that island contained in the herbarium of the Carnegie Museum under date of October, 1916. Annals Carnegie Mus. (Pittsburgh) 11: 19-290. pl. 5-28. 1917. Botanical collections (1831-1916), bibliography, physiography, plant associa- tions; annotated list of 757 species and varieties (731 vascular plants) with synonymy, general range, exsiccatae; keys to species under each family (in Spermatophyta). Includes all recorded species as well as those collected by the author.—See also Roig, J. T. Resenha sobre una excursidén botanica a Isla de Pinos. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. ‘Felipe Poey” 5: 72-76. 1923. HISPANIOLA General Urban, Ignatz. Flora domingensis. Jn his Symbolae antillanae, v. 8. 860 p. 1920-21. Systematic list of Spermatophyta of Santo Domingo and Haiti, with synon- ymy, citation of exsiccatae, and statement of extralimital range; vernacular names (separately indexed). Lists 3,000 species (p. 762), of which 983 are endemic. The Pteridophyta are treated in his Symbolae antillanae 9: 273-897. 1925; the collectors, plant formations, and plant geography in 9: 1-54. 1923. In the latter contribution the total number of phanerogams is raised to 3,088, of which 1,048 are endemic.—See also his Plantae haitienses novae vel rariores a cl. Er. L. Ekman 1917-[26] lectae I-IV. Arkiv Bot. v. 17, no. 7. 72 p. 1 fig. 1921- vy. 20A\ no. 5: (65 p:. -2). hie. “(Gmaps),.sdapl, nos ono 4apa, Zoho plaeiozen v. 21A, no. 5. 97 p. 1927. Plantae haitienses et domingenses ... V-—[X] a cl. BE. L. Ekman 1924-[30] lectae. le. v. 22A, no. 8. 98 p. 4 pl. no. 10. 108 p. pli, no. jv. 115 p. 4 fig. 19293 vy. 238A; no, 5: 107 pa) Spl e 19505 vez ASnOoseE 103 p. 1 fig., 5 pl. 1981; v. 24A, no. 4. 54 p. 3 pl. 1982. Local Barker, H. D., and others. Identification des plantes d’Haiti par leurs noms créoles. Bul. Serv. Tech. Dept. Agr. Haiti18. 23 p. 1930. Alphabetical lists of Creole vernacular names, with botanical equivalents. and Dardeau, W. S. Flore d’ Haiti. Clé et description des ordres, familles et genres des spermatophytes d’Haiti avec la liste de la plupart des espéces. viii, 456 p. 24 cm. Port-au-Prince, 1930. Keys to families and genera of Spermatophyta with brief descriptions; enu- meration of species under each genus, with vernacular names; glossary, FLORAS OF THE WORLD Dri Ekman, E. L. A list of plants from the island of Gonave, Haiti. Arkiv Bot. vy. 235A, no.6. 73 p. 1930. General features of flora, botanical explorations, etec.; annotated list of vascu- lar plants collected by the author, with vernacular names; distribution in Haiti given. Plants observed on Tortue Island, Haiti. Arkiv Bot. v. 22A, no. 9. 61 p. 1929. Physiography, geology, climate; annotated list of 889 vascular plants, with Haitian range; phytogeography. Plants of Navassa Island, West Indies. Arkiv Bot. v. 22A, no. 16. 12 Dec Dik wml 929: Physiography, geology, climate, general features of flora; list of 102 vascular plants, with data. Haussler, F. MHaitianische pflanzen, die von den bewohnern der insel als heilpflanzen geschiitzt und verwendet werden. Schweiz. Apoth. Zeit. 52: 261-264, 275-278. 1914. Annotated compiled list, with vernacular names and uses; bibliography. Ostenfeld, C. H., and others. Plants from Beata Island, St. Domingo col- lected by C. H. Ostenfeld. (Botanical results of the Dana-expedition 1921-22, no. 1)) . . . Dansk Bot: Arkiv v. 4, no. 7. 36 p. 17 fig:, 3 pl. 1924. General features of flora; list of vascular plants (by I. Urban), lists of cel- lular plants by other authors. Schiffino, José. Riqueza forestal dominicana. 125 p. plates. 283 cm. Santo Domingo, 1927. Annotated list of trees of Dominican Republic, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with names in other countries of tropical America. Work of same title, 1939, 105 p., cited in Taxon. Index v. 2, entry 634. 1939. Urban, Ignatz. Zur hochgebirgsflora von Sto. Domingo. In his Symbolae antillanae ... 6: 280-292. 1909. Running account of vegetation; list of spermatophytes occurring at 2,000 meters elevation or more, divided according to geographical affinities, with gen- eral range indicated. JAMAICA General Beckwith, M. W. Notes on Jamaican ethnobotany. 47 p. 2 pl. 23 cm. Poughkeepsie, 1927. Bibliography ; alphabetical list of 134 medicinal plants, with uses, and general account of native plant medicines; general account of food plants. Fawcett, William. Economic plants. An index to economic products of the vegetable kingdom in Jamaica. 78 p. 21.5 em. Kingston, 1891. Annotated alphabetical list of native and introduced plants of economic importance. A provisional list of the indigenous and naturalized flowering plants of Jamaica. 57 p. 21.5 cm. Kingston, 1893. Unannotated systematic list of 2,412 species. and Rendle, A. B. Flora of Jamaica, containing descriptions of the flowering plants known from the island. v. 1, 3-5, 7. illus., plates. 22 cm. London, 1910-36. Descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, synonymy, exsiccatae, vernacu- lar hames, uses, extralimital range; bibliographies; lists of collectors, with dates (in prefaces of several volumes). Not yet completed. Vol. 7 is by S. LeM. Moore and A. B. Rendle. Local Hitchcock, A. S. List of plants collected in the Bahamas, Jamaica and Grand Cayman. Ann. Rpt. Missouri Bot. Gard. 4: 47-179. pl. 11-14. 1898. Systematic list of vascular plants based mainly on the writer’s collections, with localities; relationships of Bahama flora; tables and statistics of distribu- tion. Superseded by other floras except as to records of plants of Grand Cayman.—See also Fawcett, William. Plants collected in the Cayman Islands. _ Bul. Bot. Dept. Jamaica 11: 6-7. 1889. 228 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE LESSER ANTILUES See also French Guiana (Lanessan, Les plantes utiles . .. for account of useful plants of Guadeloupe (p._ 172-187, 490-527) and Martinique (p. 153-171, 421-489)); Puerto Rico (Britton and Wilson, Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands). General Grisebach, A. H. R. Systematische untersuchungen tiber die vegetation der Karaiben, insbesondere der insel Guadeloupe nach der sammlungen Duchas- saing’s. Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. G6ttingen 7: 151-286. 1857. (Reprinted, 188 p.) Systematic list of vascular plants of the Lesser Antilles, with citation of islands on which they are found and of the collectors or authors reporting them ; 1,486 species, of which 1,325 are Spermatophyta. Local Anonymous. Flora of St. Vincent and adjacent islets. Bul. Misc. Inform. Kew 1893: 231-296. 1893. Systematic list of the vascular plants of St. Vincent and the Grenadines (Bequia, Cannouan, Mustique, Union) prepared by the botanists at Kew, with citation of exsiccatae and statement of extralimital range; brief account of physical geography; statistical plant geography. Enumerates about 1,313 species including cultivated plants. Anonymous. Timbers of Dominica. West Indian Bul. 9: 329-845. 1909. Annotated list of 176 timber trees, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical names where known; list classified by uses. Revision of Imray, John. The useful woods of the island of Dominica. Technologist 2: 382-391. 1862. Alexander, W. H. The flora of St. Christopher. Bul. Amer. Geog. Soc. 33: 207-219. 1901. : Tabular list of principal economic plants, native and introduced, with ver- nacular names and uses. Ballet, Jules. Description des plantes. Jn his La Guadeloupe. Renseigne- menis sur l’histoire, la flore, la faune, la géologie, la minéralogie, l’agriculture .. . v. 1, [pt. 1,] p. 176-527. Basse-Terre, 1890 (1894). Running account with descriptions, uses, vernacular names, the plants grouped principally by habit, the botanical names not given; tabular systematic list (p. 3868-521), based on Grisebach, of vascular plants (Filices by Mazé) and bryophytes, with vernacular names that serve to identify the species described in the first section ; systematic list of cultivated plants. Boldingh, Isaac. A contribution to the knowledge of the flora of Anguilla (B. W. I1.). Recueil Trav. Bot. Néerland. 6: 1-86. 1909. List of 150 vascular plants; general range given. The flora of the Dutch West Indian islands. 2 vy. 9 pl., 4 maps. 25.5 em. Leyden, 1909-14. Vol. 1, The flora of St. Eustatius, Saba, and St. Martin; vol. 2, The flora of Curacao, Aruba, and Bonaire. Systematic lists of vascular plants with cita- tion of exsiccatae and statement of extralimital range; historical account of collectors, with detailed notes on some of the larger collections; phytogeographi- cal data; bibliographies; separate indices to vernacular names. Vol. 1 contains 806 species, of which 674 are wild; vol. 2 contains 394 wild species. Flora voor de Nederlandsch West-Indische eilanden. xx, 450 p. 28.5 ecm. Amsterdam, 1913. Keys to and descriptions of the plants listed in his English flora of the same islands, with vernacular names (separately indexed) and mention of the islands on which the plants occur. Lijst van planten die door de bewoners van de drie Nederlandsche Antillen, St. Eustatius, Saba en St. Martin als geneeskrachtig worden be- schouwd tevens een vergelijkend oversicht van het medicinaal gebruik dat bij verschillende schrijvers over die planten wordt gevonden. Bull. Kolon. Mus. Haarlem 38: 93-112. 1907. Annotated systematic list of medicinal plants, with vernacular names, uses and references. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 229 Box, H. E. A note on the vegetation of Redonda, B. W. I. Jour. Bot. 77: Sit al O39 Geology, etc.; list of plants collected or observed by author on July 18, 1538. (About 15 miles northwest of Montserrat, 16°55’ N. Lat., 62°16’ W. Long.) Britton, N. L. The flora of the American Virgin Islands. Mem. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 1: 19-118. 1918. Annotated systematic list of the plants (including principal cultivated species) of St. Thomas, St. Jan, and St. Croix, formerly the Danish West Indies; physical geography; annotated bibliography; list of collectors. Musci by EH. G. Britton, Hepaticae by A. W. Evans, Lichenes by L. W. Riddle; references to literature on Fungi and Algae. Enumerates 1.052 native species (excluding fungi and algae), of which 27 are endemic. The vegetation of Anegada. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 565-580. 1916. Physiography, ete.; annotated list of 123 vascular and cellular plants, with general range given; the lichens determined by L. W. Riddle. Duss, Antoine, pére. Flore phanérogamique des Antilles frangaises (Guade- loupe et Martinique) ... avec annotations du Professeur Dr. Edouard Heckel sur l’emploi de ces plantes. Annales Mus. Colon. Marseille v.83. xxvii, 656 p. 1897. Systematic list, including cultivated species, of the phanerogams of Guade- loupe, Martinique, and neighboring small islands; brief descriptions, uses, local occurrence, vernacular names; sketch of physical geography, climate, and plant associations.—For additions see Privault, Daniel. Contribution 4 l’étude de la flore de la Martinique. Bul. Soc. Bot. France 84: 289-294. 1937. Grébert, René. Les foréts de la Guadeloupe. Bul. Agence Econ. Colon. Auton. et Terr. Afr. (France) 27: 639-702, 765-875, 941-1015. 19384. Geography, climate, soil, destruction of forests, phytogeography, zones of vegetation, composition of principal forests; systematic list of timbers, with vernacular name, habitat, brief description, character of wood, use. Kervégant, D. Les plantes utiles et ornementales de la Martinique. Bul. Agr. Martinique 5: 1-94. 19386; 6: 1-142. 1987. Annotated classified lists of wild and eultivated useful plants, arranged alphabetically by vernacular names. Unfinished; pt. 1, pot-herbs and vegetables ; pt. 2, fruits. List consists mostly of cultivated plants. Maycock, J. D. Flora barbadensis: a catalogue of plants indigenous, natu- ralized, and cultivated, in Barbados ... xx, 446 p. 2 maps. London, 1830 Arranged according to Linnaean system, with Latin descriptions and synon- ymy ; Separate index of vernacular names! Mazé, Hippolyte. Contribution 4 la flore de la Guadeloupe. 190 p. 25 cm. Basse-Terre, 1892. Unannotated list of wild and cultivated spermatophytes, with vernacular names. Millspaugh, C. F. Flora of the island of St. Croix. Pub. Field “Creda Mus. 68, Bot. Ser. 1: 441-546. map. 1902. The species listed (1,029) are incorporated in Britton’s Flora of the eae Virgin Islands. Biographical sketches of collectors, with bibliographical refer- ences; account of cultivated plants. Schomburgk, R. H. The history of Barbados; comprising a geographical and statistical description of the island; a sketch of the historical events since the settlement ; and an account of its geology and natural productions. xx, 722 p. illus., plates, map, table. 25.5 cm. London, 1848. Contains (p. 582-633) a list of wild and cultivated vascular plants (896 phanerogams), with indices of vernacular names. Stehlé, Henri, Stehlé, M., and Quentin, L. Flore de la Guadeloupe et dépendances. v. 1-2, pt. 1. illus., plates, port., 4 maps, table. 23 cm. Basse- Terre, 1935-37. Vol. 1, Essai d’écologie et de géographie botanique, by H. Stehlé. Vol. 2, pt. 1, Catalogue des phanérogames et fougéres avec contribution 4 la flore de la Martinique, by H. and M. Stehlé and Quentin: general features of flora, list of endemic phanerogams of Guadeloupe and dependencies, statistics, bibliography ; annotated list of vascular plants, with references, Synonymy, vernacular names, local and extralimital range; briefly annotated alphabetical list of collectors, Vol. 2, pt. 1 covers part of the Polypetalae and Apetalae. 230 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Wheeler, L. R. The botany of Antigua. Jour. Bot. 54: 41-52. 1916. Account of physical geography and climate; general features of flora; plant associations. No systematic list of species. Wikstrom, J. E. Ofversigt af 6n Sanct Barthelemi’s flora. K. [Svenska] Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. 1825: 411-483. 1826. Bibliography (in footnotes), botanical explorations; list of 301 vascular plants, with occasional critical annotations. PUERTO RICO General Asenjo, C. F. Apuntes acerca de las plantas medicinales de Puerto Rico. Revista Agr. Puerto Rico 28: 460-469, 741-748. 1987; 29: 186-141. 1938. Extensively annotated systematic list of the principal medicinal plants, with popular and cfficial uses and chemical composition. The parts listed include Typhaceae—Orchidaceae. Barrett, O. W. The food plants of Porto Rico. Jour. Dept. Agr. Porto Rico 9: 61-208. 1925. Annotated alphabetical list of vernacular names of wild and cultivated food plants and corresponding index of scientific names. Britton, N. L., and Wilson, Percy. Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Jn New York Academy of Sciences. Scientific survey of Porto Rico... v. 5-6. 626, 663 p. 1923-30. Full descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys and synonymy; extra- limital range given; vernacular names, annotated bibliography. The treatment of the Pteridophyta is by W. R. Maxon. Covers area from Mona Island to Anegada and St. Croix. Brush, W. D., Murphy, L. S., and Mell, C. D. Trees of Porto Rico. In Murphy, L. S. Forests of Porto Rico... Bul. U. S. Dept. Agr. 354: 56-97. 1916. Systematic list of 172 species, with size, vernacular names, uses, and brief description of wood. Cook, O. F., and Collins, G. N. Economic plants of Porto Rico. Contrib. U.S. Natl. Herb. 8: 57-269. fig. 12-18, pl. 18-60. 1903. Alphabetical catalog of vernacular and scientific names, with brief descriptive notes and account of uses. Otero, J. I., and Toro, R. A. Catélogo de los nombres vulgares y cientificos de algunas plantas puertorriquenas. Bol. Estac. Expt. Insul. Rio Piedras, P. R. no. 3%. 248 p. 1981. Botanical explorations; systematic list of 2,063 vernacular names, with equiv- alent botanical names; indices, including references to Britton and Wilson’s Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands; alphabetical list of English vernacular names, with Spanish and botanical equivalents; bibliography. Urban, Ignatz. Flora portoricensis. Jn his Symbolae antillanae, v. 4. 771 p. port. 1903-11. Systematic list with synonymy, citation of Specimens, and statement of extra- limital range; history of botanical exploration, plant geography; separate index of vernacular names. Enumerates 2,C56 species, of which 271 are endemic. Local Britton, N. L. La vegetacién de Cayo Icacos. Revista Agr. Puerto Rico 12: 91-96. 1924. Unannotated list of spermatophytes collected by the author and others on 30 January 1923. (Hast of Cape San Juan.) The vegetation of Mona Island. Annals Missouri Bot. Gard. 2: 33-58. sO alii lay Physiography, soil, general features of flora; annotated list of about 292 vascular and cellular plants, with general range indicated. Gifford, J. C., and Barrett, 0. W. Trees of the Luquillo region. Jn Gifford, J.C. The Luquillo Forest Reserve, Porto Rico. Bul. Bur. Forestry U. S. Dept. Agr. 54: 35-46. 1905. Systematic list, with vernacular names and notes on height, wood, and uses. FLORAS OF THE WORLD 231 Wilson, Percy. The vegetation of Vieques Island. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 379-410. 1917. Physiography, botanical explorations; annotated list of 579 plants (555 vascular), with range in adjacent islands. SoutH AMERICA ARGENTINA See also Chile (Neger, Pflanzengeographisches aus den stidlichen Anden; Philippi, Sertum mendocinum) ; Paraguay (Morong and Britton; Parodi); Patagonia; Uruguay (Paceard). The following publications have not been available: Roibon, Federico. Plantas indigenas medicinales de la Provincia de Corrientes para la Exposici6n de Filadelfia. 2. ed. Corrientes, 1908. (Cited from Kurtz, F. Bol. Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 19: 339. 1913.) : Rojas Acosta, Nicolas. Catalogo de las plantas medicinales del Chaco austral. Revista | Farm. (Buenos Aires) 47: 214-225, 247-258, 284-298, 315-327. 1907; 52(?): 73-95, 120-143, 151-163, 1912. (Cited from Hicken, C. M. Darwiniana 1: 408. 1929.) Plantas medicinales de Corrientes. Revista Farm. (Buenos Aires) 45: 115-145. 1905. (Cited from Kurtz, F. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argen- tina) 19: 226. 19138.) Sparn, Enrique. Bibliografia de la flora fanerogaémica de la Provincia de Cérdoba i (Argentina). Revista Mus. Prov. Cien. Nat. Cérdoba 1938, no. 8, 108 p. (Cited from Bot. Zentralbl. n. f., 32 (v. 174, Lit.) : 60. 1939.) General | Blondel, Raoul. Las plantas medicinales en la pabell6n de la Reputblica | Argentina. Jn La Reptblica Argentina en la ExposiciOn universal de Paris de | 1889. 2: 103-126. Paris, 1890. Running account of medicinal plants, grouped by uses, with vernacular names. Castro, E. B. Las maderas argentinas. Su importancia industrial. 344 p. table. 25cm. Rosario, 1918. | Vernacular names, brief description of tree and wood, uses; no index, no obvious order of arrangement of species. Dominguez, J. A. Contribuciones a la materia médica argentina. (Primera | contribucion.) Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires [no. 44]. Xxili, 483 p. 1928. i| Biographical accounts of workers on medicinal plants of South America, from Crist6bal Col6n to Glaziou, with list of publications; early American medicine; annotated systematic list of medicinal plants of Argentina, with vernacular names; tabular alphabetical list of 524-+111 plants, showing results of phyto- chemical investigations; annotated systematic list (Piperaceae-Lauraceae) of materia médica argentina, with descriptions, pharmacological information, and vernacular names (indexed). | — Datos para la materia médica argentina. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac. | Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 1. xxix, 278 p. 1903; no. 25. x, 141 p. 1910. Systematic list, with descriptions, vernacular names, chemical composition, and medicinal uses. Synopsis de la matiére médicale argentine. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 7. 24 p. 1905. Botanical explorations, work on medicinal plants; annotated list of native medicinal plants, with vernacular names and localities. Hauman, Lucien. Les modifications de la flore argentine sous l’action de la civilisation. (Essai de géobotanique humaine.) Mém. Acad. Roy. Belg. Cl. Sci. Collect. in-4°. II, v.9,fase.3. 99p. 1928. Includes (p. 79-94) list of adventive phanerogams annotated by means of symbols. — Les phanérogames adventices de la flore argentine. Anales Mus. Nae. Hist. Nat. Bern. Rivad. Buenos Aires 33: 819-845. 1925. Annotated list of 376 species; supplementary list of cosmopolitan species.— For supplementary lists see Parodi, L. R., and Molfino, J. F. Nuevas adiciones a la flora fanerogimica adventicia ... Revista Fac. Agron. Univ. La Plata 18: 189-156. 4 fig. 1928—Also Molfino, J. F. Adiciones ... Anales Mus. Nae. Hist. Nat. Bern. Rivad. Buenos Aires 34: 89-119. 10 pl. 1928. — Vanderveken, G., and Irigoyen, L. H. Catalogue des phanérogames de l’Argentine. Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 29: 1-851. 1917; 32: 1-314. 1923. 232 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Incomplete; list of 2,592 phanerogams (Gymnosperms, Monocotyledons, Di- cotyledons through Droseraceae) with references pertaining to local distribu- tion; bibliography. Pt. 1 by Hauman and Vanderveken, pt. 2 by Hauman and Irigoyen. Hieronymus, Georg. Plantae diaphoricae florae argentinae 6 revista sis- tematica de las plantas medicinales, alimenticias 6 de alguna otra utilidad y de las venenosas, que son indigenas de la Reptblica Argentina 6 que, originarias de otros paises se cultivan 6 se crian espontaneamente en ella. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 4: 199-598. 1882. (Reprinted.) Annotated systematic list of useful plants, with vernacular names and local range. Said to have been reprinted in 1930. 421 p. (cf. Millan, R. Biblio- grafia, p. 268. 1935.) Holmberg, E. L. La flora de la Reptblica Argentina. In Segundo censo de la: Reptblica Argentina Mayo 10 de 1895 ...v. 1, p. 883-474. 38 fig., 13 pl., map. Buenos Aires, 1898. Botanical explorations, local herbaria, plant formations, statistics of flora.— See also Stuckert, Teodoro. Observaciones al capitulo La flora argentina por el Doctor E. L. Holmberg... Anales Soe. Cien. Argentina 48: 67-105. 1899. (Reprinted, 41 p.) Kurtz, Fritz. Essai d’une bibliographie botanique de l’Argentine. 2. ed. (1912). Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba (Rep. Argentina) 19: 221-376. 1913; 20: 369-467. 1915. List of works relating to the flora of Argentina (principally) and other South American countries (Colombia, Ecuador, Venezuela, Peru, Bolivia, southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile), arranged alphabetically by authors, fol- lowed by classified lists of the publications. Continued by L. Hauman and A. Castellanos in Physis 5: 263-291. 1922 (for the years 1914-21) and 8: 436- 467. 1927 (for 1922-26)—See also Hicken, C. M. Contribuci6én al conoci- miento de la bibliografia botéanica argentina. Darwiniana 1: 191-318. 1927. Segunda contribucion ...1. c. 319-480. 1929. Tercera contribucién . .. 1. ¢ 431- 539. 1980. (Intended to complement Kurtz’s “Essai” (1912) ; includes brief list of herbaria and exsiccatae.) Latzina, Eduardo. Index de la flora dendrolégica argentina. Lillog 1: 95- Zia ple TOS te Index of vernacular names; briefly annotated systematic list of 839 species, with data on physical properties of the woods; bibliography. Replaces his paper of same title published in Publ. Com. Honor. Reduce. Indios 3: 3-117. 1935. (Also issued as Trab. Inst. Bot. y Farm. Cien. Méd. Buenos Aires no. 54.) Millan, Roberto. Bibliografia agricola argentina hasta 1930. Bol. Min. Agr. Rep. Argentina v. 36, suppl. 3802p. 1985. List of periodicals cited; alphabetical list of vernacular names with cross references to botanical names and citation of publications upon them (almost entirely restricted to useful or injurious plants, including cultivated species) ; bibliography of papers on various agricultural subjects, including medicinal and other useful plants, also of papers arranged by Provinces. The papers cited are practically all in Argentine periodicals and include few that are strictly botanical. Molfino, J. F. Plantas usuales de la flora argentina. Almanaque Min. Agr. Rep. Argentina 9: 457-466. 1934. Systematic list of medicinal plants for which authentic chemical and physio- logical data exist, with vernacular names and note on properties. Niederlein, Gustav. Produits des exploitations et des industries forestiéres. In Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 203-264. Paris, 1889. List of 1,688 specimens of woods, medicinal and other useful plants, classified by uses and then arranged under geographical divisions, with vernacular names and brief annotations. La riqueza florestal de la Republica Argentina... In La Re- publica Argentina en la Exposici6n universel de Paris de 1889. 2: 1-101. Paris, 1890. Annotated tabular list of trees (502 numbers), alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical names, locality, dimensions, characters of wood, uses; alphabetical annotated lists of woods used for tanning and dyeing, textiles, medicinal plants, -FLORAS OF THE WORLD 233 Parodi, L. R. Las plantas indigenas no alimenticias cultivadas en la Argen- tina. Revista Argentina Agron. 1: 165-212. 1 fig. (map). 1912. Includes annotated systematic list of about 200 spermatophytes, with vernacu- lar names.—See also his Contribution 4 l'étude des plantes alimentaires indigénes cultivées en Argentine. Revue. Bot. Appl. et Agr. Trop. 16: 177-189. fig. 4-6. 1936. Paz Soldan, M. F. Diccionario geografico-estadistico nacional argentino. x, 485 p. maps. 27cm. Buenos Aires, 1885. Includes (p. 46-58) list of medicinal and other useful plants, alphabetically arranged by vernacular names, with botanical names and Provinces. Spegazzini, Carlos, and Girola, C. D. [Catdélogo de las maderas.] Jn Cata- logo descriptivo de las collectiones de productos naturales, agricolas, animales é industriales . . . para la Exposicion internacional de agricultura de 1910... Pub. Mus. Agr. Soe. Rural Argentina 1: 322-413. 1911. (Reprinted with index, xv p., and title: Catalogo descriptivo de las maderas que se exhibieron en la Exposicion internacional de agricultura de 1910, 1. c., no. 1, app.) List of 554 specimens (including duplications of species), with vernacular names, brief description of tree and wood, note on uses. Storni, J. S. Vegetales que utilizaban nuestros indigenas para su alimen- tacién. 102 p. map. 26cm. [Tucuman?], 1937 (1938). General considerations, geoethnographic regions; annotated list of wild and cultivated edible plants, arranged in no obvious order, with vernacular names and uses. Local Anonymous. Flore de Tucumén. Herbier de M. Lillo. Collection de MM. - Sehickendantz et Lillo. Tucuman. Jn Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 541-356. Paris, 1889. Tabular list of about 600 vascular plants, with occasional vernacular names. Alvarez, Antenor. Flora y fauna de la provincia de Santiago del Estero. 176 p. illus. 23 em. Santiago del Estero, 1919. Systematic list of vascular plants (p. 48-116) ; classified lists of useful plants (p. 119-126) ; bibliography. Ball, John. Contributions to the flora of north Patagonia and the adjoining territory. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 21: 203-240. 1884. General features of geography, flora, etc.: annotated list of vascular plants collected in northern “Patagonia” (chiefly from region of Bahia Blanca) and southern Buenos Aires Province by G. Claraz, with vernacular names and uses. Berg, Carlos. Enumeracion de las plantas européas que se hallan como sil- vestres en la provincia de Buenos Aires y en Patagonia. Anales Soc. Cien. Argentina 3: 183-206. 1877. (Reprinted.) Annotated list of 154 plants, of which 148 are vascular. Bettfreund, Carlos. Flora argentina. Recolecci6én y descripcién de plantas vivas... 3v. 156 col. pl. 27 em. Buenos Aires, [1898-1901]. Descriptions and rather crude colored plates (by F. Burmeister) of 156 phan- erogams. Burkill, I. H. Notes on some plants collected in the Aconcagua valleys by Philip Gosse. In FitzGerald, E. A. The highest Andes... p. 861-3876. illus. London, 1899. General features of flora; also annotated list of plants collected by Philip Gosse in the Las Cuevas and Horcones Valleys, mostly at 10,000 feet or higher. Chodat, Robert, and Wilczek, Ernest. Contributions a la flore de la Ré- publique Argentine. Enumération critique des plantes récoltées par M. E. Wilezek 4 Saint-Raphaél et dans la vallée de l’Atuel. Bul. Herb. Boissier IT, 2: 281-296, 475-490, 521-544. 27 fig. 1902. : Itinerary, general features of flora; list of vascular. plants, with references and data. (Province of Mendoza.) Fries, R. E. Zur kenntnis des alpinen flora im nordlichen Argentinien. Nova Acta R. Soe. Scient. Upsal. ser. IV, v. 1, no. 1. 205 p. 2 fig., 9 pl., map. 1905. Enumeration of the vascular plants hitherto known from the alpine region of northern Argentina (Prov. Jujuy, northern Salta, part of Los Andes), with synonymy, citation of exsiccatae, and statement of general range. The climate, plant formations, and plant geography are discussed; bibliography. 234 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Gancedo, Alejandro. Flora arborea del territorio nacional del Chaco y proyecto de ley. 287 p. illus., map. 28 em. Buenos Aires, 1916. Brief description of tree, wood, uses; photographs of nearly every species; list of species classified by uses, ete. Grisebach, A. H. R. Plantae lorentzianae. Bearbeitung der ersten und zweiten sammlung argentinischer pflanzen des Professor Lorentz. Abhandl. Kx. Gesell. Wiss. GOttingen 19: 49-280. 2 pl. 1874. (Reprinted 231 p., 1874.) Phytogeography, ete.; list of 927 vascular plants, with localities, occasional vernacular names, and frequent annotations. Symbolae ad floram argentinam. Zweite bearbeitung argentinischer pflanzen. Abhandl. K. Gesell. Wiss. G6ttingen 24: 3-345. 1879. (Reprinted 1879.) Phytogeography; list of 2,265 vascular plants, with localities, occasional vernacular names, and frequent annotations. Based on collections of Lorentz, -Hieronymus, and Schickendantz; includes all species listed in his Plantae Lorentzianae. Hassler, Emil. Contribuciones 4 la flora del Chaco argentino-paraguayo. 1. parte. Florula pilcomayensis. Trab. Mus. Farm. Fac. Cien. Méd. Buenos _ Aires no. 21. 154 p. 1909. Botanical explorations; bibliography: annotated list of 701 vascular plants known from the region of the lower Pilecomayo River. Hauman, Lucien. Etude phytogéographique de la région du Rio Negro inférieur (République Argentine). Anales Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires 24: 289-448. 19 fig. 1918. Bibliography, geology, climate, plant associations, distribution ; annotated list of 486 vascular plants. The area covered lies between the Rio Negro and the Rio Colorado, reaching about 100 km. inland. La végétation de Vile de Martin Garcia dans le Rio de La Plata. Pub. Inst. Invest. Geog. Fae. Filos. y Letras Univ. Buenos Aires no. 10. 38) p. 3 fig. (Gincl: maps) ,.8iplo 925: Physiography, climate, plant associations, ete.; annotated list of vascular plants. The area is noteworthy for the fact that its flora is essentially in its primitive condition. La végétation des hautes cordilléres de Mendoza: (République Argen- tine). Anales Soc. Cien. Argentina 86: 121-188, 225-348. 7 fig. (incl. map), pl. 7-25. 1918. Physiography, plant associations, statistics of flora, ecology, phytogeography ; annotated list of 417 vascular plants; bibliography. Hicken, C. M. Canistellum Neuqueni. Plantas recogidas en las cordilleras del Neuquén por el Sr. Franco Pastore ... Physis 1: 116-138. 1912. Geography, ete.; list of 129 vascular plants with locality, general and local range. Chloris platensis argentina. 292 p. 26.5 em. Buenos Aires, 1910. (Apuntes de historia natural, v. 2.) A flora of the city of Buenos Aires and vicinity, being an annotated list of 1,261 vascular plants, with references and general range; bibliography. Plantae fischerianae. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de la flora del Rio Negro. Physis 2: 1-18, 101-122. 1915-16. Annotated list of 284 vascular plants collected by Walter Fischer in the vicinity of Rio Negro, a station on the railroad from Bahia Blanea to Neuquén. Plantae flossdorfianae in monte Famatina lectae... Darwiniana ieee Ae A O22) Annotated list of 86 vascular plants collected at 3,000 to 4,000 meters altitude, with extralimital distribution. (Province of San Juan.) Plantae Vattuonei. Darwiniana 1: 95-158. 2 fig. 1924. Botanical exploration, general features of flora; bibliography; list of 187 vascular plants collected by Dr. Ildefonso Vattuone in 1923, with localities, local and general range, and frequent annotations. (Provinces of Jujuy and Salta.) Primitiae sanzinianae. Las primeras plantas recogidas en Mendoza por Renato Sanzin. Darwiniana 2: 37-57. 1930. List of about 300 vascular plants, with localities. FLORAS OF THE WORLD DBs) Hicken, C. M.. -‘Sertularium andinum. Plantae a cl. Gerth lectae ... Dar- Winiana 1: 47-78. 1923. Localities; annotated list of 117 spermatophytes, with localities. (Province of Mendoza, region of Rio Atuel and Rio Diamante.) Hieronymus, Georg. Sertum sanjuaninum 6 descripciones y determinaciones de plantas fanerdgamas y criptOgamas vasculares recolectadas por el Dr. D. Saile Echegaray en la provincia San Juan. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba (Rep. Argentina) 4: 3-73. plate. 1881. Annotated list of 191 vascular plants. Hosseus, C. C. Flora argentina. Estudios comparativos sobre la vegetacién de las provincias de La Rioja y de San Juan. Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 26: 5-160. 28 fig. 1921. Itineraries of botanical collectors; annotated list of vascular plants (reaches Leguminosae, part). Johnston, I. M. A collection of plants from the high cordilleras of north- western San Juan. Physis 9: 297-326. 1929. Author’s itinerary; annotated list of 89 vascular plants, with references. Kerr, J. G. The botany of the Pilcomayo expedition; being a list of plants collected during the Argentine expedition of 1890-91 to the Rio Pilcomayo. The identifications and the description of new species by Mr. N. E. Brown. Trans. and Proc. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 20: 44-78. 1894. List of about 200 vascular plants (and 1 lichen) from the vicinity of Fortin Page, on the Rio Pilcomayo, in the Gran Chaco. Kurtz, Fritz. Dos viajes botanicos al Rio Salado superior (Cordillera de Mendoza). Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 18: 171-210. 1893. Botanical explorations, general features of flora and annotated lists of plants of different botanical regions in the area; bibliography. German version (Bericht tiber zwei reisen zum gebiet des oberen Rio Salado...) in Verh. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenb. 35: 95-120. 1895. Enumeracion de las plantas recogidas por G. Bodenbender en la pre- ecordillera de Mendoza (Octubre de 1896). Bol. Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 15: 502-522. 1897. General features of flora, phytogeography ; list of phanerogams, with locality and general range, collected between Chileas and Challao on the north and Cacheuta and Puente del Ferro-carril Andino on the south. Lillo, Miguel. Contribuci6n al conocimiento de los arboles de la Argentina segun colecciones y observaciones de Santiago Venturi... vi, 127 p. 28.5 em. Buenos Aires, 1910.—Segunda contribucién ... Notas sobre el herbario Ven- CUEIG-S te 09 1D. ce, em. \Tucuman, 1917. Annotated list of 858 species (347 botanically identified), with vernacular names (indexed), localities, notes on size and use. The material is chiefly from northern and central Argentina. Estudio preliminar de una ecoleccién de plantas procedentes de Tartagal (departamento de Oran, Salta). [Pub.] Mus. Cien. Nat. Univ. Nae. Tucumiéin [6]: 3-14. 1925. Annotated list of vascular plants, the families alphabetically arranged. Resefna fitogeografica de la provincia de Tucuman. Jn Reunion na- cional de la Sociedad argentina de ciencias naturales, Ist, Tucumén, 1916. p. 210-232. pl. 15-30 (incl. map). Buenos Aires, 1919. (Reprinted.) Includes lists of vascular plants from different phytogeographie regions. Lorentz, P. G. La vegetacion del nordeste de la provincia de Entre-Rios. 179 p. 2 maps. 27 cm. Buences Aires, 1878. General features of flora; briefly annotated list of species observed (“Florula entreriana’’), including fungi (by F. de Thtimen) ; phytogeography. (Not seen; reference and annotation furnished by P. C. Standley.) Includes 620 vascular plants and 32 fungi, according to review in Bot. Jahresber. Just 6 (2) : 1092- 1094. 1882. and Niederlein, Gustav. Botanica. Enumeracion sistemdatica de las plantas collectadas durante la expedicion. Jn Informe oficial de la Comision cientifica . .. de la expedicion al Rio Negro (Patagonia) realizada en los meses de Abril, Mayo y Junio de 1879 . . . Entrega II, Botanica. p. [171]—294. 12 pl. Buenos Aires, 1881. 236 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Annotated list of 387 vascular plants from the southern pampas and from region of Rio Colorado, Rio Negro, and Rio Neuquén. Essentially the same list of species, unannotated but with vernacular names added, with title: Flora de la pampa de Buenos-Ayres, de Patagonie et des Andes ‘australes, appeared in Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 a Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 357-864. Paris, 1889. Molfino, J. F. Contribucioén a la flora de la regidn de Bahia Blanca. Physis Sl 2s Grhigs (192A Botanical explorations, topography, soils, plant associations; annotated list of 265 phanerogams. La flora esponténea del campo “Las Hermanas” en Gutiérrez (F. C. 8.). Anales Soc. Rural Argentina 55: 279-287. 1921. List of 441 vascular plants, with vernacular names. The locality is about 25 km. from Buenos Aires. Monticelli, J. V. Anotaciones fitogeograficas de la Pampa Central. Lilloa 3: 251-382. 26 fig. (incl. maps), 16 pl. 1938. Geological history, ecology, bibliography, ete.; annotated list of 311 plants, all but 1 vascular, with vernacular names. The area covered is essentially the Ter- ritory of La Pampa. Niederlein, Gustav, and Hieronymus, Georg. Résultats de Vexploration du territoire de Misiones de 1883 4 1888. Jn Exposition universelle internationale de 1889 4 Paris. Catalogue spécial officiel . . . de la République Argentine. p. 270-340. Paris, 1889. Tabular list of 1,553 vascular plants and lichens, with occasional vernacular names, statistics, ecological groupings, ete. Apparently the same material with Niederlein as author and with title: Resultados botanicos de exploraciones hechas en Misiones, Corrientes y paises limitrofes desde 1883 hasta 1888, in Bol. Mens. Mus. Prod. Argent. 3: 273-847. 1890. Parodi, L. R. Ensayo fitogeografico sobre el partido de Pergamino. Estudio de la pradera pampeana en el norte de la provincia de Buenos Aires. Revista Fae. Agron. y Vet. Univ. Buenos Aires 7: 65-271. 23 fig. (incl. maps), 16 pl. 1930. (Reprinted.) Physiography, soil, climate, plant associations, phenology, dissemination, modi- fications in flora caused by civilization, etc.; annotated list of 488 vascular plants; bibliography. Pilar Rodrigo, América del. Una excursién boténica a la provincia de Corrientes. Revista Mus. La Plata n. s., 1937 (Sece. Of.) : 100-110. 5 fig. (inel. map). 1988. Running account, including mention of a large number of species with ver- nacular and botanical names. Ringuelet, E. J. Estudio fitogeografico del Rincén de Viedma (Bahia de Samborombon). Revista Fac. Agron. Univ. La Plata 21: 15-186. §8 fig. (inel. map), 18 pl. 1938. Mainly ecological; includes annotated list of 173 vascular plants. His Flora de] Rincén de Viedma... (resumen), Physis 15: 491-493. 1939, is an abstract of the above. (East coast of the Province of Buenos Aires. ) Schickendantz, Friedrich. Catalogo razonado de las plantas medicinales de Catamarea. Anales Circulo Med. Argentino 5: 52-53, 119-126, 247-255. 1881-82. Annotated systematic list, with vernacular names. Seckt, Hans. Flora bonariensis. Clave para la determinacion de las familias y de los géneros de las plantas. 302 p. 19.5 cm. Buenos Aires, 1918. Keys to families and genera of region of Buenos Aires, with list of more con- Spicuous species; glossary. Flora cordobensis. Clave para la determinacion de las familias y de los géneros de las plantas que se encuentran Silvestres 6 cultivadas en la pro- vincia de Cordoba. 632 p. 22 pl. 24.5 cm. Cordoba (Rep. Arg.), 1929-30. (Re- printed from Revista Univ. Nac. Cordoba vy. 16 and 17.) Descriptive keys to families and genera of spermatophytes; annotated alpha- betical list of Species under each family, with vernacular names; glossary. Spegazzini, Carlos. ContribuciOn al estudio de la flora de la Sierra de la Ventana. 86 p. 27cm. La Plata, 1896. Annotated list of 251 vascular plants (also cellular plants) of the Sierra de la Ventana, Province of Buenos Aires; estimated by the author to represent at least two-thirds of the flora. Published by the ‘‘Ministerio de obras ptblicas de la ne FLORAS OF THE WORLD Dai provincia de Buenos Aires.”—See also his Algunas observaciones sobre la flora de la Ventana. Revista Fac. Agron. y Vet. La Plata 2: 347-349. 1896. Spegazzini, Carlos. Contribucion al estudio de la flora del Tandil. 60 p. 26.5 em. La Plata, Buenos Aires, 1901. Annotated list of 370 vascular (and a few cellular) plants of the Sierras de Tandil, Province of Buenos Aires. Flora de la provincia de Buenos Aires. v. 1 (xiv, 161 p.). illus. 27 em. Buenos Aires, 1905. (At head of title: Anales del Ministerio de agricul- tura Reptblica Argentina. Sece. de biologia vegetal.) Plant formations; descriptive flora of vascular plants, with keys, vernacular names, uses. Incomplete (only vol. 1 published); includes Ranunculaceae— Anacardiaceae. Fl6rula de la ciudad de La Plata y su partido. Bol. Oficina Agr. Ganad. Prov. Buenos Aires 1: 101-105, 159-170, 197-208, 285-245, 265-275, 299-310, 331-341, 365-871. 1901; 2: 392-402, 485-498. 1902. Annotated descriptive flora, with keys, vernacular names, and uses. Incom- plete; Ranunculaceae—Leguminosae (part). BOLIVIA See also Argentina (Kurtz) ; Colombia (Weddell). The following publications have not been available: Diaz Romero, Belisario. Farmacopea callaguaya. Enumeracién de las plantas medicinales y productos naturales que emplean los Callaguayas. 13 p. La Paz, 1904. [Cited from Kurtz, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cien. Cordoba (Rep. ARE So 20% 376. 1915.) Pena, Rafael. Flora crucefia. 287 p. 8° Sucre, 1901. (Cited from Kurtz, Bol. Acad. Nae. Cien. Cérdoba (Rep. Argentina) 20: 393. 1915.)—For extract from this work, see Serrano, Honorio. Flora boliviana. Geo: Agr., Colon. y Ramas Anex. Bolivia epoca 4, no. 17 (unpaged). 19388. (Annotated list of medicinal plants, alpha- betically arranged by vernacular names.) General Granado, J. T. del. Plantas bolivianas. 284 p. illus. (incl. maps), 5 col. pl. 22.5 em. La Paz, 1931. Treats of useful plants, cultivated and wild. Herzog, Theodor. Die pflanzenwelt der bolivischen Anden und ihres ostlichen vorlandes. viii, 258 p. 25 fig.,3 maps. 25.5 cm. Leipzig, 1923. (Die vegetation der erde, v. 15.) Botanical explorations, bibliography (95 titles) ; phytogeography, plant forma- tions, useful plants, list of vernacular names, ete. Local Buchtien, Otto. Contribuciones a la flora del Bolivia, I. parte. 197 p. 22 cm. La Paz, 1910. List only, with descriptions of new species and citation of localities, apparently confined to the author’s collections. No citation of exsiccatae. Hemsley, W. B., and Pearson, H. H. W. Ona small collection of dried plants obtained by Sir Martin Conway in the Bolivian Andes. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 35: 78-90. 1901. Botanical explorations, general features of flora; annotated list of 46 angio- sperms collected at localities up to 18,700 feet, 38 of the species being from 12,000 feet or above. Herzog, Theodor. Die von Dr. Th. Herzog auf seiner zweiten reise durch Bolivien in den jahren 1910 und 1911 gesammelten pflanzen I-VI. Meded. Rijks Herb. Leyden no. 19. 84 p. 1913; no. 27. 90 p. pl. 1915; no. 29. 94 p. 1916; no. 38. 19 p. 1918; no. 40. 77 p. 1921; no. 46. 31 p. 1922. Treatments of various families by specialists. A list of the families published through 1921 (pt. 1-5) is contained in Herzog’s Die pflanzenwelt der bolivischen Anden... Vegetation der erde 15: 19-22. 1923. Pflanzenformationen Ost-Bolivias. Bot. Jahrb. Engler 44: 346—405. pl. 3 (map). 1910. Keological; includes (p. 399-404) alphabetical list of vernacular names, with botanical equivalents; bibliography. 238 MISC. PUBLICATION 401, U. S. DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE Rusby, H. H. New species from Bolivia collected by R. S. Williams. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 487-517. 1910; 8: 89-135. 1912. Descriptions of new species only, systematically arranged; the ferns, grasses, and orchids omitted. A few of the species are from Peru. On the collections of Mr. Miguel Bang in Bolivia. Mem. Torrey Club v. 3, no. 3. 67 p. 1898; 4: 203-274. 1895; 6: 1-180. 1896. Bul. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 309-470. 1907. List of species collected, from 1885 on, with localities and collecting numbers; complete except for Gramineae. Specimens of Rusby and R. Pearce are also cited. and Britton, N. L. An enumeration of the plants collected by Dr. H. H. Rusby in South America, 1885-1886. Bul. Torrey Club 15: 177-184. 1888; 23: 471-499. 1896; 15: 247-258. 1888; 16: 13-20, 61-64, 153-160, 189-192, 259 262, 324-327. 1889; 17: 9-12, 53-60, 91-94, 211-214, 281-284. 1890; 18: 35-38, 107-110, 261-264, 331-834. 1891; 19: 1-4, 148-151, 263-266, 371-374. 1892; 20: 137-140. 1893; 25: 495-500, 542-545. 1898; 26: 142-152, 189-200. 1899: 27: 22-31, 69-84, 124-137. 1900; 28: 301-318. 1801; 29: 694-704. 1902. (Reprinted as Contrib. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. no. 6, 181, 200. 229 p.) Systematic list of cellular and vascular plants with localities, collecting num- bers, and occasional annotations. The plants are mostly from Bolivia. Treat- ment of cryptogams by E. G. Britton and others. Pt. II (Mosses) has title: An enumeration of the plants collected by H. H. Rusby, in Bolivia, 1885-86. BRAZIL See also Argentina (I a ‘ } 2 4 = = byecsk ' ~ ’ Ty = iz = x Bea ete Co = iy wt ae + in. ee 4 phe ofc eee: b= Tht AUTHOR INDEX Abbe, Ernest Cleveland, 1905— WaADTAC OGM r esheets Abrams, LeRoy, 1874— Gah Oren ayes Te a United States, western_____ Abromeit, Johannes, 1857-— Gree] aie Le eee ee Acosta, N. Rojas See Rojas Acosta, Nicolas Adams, Charles Christopher, 1873— See Peck, C. H. New York_ Adams, James, -1906 INorthe island) No Ze eee See Kirk, T. North Island, QUE eC Es Bes es ea See Hurst, B. Prince Ed- Vireo | USP ei eve Eg eS See Schmitt, J. Quebec___ Adamson, Robert Stephen, 1885— Cape of Good Hope__---_-- SOuEnPAUS Gralliays ee ee eee Adcock, George Henry WiClOniay ee 2th. S8 eee 2 Ahern, George Patrick, 1859-— Gnitroduction) 2222222 ake Aiken, Walter Harris, 1856-1935 OHIO gees eer i Ainslie, James Robert, 1889- INTS erie wee oe sete 2S oi es Se. Airy-Shaw, Herbert Kenneth, 1902- See Ridley, H. N. Borneo___ Akana, Akaiko, ir. See Kaaiakamanu, D. M. Hawaiian Islands ________ Akina, J. K. See Kaaiakamanu, D. M. Hawaiian Islands ________ Al’bov, Nikolai Mikhailovich, 1866-1897 | EASE ERC G 1 Hg 2 le ee Alcocer, Gabriel V., 1852-1916 VIG Xe Oe rene Le See Martinez, M. Mexico__ Alexander. Andrew, -1914 See Dickson, J. M. Ontario_ Alexander, Wilfrid Backhouse. 1885-— Western Australia _________ Alexander, William Henry, 1867-— esserzAntilles 22 eve ee Alexander, William Prindle, 1881- See House,.H. D. New York_ Alfaro Gonzdélez, Anastasio, 1865- Costathicave -.22 Tie Allabach. Lulu Frances IVT Oe Thee eh esi Page 137 166 162 155 202 104 109 109 Allan, 1882-— News Zealon das 2s De INOEth Island wine Za]. 22s See Cockayne, L. YS SENG VS ANG | RAS es ate Sa Alleizette, Charles d’ Madagas@ars 22s) ai ts Allison, Edith Mary CoOlOoragd OSs. es as eer ee Allmendinger, Elizabeth C., 1837- 1909 Michie aes eo A ay Almeida, A, Gomes de See Gomes de Almeida, A. Almeida Costa, Oswaldo de See Costa, O. de A. Almeida Pinto, Joaquim de, -—1870 JSR WAU beatae Ean aes See wee Almonte y Muriel, Enrique qd’, 1858-1917 RiozdenOro. 2 Wen ees: Alston, Arthur Hugh Garfit See Exell, A.W. Angola___- Altamirano, Manuel Urbina y See Urbina y Altamirano, M. Alvarez, Antenor AT Cems Le eae eS An Ambronn, Hermann i. e. Ernst Ludwig Victor Hermann, 1856— 1927 ramets tees & Be Paes sas Amelung, Hans See Wehmer, C. (Introduc- GIOT) eee Re eae OE Sees Andersen, Johannes Carl, 1873— IN@wW:, : Zealan Ghee se ae ear in Harry Howard Barton, See Fitzpatrick, T. J. Iowa_ Anderson, James Robert, 1841-1930 BratiShis Columbians eee Anderson, Robert Henry New South Wales_____-_ = Andrade, Edmundo Navarro de See Navarro de Andrade, Ed- mundo Andrews, Charles William, 1866— 1924 Christmas islands wee Andrews, Luman, 1839-1921 Connecticut= 2222 e ee reas Massachusettsea =e See Bissell, C. H. Connec- Bhs 1.5) 6) oO Shek BN ET ther de Ake See Graves, C. B. Connec- ELC UGS es ee aa eee 169 189 238 233 284 Apolinar Maria, hermano, 1867-— Page Colombiges == 22s seca 248 Applegate, Elmer Ivan, 1867-— Calif Onnig=s = Sey eee 166 Oregons Se see eee 209 Arbelaez, Enrique Pérez See Pérez Arbelaez, E. Archer, William, 1820-1874 Tasmanta< 25222 eee 85 Arechavaleta, José, 1838-1912 UTS ay 2s EE ee ees 259 Armengol Valenzuela, Pedro See Valenzuela, P. A. Armstrong, John B. SOM JING ING YA 82 Armstrong, John F. SouthslslandsNeeZe eee 82 Arquimbau, Ramon Masferrer y See Masferrer y Arquimbau, Ramon Arruda da Camara, Manoel, 1752- 1810 See Almeida Pinto, J. de. Brazil] 22 oe ee ee 238 Arséne, Louis, frére (secular name Jean Marie Bixuel), 1875-— Newfoundland: 222232202 140 Arthur, Joseph Charles, 1850-1942 Minnesotan 222-82 as ene ee 192 Artz, Lena Clemens Virginigve2 4-226 2 ae ae 218 Ascencao Mendonca, Francisco de See Mendonca, F. de A. Ascherson, Paul Friedrich August, 1834-1913 Sy) ee ee ee eee 30 aprad ores <= Saree ae as OG 1 BALI O13 ak ae a Sa te We ae 41, 42 WieSGCA fir Cates im se ane 5s 62 See Durand, E. Libya______ 41 See Schweinfurth, G. Egypt_ 31, 32 Asenjo, Conrado Federico, 190S8— PueriorwRicos se. = eee 230 Ashe, William Willard, 1872-1932 See Coker, W. C. North Car- OlIN Gees 25 te Ree Ree 204 Ashton, Ruth Elizabeth (Mrs. Aven Nelson), 1896— Colorad 0 eee ee ae ee 170 Aston, Bernard Cracroft, 1871-— INortholslandsgNep Za 79 SOME JENA IN YAR a= 82 See Cockayne, L. North Island Ne Zit 228 20 eee 80 See Dunedin Field Club. NewsZealand2-2 82 See Petrie, D. South Island, ING Zaire: Se ee gee ELS a ag 83 Atwood, Alice Cary, 1876- United States, general______ 157 Aubert de la Riie, Edgar French Somaliland__________ 37 Aubréville, André Ivory ,Coastte. 23 eae 40 AUTHOR INDEX Audas, James Wales, 1872- Page See Hwart, A.J. Victoria___ 13, 74 Aughey, Samuel, 1831-1912 See Pound, R. Nebraska___. 195 Autran, Eugéne, 1855-1912 Patagonia2: 2222 = ae eee 254 Avetta, Carlo, 1861— HW EhOpla see ee eee eee 34 Azevedo de Menezes, Carlos See Menezes, C. A. de Bachman, John, 1790-1874 South, Carohna== === 213 Backer, Cornelis Andries, 1874— SAV A Se oe ae as thle Badé, William Frederic, 1871- 19386 See Muir, John. Alaska____ 132 Baerecke, John Frederic, 1851— 1920 MPlorida 222 5_. 2 eee 172 Baeza Riquelme, Victor Manuel Chil@: 253 252.0% 2 eee ere 245 Baggley, Herma Geneva (Albert- son), 1896— See McDougall, W. B. Wy- OMIN Gs 28 oe ae 223 Bailey, Frederick Manson, 1827— 1915 Australia: ees ber ee ee 63 Queensland 222 ae eee 68, 69 Bailey, John Frederick, 1866- 1938 See Bailey, F. M. Queens- land: 2.2 2a ee eee 68 Bailey, Liberty Hyde, 1858— Minnesota: eee 192 Ontario a2 DCO eee ees 141 See Arthur, J.C. Minnesota 192 Bailey, Loring Woart, 1839-1925 Noval Scotial=: 22ers 140 Bailey, William Whitman, 1843- 1914 Rhodesian da eee 212 See Rives, W. C. Rhode Pslanqss.= 22206 8 eee 213 Baillon, Henri Ernest, 1827-1895 (introduction) eee 6 Madagascars=] 22s 96 Baird, John Faris, 1854-1905 Indiana. ee ee 176 See Barnes, C. R. Indiana_. 176 Baker, Edmund Gilbert, 1864— Ugand at 262 See Se 61 See Andrews, C. W. Christ- mas) islands <= = saa 94 See Gregory, J. W. Kenya__ 40 See Rendle, A. B. Belgian CONGO=5. 2 2-e ee eee ee 25 See Rendle, A. B. Mozam- biqQUe@s (25-2 ae eee ee 47 See Rendle, A. B. New Cale- GOW ae at a ee 8 eke eee 119 See Rendle, A. B. New Guline@a 222 2 ae oe ae 121 AUTHOR INDEX Baker, Edmund Gilbert—Contin- ued See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__ See Rendle, A. B. Northern PerritOny so ens eS See Ridley, H. N. New UH CESS Ye me ee aaa en See Wilkins, G. H. Tristan da Cunha. Islands =—- =. Baker, John Gilbert, 1834-1920 Mascarene Islands____-_____ See Grant, J. Dakota i224 ee 206 Natal. 2) = see oie eee 48 Benner, Walter Mackinnett, 1888— Beyerle, Richard Penn sylivenkae ee ee ee 210 See Knuth, R. Venezuela__ 260 Bennett, James Lawrence, 1832- Bicknell, Eugene Pintard, 1859— 1904 1925 See Providence Franklin So- Massachusetts =! aaa 187 ciety. Rhode Island___--_ 212 | Bigelow, John Milton, 1804-1878 Bennetts, William James, 1865- Qhio®e= =. eee 206, 207 1920 Billings, Braddish, jr., 1819-1871 See Wheeler, W. M. Wiscon- Ontario. <2 Le eee 141 _ Sin __-------------------- 223 | Billington, Cecil, 1876—- Benoist, Raymond i: Michigan, J -020 2 aia eer 189 French Guiana—-----~__-_- 251, 252| Birger, Selim Birger Gotthard Mores er - 4) (mé Andersson), 1879-1931 Sarre vee ie acu oe ae eee Falkland Islands__-________ 89 Benson, Gilbert Thereon, 1896— se SEEING SUEY EES 9 Use? mera 209 Connecticut. ote ae ee 171 Bentham, George, 1800-1884 peeve: Oe ee 171 ASUS UMBIIE, ooo ace stacenes 63 | Bitter, Georg i. e. Friedrich Au- British'@uiand == ae wiser 1244: -24Q97 pau gust Georg, 1873-1927 See Hooker, J. D. Nigeria_ 49 awn olclanda eee 410 paella LSE aig Black, John McConnell, 1855— RB ( ntroduction) SS ne Pe eT 6 Northern Territory _.-______ 67 erg, Carlos i. e. Federico Guil- South Australia 70. 71 lermo Carlos, 1843-1902 See Cleland J. B. South 5 ATen tind ss eeeeS soe See, 233 haeies tn, iia sabia 71 Renee Fanny (Dickerson), Blackwell, Ellen W. United States, general______ 157 rer ar eee 73 Bergman, Herbert Floyd, 1883— rf Blake, Joseph, 1814-1888 NQEIE [ROR Alay ANS See Fernald, M. L. Maine. 184 Berro, Mariano B., —1922 ms Blake, Sidney Fay, 1892— Uruguay ---_-----~____-___ 259 Guatemala —— = ee 147 Berthelot, Sabin, 1794-1880 See Atwood, A. ©. United See Webb, RAB Canary States, general Yee ee 157 Islands___--_---------~-- 87 See Beetle, A. A. New Bertherand, Emile Louis, 1820?- Hampshire = <0 (eas 197 1890 See Flynn, N. F. Vermont__ 2158 Dahomey 222-4 Beene Soe 30 See Killip, E. P. Maryland-_ 188 AUTHOR INDEX Blankinship, Joseph William, Page| Bonnet, Edmond, 1848-1922 Page 1862-1938 aX] F242 8 ny Pt 19 Calitornigas 22 lane ees ke 166 French West Africa________ 38 Mon tanaaues iatists st Sey ee 194, 195 Mauritaniaeos say 2 Sie 43 DRS. FS RAIS A oe et 29 ae 215 MOorOCCOme. #2 Ese J sheatih Bia 44 See Rydberg, P. A. Montana_ 195 RUNES Tee eee ek EE 60 Blatchley, Willis Stanley, 1859- Boot, David Herbert 1940 TOW apes soi ee 179 Indiana ess ee ee 176 | Bornmuller, Joseph _ (Josef) Blewitt, Arthur Edmund, 1872— Friedrich Nicolaus, 1862- Goumecticntess sos ae 171 TE 240 Blodgett, Frederick Harvey, 1872- Borzi, Antonino, 1852-1921 1926 1 Ol ON 2125 LS eas A aa 41 See Shreve, F. Maryland_.__ 186 | Bouquet, J. Blomquist, Hugo Leander, 1888— Al erige se 1% NorthuC@arolina. 2. =. as 204 me cae we =) SRSA Blondel, Raoul Emile, 1864— a De ate to an, o4 Argentina ~-----------_---- 231) Bouton, Louis. -—1878 Bocquillon-Limousin, Henri Masearene Islands_____.____ 99 Tunisia___________-_-_____- 60 | Bouvé, Thomas Tracy, 1815-1896 Bode, Irwin Theodore, 1891-— Massachusetts ___________ 187 LEO ee ee eae ea 178 |Bowman, Howard Hiestand Min- Bocher, Tyge Wittrock, 1909-— nich, 1886— Greenland) 2.222 42. Tee Bese. 155 WOT ae ae a ea MEE SS 172 Boerlage, Jacob Gijsbert, 1849— Bowman, Paul William, 1897- 1900 Quche@=se FEE dan ee! 143 Dutchshastandiess—s2— 2222 105 | Box, Harold Edmund, 1898- See Hasselt, A. L. van. Su- Lesser Antilles_2_—--- 7 229 T0031 i pte oa Nt eae 129 | Brace, John Pierce, 1793-1872 Bogue, Ernest Everett, 1864-1907 Connecticutea es nical Oldlahom ae ee 208 | Bradford, George W., 1796-1883 Bois, Désiré Georges Jean Marie, ING SLOT a 200 1856— Bradner, Elbert, 1847-1913 Chatroduction 22ers 5 SOME, a 176 See Paillieux, A. Ethiopia 35|Bradtke, W. —1919 Boitel, M. Mie air @ Sea Set he FEE AY 115 INIGROCCOR ee ee 44 |Brainerd, Ezra, 1844-1924 Boldingh, Isaac (Isaic, Izaak), See Dole, 8. de Wen aly 1879-1938 Brandegee, Mary Katharine WOR oa a eal Se 112 (Layne) (Curran), 1844-1920 uesser: Antilles <= ees 223], nn Se ace sear 166 Bolle, Carl August, 1821-1909 Eis TOORORAv al Bach ANTNOLT Cay 2 California eum w Es 166, 167 Bolton, Florence Mexico i 150 See Burtt Davy, J. Uganda 61 See Greene, E. L. California 168 Bolus, Frank og | Brandwijk, M. G. Breyer- Cape of Good Hope_-__----- 28 See Breyer-Brandwijk, M. G. South-west Africa _________- 56|Branner, John Casper, 1850-1922 Bolus, Harry, 1834-1911 Miica Ti Sa Soticuis aeikeuar ied, ae 164 Cape of Good Hope_--_____- 28 | Braun, Alexander Carl Heinrich, See Macowan, P. South 1805-1877 ASTAICH, 2 Se 54 Wthiopiaeee ene eer sneek 34 Bolus, Louisa (Kensit) i. e. Har- Braun, Emma Lucy, 1889- riet Margaret Louisa (Mrs. F. OVO ee ir Bhs Babes 207 Bolus), 1877— Braun, Johannes, 1859-1893 See Bolus, F. Cape of Good Gaileroon spe ee a 27 Tio pesess Sis Cae ea 28 | Braun, Karl Philipp Johann See Bolus, F. South-west Georg, 1870-1935. ANY ETN G2 fa OR 56 Ran ganyikae" 2s see ete 57 Bongard, Heinrich Gustav i. e. Braun-Blanquet, Josias, 1884— August Heinrich Gustav, 1786- (MOTO CEO pane te ment re enn we. 44 1839 Bravo Hollis, Helia, 1903- PAN AS erie a et 130 MGxX1C0 2:22) 2 ae eee 150 241306°—42——_19 288 Brehmer, Wilhelm von, 1883— See Wiesner, J. (Introduc- (ECO) Ob) ements rel De Di! Suk eC Bremekamp, Cornelis Eliza Bertus, 1888— Bechuanaland Protectorate__ See Burtt Davy, J. Trans- vaal Brendel, Frederick, 1820-1912 VV OTS) i ae Rw United States, general______ Brendle, Thomas Roy, 1889— Page 3) 23 59 175 158 See Kline, W. A. Pennsyl- Ved eS ee ee 211 See Lick, D. E. Pennsyl- SV ELIT aes Sea ee ee 211 Brewer, William Henry, 1828-1910 Californians. vee eee ae a 165 Breyer-Brandwijk, Maria Gerdina, 1899- See Watt, J. M South PTY Cs oe em ace 54 Brink, R. C. Bakhuizen van den See Bakhuizen van den Brink, R. C. Britten, James, 1846-1924 Dutch Hast Indies=22= aaa 106 Nyasalandie 2k See ee 50 See Gregory, J. W. Kenya__ 40 Britton, Elizabeth Gertrude (Knight), 1858-1934 See Willis, O. R. New York. 203 Britton, Nathaniel Lord, 1859- 1934 ATIZON A 22. 22 ae: one ea 163, 164 Bah anna wis laa see ee ee 224 Bermuda island ss2= ee 87 Lesser Antilles_____________ 229 IN@w. Jersey 222) eas free 197 PuertogR ico ee eee ele 230 United States, general_____ 158 United States, northeastern. 160 G0 (<(6) oe li ay Ne A 1445 See Hollick, C. A. New York. ?91 See Morong. T. Paraguay__ 253 See Rusby, H. H. Bolivia__ 288 Broadhurst, Jean Alice, 1873-— See Walker, H. G. New JECTS y eae Le ee ee 198 Brooks, Alonzo Beecher, 1873— West Virginige 22a ee 221 See Core, E. L. West Vir- VINA e ss Sas Ne eee ee Al Broun, Alfred Forbes, 1858— Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 20 Brown, Addison, 1830-1913 See Britton, N. L. United States, northeastern____~- 169 Brown, Calvin Smith, 1866— MiUssiSSip pil === Seas ee 193 Brown, Clair Alan, 1903- TOUS Tana ye ee Be a a eeainade 183 Michioants 0 Se es ee 190 Brown, Elizabeth Dorothy (Wuist), 1880- See Brown, F. B. H. Poly- NCTA ots as Lee ate Pea ee 125 AUTHOR INDEX Brown, Forest Buffen Harkness, Page 1873- Polynesia 22222. eee 125 Brown, Harry Philip, 1887— NewYork 22.20 2. ieee ee 199 Brown, Nicholas Edward, 1849- 1934 BTiGiSheG Wien ese eee 244 See Kerr, J. G. Argentina__ 235 See Lugard, HE. J. Bechuana- land) Protectorate== == 23 Brown, R. N. Rudmose See Rudmose Brown, R. N. Brown, Robert (of Campster), 1842-1895 BritishyCohimbias aaa 134 Brown, Stewardson, 1867-1921 See Keller, I. A. Pennsyl- Vania. 2 eee ee ee 211 Brown, William Henry, 1884-1939 Philippine Islands________ 122, 123 Bruhin, Thomas Aquinas, 1835- 1895 United States, general______ 158 W.iSCOnSIny 2522 2 aaa 221 Bruijn Kops, George Francois de, 1820-1881 Sumatra: == lee 2s Sane ee 129 Bruno, Alessandro Sahara 22 esr ee eae 51 Bruns, Ferdinand Per 22 2 ae ee 256 Brush, Warren David, 1881— Puerto Ricol 2 ss ae 230 Bruyn Kops, G. F. de See Bruijn Kops, G. F. de. Bryan, Edwin Horace, jr., 1898— Hawaiian Islands__________ 109 Micronesig@: 228 22 3 ae eens 116 Bryan, William Alanson, 1875-— Hawaiian Islands___________ 109 IMicronesiawas === anne 116 Bryant, Alfred T. — Natale 28 ieee nan 48 Buchanan, John, -1898 Australian aislandsa=sass 101 North Island, N. GZ _-____ 220 79 South Island, N. Z________ 82 Buchholz, John Theodore, 1888— See Branner, J.C. Arkansas_ 164 See Harvey, F.L. Arkansas. 165 Buchtien, Otto Bolivia/ 2222 3. ee re on Bulow, Werner von Samoan island saa aeees eee 127 Bittner, Richard i. e. Oscar Alex- ander Richard, 1858— TOPO: sa] ee eee eee 58 Buhl, Carl Arthur, 1913-7935 See Peattie, D. C. Indiana. 177 See Pepoon, H. S. Illinois. 175 Bukasov, Sergei Mikhailovich, 1891- Mexico .22 202 Spare eee 149 Bull, Henry See Lauderburn, D. E. Mis- sissippi. Ss ee 193 AUTHOR INDEX Bullock, Arthur Allman, 1906— Page See Lugard, E. J. Uganda- 61 Burgess, Edward Sandford, 1855— 1928 ING wie VO 1 kas 200 Burk, Isaac, 1816-1893 See Smith, A. H. Pennsyl- VAIO Ae ees Side sole a SAS Zi, Burk, Myrle Marie Juliana, 1898-— TO Wiese A eh a 179 Burkill, Isaac Henry, 1870— Arcentinara2 eee ee es 233 Melanesian 222s 2) ae ates ors IIU5) Nyasalands oss eee +8) IROUV MES Tea eames alch hala oat tees 125 Burman, William Alfred, 1856—- 1909 Manitoba 2222 ees eee a 138 Burnham, Stewart Henry, 1870— INewe JV Or kee! Pas hes 200 See Stetson, S. New York-- 203 Burns, George Plumer, 1871- NOTIN OTN Ge sete ee eas eS a 217 Burollet, Pierre André, 1889-— ERM Sass See 2 OS ee 60 Burtt, Bernard Dearman, 1902- 1938 Belgians Congo= sweet 24 Burtt Davy, Joseph, 1870-1940 GoldiCoast as Br es aes ts 38 INV Salliaiin Qs 8 ee 2 2 oe 2 a ee 50 ARRAN S Vaal sos ee oe eee 59 Warn ae see et ae 61 See Greene, E. L. California. 168 Bush, Benjamin Franklin, 1858- 1937 IMUSS QUII= =o oe 193, 194 See Daniels, F. P. Missouri. 194 See Mackenzie, K. K. Mis- SOU oe eee oe ee OS 2 an 194 Busse, Walter Karl Otto, 1865- 1933 PANS Myla ee ees 5 Bustos, M. R. Espinosa See Espinosa Bustos, M. R. Butler, S. R. Wiabradory eee eS a 137 Butteaud, Edouard Socitetyaislamds=2 222 25 27 a= 128 Butters, Frederic King, 1878-— See Rosendahl, C. O. Min- NCSO UA ar res Ss 192 Caballero y Segares, Arturo INIOROCCORt = =e rr 44 Cadet de Gassicourt, Charles Louis, 1769-1821 Mreneh Guiana =) ee 252 Cain, Stanley Adair, 1902-— ARENIMESSEC Sees Ne 7A U5) Calandrini Pinheiro, Enéas See Pinheiro, Enéas Calandrini Calderon, Salvador, 1884-1940 See Standley, P. C. Sal- VEC Opie eens warns Rees 154 Camara, Manoel Arruda da See Arruda da Camara, Manoel 289 Cambage, Richard Hind, 1859-1928 Page New South Wales__________ 65 Cammerloher, Hermann, 1885- 1940 Dutch>hastindies=222232555 105 Campbell, A. G. See Sullivan, D. Victoria__ 75 Campbell, George Gordon, 1863- INOVar SCO lla Sa see ee 140 Campbell, Robert, 1835-1921 UCC Cee ie ee ee) 143 Campos Novaes, José de See Novaes, José de Campos Camus, Aimée Antoinette, 1879- See Guillaumin, A. Poly- NESTAM ae WIE Biba ie Tae 125 Cantu, Débora Ramirez See Ramirez Cantt, Débora Carazo Peralta, Manuel, tr. See Polakowsky, H. Costa FUCA oe we CED. 147 Cardoso, Joao, jr. Cape Verde Islands________~_ 88 Dutehehastindiess 22a sees 106 Sao Thomé and Principe____ 52 Cardot, Jules, 1860-1934 See Delamare, E. Newfound- Ren) ie aa PE eA SS OF 140 Carrier, Joseph Célestin, 1833-1904 Qu eh e eye acs Eee ee ae 144 Carrisso, Luis Wittnich, 1886-1937 A O laws So Se, MEY 22 Carruthers, William, 1830-1922 See Gregory, J. W. Kenya_ 40 Carse, Harry, 1857-1930 INGORE SST and ING Zee 79 Carter, James Madison Gore, 1843— 1919 UM DGUGYOVIS) Avzak Pest eels Bethe eee es 174 United States, general_______ 158 Carter, Joel Jackson, 1848-1912 See Small, J. K. Pennsyl- VENI Ge ba SU RES AS A SPR 212 Carter, William R. BritishsColumbia2=soe..2 === 134 Cary, Charles Allen, 1861-1935 PUEY EY 00s cnn men eee te nee Sa a Ed 163 Cary, Merritt, 1880-1918 Colorado taker oes a ee 169 Vay OMNI Se eas 2 ee 223 Castellanos, Alberto See Kurtz, F. Argentina__ 232 Castetter, Edward Franklin, 1896— CA THZ.O Tae ee ae TER A 164 News Mexdcoe2 aes 198, 199 Castillo, Luis Chiles eae ARs ed Dn 246 Castle, William Ernest, 1867— FSA Sa acer Eee eh sk 182 Castro, Eduardo B. Argentina 2. a ee ae 231 Caum, Edward Leonard, 1893-— Hawaiian Islands_____-____ 111 See Christophersen, E. Ha- \Wwaiein JiSewoo hy 111 Cayla, Victor See Dubard, M. Morocco__-- 45 290 Chabrolin, Charles Page TUnISI9. 2 ea See aS eee 60 Chamberlain, Edward Blanchard, 1878-1925 Maine 2-22 atthe to 184 Chamberlain, Lucia Sarah United States, northeastern. 160 Chamberlain, Ralph Very, 1879— Utah. 22257 28s See Pell UT Chapman, Alvan Wentworth, 1809-1899 Hlorida=2 25 _ 225) “ss bvam x 172 United States, southeastern. 161 Chase, Agnes i. e. Mary Agnes (Merrill), 1869— See Millspaugh, C. F. MEXICO [ese hrn efe Rea 151 Cheel, Edwin, 1872- Australia: 9as.2eur ariel 63 See Ewart, A. J. Northern Territony.—. 22 ear ee 67 Cheeseman, Thomas. Frederic, 1846-1923 Australian Islands__-_____ rg meallal New Zealand: 2-2. S22 75°28 OC North island Neae=- 2222 79, 80 Polynesia = Af Au cere ernns ES South Tslands Ne Zee 82 Cheesman, Ernest Entwisle, 1898— See Williams, R. O. Ven- eZuela ale DEE rs eo 261 Cheney, Lellen Sterling, 1858-1938 W ISCONnGin eee eae Mp Gala? Chermont de Miranda, Vicente See Miranda, V. C. de Chesnut, Victor King, 1867-1938 California oe ke ene 167 Chevalier, Auguste i. e. Jean Bap- tiste Auguste, 1873- Cape Verde Islands_________ 88 French Equatorial Africa_—_ 36 French Somaliland____--___~ 37 French West Africa_______ 37, 38 Tyvony2 (Coast 26263 ae os 40 Saharan tes etek eer esd 51 Senegal Se Ae Se eevee ated 52 West Africa hate ors senate 62 Chiovenda, Emilio, 1871-1940 Writteas 2 see. aera ee 33 Hthiopia== 22 eee stea seat 34, 35 Italian Somaliland _______-~- 39 Kiem yal ns Bate ob ah ty bere cs 40 Chipp, Thomas Ford, 1886-1931 Anglo-Egyptian Sudan___-__ at Gold ‘Coasts. 28 229 caer ad 38, 39 Chisholm, Edwin Claud New South Wales__________ 65 Chodat, Robert Hippolyte, 1865- 1934 Argentinal2: = 52 Vee as ans 233 Paraguay 428 2 ieee D2 Christensen, Carl Frederik Albert, 1872- | OFA'4 6) Spee neem ome tee reas ee 31 See Skottsberg, C. Juan Fer- nangdez islands) ae AUTHOR INDEX Christensen, Carl Frederik Al- bert—Continued See Skottsberg, C. Poly- N@SlQ =~ Sk 2 eee See Summerhayes, V.S. Sey- chelles 2 | 4.8) (eee eee Christian, Frederick William, 1867-1934 Micronesi9= S22 a eee Christophersen, Erling, 1898— Galapagos Islands__________ Hawaiian - Islands ee. ee Polynesia S22. eee deeene eee Samoan: [sland see ssees eee Tristan da Cunha Islands__ Christy, Cyrus William, 1831-1881 Rennsylvania eee een Christy, Robert Miller, 1861-1928 Manitoba 22 2" 2i< eee Chrysler, Mintin Asbury, 1871— See Shreve, F. Maryland_ Churchill, Joseph Richmond, 1845-1933 Massachusetts______-_______ Clark, Arthur See Deane, Walter. Massa- CcChusettS 222 ee Clark, Hal Beck See Pammel, L. H. Iowa__ Clark, Howard Walton, 1870-1941 Indiang 2.4... 2 oo eee See Evermann, B. W. _ In- diana... = sae Clark, Hubert Lyman, 1870— See Cobb, N. A. Massa- chusetts = 3 eae Clary, Louis Raphaél i. e. Louis Jean Guillaume Raphaél, 1859- 1892 Algeria: s22 202 Se eee eee Clason, E. W. J8Va, 22223 eee Claypole, Edward Waller, 1835- 1901 Pennsylvania 2222 ee Cleland, John Burton, 1S78— New South Wales___________ Northern Territory South=Australiqg== 35 Clements, Frederic Edward, 1874— INebraska: 2. 2s 20s Se ee eh es Clercq, Frederik Sigismund Alex- ander de, 1842-1906 Duteh Hast indies] Clohisy, Matt WiISCOnSIN=22 222" = eee Clokey, Ira Waddell, 1879- See Brandegee, T. S. Cali- fornia. 5-2 eee TexXasi i. 2 ee ee ee Clunies Ross, W. J. See Ross, W. J. Clunies AUTHOR INDEX Clute, Willard Nelson, 1869- Page Ginitrodirction) 2222222222 dD INGWir OD kee ee eee 200 United States, general_____ 160 Cobb, Nathan Augustus, 1859- 1932 Massachusetts= 2 187 Coburn, Louise Helen, 1851— Maine OS ak Aa iene pshoer a by ego 185 Cockayne, Leonard, 1855-1934 New Zea landeae = ae 1G Ths IN@rEh ella Ne Zee 80 Southetslands New Zee ee 2 See Speight, R. South Is- GING Zee eaten eS 85 Cockerell, Theodore Dru Alison, 1866-— Coloradogs = sere eS ee 170 See Daniels, F. P. Colorado. 170 Cocks, Reginald Wodehouse Somers, 1863-1926 PARVUM A ee et Se eI 2 163 ANEMIA SHEN Ayes ere meee ee 183, 184 Coker, William Chambers, 1872-— INOEEnE Carolin ayes ese ee 204 South Caroling! =2ss2- es 213 United States, southeastern. 161 Cole, Emma Jane, 1845-1910 MIC ee apres 2 a ee 190 Coleman, Nathan, 1825-1887 Michiana ee a 190 Colenso, William, 1811-1899 New = Zealand== =. a2. 78 Northalislands Nee Ze2-2- 2 2 ee 80 Collins, Frank Shipley, 1848-1920 See Dame, L. L. Massachu- SOULS eee ac Ee ae Se et 187 Collins, Guy N., 1872-1938 See Cook, O. F. Puerto Rico. 230 Combs, Robert, 1872-1899 aif ea Se 226 Compton, Robert Harold, 1886-— Cape of Good Hope________ 28 See Rendle, A. B. New Cale- CONG) Ce Ve is I i ag gia 119 Conard, Henry Shoemaker, 1874— GN Ufa haa eae 0" A eee lee aa 179 Congdon, Joseph Whipple, 1834— 1910 CARO ae eee eS 167 Constance, Lincoln, 1909- CmlmOrnides =. 2 te = 167 Conzatti, Cassiano, 1862- Mexico jis ag ETS ie lees teat 149 Conzemius, Edouard FROM GU AS se oe et 148 Cook, Mabel Priscilla, 1866— A Ob bi(ees 2 ae ee eee 185 See Dame, L. L. Massachu- SCLi gamers Be oy 187 Cook, Orator Fuller, 1867— Verto COfe ee 230 Cooper, George Proctor, 3d ] Cal (ever Wee ee eee 41 Cooper, James Graham, 1830-1902 Washington 2-222 219 Cooper, William Skinner, 1884— Page IAG Klee seeds eae ee 131 Vi hater cairn eee aE 190 Coppetti, Victor See Gonzalez, M. Uruguay. 259 Cordemoy, Eugéne Jacob de See Jacob de Cordemoy, E. Cordero, Luis CUO Tr a i Pa | Core, Earl Lemley, 1902-— WeSHAViteiniqasee aie Gls) 22m See Millspaugh, C. F. West NV snr an eee ess ad yapA| Corre, Armand Marie, 1841-— Hrench? Guineas 2 2 sone ee 37 Corréa, Manoel Pio, 18757-1934 1 CVG VAU LS bay Cie TE ie ae a oe 238 Cortés, Santiago Colombia) 22 sai0se Lee eh = 249 Cortesi, Fabrizio, 1S79-— iby ae ee a ee 41 Corti, Roberto Ep yan ae ee i, 41, 42 Cory, Victor Louis, 1880- 2) EG Sa 8 wa 215 See Parks, H. B. Texas___ 216 Cosson, Ernest Saint-Charles, 1819-1889 NNER ST gi fa pl Sec ep en come ag 18 ERTS 12 se ee een ee 60 See Hanoteau, A. Algeria_ LG Costa, Oswaldo de Almeida See Peckolt, T. Brazil_____ 240 Cotton, Arthur Disbrowe, 1879- BeleianiCongos=2e2esss ss. 25 Cotton, Mrs. E. M. See Vallentin, Mrs. E. F. Falkland Islands_________~ 89 Coulter, John Merle, 1851-1928 DEY CCG aes Sa ee ew Se eae IRs ALT(7h AIO AIG eRe See LF cae 216 United States, western_____ 162 See Gray, A. United States, nonreheasterny = 160 Coulter, Stanley i. e. Moses Stan- ley, 1853-— 2 Lye Un 1G2 1 es Yee a ei apes 176 Courbon, Alfred, 1829-[ ?] VEC ay mec a ease A ea 33 Courtney, Wilbur Doane, 1896- See St. John, H. Washing- fi ee eae es EN Fir Sa 220 Coutinho, Antonio Xavier Pereira, 1851-1939 Cape Verde Islands________ 88 Coville, Frederick Vernon, 1867-— 1937 ANAS Kees recess ese Weary 2 kaha ig 13) allah gra pete eS eo te 167 Ones One ye a eee 209 See Branner, J. C. Arkan- SEES A a ae Se ae 164 See Funston, F. Alaska____ 131 Cox, George Hastings, 1871— INOV Ale SCOEIQ eee eee 141 292 Craig, Moses, 18647-1913 ORIO\= 22 see ee ee See Selby, A. D. Ohio__-__- Cranwell, Lucy May INOrEthelsland Ny Zee 80 POlyNeSiag se ee eee 125 See Oliver, W. R. B. North Tslandy N22 eee 81 See Wall, A. North Island, ING Diet oe ee cau goa 81 Cratty, Robert Irvin, 1853-1940 LOW a2 es ee 178 See Pammel, L. H. Michi- fans ee ee ee 191 See Wolden, B. O. Iowa_._ 181 Crawford, David Livingston, 1889— awa ilan= EST an See me 109 Croom, Hardy Bryan, 1797-1837 North? Carolina] === 204 Crosby, Charles Steele See, Burkill) Hee Loly- N@Sia ee 2 eS ee 125 Crowfoot, Grace Mary (Hood) Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 21 Cruz, Porto da, visconde do See Porto da Cruz, visconde do Cuatrecases (Arumi), José, 1903- Colombia SS 249 Cuénod, Auguste Jean, 1868- FSU SV ae et 60 Cuevas, Benjamin IVY CX CO) aE a Le aa! 150 Cummins, Henry Alfred, 1864— 1939 GoldiCoast 22 2 ae 39 Cuoco, L. DPI Eko); Daeeerc nt ik Pare age Haag 33 Curran, Hugh McCollum, 1875— COlO TD Tae eae eee eee: 249 Curran, Mary Katharine (Layne) See Brandegee, Mary Kath- arine (Layne) (Curran) Curtis, Moses Ashley, 180S—1872 See Hyams, C. W. North Carolina = Saar es Cushing, Harold Beveridge, 1873— See Campbell, R. Quebec__ 148 Cuzent, Gilbert Henri, 1820-1891 Society; Islands == saa 129 Dachnowski [later Dachnowski- Stokes], Alfred Paul, 1875-— MG Chil pam eee er ee ee 190 Daniker, Albert Ulrich, 1894— New, Caledonia] 119 Dale, Ivan Robert, 1904— See Battiscombe, E. Kenya- Daley, Charles Vickonia Sete oe hoe aes 74 Dall, William Healey, 1845-1927 Alaska se is = pehikeetebe 2 130 Dallas, Ellen Markoe (Wharton) N@wWe OK ee ees ere anne 201 Dalrymple, Kenneth Waring, 1875- See Allan, H. H. North Is- land, Ni.“ Zs ae eee 79 AUTHOR INDEX Dalton, Henry G. British Guiana =a ae D’Alton, St. Eloy WiClOrine = 2s fats ee Dalziel, John McEwen, 1872— Nig@hia'= 2s ot ae ee pe West Abricaa2 <2 2esveeee See Hutchinson, J. West ATTICA ee ee ee Dame, Lorin Low, 1838-1903 IMaSSaChUSC tb Sere ae are Dandouau, André, 1874-1925 Madacascat a= s= nae Danguy, Paul See Lecomte, H. Madagas- (C72 iam we Ce Ae Od Daniels, Francis Potter, 1869— Colorado: 242224 ee Michigan: 2 eee ee IMESSOU TUS eee Darbishire, Otto Vernon, 1870- 1934 See Rudmose Brown, R. N. South Orkney Islands____ Dardeau, William §. See Barker, H. D. Hispani- Olay 2a ae ee Darlington, Henry Townsend, 1875— Michigans< 22 pcos Seema Darlington, William, 1782-1863 Pennsylyaniag eee oe Daruty, Clément Masearene Islands_________ Daubenmire, Rexford F., 1909- See St. John, H. Washing- COM) 220s ee Se AYIZONG. «22 So Se a Davidson, John, 1878— BritisheColumbia2==== == Davies, Clara Anne See Kellerman, W. Davies, Olive Blanche See Ewart, A. J. Terrilory == 2. he eee Davis, Charles Albert, Michigan] = 3! 22 So 32 Seas Davis, Charles Henry Stanley, 1840-1917 See Leonard, E. J. Connecti- Davis, Consett i. e. Harrold Fos- bery Consett New South Wales__________ Davis, Lucius Daniel, 1825-1900 Rhodes Island22422222.2" Davis, Thomas Arthur Warren, 1899-— British Guiana] Sees Davy, Joseph Burtt See Burtt Davy, Joseph Dawe, Morley Thomas, 1880— GaMmbiay2=2 == eee ae Uganda. 2252S See ees 38 61 AUTHOR INDEX Dawodu, Thomas B., -1920 NGL Gey Es 5 Bale Ses SSE cea i § eet ee a Day, David Fisher, 1829-1900 See Zenkert, C. A. New NC(o el Feared aire Opin ss ee Eo SO 204 Day, Edward Hartsinck, 1833- 1895 See Willis, O.R. New York. 2038 Day, Mary Anna, 1852-1924 United States, northeastern. 160 Day, Maxwell Frank Cooper See Davis, C. New South AVY fea)1 Sits a arene ee oat Br 65 Deam, Charles Clemon, 1865- INGA oe ble BS Nate (13), 176 See Coulter, S. Indiana____ 176 See Schneck, J. Indiana____ _ 177 Deane, Walter, 1848-1930 Massachusetts ___-_-___--~- 187 See New England Botanical Club. Massachusetts____- 188 Debeaux, Odon i. e. Jean Odon, 1826-1910 JNU ELEN GIG Veeco ste ee pa Mee a a 19 Decaisne, Joseph, 1807-1882 Dutch Haste indieseas=2s22= 106 1 OFA 1 ter See ect eS Aa eee 31 Degener, Otto, 1899-— Hawaiian Islands________ 109, 111 Delabarre, Edmund Burke, 1863— Mabrad Olas ee eee 137 Delamare, Ernest, 1836 ?-1888 Newfoundland___________-- 140 Delevoy, Gaston, 1884— Beloian Congoee. es ee 25 Delile, Alire Raffeneau See Raffeneau-Delile, Alire Denniston, Rollin Henry, 1874— IWAISCOMSTN 2 ae Ses ara 222 Denny, Andrew, 1812-1869 VATA vr ee a ee 1638 Densmore, Frances Theresa, 1867— IMinnesOtavste sce sles 192 Washington____ PAG oes 219 Descourtilz, Michel Etienne, 1775— 1836 Wiest olmdilese= == oe 224 Desorthés See Sériziat, C. Algeria__ 20 Detmers, Frederica, 1867-1934 Ohio p SEP Sa RE eT MD mee, 206 De Verteuil, Louis Antoine Aimé Gaston, 1807-[ ?] Venezuela (Trinidad)______ 260 Devez, G. rencheGuignass-=2 = ae 251 Devold, J. Greenland’ eu sae oe 155 Dewevre, Alfred, 1866-1897 BeleiamCongos22 2 2 23 Dewey, Lyster Hoxie, 1865— CON ETE egepe aBe NS l G ree ee 142 De Wildeman, Emile See Wildeman, Emile de Dey, J. J. See Castillo, L. Chile____-~- 246 Dias da Rocha, Francisco Page See Rocha, F. D. da Diaz Romero, Belisario, 1872- Bolivia sas Sy ner 237 Dickson, John Martin COU GEE C110) axe a aee E aaa 142 Diehl, William Webster, 1891— SEO eh 2 ea ge ie RE I aR 179 Diels, Ludwig i. e. Friedrich Lud- wig Emil, 1874—- Ecuadorean 250 Micronesiga se se. eo soa 38 116 News Guineas s22 3 Bios 120 Salen are ee os a Ze! o1 Se@viGh elles jut aa ee 100 Western Australia_____--___ 76 See Lauterbach, Carl. New Gunimeaya 2 eee aes 120 Dinklage, Max Julius, 1864-1935 1 DFill oes Grea), Se = a es De a ea 41 Dinter,, Kurt, 1868— South-west Africa__________ 5D Dixon, Will A. New South Wales______--__- 65 Docters van Leeuwen, Willem Marius, 1880— Dutch East Indies________ 106, 107 SAVE Se aes BEREAN ESE ate 113 Dodge, Charles Keene, 1844-1918 Michigans se eye 190, 191 Onitari oe sae es ee ees 142 Dodge, Natt Noyes See Patraw, P.M. Arizona. 164 Dodson, William Rufus, 1867— TOMES Taig ee aie arene ES ON 184 Doell, Jacob Homer, 1879-— TG An Ses ae ae eae) eee i 182 Dole, Eleazer Johnson, 1888— Vermonita eee a 217 Dolph, John Mather, 1845-1910 Pennsylvania eae eae 211 Domin, Karel, 1882-— Queensland 2222 eS 68 Western Australia__________ 76 Dominguez, Juan Anibal, 1876— Aro enbin awe sit 2 i =, 7431), Donat, Arturo, 1893-1937 Pata co mies ees oh 8 Bee 254 Douglass, Benjamin Wallace, 1882- See Wilson, G. Indiana__-_ 178 Doumergue, Francois, 1858 ?-19388 Ade eniquied Wa * Bees Lo Ede 17, 19 Downing, Charles Toogood Australian Islands___--___- 102 Dragendorff, Georg i. e. Johann Georg Noél, 1836-1898 (introduction) =a aaa 6 Drake del Castillo, Emmanuel, 1855-1904 POlyMes ie. 2s seek Lea 124, 125 See Baillon,,H. E. Mada- PASCAT whe asia ee aes a 6 Drake-Brockman, Ralph Evelyn, 1875- British Somaliland__--__- or Soh B27 | 294 Drar, Mohammed Drouet, Francis Elliott, 1907— See Rickett, H. W. Mis- SOUL o 22 Shee ee en Dubard, Marcel Marie Maurice, —1914 MOroce@:2 22 se asta ee ee eee Ducellier, Léon Octave, 1937 Algerias ae aes eee eee Duchesne, FI. Belgians Congo! a Ducros, A. H. Wey pb 2 oe Sa Se: Dudley, William Russel, 1849- 1911 See Twining, A. Pennsyl- Durkop, 1879- Sanaa aire eevee eee ee Dujardin-Beaumetz, Georges Oc- tave, 1833-1895 Gintroduction) 2s Duque Jaramillo, Jesis Maria Colombia) 22 = 222 eee Se Durand, Ernest Armand, 1872- 1910 stb yale ce ee ee eae ee oe Durand, Héléne See Durand, T. Belgian Cone Oat oie eee ara se Durand, Théophile Alexis, 1855— 1912 SADT CA, 22 ele Ae a ee Belgian (Congo 22 2222 CostapRicaeias. 2 Als ses D’Urban, William Stewart Mitch- ell, 1837-1934 Queche@p 228 oe A ae Durrell, Lawrence Wood, 1888— Coloradoe 2b 2k. eat Se Dusén, Per Karl Hjalmar, 1855-— 1926 183 eA eee es an eS Greenland’ 4seee0 een ee Pataconiae! =) aes See Macloskie, G. Pata- OTM SAO ea DN gs ie ae Dead ps Duss, Antoine, pére, 1840-1924 Lesser Antilles="* 22252". 2s Duthie, Augusta Vera Cape of Good Hope_--_------ Duyfjes, J. J. See Eeden, F. W. Dutch East Indies__---__- Duyster, Marinus, 1886— Dutch East Indies_________- Dwyer, Joseph Wilfrid, 1869- _ New South Wales____------- Dyer, Robert Allen, 1900— Cape of Good Hope__------- Tristan da Cunha Islands__- Erich Ernst Friedrich, Page 31 194 45 212 203 AUTHOR INDEX Dyer, W. T. Thiselton Page See Thiselton-Dyer, W. T. Eames, Arthur Johnson, 1881~— See Wiegand, K. M. New York22 225-28 ee AE 203 Eames, Edwin Hubert, 1865-— NewrLoundland = 140 See Graves, C. B. Connec- ticut_2 8 a ane ee 171 Earle, Franklin Sumner, 1856— 1929 Alabama =] 02 2 eee 163 Eastwood, Alice, 1859— Alaska ii: * SIG pes Serer 131 California s22..>e= ee Bee 167 Colorado lev. Coe eee 170 Mexi@oiy L2U is ote, Oe 150, 151 Witte BO ee eee 217 Eaton, Daniel Cady, 1834-1895 See Berzelius Society. Con- nechicut= 244 Wa ae atral Edwall, Gustavo, 1862— Lei Al eee eee pa er Be ee atl ree DA () See Loéfgren, A. Brazil_____ 241 Eeden, Frederik Willem van, 1829-1901 pe Dutchohast)ingies==sa=aaas 105 Egasse, Ed. See Dujardin-Beaumetz, G. Os Gntroduction)=—===— 6 Eggert, Heinrich Karl Daniel, 1841-1904 See Engelmann Botanical Clubs. Missourit=== amass 194 Eggleston, Willard Webster, 1863— 1935 See Dole, E. J. Vermont___ 217 See Jesup, H. G. New Hampshines2 = sees sea ton Ehlers, John Henry, 1878— See Gates, F.C. Michigan __ 191 Eichler, August Wilhelm, 1839-— 1887 See Martius, K. F. P. von. Brazil aot ke See eee ene 239 Ekman, Erik Leonard, 1883-1931 Hispaniola: = <.secs ae 227 Elbert, Johannes Eugen Wilhelm, 1878-1915 JieVel 2 Fa bh AAR tie eee 113 Elder, Norman Lascelles See Zotov, V. D. North Psland. aN: Zier: ek eo ere 82 Elliot, George Francis Scott, 1862-1934 pierre Leone< 4s Rint Anas 53 Elliott, Stephen, 1771-1830 South. Carclina==—- =a 213 Emberger, Louis i. e. Marie Louis, 1897- Moroceco2 22. Seah 44, 45 Emberson, Frederick C., —-1913 See Campbell, Robert. Que- D@@z es el ee ae pete 148 Emerson, Fred Wilbert, 1886— New: Mexicoz:=. 223 teces5 199 AUTHOR INDEX Emerson, George Barrell, 1797— Page 1881 Massachusetts_________-__ 186 Emrich, Karl 154 721A Ce a Se ee ere 240 Endert, Frederik Hendrik, 1891— BORN CO: Seer 2 So cps 1 1038 Endlicher, Stephan Friedrich Ladislaus, 1804-1849 Australian Islands_______-- 102 POMOC Tae see eT ee eS 124 Engler, Adolf i. e. Heinrich Gus- AEN EC Beara Ma a dae 16 Beleiany Congoso 22. = 25 1 DU ONO'S 13 0 eae in ial a Miata hee eS = sa0 PREPAY Vey nee ee ope 0 es 57, 08 English, Mrs. Carl §S. See Hardin, Edith Erlanson, Eileen Jessie (White- head) (Grimes), 1899— RNG RSD Ty epee eee eee Ee NG SUS ODRTT toes. Jee eS ek: NE ee 218 Ernst, Adolf i. e. Gustav Adolf, 1832-1899 Wenezuelar cee. ai Cra ion 260, 261 Escomel, Edmundo ) (2) 51) Cee epee an 9 SBR ne GE Ss ae abe ST: Eskew, Cletis T. OhlahoOmae Aes x Sree Ae! 209 Espina, Ramon Colombia sien Hires ae, DAG Espinosa, Reinaldo, tr., 1899— See Diels, L. Ecuador_____ 250 Espinosa Bustos, Marcial R., 1874- (OAT (Sag OS ere Ree Ee 246 Pata sonia s eee Ss hire G 254 Evans, J. P. KANGA Gee Ee 165 Evans, Maurice Smethurst, 1854- See Wood, J.M. NataJ_____ 48 Evans, Walter Harrison, 1863— Evermann, Barton Warren, 1853-— 1932 VAG NENT Te 5 Ane onl ara oa te Ea a LTT Ewan, Joseph Andorfer, 1909— ISTO VAT Batata sy a el os ee LI wl 163 Ewart, Alfred James, 1872-1937 Northern Territory_________ 67 MiIGlonig =< re ees 73, 74 Ewer, Seth Judson, 1905-— See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 185 Ewing, Clare Olin North zCarolinatie? ts) oo 205 Exell, Arthur Wallis, 1901— Fa SD CED C eaeee Le A ar a ad Ae 2 See Carrisso, L. W. Angola 22 Eyles, Fredrick Southern Rhodesia_____-___ 55 Falla, R. A. See Sladden, B. North RGA GSN: (Zp eel i oh a 81 Farr, Edith May, 1864— NA STL) Fi epee ee PB es te 134 Farrar, William Gardner Page See Simonds, A. B. Massa- ChuUSetts= Atri) tab! 188 Farwell, Oliver Atkins, 1867— Michigan. =k wee 25 engi 191 See Beal, W. J. Michigan__ 189 Fassett, Norman Carter, 1900— J S55) 02h eS NEES ae eae 185 WiSCONnSin te tle e pelos ad 222 Fawcett, Rosamond A. @abbrount ame ees on Nk 167 Fawcett, Stella Grace Maisie NOMEN PATISUR AAAs = aie 208 71 Fawcett, William, 1851-1926 cl SATUS IEE a ee Te pee a gc 227 See Hitchcock, A. S. Ja- FEY DG 2 eer rake tae fee PON rae 22 Featherman, Americus, 1822-[ ?] OUISTAn A faetae ae 20 See 184 Feay, William T., 1803-1879 Georeiatess se anau seen eee 174 Fellows, Dana Willis, 1847-1928 See Rand, EH. L. Maine____ 185 Fender, Flora S. ING WHR CESC yee oral Sw 198 Fenno, Frank Ernest, —1920 New EY Oke cis at enh be 201 Ferguson, William Cashman, 1861-19380 ING WaeVOlKe 2-5 ee f55 Ae es 201 Fernald, Merritt Lyndon, 1873- Mran kine’ cae Sees ter ae 136 ab ra Ge resins eee ae 137 Main C2 a 2 esa te ban a 184, 185 INewLoundland === 2-2 = sae 140 INGVWa SCO aS at ie SaaS 141 A) S62 1) 0 Ieee es a Te eae rey Cee we 218 See Gray, A. United States, nontheasternss = se 160, 161 See Providence Franklin So- ciety. Rhode Island______ PAP See Stemen, T. R. Okla- NONI] Stren ee Npehe STE Aes 208 See Taylor, N. New York___ 203 Fernow, Bernhard Eduard, 1851— 1923 (Ov 0 ie SN ae ES ae iE 226 Ferris, Mrs. Roxana Judkins (Stinchfield), 1895-— IMG xf @ QE 22 sa en BE rer She Ba UN Ficalho, Francisco Manuel Carlos de Mello, conde de, 1837-1903 CAT OA ee Ries eee Ss 22 Fiebrig-Gertz, Carlos (Karl), 1869- Paraouay seated ee iP 252, 253 Figuéiredo Gomes e Sousa, An- tonio de . See Sousa, A. de F. Gomes e Filet, G. J., 1825-1891 Duteh Hast Indies" _ sss. — 105 Fink, Bruce, 1861-1927 ROW By ss oey ee E 179 Fiori, Adriano, 1865-— WOPLCnGa ok Ok wee Cate 33 296 Fishlock, Charles William Lau- Page rence, 1903-— BelgiansCongo= =a 25 Fitting, Hans i. e. Johannes Theo- dor Gustav Ernst, 1877— Algeria. .( 2.81. WE teeaee ca) 19 Fitzgerald, William Vincent, —1929 Western -Australiqa.= =a 75, 76 Fitzpatrick, Mary Frances (Lin- der) See Fitzpatrick, T. J. Iowa_ 179 Fitzpatrick, Thomas Jefferson, 1868— LOW dae 222 Soe eee ee eee 178, 179 Flahault, Charles Marie Henri, 1852-1935 AIC erigi ree oe teks eae Sa 19 Fletcher, Henry Turner, 1884— ARE IS a aes ee cae ee 216 Fletcher, James, 1852-1908 Ontario css i a airen eee eas 142 Flint, William Francis, 1849-1904 New Hampshire__________ 196, 197 Flores, Leopoldo INV Xel COP areas ca ene ee 149 Flynn, Nellie Francena (Waite), 1861 ?-1922 Vermonit® . let ae ees 218 Fogel, Estelle Denis (Mrs. R. E. Buchanan), 1876— See Pammel, L. H. Iowa__ 178 Fogg, John Milton, jr., 1898— Massachusetts: 222222 a 187 Foltz, Kent Oscanyan, 1857— O10 ee See ee STE ae 207 Fonseca, Eurico Teixeira da, 1871— | BLA Mae mM eet ak Pe oetae Fe N 5 tee Ot 238 Fonseca, José Pinto da See Luederwaldt, H. Brazil. 242 Font y Quer (Font Quer), Pio, 1888— MOroGeos2s22 ts _ seen Sap 45 Fontaine, William Morris, 1835-— 1913 Wes aVairg ini eee a 221 Forbes, Charles Noyes, 1883-1920 Hawaiian Islands________ 109, 111 Forbes, Helena M. L. Natta) 28 oe wie ee ie rat 48 Forbes, Henry Ogg, 1851-1932 Keeling Islands#=2 22253 95 Moluccaaislands=]]aass aa 117 Fors (y Reyes), Alberto J. Ciara cs Pee eee 225 Fosberg, Francis Raymond, 1908— Hawaiian Islands__________ 110 Polynesiais 2st cents Pe aiiaee 125 See St. John, H. Polynesia__ 126 Foster, E. W. | Nigeria. 24 Set sea 2 ee 49 Foster, John Harold, 1880—- See Flint, W. F. New Hamp- SUNG ysis ee ee eae 197 Foureau, Fernand, 1850-1914 Algeria) )) 22 esse ere eee 18 AUTHOR INDEX Fowler, James, 1829-1923 Page ING Ww, Bum Swi Ck 139 Nova: Scotias = 20 sete al 141 Franchet, Adrien René, 1834-1900 British Somaliland=..s.2a. 27 French Somaliland_________ 37 Patagonia. 3.22 a ewe 254 Francis, William Douglas Queensland === snes 69 See Bailey, F. M. Queens- Dear ie ee 68 Fraser, Samuel Victorian, 1890-— Kansas, 2c Shee see 182 Fraser, William Pollock, 1867— Saskatchewan meee 145 Frazee, Louis Jacob, 1819-1905 Kentucky. eee 182 Freeman, Chester Peter, 1890— Tennessee we ae ee ee ee 215 Freeman, William George, 1874— Venezuela: 2.22 aes eae es 261 See Stone, H. British Guiana... a4. bs eee ae 244 Freire-Marreco, Barbara W. See Robbins, W. W. New Mexico 242-2232 he ae 199 Freise, Frederico W. Brazil. <2. 22 eee 238, 240 Freitas, Augusto Sant’iago Bar- jona de See Barjona de_ Freitas, French, Charles, 1840-1933 See Spencer, B. Victoria___ 74 Fries, Robert Elias i. e. Klas Rob- ert Elias, 1876— Argentinas 2s... 4. ie ae 233 Northern Rhodesia_____-___ 50 See Fries, T. C. E. Kenya__ 40 Fries, Thore Christian Elias, 1886-1930 FROM Yate a ee 40 Frost, Charles Christopher, 1805— 1880 See Cobb, N. A. Massa- chusettsi. is aes 187 Frye, Theodore Christian, 1869— United States, western______ 162 Frye, Wilbert Mason West Virginia =2o5 ree 221 Fuentes (Maturana), Francisco, 1876-1934 Chile 22. 2 es eae 245 Polynesia’. 2 ee 125 See Philippi, Federico. Chile = 8e ts ie ee ee a ees 247 Fuller, Albert Morse, 1899— WiSConsin 2222. eee eer eas 222 Fuller, Joseph B., 1827-1910 See Beckwith, F. New York 2226 =26s naa Bee 200 Fullmer, Edward Lawrence, 1870— See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_ 207 Fults, Jess Lafayette, 1910— Towa2.2=-2 252 22 ks. Sateen 179 AUTHOR INDEX Funston, Frederick, 1865-1917 Page DANS ae eo 131 Fussell, Linnaeus, 1842-1907 Rennsylvanid.s22 202 bei obi 211 Fyles, Faith Canada ie bie. st rece teal at 133 Gagnepain, Francois, 1866— Baracel) Island ss. 22 2 sas) 122. Gaisser, Karl ARO 0 ee ele NS aes or os FD 59 Galpin, Ernest Edward, 1858— Cape of Good Hope_________ 29 ARRAN S Va alee 3 at = ae 59 Gancedo, Alejandro JN EETE) ATLEL 7 ee ee a Sa 234 Gandoger, Michel, 1850-1926 INO OCE OS Sie ss ee 45 Garcia, Rodolpho, 1873-— 15 A pide? ot Sh oe aeons Re ees 240 Garcia Salas M., Jorge See Guérin, R. Guatemala_ 147 Garcia y Merino, Manuel 1 B-( bl Tee bie 9 cae ae See eo a 257 Gardiner, John Stanley, 1872- See Willis, J. C. Chagos Archipelago 28 2 Ss 94 See Willis, J. C. Maldive ES anid Sie ee Se 98 Gardner, Charles A. Western Australia__.______ (ORE Gardner, Grace Brown Massachusetts 25222222 187 Garman, Harrison, 1858— ESE TnGT GC kaye = eae mk Fi ee 183 Garrett, Albert Osbun, 1870— LOE Og SP a Mae lh a 2A Gassicourt, Charles Louis Cadet de See Cadet de Gassicourt, Car; Gates, Frank Caleb, 1887— DDR eS ree ee a IES Michie aise ea es Te 191 Gattefossé, Jean, 1886?— NMORGC CORES Bas Gattinger, Augustin, 1825-1903 Mennesseeyeas = 2 bi 2 214, 215 Gauba, Erwin See Schweinfurth, G. | DYE] 0) kee pie a ae re 32 Gay, Claude, 1800-1873 (CTE U CS 2 ae 245 Gay, Hippolyte Mio eRias sere ee 19 Geiser, Samuel Wood, 1890- Kewanee LUG, NES. GS 2 ea ee a ee 215 Gelert, Otto Carl Leonor, 1862- 1899 See Ostenfeld, C. H. Green- PERE CMe e ele yan hE 3 155 Gelting, Paul Emil Elliot, 1905— GRCCMIAT GE feet: Shh erte he OS 155 Gepp, Antony, 1862- See Andrews, C. W. Christ- aS selSslandsens 2 it sets 94 Gepp, Antony—Continued See Rendle, A. B. New Guime@a += see Gi I See Rendle, A. B. Northern REERELO Ryerss a FA. SD Gerth van Wijk, H. L. Gintroduetion)s2<2>=='5) = Ghesquiére, Jean Belsrane Congo. = see Giacometto, Juan See Espina, R. Colombia__ Gibbes, Lewis Reeve, 1810-1894 Souths Carolina= == 2s === Gibbs, Frank James, 1900— See Shannon, C. W. Okla- INT es eae Ee ee Gibbs, Lilian Suzette, 1870-1925 OTN CORSE Oe Bee ee nies] am Sees Se ee ING Ww Gain Cassie ae Bs @wWeens kar Ce Southern Rhodesia_________ of EFAS) 062s Wp OO Gibert, Ernest (José Ernesto), —1886 Wirugua iy. 7h Gibson, John, 18517-1876 ONCARIO = 2a anh Pee os See Macoun, J. Ontario____ Gifford, Edward Winslow, 1887— See Barrett, S. A. Califor- Gifford, John Clayton, 1870— IPvetonricoe esis he eae Gilg, Ernst Friedrich, 1867-1933 Cameroons sess bir a ee et Gilkey, Helen Margaret, 1886— Gillespie, John Wynn, See Seemann, B. Fiji Islands_ Gillet, Just. iBeleians, Congo= 2 - === 25 oss Gilliland, Hamish Boyd Southern Rhodesia__-----~~- Gillot, Francois Xavier, 1842-1910 ANS 1 aie tees Ea ae ee Gilmore, Melvin Randolph, 1868— IMT Chie a eee aes 8 eT 2 Nebraska st ise 2) Sas ears Girola, Carlos De Alberti, 1867— 1934 See Spegazzini, C. Argen- ONG Y7 Weir ee ss 4 RS Od ee Glaziou, Auguste Francois Marie, 1828-1906 BS SrA ie on a ee BS Gleason, Henry Allan, 1882- British) Guiana == es Ein gig eee ee ee Michigan’ 4. 2-22 eee Venezuela 2204.2 2 eae eee Glendenning, Reginald, 1888— British Columbians] Sasee2 298 Glover, P. E. Page Tram Sve all oa a oe aes Glover, Ruth See Bolus, F. Southwest APriCa! 27 hess i) eee nee 6 Goester, L. E. NoutheAtricaZ S22) wae 53 Goldman, Edward Alphonso, 1873- MiGxsti@ is 2 2 i a ae ew 151 Gomes de Almeida, A. Mozambiques2= =a aaa 47 Gomes e Sousa, A. de Figuéiredo. See Sousa, A. de F. Gomes e Gomez de la Maza (y Jimenez), Manuel, 1867-1916 Gonzalez, Anastasio Alfaro See Alfaro Gonzalez, A. Gonzalez, Dario See Guérin, R. Guatemala__ 147 Gonzalez, Matias Orugwalys 2 ae ee 259 Gonzales Ortega, Jests See Ortega, J. G. Good, Ronald D’Oyley, 1896— See Exell, A. W. Angola___- 22 Goodale, Alfred Shepard, 1876— Massachusettsoa2 = sas 187 Goodaie, George Lincoln, 1839— 1923 (introduction) == 3 See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 184 Goodrich, Lucy Leonora (Hutch- inson), 1831-1923 ING W/O. OT keto ee 201 Gordinier, Hermon Camp, 1864— 1930 New Vorke) 206 aretubin 44 ene 201 Gorman, Martin Woodlock, 1853- 1926 A las eae ee eA aatgh 131 Oregonw Ale WENGER Ym 209, 210 \AVENSI vb ove KO) ee pe ee ea 219 Gossweiler, John Angolanti. 2 tag eee 22 Gourlay, Henry William See Laing, R. M. South slanGsNeeZ eee a ere 83 Gow, James Ellis, 1877-1914 Towa’ ith hvu it 2 5 ae ae 179 Goyena, Miguel Ramirez See Ramirez Goyena, M. Graff, Paul Weidemeyer, 1880- See Standley, P. C. Mon- Gam gi Ws rac ol ea 195 Graham, Edward Harrison, 1902-— British) Guianas. e222 eas 244 iG aa Se 217 Graham, Roy, 1908-1939 ) British Columbiqa===2s."2= 135 Gram, Karl i. e. Kai (Kaj) Jorgen Arthur, 1897— Sahara.) ibe ee ae eee 52 Granado [Baya], José Teodoro del, 1895-— Bolivia: 222 atic TAC 237 AUTHOR INDEX Grandjot, Gertrud F. de CHIC Boe eae anne Grandjot, Karl See Grandjot, F. de. Chile____ 246 Grant, James Augustus, 1827-1892 Anglo-Egyptian Sudan______ 21 Graves, Arthur Harmount, 1879— Maines. on 0. pantie ds i feeuatpa 185 Graves, Charles Burr, 1860-1936 Connecticut === aes ae eee 171 Gray, Asa, 1810-1888 AVS Ka 28 Uae ee isi New SYork<22- ae rer 201 United States, general______ 158 United States, northeastern. 160 See Brewer, W. H. Califor- ) OY Es aera epinpenine anat es pn te LAs 165 Grébert, René lesser Antilles= 2222 ee ames 229 Greely, Adolphus Washington, 1844-1935 Brankdinos 5 eee eae eee 136 Greene, Edward Lee, 1843-1915 California. newme nena 167, 168 MexiCO) i.e a) GAN En eee IL Greene, Wesley, 1849-1935 TOW act ees Oi eae 178 Greenway, Percy James, 1897-— Banga ny ka sees esse ae 57 Greenwell, Rose Agnes, sister Kentucky" san sae 183 Gregory, John Walter, 1864-1922 IGN Yass oe eee 40 Greshoff, Maurits, 1862-1909 Hrench, Guiana sae 251 Grevelink, Arnold Hermann Biss- chop Dutch Hast Indies__-____ 105 Grier, Norman MacDowell, 1890— New: ‘Wonk... shee Saha 201 Griffith, Braham Grey British Columbiqg= = =.s=aa 134 Griggs, Robert Fiske, 1881— Ohi 22. SUS Fee eee 207 See Moseley, E. L. Ohio____ 208 Grinnell, George Bird, 1849-1938 Montana. 3s. tae eae 195 Grinnell, Joseph, 1877-1939 See Hall, H. M. California. 165 Griscom, Ludlow, 1890- See Fernald, M. L. Vir- CIMA oo Se eee 218 See Weatherby, C. A. South Carolina.) 24. xs0ete, 8 are 213 Grisebach, August Heinrich Ru- dolf, 1814-1879: Argentina, . =< i> hye ees 234 UT ai 2 225 Lesser, Antilles 2222 22.. 252= 228 West (indilesh 2a. 22 Sees 224 Groh, Herbert, 1883- See Jackson, V. W. Mani- tobas is Sere shee eee 139 Grosourdy, René de West “Indies. 2 oe ee 224 AUTHOR INDEX Grout, Abel Joel, 1867— See Jeliffe, S. Page OVO TK Pas Neen SEEN RO En! 202 Guajardo, Amador CHECOE See Nee IO a 245 Guérin, René Guatemalasssel2 vee ee 147 Gurke, Max i. e. Robert Louis August Max, 1854-1911 Wiest: Africas. hrs aE 62 Guilfoyle, William Robert, 1840— 1912 PSUStraliia sie: sw Fee ee 64 Guillaumin, André, 1885-— Melanesia: = nik See te 115 New Caledonia___________ 118, 119 POV NeSiaes ee. Spell ee 125 See Sarasin, FEF. New Cale- COMA eS Le ee 119 See White, C. T. New Cale- Conia sete es, AS A at 119 Guillemin, Jean Baptiste An- toine, 1796-1842 Seme pa] a OO a Se 53 Society Islandsli Ssvseirs: 128 Gunckel L., Hugo Cea ee a 245 Guppy, Henry Brougham, 1854— 1926 Keeling) Islandsa sea 95 Melanesia aoa. Wie Pe HAUS) Polynesia] ae wees See 124 Guzman, David Joaquin, 1846— Salivad ores Bars heer 32 154 Haberer, Joseph Valentine, 1855— 1925 ING WY OD Keseen Sete 201 See Paine, J. A. New York- 202 Hadders, Magdalene See Wehmer, C. (Introduc- OMG) eee ets so a Per Le 5 Haussler, F. ESpamMiOla =e Se 227 Hagerup, Olaf, 1889— French West Africa_---__-_- 38 Hale, Josiah, -—1856 Rouisiawa ters coi Awe 183 Hall, Carlotta (Case), 1880- See Hall, H. M. California_ 168 Hall, Harry Hilbert, 1885- See Ross, B. Kansas____—~- iS? Hall, Harvey Monroe, 1874-1932 Californians as SE ea oe 165, 168 Hall, James, 1811-1898 See Wright, John. New AYO g Kes emt ped Cae a ee 204 Hallier, Hans Gottfried, 1868-1932 See Elbert, J. E. W. Java__ 1138 Halsted, Byron David, 1852-1918 INGWareESe@yes-8 8. ca oe OG Hambleton, Santiago PrahamOmieres wr. 2000 tet 5 255 Hamilton, Alexander Greenlaw, 1852-1941 New South Wales___--~---- 66 Hamilton, Arthur Andrew, 1855— Page 1929 New South Wales__________ 66 See Ewart, A. J. Northern Perri tory See ae ee VLBA Ae 67 Hamilton, Augustus, 1853-1913 Newae Zealand zees2 eis so ee 78 SouchelslandNe Zee es 83 Hamilton, William Massey INoreheislamGdeNi Ze ee 80 Hancin, John, 1878-— J SEITE Se i i ea oe 182 Hancock, George Leonard Rhys See Fishlock, C. W. L. Bel- TET, COVED) ices 25 Hanes, Clarence Robert See Beal, W. J. Michigan__ 189 Hanoteau, Adolphe i. e. Louis Joseph Adolphe Charles Con- Hantzsch, Bernhard Adolph, 1875-1911 DGFT) oF 3 16 Ka) oe a) eee cea oe ee 137 Hardin, Edith (Mrs. Carl S. English) See St. John, H. Washing- (C0) Oly dla sree Oc Vater en en cee 220 Hardy, Alfred Douglas Vi CUO Tay pes et wee eel ae etd re! Harger, Edgar Burton, 1867— See Graves, C. B. Connecti- CE (i Pee SN a a 2 Ego 171 Harms, Hermann August Theodor, 1870— Pe eee Bee ema 257 Harnly, Henry Jacob, 1862— FEATS IG Ce eee LEE Gee AR 182 Harper, Roland McMillan, 1878— PX) O51) OEE Repos lian ie ee ABE A eta, 163 MV ORIG ao ere ne ee 173 GOTT arse hr oS Wee pee 173, 174 See Cobb, N. A. Massachu- SCUt Gyan oie as Se hee 187 See Standley, P. C. Mexico. 152 Harrington, John Peabody, 1884— See Robbins, W. W. New IMGxaCOp Gree ee aie ia! 199 Harris, William Samuel, 1861- 1917 New Hampshire______--____ 1%, Harrison, John Burchmore, 1856— 1926 HS ENGISH EG Uae eee ee 243 Harshberger, John William, 1869-1929 New. Jerseyeian sb ne Pew er 198 Hart, Henry Chichester, 1847— 1908 Wery te te a ea e dl Hartman, Carl Gottfried, 1879— A eb: C1 es a dd aah Gah EN te 216 Hartmann, Fernande TH yay oe 3 30 300 AUTHOR INDEX Hartwell, Emory Adams, 1850— Page | Hegi, Gustav, 1876-1932 Page 1911 See Warburg, O. Angola___ 23 See Simonds, A. B. Massa- Heilprin, Angelo, 1853-1907 chusettss 222 eee ee 188 Mexi¢o. 2222 its eee eee 151 Hartz, Nikolaj Eeg Kruse, 1867— Heimlich, Louis Frederick, 1890— 1937 1928 Gréechlandssets. eae 156 Gach: Wats ears ame weedmeey Se Mantes 2 iler¢l Harvey, Francis LeRoy, 1850-1900 Heller, Amos Arthur, 1867— ATRKanSa6.. 43 a 165 Hawaiian Islands_________- 110 Harvey, LeRoy Harris, 1879-1922 Beminsy) va aes 211 Maines) 25. ea eee 185 TROx aS) oe i at ee ce ee ee 216 Harvey, William Henry, 1811-— United States, general______ 158 1866 See Holzinger, J. M. Idaho_ 174 SouthvAtinicawae eso eet o4 See Small, J. K. North Car- See Phillips, E. P. South Olinaw2. 2 Ss 2 2 ee 205 Afrieg ssc ae Sie eee Ae 54] Heller, Edmund, 1875-1939 Hasselt, Arend Ludolf van, 1848— See Snodgrass, R. HE. Clip- 1909 penton lslanda] === aaa 104 SUmaaihay ok eee eee he 129 | Hemenway, Ansel Francis, 1878— Hasskarl, Justus Karl, tr., 1811- OLrec On === 2a ee 209 1894 Hemsley, William Botting, 1843- See Junghuhn, F. Java--.__ 112 1924 Hassler, Emil, 1861-1937 Aldabrat 22.227 ese eee 93 AS erating eee ee 234 IASON Slew 86 Paraciayesos =2. eek 292 Australian Islands______-___ 102 See Chodat, R. Paraguay ~ 252 Bermuda islands sae 87 See Parodi, D. Paraguay_—~ 253 Bolivia oe ae ea eee Pay Hauman, Lucien (formerly Hau- Central Americas = es 146 man-Merck) Chagos Archipelago______-___ 94 Argentinas: 28 hese eres 231, 234 Crozet Islands=22=s= =a 94 BelciqnkCongo =.= anne 25 Ethiopia 222 ee eae 34 Patagoniat-o.on ewe mse oN 253 Fernando Noronha_____---- 89 See Kurtz, F. Argentina____ 232 Gloriosa’ Islands== = 95 Haupt, J. G. Juan Fernandez Islands_____ 114 See Nagel, J. J. Iowa____-- 180 Kerguelen islands) sass saae 95 Havard, Valery, 1846-1927 Macdonald Islands___-_--__-~ 96 GNSS ee 7 Pasian Stee cat 216 Melanesia_________- in 115 Haviland, Francis Ernest Molucca Islands__-__-___-_= 117 New South Wales__-__--_--- 66 New Amsterdam and St. Paul Hay, George Upham, 1843-1913 Tslandsre oe hae ieee 99 See Fowler, J. New Bruns- Polynesiat =e ees 125, 126 WiC kee ere are ea ee ee 139 Prince Edward Islands____- 100 Haydon, Walton St:) Belena/2 22)" setae 91 See Holmes, E. M. On- San Ambrosio and San Felix. 128 taniom 2.20. ie 142 Seychelles 4.44 3: 3s. 101 Hebert, Peter Edward, 1886— Wdisboucalayel: JiSennGl 9§2 Michizaniie tcc sae eee 191 Tristan da Cunha Islands__- 92 Heckel, Edouard Marie, 1843- See Cheeseman, T. F. New 1916 Tegan 22s eas ees 77 EKrench. Gulanaa== 22 aeese es 251 | Henderson, Lena Bondurant, Madale asc alee ena ne 97 1880-— See Duss, A. Lesser An- Illinois ~-----____------___- 175 tL] Ae ree Sea es cet 229 | Henderson, Murray Ross Hedge, Catherine Elliott Dutch Hast Indies aaa 107 Massachusettss 2222s 22as= 187 See Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. Hédin, Louis Dutch East Indies________ 108 (OB TTVAKOOME Se ee 27 | Henkel, Alice, 1869-1916 Hedley, Charles, 1862-1926 United States, general______ 158 Polynesia siesta aise See. 125 | Henkel, John Spurgeon Hedrick, Ulysses Prentiss, 1870- Natal.» 2. 2s ee ie ae eee 48 See Sturtevant, E. L. (In- Henriques, Julio Augusto, 1838- [HROCHHOUO)N)) eb 6 1928 ‘ ide Heering, Wilhelm Christian Au- Sao Thomé and Principe___-— 52 gust, 1876-1916 Henry, Joseph Kaye, 1866-1930 < Tanganyika 22-2 e—= eae 58 British Columbias.222=_———— 135 AUTHOR INDEX 301 Henry, Teuira, 1847-1915 Page SOGICbye Sands ee 128 Henshall, Hester Stansbury (Fer- guson) (Mrs. J. A.) See Blankinship, J. W. Mon- aN aes eee ee es a a 195 Henslow, John Stevens, 1796— 1861 Keeling Islandse == 2 95 Herbert, Desmond Andrew See Alexander, W. B. West- CrEny Austrahiaze se 75 Hering, C. J. SUING ee eee 258 Hermann, Frederick Joseph, 1906- See Beal, W. J. Michigan-_ 189 See Dodge, C. K. Michigan. 191 See Walpole, B. A. Michi- SNe es = ieee Sess ar, 192 Herrera y Garmendia, Fortunato Luciano, 1875— | ECSUED Ls gS SE eee eee ee 256, 257 See Yacovleff, E. Peru_-__ 258 Herter, Wilhelm, 1884— (OPED Ess Se ae 259, 260 See Osten, C. Uruguay____- 259 Hervey, Eliphalet Williams, 1834— 1925 Massachusetts ee 187 Herzog, Theodor, 1880— IB OliVA ge 2 See et Cee Pl Pe Sele Bot Heyne, K., 1877— Dutch hast Indies] sess ss 105 Hicken, Crist6bal Maria, 1875— 1933 ATEN tina =. sass ert 234, 235 See Kurtz, F. Argentina___ 232 Hiern, William Philip, 1839- 1925 INN GO Ae ees a 22 See Oliver, D. West Africa_ 63 Hieronymus, Georg Hans Emmo Wolfgang, 1846-1921 AO eMiiNaw seers oe, 232.235 ait OT aS eae 255 See Niederlein, G. Argen- (GUTS SSS Sette eee eas See ee nee 236 Higham, J. F. See Jackson, V. W. Mani- LO) at: Ae, co Re oe Sa eee 139 Higley, William Kerr, 1860-1908 See Pepoon, H. S. Illinois__ 175 Hill, Albert Frederick, 1889— Cintroduetiom) 42222 = 5 SVR eis @ Riess sea et 185 Hill, Arthur William, 1875-1941 See Harvey, W. H. South JAG ELEC | ace Seen ee 54 See Oliver, D. West Africa_ 63 Hill, Caton N. WieSEWireinias. os 221 Hill, Elizabeth Sewall Massachusetts. 188 Hillebrand, William, 1821-1886 Hawaiian sisiands == 2a 8 110 Hillier, John Masters, 18617-1930 Page See Moloney, A. West ASRS] CQ ee ps LN. ays adie sevt 62 Hitchcock, Albert Spear, 1865- 1935 District of Columbia= a 172 VIN IG vere Fike ee Se Cea pee ee 173 Syren er eg oP 179 TQM all Ga eee ee eas 227 IRE NSS e Se eee 181 Hochreutiner, Bénédict Pierre Georges, 1873-— JNJ EXSY EP Si Soe ee ae re 19 Hoehne, Frederico Carlos 183 Es WALLS Ses ee ee eee 238, 241 Hoffman, Ralph, 1870-1932 Massa chusettsmess: = =e ms 188 See Brandegee, T. S. Cali- TOQUE Chee ee a 167 See Yates, L. G. California. 169 Hohenkerk, Ludovic Smith, 1874— Britisheeuignas see 2438 Holcomb, Irving CoOnnMe Gti Cee akz(al Holden, William Gintroduction) ssa es - Holland, John Henry, 1869-— Gintroduction) sas ase Dd ING ers ye eee ce ee 49 Hollick, Charles Arthur, 1857- 1933 ING Wa VO Keer Soe eae 201 See Bailey, W. W. Rhode 1S} LW OG [pce Se ee Rees eS 212 Hollrung, Max, 1858-1937 See Schumann, K. M. New GU aay a a ee 121 Holm, Theodor i. e. Herman The- odor, 1854-1932 Colorad Oe k eS st a eee 170 GLE ri sir es ae a ee 154 See Hitchcock, A. 8S. Dis- tictomCcolumbia==—=-——— Ue See Macoun, J. M. Mac- Kenzie tea ert ace be 138 Holmberg, Eduardo Ladislao, 1852-1937 GAT: TET pi eee elas ie eet! 232 Holmes, Edward Morell, 1843— 1930 OntariQ S23 eee eee ee eee 142 Holtze, Maurice William, 1840— 1923 Northern Territory -_—2_=—=— 67 Holway, Edward Willet Dorlard, 1853-1923 See Arthur, J. C. Minne- SO terete reenter es es es he eel, 192 Holzinger, John Michael, 1853-— 1929 Ta ahoEs satan vers nt SS De 174 Hooker, Joseph Dalton, 1817-1911 Australian: islands == 102 @aAMeCrOONS Se aes Sew ae ee 28 Greenland? 2 2se.ee wae eee 154 302 Hooker, Joseph Dalton— Continued Kerguelen Island__-__-__---_~ MOoroceon 222 tte ae ee ee INeweZealand =e INISOrI ae ee ee ee Ae Palmer iam ee ee Spanish Guineas == Tasmanians 2 een Hor (or Horr), Asa, 1817-1896 See Bigelow, J. M. Ohio__-- Horne, John, 1835-1905 Hiji-Islands-2- == =e aes Mascarene Islands__________ Samoane Island sites eae Hosaka, Edward Yataro, 1907- Hawaiian Islands222 2-27 See St. John, H. Hawaiian slam sia .s22 ees Be AEE Hosmer, 1851- 1903 See Dame, L. L. Alfred Wheeler, Massachu- Hosokawa, Takehide Micronesiat=). 2s se eee bee Hosseus, Carl Curt, 1878— Argentinal]2- 2 Sees | Patagonian 0 ae. Sere See Spegazzini, C. Pata- LOMITA Sh ME Hotchkiss, Neil, 1901— 1885 Hough, Romeyn Beck, 1857-1924 United States, northeastern_ Oregonbes. Fe at be MOD Northe@aroling===2 ae How, Henry, 1828-1879 See Lindsay, A. W. H. Nova Scoliate es 2ss-bet eek Ra Howard, Alexander L. @Qnitroduction) === ss Howe, Elliot Calvin, 1828-1899 See Gordinier, H. C. New Howell, John Thomas, 1903- See Eastwood, A. Califor- TBA age oe te rel ea ae AL Howell, Thomas Jefferson, 1842- 1912 United States, western_____ See Gorman, M. W. Oregon_ Wash- See Burtt Davy, J. CoaSti4o. 2 ae eee ee Page AUTHOR INDEX Hoyle, Arthur Clague—Continued Page See Burtt Davy, J. Nyasa- Lam? Moe UE es SPORE sak he 50 Hoysradt, Lyman Henry, 1848- 1933 New. Y 0k & eee 202 Hua, Henri, 1861-1919 Dahomey =222 32 sss see sites 30 West Africa. Se Wes eae 62 Huard, Victor Alphons:, 1853- 1929 See St. John, Harold. Lab- PAGCOR! =o Seema see 138 Huber, Jacques, 1867-1914 IBGAZi] a 2288 eee eae ee ee 24) Peru 2220 as sae naan core 257 Huett, John W. NMOS 2 See Se ae ee 175 Hultén, Eric i. e. Oscar Eric Gun- nar, 1894- ATEN 1c ek ce ae oe ee 131 Humbert, Henri, 1887-— Madagascar see 97 MOrno0Ce0 222.2 2 eS eee 45 See Viguier, R. Madagas- COT ie = ake ALISTER oe eee. 98 Hume, William Fraser, 1867- Hey pt ke eee 32 Hurst, Blythe Prince Edward Island______ 143 Hurst, Henry Alexander, 1825?- 1882 Bey pt 22.3 aM. Inte 32 Hussey, John, 1831-1888 Kentucky 225 7s ieee pees 183 Hutchinson, John, 1884— Nigerian. sae are eee 49 West: Africas cl 2 see 62 See Smuts, J.C. Transvaal_ 59 Hyams, Charles Walter, 1864— Northi@arolimng= == sae 204 Hyams, Mordeca Elisha, 1819- 1891 See Hyams, C. W. North Carolina 2s 2 eee ae 204 Illick, Joseph Simon, 1884— Pennsylvania ee ee 210, 211 Im Thurn, Everard Ferdinand, 1852-1932 See Oliver, D. British Guiana ts 4 eae 244 Imray, John, 1831-1880 See Anonymous. Lesser An- (ilLeS oS Bee oe 228 Irigoyen, Luis H. See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231 Irmscher, Edgar, 1887— Borneo) {2.4 te 2 ee eee 103 Irvine, Frederick Robert Gold: Coast 22 42> eth as ee 39 Issa Bey, Ahmed Heypt. 222-2) eee eee 30 Ives, Sumner Albert, 1882-— South: Carolina=!c2 322 213 Ivey, Thomas Jayne, 1874-1927 See Scott, W. Ontario__-__ 143 AUTHOR INDEX Jackson, Benjamin Daydon, 1846- Page 1927 Gintroduction) ps2... ea 3 Jackson, John Reader, 1837-1920 See Rendle, A. B. Mozam- | EVO [DNS pi that ak Sega aes Be Es 47 Jackson, Joseph, 1847-1924 Massachusetts 222) = = 188 Jackson, Vincent William, 1876— Manito la ater soap 2 See 2 139 Jacob de Cordemoy, Eugéne, 1835- 1911 Mascarene Islands ______--_ 99 Jaeger, Fritz i. e. Friedrich Rob- ert, 1881-— cl RES AN2 Wau ll tcf renee ne eee ap 58 Jaffuel, Félix, 1874-1939 Cl e=ss2 Sie ee hee eke 246, 247 Jahandiez, Emile, 1876-1938 Mornocco22eeree Seen = rectangle 44, 45 See Gattefossé, J. Morocco_ 44 Jahn, Alfredo, 1867-1940 Mene7 ela a eee 261 Jameson, William, 1796-1873 D RDU DUENG (CY sae a ah 250 Jaramillo, Jesis Maria Duque See Duque Jaramillo, J. M. Jardin, Edelestan i. e. Désiré Edelestan Stanislas Aimé, 1822— 1896 French Equatorial Africa___ 36 Ol WMS as res oe Se 126 See Guillemin, J. B. A. So- ciety. crlslangseee: Les oe 128 Jeannot, Eugéne i. e. Raymond Eugéne Maurice Madavasca sets se a 98 Jeffs, Royal Edgar, 1879-1933 Oklahoma 208 Jelliffe, Smith Ely, 1866— NIG yan O Is ese ere ree) 202 Jennings, Otto Emery, 1877— COUT Oia ae ee a 226 Pennsytvania/ ke PAT See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio £07 See Shafer, J. A. Pennsyl- 7G UC ist te Reo e s e 212 Jepson, Willis Linn, 1867— Caiiorn tasers te 165, 168 Jesup, Henry Griswold, 1826-19038 New Hampshire____________ 197 Jewell, Herbert Winship, 1872- VAAN a Ces seme eae es Ss 88 185 Johansen, Frits, 1882— Lee aut Fa eee ies se eal eee Oe ee 136 Johansen, Holger, 1898- Pea ENT eee ae se 1538 Johnson, Laurence, 1845-1893 United States, general______ 158 Johnston, Henry Halcro, 1856-— 1939 Mascarene Islands_________ 99 See Baker, J. G. Mascarene US Smikp i eee ee 98 241306°—42——_20 Johnston, Ivan Murray, 1898— AT centinagse alee yee ay Californie See wei pee San Ambrosio and San Felix_ Johnston, John Robert, 1880- Guatemala ae see Ea eta Wenezuelars os. Sh ritiat ) Ee Johnston, Thomas Harvey, 1881— See Cleland, J. B. Northern Mee O Ty see ee ee See Cleland, J. B. AaIStraliaee 8th ees rt Johnstone, George Rufus, 18SS8— See Cary, C. A. Alabama__ Johow, Friedrich Richard Adal- bert, 1859-1933 ? Juan Fernandez Islands___— Joly, Alexandre, 1870-1913 NICO TO CC 0 meee een tre oe Be Ns, 4 RC WT SS Ge eae rs ee Be Jones, Clyde Harold See Schaffner, J. H. Ohio__ Jones, George Neville, 1904— WV Sinn oo yee ee See St. John, H. Washing- COM haces he 2 lantnes tf \ Jones, Herbert Lyon, 1866-1898 OOS Bae Re Es wien ahh pean we Jones, Lewis Ralph, 1864- See Burns, G. P. Vermont__ See Dole, E. J. Vermont__ Jones, Marcus Eugene, 1852-1934 Miron ten ae as oo ei ee Jones, Sheridan R. KO WHEN ID RU Coys ee ae Jordan, David Starr, 1851-1931 See Lewis, Il. F. Massachu- SCCESGAe Ee ate ELS eo Jouan, Henri, 1821-1907 Polynesigvatet= fer k eis Judd, Albert Francis, 1874-1939 Hawaiian islands) sas Judson, James Edward, 1900— See Smith, H. H. Wisconsin_ Julien, Adr. i. e. Cyrille Cyprien Adr. Algerian Us se ee aa rres Jumelle, Henri Lucien, 1866—1935 French Equatorial Africa_-_ French West Africa_________ IMadacaScair as =. aire Masearene Islands_________- IManme tania =e area Junghuhn, Franz Wilhelm i. e. Friedrich Franz Wilhelm, 1809- 1864 Duteh Hastuindies=2 32a s= ch JEP 7 eee ae PES pene ET ee sd Junod, Henri Alexandre, 1863- 1934 See Schinz, H. Mozambique_ Justice, Robert S. Georiiay 2. - ee ero tet wes 48 173 304 Kaaiakamanu, D. M. Page Hawaiian Islands2=2) 2s 109 Karnbach, Ludwig, 1864-1896 New :GWinea—2-= Assn see 120 Kanehira, Ry6z6 Micronesias === 116, 117 Philippine Islands_____-_-_--~ 123 Kearney, Thomas Henry, 1874-— Kentucky's. 222. 2h 183 North, Carolinas =. 205 Vilt SUE es et a eee 218 See Britton, N.L. Arizona__ 164 Keller, Ida Augusta, 1866-1932 Pennsylyanias == eee 211 Kellerman, Stella (Dennis), 1855- 1936 See Kellerman, W. A. Kan- SAS shes Bows ee eb et eet 181 Kellerman, William Ashbrook, 1850-1908 Kansas 2a ee ee 181 OMI OES eee i 206, 207 OntaTriow 25... ee 142 Seer Creaic M. - Ohio === 207 See Schaffner, J. H. Ohio__ 206 Kellogg, Harriette Susan, 1860- 1916 Michifan™ 3225 24 ete en. 191 See Pammel, L. H. United States; generals eae 159 Kelly, James Peter, 1885— Rennsylvaniae a. Seo Alt Kempe, Hermann, 1844— Northerneherritory22 2) = 67 Kendrick, Ella Bagnell See Leonard, E. J. Connec- tieUi ese 2S Ss Fae ee Deeg ame Bel U7(8 Kennedy, George Golding, 1841— 1918 Vermontete ss See as: 218 Kennedy, James Domoné, 1898- INI geriae: See 49 Kenoyer, Leslie Alva, 1883-— See Standley, P. C. Pan- EINE Se a ie Poa eh 153 Kerr, John Graham, 1869- Argentinas £22 5.2 ee aes 235 Kervégant, D. Hessers Antilles = 222 S22 es 229 Keys, James See Bailey, F. M. Queens- Jair Gas PE ake day rd NY 69 Killip, Ellsworth Paine, 1890— Maryland2s<2 Seek. saab ines 186 See Gleason, H. A. Ven- CZCS eee Tee ve 261 King, Charlotte Maria, 1864-1937 See Rammell Ha lowa=- eins King, Wilbur Lewis, 1871— Renmsiyilivainil ae eee ee PALI Kirk, Thomas, 1828-1898 Australian Islands_________-~ 102 New. Zealand] =22)2 se aes 78 Northolsland Ne 72a 80, 81 Southelsland Ns 7a saeoes 83 See Buchanan, J. North [sland } NG Zsa ee ee AUTHOR INDEX Kirk, Thomas—Continued Page See Cheeseman, T. F. South Island; (N72. 3 see 82 See Hamilton, A. South TSTamd: IN. Zit ee ee eee 83 See Petrie, D. South Island, Nisa Zis, 2 oe oe eee a ee 83 Kirkconnell, Watson, 1895-— Onlanl0=2e- ee ee 142 Kirkwood, Joseph Edward, 1872- 1928 United States, western_____- 162 Kittredge, Elsie May, 1870— Vermont: eee 218 Kjellman, Frans Reinhold, 1846— 1907 Allaig keane SOE os bale ea eae 131 Klincksieck, Paul, 1857-1909 United States, northeastern. 161 Kline, Whorten Albert, 1864— Femmsys lives) ae eee 211 Kloss, Cecil Boden, 1877— Andamanwislands 22s. 93 Klugh, Alfred Brooker, 1882-1932 New Brunswick_____-______ 133 Klunzinger, Carl Benjamin, 1834~- 1914 gy ptt 2s ee eee 32 Knoche, Herman i. e. Edward Louis Herman, 1870— Canaryalslands#=s =a eee 88 Knowlton, Clarence Hinckley, 1876— Mia neste. se Sete Te eee 185 See Bouvé, T. T. Massachu- SOUS = Sots es eae ae 187 See Hill, E. S. Massachu- S@ttSse2 ee ee 188 See New England Botanical Club. Massachusetts_____ 188 Knowlton, Frank Hall, 1850-1926 Alaskas.2 220 2500 i.e Melee 132 See Hitchcock, A. S. Dis- trict of Columbia 172 Knuth, Reinhard Gustav Paul, 1874— Venezuela: 232-5 = ees 260 Kobayashi, Yoshio See Tatewaki, M. Alaska__ 1382 Koch, Max, 1854-1925 SOU EHIATIS Grail y= ae erent (2 Koidzumi, Gen-ichi (Geniti), ~ 1883- MicronéSias=2= +2223 sae i HERS Kolderup Rosenvinge, lLaurits See Rosenvinge, J. L. A. K. Koorders, Sijfert Hendrik, 1863- 1919 Celebes==) - 2. eae 104 Dutch East Indies__________ 105 Javaoes we ee ee a bs Oa Is Ba 18 Koorders-Schumacher, Anna, 1870-1934 Dutch? Hast Indies=—== ss 107 JAVA) ee, Ae see eee 113 See Koorders, 8. H. Celebes_ 104 AUTHOR INDEX Kops, G. F. de Bruijn Page See Bruijn Kops, G. F. de Kotschy, Theodor i. e. Karl Georg Theodor, 1813-1866 AES) ays eye eed a 32 Kraebel, Charles John, 1889- Hawaiian Islands_______-__ 111 Kramer, Augustin Friedrich, 1865- Welanesiate 202 Sn aa Us) Samoan island sea eee 2G Krais, Paul, 1866— See Wiesner, J. (Introduc- E11) oe eee ee nea 5 Krause, Ernst Hans Ludwig, 1859-— Cape Verde Islands____--~- 8S Kremers, Roland Edward, 1894- See Denniston, R. H. Wis- COUSIN toon hee ee D2E Kruuse, Christian, 1867— Green angie ss ee eR 156 Kurtz, Fritz (Federico), 1854-1920 aS eaten emt TAB AS Tes ee 132 NTF RANA se a) See Al’bov, N. Patagonia-_ 254 Kurz, Sulpiz, 18384-1878 Andaman Islands_____~_-..-- 935 Dutch East Indies__________ 107 Nicobar: Islands222 82232252 100 Kuylen, Henry See Record, S. J. Colombia_ 250 See Record, S. J. Guate- 103 be ieee LSS eer Ra sO 148 Laguna, Antonio Ramirez See Ramirez Laguna, ee ee 235 Loret, Victor, 1859— Hey ptiscs Sess eee eee 30 AUTHOR INDEX Louis, Xavier French Equatorial Africa__ Louis-Marie (Louis Lalonde), frére, 1896— Quebe@ 22-222" ees eae Lowe, Charles William, 1885-— Manitoba= S22: > Se eee Lowe, Ephraim Noble, 1864-1933 MuUSSISSip pit 4 See eee Lowe, Richard Thomas, 1802-1874 Madeira Islands MOrOCCOR: 233s eS eee Salyvacevlslands==] aaa =a Lueders, Herman Frederick, 1851— 1904 Wisconsin Luederwaldt, 1934 Brazil Hermann, 1865-— Lugard, Edward James, 1865-— Bechuanaland Protectorate_ Lundager, Andreas, 1869-1940 Greenlandic. eee eee See Ostenfeld, C. H. Green- Lundell, Cyrus Longworth, 1907-— Guatemala. 2. tee ee ee Lunell, Joel, 1851-1920 North Dakotas Lusina, Giuseppe iby ee ee ae ee eae See Ascherson, P. Libya__ Lutz, Harold John, 1900— Renmnisyiivaira eee een Lyon, Marcus Ward, jr., 1875— bndiang ke See eee Lyons, Albert Brown, 1841-1926 (Introduction ) Michigan ee Sa 'ntese ie Sembee McAtee, Waldo Lee, 1883-— NortheCanolina = see See Hitchcock, A. 8. District Of Columbia see eee See Macoun, J. M. Alaska__ Macauley, Mary Elizabeth See Beckwith, F. New Vork 232 ret eae Macbride, James Francis, 1892— Peru) 2 2e ee) Sit Aes Macbride, Thomas Huston, 1848— 1934 McCarthy, Gerald i. e. Michael Gerald, 1858-1915 See Wood, T. F. North Caro- Ling 22 ee ee ee MacCaughey, Vaughan, 1887— Hawatian Islands__________ AUTHOR INDEX McClatchie, Alfred James, -1906 Page Cahiformianet = sn) te ewes ee 163 McDonald, Elizabeth Seton, sister JG as Uke tj alee )s = uae gun seamen sli eee ee a aUeday ILrrl MacDonald, Gilmour Byers, 1883-— See Bode, I. T. Iowa_-__-- 178 See Pammel, L. H. Iowa_--- 180 McDonald, Malcolm NOW eee tes tee Fa 5 Sept BORA 179 McDougall, Walter Byron, 1883- Wiyominger” ie a oe ee 223 MacGillivray, William David Kerr, 1867-1933 @ueenslande 22s 21 ee 69 McGregor, Ernest Alexander, 1880- SouthaCarolina=2 222 sae 213 Macgregor, Gordon Polynesia 222 ste4 eas ae 126 McIntosh, Arthur Clem, 1901— South Dakotas == ae ae 214 See Rydberg, P. A. South I) AKO Alp ee Se Fes eee Bee is Ss 214 MacKay, Alexander Howard, 1848— 1929 @anadaeeets 28 28 Wes ae he 133 WADrAG 0 Rist SS es 138 Mackensen, Bernard, 1862-1914 A BYES GS es ie AG ae oo 216 Mackenzie, Kenneth Kent, 1877— 1934 IVES SS 0 UG see es are aa 194 McLaughlin, Willard Thomas, 1904— See Standley, P. ©. Mon- {TT 05 eee ees a ee 195 Macloskie, George, 1854-1919 EARN SEXO NOG Se 253 MacMillan, Conway, 1867-1929 MiMnes ote a a ees Se 192 McMinn, Howard Earnest, 1891- @aviformmi ats a= ae Pe ee ee 166 United States, western____-_ 162 Macoun, James Melville, 1862- 1920 INS Kelaenrers ae BN ee 132 TEU VERB UG) Fel see a gu a ge 136 Wabrad Oe ae eae Eee 137 Mackenzicnra= 222.25 2 ea ot 138 Omtariquees save ee 142 OnCWe CRs ae ee Se 144 GUO eer Pe cep EAL) See Macoun, J. Canada____ © 133 Macoun, John, 1831-1920 Gamage ake Te ee 133 J Ein OEIC (Gy AS eee ae De OG Ontariquetis 5. 4B es 142, 143 @Oiwehe crete sa Se 144 BYSUIKONi peta Shee 145, 146 See Gibson, J. Ontario_____ 142 Macowan, Peter, 1830-1909 SoubmeAtricass) 2: See 54 Maguire, Bassett, 1904— See Standley, P. C. Mon- LGC) G8 ESI Soe eres nig cs nn 195 See Tidestrom, I. Nevada-._ 196 Maiden, Joseph Henry, 1859-1925 PANTLS Gren ge ee nS a Australangelislands 222s. as New South Wales_______-___ Oly MESIa ees ee ae Lae Qucensland 222.2 eis es SouthyAuwsStralian ss sas AIRS TNA TN ee ais se ea Wal CL OM aes te ee Western Australia__________ See Ewart, A. J. Northern ARO RIO Yo ae Maige, Albert i. e. Louis Albert, 1872-— See Lapie, G. Algeria__-___ Maino, Evelyn See McMinn, H. E. United States, western___________ Maire, René Charles Joseph Er- NOT OCC Or MON a TRE SS Sen erie Spend, es ds ees See Braun-Blanquet, J. Mo- POCCOM Ne. eerste ARS See Ducellier, L. Algeria___ See Emberger, L. Moroecco__ See Jahandiez, E. Morocco_ See Litardiére, R. Morocco_ Malaga Santolalla, Fermin CO) 65) ey Asie aN OI rere ea annie a ah Malm, Jacob von, 1901— Dutch Hast Indiess= ses Malme, Gustaf Oskar Andersson, 1864-19387 Brake All ae Pe ems cae Oe ee Marbut, Curtis Fletcher, 1863-— 1935 See Shantz, H. L. Africa___ Marie-Victorin, frére (secular name Kirouac, Conrad), 1885— QueHe Crees ie eae eae Markotter, Erika Irene Orange Free State________-- Marloth, Rudolf i. e. Hermann Wilhelm Rudolf, 1855-1931 SoutuhivAtnrica -se 5222 2on ies! Marreco, Barbara Freire- See Freire-Marreco, B. W. Marshall, Reginald Charles, 1893- VeneZuclae errr te. ae ae ae Marshall, Ruth, 1869- WVASCONSINy as Be EINE Martelli, Ugolini, 1860-1934 1 SD) Oil 6) cet Wet nSete ine i Plies carne eas SEEN Mthlopia, =o Ss ees eee Martens, James William, jr. See Willis, O. R. New York_ Martindale, Isaac Comly, 1842— 1893 See Smith, A. H. Pennsyl- Atzeret or Ae a 308 AUTHOR INDEX Martinez, Maximino Page IMGXICO i222 Ee le 149 Martius, Karl (Carl) Friedrich Philipp von, 1794-1868 BAZAN ov ee ae aR 238, 239 Mary Clare, sister See Metz, sister Mary Clare Mas y Guindal, Joaquin MOTrO¢COR 22225 ee ae eer ah 46 Masferrer y Arquimbau, Ramon, 1850-1884 Canangy, islands aan 22a a= 88 Massey, Reginald Ernest See Broun, A. F. Anglo- DAVonaMa Suck 20 Matta, Alfredo Augusto da Ses 17 AN a Se AN a aS 239 Mattei, Giovanni Ettore, 1865-— Italian Somaliland_________ 39 See Lanza, D. Eritrea______ 33 Matthews, Washington, 1843- 1905 PASE Z OVVEL ne = ese ER ee 164 Mattoon, Wilbur Reed, 1875- 1941 See Harvey, F.L. Arkansas. 165 See Shannon, C. W. Okla- 10) 8 013 pata Renee Mere toy pe ae 208 Maugham, Reginald Charles Fulke, 1S66— Mozambiquel====s223222—= 47 Mauricio, frére See Sennen, frére. Morocco— 47 Maury, Paul Jean Baptiste, 1858-— 18938 See Bonnet, E. Algeria___ 19 Maus, Pearl Marie, 1899— Fania ste cae eee a ie ae Be 182 Maxon, William Ralph, 1877— See Britton, N. L. Puerto RU COL te Nee eae we te 230) Maycock, James Dottin, -1837 esservAmtilless= sian es 229 Maza, Manuel Gomez de la See Gomez de la Maza, Manuel Mazé, Hippolyte Pierre, 1818-1892 WessersAmntilles sss eT 229 Mead, Samuel Barnum, 1798-1880 IN@W t YORnK#2s 2. Ss 2 ee stele 202 Medina, José Toribo, 1852-1930 Cees ee ee aged re 245 Medsger, Oliver Perry, 1870— United States, general______ 159 Meeteren, J, M. Westeroten van See Westerotien van Meet- eren, J. M. Meigen, Fritz, 1864— (CTE as 5 a er Ra eae 247 Meilleur, René, 1911— See Marie-Victorin, /frére Quebec 2 22 2a eee 144 Meisel, Max, 1892-— United States, general_____- 159 Mell, Clayton Dissinger, 1875-— Page See Brush, W. D. Puerto Rico. 2292270 Re eee 230 See Record, S. J. (Introduc- ton) ae s2 Se eS ee 6 Melliss, John Charles St:Helena 23:3 k 2a ee see 91 Mello Moraes, Alexandre José de, 1816-1882 Brazile: tees bee aes 239 Melvill, James Cosmo, 1845-1929 Mlonida. = 258 Fe yes ees 173 Memminger, Edward Read, 1856- NorthiCaroling= ssa 205 Mendonca, Francisco d’Ascencao, 1889-— See Carrisso, L. W. Angola_ 22 Menezes (Meneses), Carlos Aze- vedo de, 1863-1928 Madeira Islands___________ 90 See Lowe, R. T. Madeira TslandG 222 soe tee eee 90 See Lowe, R. T. Salvage Is- LANG StEE ee Bea 91 Merino, Manuel Garcia y See Garcia y Merino, M. Merker, Moritz, -1908 Tanganyika Ss eee ae 58 Merrell, William Dayton, 1869— See Stewart, P. A. New WOT] ees eee 203 Merriam, Clinton Hart, 1855-1942 BN ESS) fei Ve aA as et I ail sh 132 California = “os. ie seein 168 Merrill, Elmer Drew, 1876-— BOrne0 2 See Oe eee 103, 104 Micronesia: 2 sie seen sly Moluccaisiands == sass aes 118 Philippine Islands____ 122, 123, 124 Polynesiat=2 9220 25 nama 124 STURT 2A ge ee ce ee 129 See Brown, W. H. Philip- Dine Plslands see eee 123 See Coville, F. V. Alaska___ 1381 Merriman, Paul Rossiter, 1882- Wire ni ges 21k So eae ere 219 Merritt, Melvin Leroy, 1879- See Merrill, E. D. Philip- pine) islands 2.22 ase 124 Mertie, John Beaver, 1888— Alaskatet 2 te. - UL aaacelacaes 132 Mesa, J. T. Roig y See Roig y Mesa, J. T. Metcalf, Franklin Post, 1892— See Bergman, H. F. North Dakotac 2. 2s es Sa aie 205 Metz, Mary Clare, sister, 1907- MOXOS See. =o aa 216 Meyer, Ernst Heinrich Fried- rich, 1791-1858 Labradors... 2 ieee 137 Meyer, Hans, 1885-1935 @Gntroduction) _=se22 a aa= 5 AUTHOR INDEX Meyer, Hans 1858-1929 1 OLOUEY0 Lon cake ate ae a a es Mangan yilkcat ses a2 oe aes Meyncke, Oscar Marion, 1849- 1936 Inn eiain ats ee a Bs Ct Mildbraed, Johannes i. e. Gott- fried Wilhelm Johannes, 1879— Cameroons #22 aS. Spanishy Guineaes sae e ses Rancanyilkaye es. 22 eee Millan, Roberto i. e. Anibal Roberto AT eenbiiates = sss Miller, Alonzo Alexander, 1865-— 1933 See Barnes, W. D. Iowa___ Miller, Elihu Sanford, 1848-1940 Heinrich Joseph, ING Wa CORK iis sun Pe See Berzelius Society. Con- MNCCHCUb Es sa Ser see eZ Miller, Emerson Romeo, 1862-— 1929 See Cary, C. A. Alabama___ Miller, Ethel Melsheimer Page 251 58 177 CO) aa aes oe Naan ne ee SAS Sd 206 Miller, John, 1849-1918 Eennsylvaniaje= oo. 2eee ees 212 Miller, 0. B. Cape of Good Hope_________ 29 Miller, Robert Barclay, 1875— EMA 1G Settee es a te a 174 Millspaugh, Charles Frederick, 1854-1923 Californiay 22s eae 168 Hloridaseia2 222 2a ees 173 Lesser Antilles_____________ 229 IY (SCY o ss OS ae a 151 United States, genera]______ 159 Wiest Valisodin ae wearers Pil See Britton, N. L. Bahama BTS Tegra LS eae ae ee as ds ig 224 Miquel, Friedrich Anton Wilhelm, 1811-1871 Duteh- Hast Indies_——__=_-_ 106 SSIDEU TEE Siete > ae ae Ser ce 129 Miranda, Vicente Chermont de See Huber, Jacques. Brazil. 241 Mohr, Charles Theodore, 1824—- 1901 A8NSIGW GFE 002 gl — ea Se 163 Moldenke, Harold Norman, 1909— ING Wd CTSC@Y=22 ee 198 Molfino, José F. AO ONEMMA 2 OS hE 232, 236 See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231 Moller, Adolfo Frederico, 1842— 1920 Sao Thomé and Principe____ 52 WEST ATriCa se 62 Moloney, Alfred i. e. Cornelius Al- fred, 1848-19138 WVGSte Arica ess had ie 62 Monod, Théodore i. e. André Théodore, 1902— Salhangs sae ee es Se Sve 2k = See Louis, X. French Equa- Ona pA Cama ere wale Se Monro, Claude Frederick Hugh, 1863-1918 Southern Rhodesia_________ Montagne, Camille i. ec. Jean Francois Camille, 1784-1866 Cian ee ee Monticelli, Juan V. Ar gemibinea 2. fee Montrouzier (Montrousier), Xavier, pére, 1820-1897 New, Caledonia == = 2 2 w_ Moore, Charles, 1820-1905 New South Wales___________ Cai ee ee ais aed Moore, Lucy Beatrice See Cranwell, L. M. North VISTI W OG Le yt ace are Moore, Spencer LeMarchant, 1851— 1931 Je UsIVAL tgs mewn oes eae ee nen 5a Western Australia__________ See Baker, E. G. Uganda__ See Fawcett, W. Jamaica__ See Gibbs, L. S. Queens- JIT oO Wee oceans oe RaW ee ie 9 ae See Rendle, A. B. Belgian Congo Pew E Sues eae See Rendle, A. B. Mozam- DI GUC HER ewe ee S A Oe See Rendle, A. B. New Cal- CCONTAS Ses hie bee i Oe aren See Rendle, A. B. New GOBLIN C ee ee es eee 2 See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__ See Rendle, A. B. Northern RerritOnyece ene cued Moraes, Alexandre José de Mello See Mello Moraes, A. J. de Moreau MOTO CCO = Sea at ie aes Moreira, Nicolau Joaquim, 1824— 1894 Sa) 7:11] este cerclactanee Meat leh Morgan, Andrew Price, 1836— 1907 Morong, Thomas, 1827-1894 ANTS UN AY es ee eee Morrell, Jennie May H., 1864— VEIT CR Eko ee seer ee eee ee Morris, Patrick Francis, 1896— See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__ Morrison, Alexander, 1849-1913 Western Australia__________ 310 Morton, Boyd Rutherford, 1885- Page Canadas: 2-2 2... sea ee 133 Moseley, Edwin Lincoln, 1865- QUO 2232-82 tees eae eee 207, 208 Moseley, Henry Nottridge, 1844— 1891 Prince Edward Islands__-__ 100 Moss, Marion Beatrice See Chipp, T. F. Anglo- Heyptian Sudan 2 == 21 Moulton, John Coney, 1886-1926 OTC a es ee ee 104 Moxley, George Loucks, 1871— See Davidson, A. Califor- | Ying ae Sept ARN ae ee pas EN 167 Mueller, Ferdinand Jacob Hein- rich, freiherr von, 1825-1896 AUStr ali alee See eee ee 64 AUStralianwelslandsae eas 102 News ‘Guinea 2s 4a ee 120 Northern lerritory==—— 68 Tasmania! 22 ees 86 Victorias ae aa 73 Western Australia__________ 76, 77 See Bentham, G. Australia_ 63 Mueller, Herman August, 1866-— Towel: 2&2 een aD Sane a 179 Muenscher, Walter Conrad Leo- pold, 1891— United States, general______- 159 Washington 22 So seat 219 See St. John, H. Washing- ODS St ee 25 ol 5 ea ae 220 Muir, John, 1838-1914 AN aS Kee * 1 Bs pe a caw Gs GE Lies 132 Muir, John (of Africa) Cape of Good Hope___-__---- 29 Muller, Cornelius Herman, 1909-— Pex Gere - 52 A ey ee est 216 Mumbauer, Joseph Roth, 1867— See Kline, W. A. Pennsyl- Vela ee eee 211 Munz, Philip Alexander, 1892- Californias: 42. s” 2a 168 Murat, Mare, 1909-1940 See Zolotarevsky, B. Mau- Titaniara = 2 22 oe al asian 43 Murbeck, Svante Samuel, 1859— Morocco 22 22a ei nee ee 46 fl Dab ay i 2 per Oe i ee EP 61 Muriel, C. E. Anglo-Egyptian Sudan_____- 21 Murillo, Adolfo, 1840-1899 6) ch Kea eee a ee a 245 Murphy, Louis Sutliffe, 1876— See Brush, W. D. Puerto FULCO een aed eee 230 Murrill, William Alphonse, 1869— Nib Ka yk (0 G2 enema ees Codie Se hae eo! ie Wir gimiate: et. age el eee WE 219 Muschler, Reno (Reinhold), 1883— Hgy pits. 222> a eee 30, 32 See Durand, E. Libya___-_- 41 Myers, William Stanley, 18S8— See Stemen, T. R. Okla- NOM 22 oe ee 208 AUTHOR INDEX Nadeaud, Jean, —1898 Page society Islands= == ae Bees We AE Nagel, Jens J. Towa. 2. 2 a eee =e 180 Nannizzi, Arturo, 1877-— GID yay 2k os oe ee 41 Navarro de Andrade, Edmundo, 1881-1941 Braz 2 enn et oS ae ee Be 242 Neal, Marie Catherine, 1889- Hawaiian Islands__________ 110 Neger, Franz Wilhelm, 1868-1923 hhile@-f. 2 5. 2. Beene ee 247 Neher, Saylor J. Kansige ic 22 3 ieee 182 Nelson, Aven, 1859— ATIZONAL 2 522 20S 3 ee 164 Wyoming. 5 bx ies celeenee an 223 See Coulter, J. M. United States, western__________ 162 Nelson, Elias Emanuel, 1876— Wyoming: 22. ieee 223 Nelson, James Carlton, 1867— Kentucky: 5.3352 eee 183 Oresont ots At eee ee 210 See Piper, C. V. Washing- (OM. 22 oS 220 Newcombe, Charles Frederick, 1851-1924 See Carter, W. R. British Columbia222t 2.c.74 aaa 134 Newsom, Isaac Ernest, 1883— See Durrell, L. W. Colorado. 170 Newton, Helen K. See Ahern, G. P. (Introduc- {iON 22 eee 6 Nicolas, Gustave i. e. Léon Marie Joseph Gustave, 1879— See Reboud, V. Algeria____ 20 Niederlein, Gustav, 1858-1924 Argentina = - See aah Guatemala=: = 24 pee 147 See Lorentz, P. G. Argen- tings co tw heehee 235 Norlindh, Tycho Southern Rhodesia_________ 55 Norman, Cecil See Lester-Garland, L. V. Anglo-Egyptian Sudan____ 21 Northrop, Alice Belle (Rich), 1864-1922 Bahama Sislandce 2) saaaeene 224 See Northrop, J. I. Quebee__ 144 Northrop, John Isaiah, 1861-1891 Queb@G@s22 82.2 Sue 144 Norton, Arthur Herbert, 1870— See Fernald, M. L. Maine__ 185 Norwell, M. H. See Adams, John. Canada__ 133 Noury, Marie Francois Jean Pierre Senegal 22.2% ss ask a oe ee 53 Novaes, José de Campos Brazile -. 2 ee ee eee 242 AUTHOR INDEX Nuttall, Lawrence William, 1857— Page 1933 See Millspaugh, C. F. Cali- LOLMIAW eee SS ASAE 168 See Millspaugh, C. F. West Mirciniae: ! sa sonr rath Neue! 221 Obermeyer (Obermeijer), A. A. AD ena Svea eye ee sees 2 RU 59 See Bremekamp, C. E. B. Bechuanaland Protec- COR C = ais neo TRI ELE 23 Ochse, J. J., 1891-— Dutehehaskt Indies: =_ ates 106 Ogden, Eugene Cecil EVE anit Goats sisal Apr Se ey 185 Oleson, Olaf Martin, 1849-— TON ae ee Ae ee Se 180 Oliver, Daniel, 1830-1916 British) Guiana 2st seis 244 British Womalilandss2aa 27 NVGSEVAT RICae see ers tris Ta 63 See Grant, J. A. Anglo- Hgyptian Sudan__________ 21 See Moseley, H. N. Prince Hdward islands 72s 100 Oliver, Walter Reginald Brook, 1883-— Australian Islands_______ 102, 103 INortngislandigNme a= =.= Sis 81 See Cheeseman, T. F. New ACaland Sets Re Geta, es V7 See Laing, R. M. South NS TamnGliaN fie ee et tank 2 83 Oliver Schneider, Carlos See Schneider, C. O. Olmsted, Charles Edward, 1908— See Jeffs, R. E. Oklahoma_ 208 See Little, HE. L. Oklahoma_ 209 Olsen, Axsel (Aksel) Madagsascnr set 68 ee . 97 Oosting, Henry John, 1903- See Blomquist, H. L. North Caro linge es Sek oe oho 204 Ooststroom, Simon Jan van, 1906-— See Ridley, H. N. Borneo__ 104 Opler, Morris Edward, 1907— See Castetter, E. F. New WS C0 SE CI recess 199 Ortega, Jestis Gonzalez, 1876— 1936 NMGKICO see ey er aie 6 ae 152 Osborn, Theodore George Bent- ley, 1887— NOM ATStralias 12 See Adamson, R. S. South AIS abr = eee er 2 et 71 Osgood, Wilfred Hudson, 1875— DAN ENS Kechigese a 9 se ae Fey 132 British Columbia -2 = 2.2 135 Osten, Cornelius, 1863-1936 UI rary rune ya sever oo a ee 259 Ostenfeld, Carl (Emil) Hansen, 1873-1931 1 Qe iid 1a ees Se pilus 136 RCC an Gwe coe es 155, 156 Buspamiola =—-- 32 tt 227 Western Australia_________ ue Otero, José Idilio, 1893-— Page PUCrtOMRICO = 1 Tine AsS | 230 Otis, Charles Herbert, 1S86— DME Tn ear ee Se 189 See Burns, G. P. Vermont. 217 Over, William Henry, 1866— SOuth* Dakota es Vanes Wes 214 Owen, Maria Louisa (Tallant), 1825-1913 See Bicknell, E. P. Massa- ENHVSChbSH eet koro oes 187 Pablo Reko, Blas See Reko, B. P. Paccard, Ernesto Wier ay soe Se ee 259 Pace, Lula, 1868-1925 RGXGCI SEE Se TU LSS 216 Paige, Edward Winslow, 1844— 19 ING wire MOP ky ss ate alae EI 202 Paillieux, Auguste i. e. Nicolas Auguste, 1812-1898 ) DYE UiCO) Os Re ee ee at 35 Paine, John Alsop, 1840-1912 ING Wi WOT es ahr LE RGD 202 Palacky, Jan (Johann Baptist), 1830-1908 Madacascarn sees Baie 97 Palmer, Edward, 1831-1911 United States, western______ 162 Palmer, Edward (of New South Wales) Queensland 22a Ss eee 69 Palmer, Ernest Jesse, 1875— Amkansasie: sane tassel 2 Le 165 Massachusetts: 2 =: ees 188 Massounieis. las Rae 193, 194 MGRAS te Sos tb. SEEMS 216 See Branner, J. C. Arkan- SEO abe sth a1) EN RE 164 Pammel, Louis Hermann, 1862-— 1931 TOWa Sos soe SS LD 178, 180 MTC ane Se io Rea PR ee 191 Minnesotat 2220 2. 22 ene 192 MiSSOUTD 2222S sie aes 2 PEE ae. 198 United States, general______ 159 Wisconsin's] 22a 2 Deo s 222 Pampanini, Renato, 1875— i byaeeot san ee Se as 42, 43 See Schweinfurth, G. HAY 1 Gee ie ne Ee 32 Pancher, Jean Armand Isidore, —1877 See Cuzent, G Society SFT See as eee SE, Hee 129 Paoli, Guido, 1881— Italian Somaliland__-______- 39 Paque, Egide, 1850-1918 See Gillet, J. Belgian Cong OM 2 See ee 25 Pardo de Tavera, Trinidad Her- ménégildo José Maria Juan Francisco, 1857-1925 Philippine Islands______-___ 122 le AUTHOR INDEX Parham, [H. B. R.] (Mrs. Charles Page | Pellegrin, Francois Page John Parham) See Wright, C. H. Fiji Islands. 22 6 a ae eee 108 Parish, Samuel Bonsall, 1838-1928 Californial.: 22 ae ee 169 See Abrams, L. California. 166 Parkinson, C. E. Andaman Islands__-__--_-—_ 93 Parks, Harris Braley, 1879— MPORA CE Us eae ie pare VAS PANG See'Cory, Vo Ls TLexase-22== 215 Parodi, Domingo, 1823-1890 Paraguay. 22 see 253 Parodi, Lorenzo Raimundo, 1895— ATrecenting == eas) ieee 233, 236 See Hauman, L. Argentina- 231 Pasquale, Giuseppe Antonio, 1820- 1893 Kinitrent 2a = 2 ee ee 34 Paton, David John, -1941 Victoniat2e= 22a eS ae ae 74 Patraw, Pauline Mead ATiZOD at 2S Eee eee 164 See Presnell, ©. C. Utah---_ 217 Patterson, Harry Norton, 1853- TiMOTS ek Oe ee 174, 175 Patton, Reuben Tom, 1883— Victoria ies it. ic or ee eee 74 Pau, Carlos, 1857-1937 MOr0CCO) = stese Bae 46 Pax, Ferdinand Albin, 1858— Ethiopia! = 22S Sea 30 Payeur-Didelot, J. F. French Equatorial Africa___ 36 Paz Soldan, Mariano Felipe, 1821-— 1886 Areentina= 222. eee 233 Pearson, Henry Harold Welch, 1870-1916 Capevot GoodeHope===2====— 29 See Bolus, F. Southwest JING DK Ors oe eck ey ee Sue MN RSA ES 56 See Hemsley, W. B. Bo- IDB igre Vee ene ieee Mere sere era DRT Pease, Arthur Stanley, 1881-— New Hampshire 197 Peattie, Donald Culross, 1898— Tnidianah = 2052 ilar NortheCarolinas===2= aa 205 Peck, Charles Horton, 1833-1917 INGWa lO Dee =e ee 200, 202 Peck, Morton Eaton, 1871— TOW 2 ee Se ee eee ee 180 Orecong ee ee ee eee eee 210 Peckolt, Gustav, 1861-1923 Seen eeckoltiha bra 7Zle=== 240 Peckolt, Theodor, 1822- 1912 Brazile eee ee 239, 240 Pegler, Alice Marguerite, 1861— 1929 Cape of Good Hope___------ 29 Peirson, Frank Warrington, 1865— Californias Siew at ERs: 169 Peirson, Henry Byron, 1894— Maine. 22223 Se eee 184 French Equatorial Africa___ 36 See Bonnet, E. Mauritania_ 43 Pena, Rafael Bolivia) 2 ovctae nye tae 22% Penhallow, David Pearce, 1854- 1910 N Canada oe =2-* = = ae 133 Quche@s.. 2 saws Gale a ee 144 Pennell, Francis Whittier, 1886— Rennsylyaniqa eee PAD See Fussell, L. Pennsyl- 4 VAN. aa ee 211 Penzig, Otto Albert Julius, 1856— 1929 Wthiopia-24.2s {ate eee 30 Javea 2- 3 eae ee ee 113 Pepoon, Herman Silas, 1860-1941 Win Oise eee eee 175 Peralta, Manuel Carazo See Carazo Peralta, M. Pereira, Huascar, -1926[?] Brazil _ =~) ee eee ae eee 242 Pereira Coutinho, Antonio Xavier See Coutinho, A. X. P. Pérez Arbelaez, Enrique, 1896— Colombiaee2e 22s aie 249, 250 Perkins, Anne Elizabeth, 1873- Nieine Sie eg Le he a OR 184 Perrier de la Bathie, Henri i. e. Joseph Marie Alfred Henri, 1873 — Madagascar2=2 aan 97, 98 Perrot, Emile Constant, 1867— French West Africa________ 37 Perrottet, Samuel i. e. Guerrard Samuel, 1790-1870 See Guillemin, J. Senegal_-_ 53 Perry, Lily May, 1895— NOVa SCOtia =a ae 141 Peter, Albert i. e. Gustav Albert, 1853-1937 Tanganyika sess ee eee 57 Peters, Wilhelm Carl Hartwig, 1815-1883 Mozambique = 2222 =2a === 47 Petersen, Niels Frederick, 1877— Nebraskai a5 see eee 195 Petrie, Donald, 1846-1925 INOEth island yNS ZS 81 SouthJIshand NZ 2 83 See Cheeseman, T. F. Aus- tralian) Islands === eee 101 See Townson, W. South Is- lands Ni Z 3k ees 85 Pfeiffer, Johan Philip, 1sss— Surinam: 45 2a) ae 258 Phares, David Lewis, 1817-1892 MISSISSI ppl == eee 193 Philippi, Federico i. e. Friedrich Heinrich Eunom, 1838-1910 Chiles 222). heuer eee Gee 245, 247 San Ambrosio and San Felix. 128 Philippi, Rudolf Amandus, 1808— 1904 See Philippi, F. Chile__--_~- 247 AUTHOR INDEX Phillips, Edwin Percy, 1884— EF ASTMUCOT ANT Cpe ee eee Cape of Good Hope_-_-____ SowtheAtnicatassiaees 2 spe Tristan da Cunha Islands_ Phillips, George Robert, 1900- See Shannon, C. W. Okla- J NG) aes i Wate eg aan S Sola an ate Phinney, Arthur John, 1850- UV EVGNCG Ea eles el Ha a Pa I ONT ee a aie i Ns een SUV iel ee Bes A es he rt ae Pilar Rodrigo, América del Arenal 222 ho ee eS Pilger, Robert Knuds Friedrich, 1876— Pinkerton, Mary Elizabeth See Palmer, E. J. Mis- Pinto, Joaquim de Almeida See Almeida Pinto, J. de Pinto da Fonseca, José See Fonseca, José Pinto da Piper, Charles Vancouver, 1867-— 1926 Wishing tony sees es: Ui SL See St. John, H. Washing- OT yore ae see ee EE ee Pires de Lima, Américo Mozambique=s2= si. ies Pirién, Anastasio See Jaffuel, F. Pirotta, Romualdo i. e. Romualdo, 1853-1936 Pitard, Joseph Charles 1873-1927 Cananyesislangdsi2 2 =. eee NOT OCC Opeee aa a 7 erie Marie, Pittier, Henri Francois, 1857— CoStar hica@ as sas = ea VEN EZITC Ane ba tea See Durand, T. Costa Riea_ See Polakowsky, H. Costa RUC AN eae Oi Le PS Planchon, Jules Emile, 1823-1888 See Triana, J. J. Colombia_ Pobéguin, Henri i. e. Charles Henri Olivier, 1856— Erenche Guinea] oss ates Cini ee eaees ye a Ee Poisson, Henri i. e. Louis Henri Madacascane 21 Yee eee See Alleizette, C. d’. Mad- AeAScar wks LU Ss CEN TS eT Polakowsky, Hellmuth, 1847-1917 COStarhiCa= 2.2222 Ub Page 23 29 54 92 247 147 Polunin, Nicholas Vladimir Page Deh eee ot) kel lithavs heehee Ne es See STI ete 136 ENeCe walt ess Bas Mee as 136, 137 OWeD CC she Beau er Ce 145 Pool, Raymond John, 1882- ING DEAS KK aly sees oe, 2 tke aes 195: Pope, Willis Thomas, 1873- Hawaiian Islands______-___ 110 Popenoe, Wilson, 1892— MCU OL aaee ee ele ee ee) ODO VES (OVOVO RT RES S ead ie a a eee 148 Poppelwell, Dugald Louis, 1863-— SOUT JSMENCK ING ALS ee 83, 84 Porcher, Francis Peyre, 1825-1895 SOubuhmOarolim ase: ae ee 213 United States, southeastern. 161 Porsild, Alf Erling, 1901— DANTE VS Ea FR Se Oa ees ee 132 Green an eee ees ee oe 156 IMRCKEN ZG ys eek! eer ks ee 138 See Porsild, M. P. Green- LIPS OTC LS Sa PE ct era 157 Porsild, Morten Pedersen, 1872-— Greenlandesxss eee cle! 155, 157, Porter, Carlos Emilio, 1870— OTN ey ee se eee ee ern ayes 246 Porter, Thomas Conrad, 1822-1901 Renn Sivhve nia aes sere ne 210 Porto da Cruz, visconde do Madeira islands2 2) =c2 ae 90 Posthumus, Oene, 1898— See Koorders, 8S. H. Java. 112 Pott, Mrs. Reno (Leendertz) See Burtt Davy, J. Trans- ACs! Lapa EU ee 59 Potter, David, 1894— @QWebe cei as ahs ere ea see ee 145 See Jackson, J. Massachu- Pet 2) EL oy de AO ean ee ee mI 188 Pound, Roscoe, 1870- INCDRaSKa reste ae aah ae 195 See Smith, J.G. Nebraska__ 196 Powell, Garland Marie (Schmidt), 1905— See Gilkey, H. M. Oregon__ 209 See St. John, H. Washing- 10) ea alc i ce cn eal ORR IN 220 Prain, David, 1857— Andamans islandss222S.2 500 93 Cocomislands= seen eae 94 Laceadive Islands___.--__=- 96 Narcondan Islands 2 uieh ssn 99 See Oliver, D. West Africa 63 Preble, Edward Alexander, 1871— WAG SOA a 138 Presnall, Clifford Charles, 1898— {SES a Vie a a a nr 217 Prest, Walter Henry, 1857-1920 INOVaee SCOblat tase eee 140 Price, Gladys, 1903- 1G awobieet a\sitpe pak e secmgan Oaem Oe UK Tote 177 Price, Sarah Frances, 1849-1903 Kentucky ee a 183 Prillieux, Edouard Ernest, 1829- 1915 Dutch East Indies__--..-._- 106 314 AUTHOR INDEX Pritzel, Ernst, 1875— See Diels, L. Western Aus- ae ae os ae Ee Privault, Daniel See Duss, A. Lesser An- CITES = SSeieeok in ot ee Proust, Louis, 1878— See Pitard, J. Canary Island sec ws S Ue. eAVeee Rela es Provancher, Léon, abbé, 1820-18982 Canodii==42 6 eee See Macoun, John. Quebec_ Pulle, August Adriaan, 1878— Dutch Hast Indies#22522 == Surin aimee 22 rs ore Deere. Putnam, John Alfred, 1901-— See Lauderburn, D. HE. Mis- SISS ipo Isse aS eee ee eee Quentin, L. See Stehlé, H. Lesser An- {BLU 2 SF BS iS eg ey tes A ae Quisumbing (y Argielles), Ed- uardo, 1895— See Merrill, E. D. Philip- pine slandseiS ses 2 cee Raddin, Charles Salisbury, 1863-— 1930 Whinoise. 22 oases eee es See Pepoon, H. S. Tllinois__ Raffeneau-Delile, Alire, 1778-1850 Bthiopiat= = eee Ramaley, Francis, 1870— Colorado Rare eee eners INE GSc1CO eee eee Beli Clickee MARC Re See Martinez, M. Mexico__ Ramirez Cantu, Débora See Batalla, M. A. Mexico_- Ramirez Goyena, Miguel Nicaraguass.. soars alee Ramirez Laguna, Antonio Mexd COM ae Hai Ee, enn D Ramis, Aly Ibrahim, 1875-1928 ED ay Jo Ge eae 2 ene Rancon, André i. e. Laurent Fer- dinand André Moyse Raoul, 1858- Senegal. el ae eae See eat J. H. Maine__ Rand, Frederick Vernon, 1883— See Burns, G. P. Vermont_ Range, Paul Theodor, 1879— Ee yt ee 2h ek oe RE ee South-west Africa__________ Rant, Anton, 1875— Molucca sislands=2222255 Rau, Eugene Abraham, 1848-1932 See King, W. L. Pennsyl- Page 76 229 87 133 144 106 258 193 229 122 Raup, Hugh Miller—Continued Page Keewatine 2° ees eee 137 Ravenel, Henry William, 1814— 1887 South sCarO Mia 213 Read, Arthur Davis, 1882— SATE ZO TNA one oe eee eee te 164 Reagan, Albert B., 1871-19386 ATTZON A te ke Sey ee ee 164 Minnesota= 222: ain ako 192 NOuUth= Dakotas =e one 214 Washing tonya ite see 220 Reboud, Victor Constant, 1821-— 1889 SAT OTT ee ee ake eee eee 20 Rechinger, Karl, 1867— Melanesia 5 222 25 a a ye 115 Recinos, Adrian, 1886— Guatemala’ 25a ee eee 148 Record, Samuel James, 1881— Gintroduction) =a 6 Columbiarsi...23 re ees 250 Guatemala sees 148 Hondurasto2 le eee 148 Nicaragva 22122 ones 153 Panama: a cule wal oe eee 153 See Cooper, G. P. Liberia_ 41 See Standley, P. C. British Honduras. -4.3 2a eee 146 Redfield, John Howard, 1815-1895 Maine se 22 2 2 ae aa eee eee 186 See Rand, E. L. Maine____ 185 Redmond, Paul John, 1901- Maryland: o.citrieny pear 186 Reeks, Henry, 1838-1882 Newfoundland === 139 Reese, L. See Cleland, J. B. South Australia. s 23) ee) eee 71 Rehder, Alfred, 1863-— (Introduction) Fe eae + See White, C. T. New Guinea 225. sae eee Al Rehfous, Laurent, 1890— See Chodat, R. Paraguay__ 252 Reichardt, Heinrich Wilhelm, 1835-1885 New Amsterdam and St. Paul Islands hue! Fs sac Sie 100 Reiche, Karl Friedrich (Carlos Federico), 1860-1929 Chile ti 208 i Bae cha 246, 248 Mexi¢0 2220.94 <0 1 fecal aes 152 Patagonia £83422 eee 255 See Pohlmann, R. Chile___ 248 Rein, Georg Kurt Anglo-Egyptian Sudan_____ 21 veinecke, Franz, 1866— Samoan Islands222 22 Sees 127 Reko, Blas Pablo MeG@xiCOe? 2 Sas tie ee eee 152 Renauld, Ferdinand, 1837-— 1910 See Delamare, HE. New- foundland.:] 223.5. 140 AUTHOR INDEX Rendle, Alfred Barton, 1865-1938 Page BelsianiCongo2s- 242k Dutch Hasteindics== ssa. Mozambique 2522222221522 New Caledonia____________- INewe Guinea =e i= = a Bas NG Eye ie Re ee oe Ne Northerne Derritonye. === — Patagonia See Andrews, C. W. Christ- mas Island See Baker, E. G. Uganda__ See Fawcett, W. Jamaica__ See Gregory, J. W. Kenya_ See Hiern, W. P. Angola___ Reppert, Ferdinand, -1903 See Barnes, W. D. Iowa____ Reyes, Luis J. Philippine Islands Reynolds, Ernest Shaw, 1884— Fuhode islam dies ae eee Rich, William Penn, 1849-1930 See Young, H. A. Massachu- setts Richard, Achille, 1794-1852 Ethiopia See Guillemin, J. Senegal___ See Montagne, C. Cuba___- Richards, Paul Westmacott See Davis, T. A. W. British Ricker, Percy LeRoy, 1878— District of Columbia______~ Rickett, Harold William, 1896— MISS OUTS es ee See Daniels, F. P. Missouri_ Riddell, John Leonard, 1807-1865 OuISia Nae asad Ridgway, Robert, 1850-1929 Illinois Ridley, Henry Nicholls, 1855— Borneo Chrisimassisiand=— 2 es Fernando Noronha INGWe GUINne@a= = eC SUNN A GRA ee ee 129, Ries, Donald Timmerman, 1903- See Thone, Frank. Illinois_ Rietmann, Othmar, 1831-1869 New South Wales____--____ Rigg, George Burton, 1872- AOA ea ee Pe NVASIIMetOMrs ee et See Frye, T. C. United States, western___________ Rikli, Martin Albert, 1868— Kgypt Greenland Riley, Laurence Athelstan Moles- worth, 1888-1928 Mexico Rolynesiaw ss: 2s 2 eee See Sprague, T. A. British JS (Ova hth GS ee ee ee ee Rimbach, August, 1862- J OUR (0) a es 25 Ringuelet, Emilio J. Page Jan (EXSY OY ELL ONE lela yee sO Se 236 Rivera, Manuel J., -1910 Chilemewe te ine ee wa Re, Seana 245 Rives, William Cabell, jr., 1850- 1938 Rhedewislanda ss] ane Dales Robbins, Wilfred William, 18S84— ING Wie NlexicCost 2 2 eee 199 Robinson, Benjamin Lincoln, 1864-1935 _ COcosE ican ae a ein 104 Galapagos Island see 22 22) 109 Newiroundland 22225522222 140 See Gray, A. United States, SOME Ra ees velyel see hy in ae 158 See Gray, A. United States, northeastern. 22) 22st 160, 161 Robinson, Charles Budd, 1871-— 1913 INOVa Scotlal 2 ere a 141 Rhilippinew lsiandsessae 124 Robinson, John, 1846-1925 Massachusetts aaa aaa 188 Robledo, Emilio, 1875-— Colombiazssees Sui ai ak) 249 Robyns, Walter i. e. Frans Hu- bert Edouard Arthur Walter, 1901- iBelsiann Congoms ss err Aare: 25 Rocha, Francisco Dias da Bea ZA a ele a SS gal eat 242 Rochebrune, Alphonse Trémeau de, 1834-1912 NGA TSI Gey eres Wie ase (io ee a TE iG Rock, Joseph Francis Charles, 1884— Hawaiian Islands__________ 110 SAV Ae tee AE 114 PObyn eS a er ee es 126 Rodrigo (Trigo), América del Pilar See Pilar Rodrigo, A. del Rodrigues, Joao Barbosa See Barbosa Rodrigues, J. Rodriguez, Pedro Miguel arial Sy ee ee aol de te Sa 253 Rodway, F. A. See MacGillivray, W. D. K. Queensland awa ad ee 69 ‘Rodway, James, 1848-1926 BiritishaG ian =e ae ees 244 Rodway, Leonard, 1853-1936 PA SHAD a ae tases aa as 85 Rogers, Charles Gilbert, 1864—- 1937 Andamanweisland ss. se ans 93 Rogers, Edna Eliza (Miner), 1862- 19385 @onnechicut.2 22s Peete ial Roibon, Federico IAPC Mba = ets oe eee ee 231 Roig y Mesa, Juan Tomas, 1877- (Gib | 0 ieee te ee ee crs yee 225 See Gémez de la Maza, M. Cubase son 3 oe es eee PaPaS See Jennings, O. E. Cuba___ 226 316 AUTHOR INDEX Roivainen, H. Patagomae esse Rojas, Teodoro Patacdy 2 ee ee See Fiebrig-Gertz, C. Para- SUA, ee eS Rojas, Ulises See Guatemala, Ministerio de agricultura. Guatemala__ Rojas Acosta, Nicolas Arcenting 352 oe ee Romero, Belisario Diaz See Diaz Romero, B. Rose, Joseph Nelson, 1862-1928 IMGXd CO 22 ee ee 150, See Merriam, C. H. Alaska_ See Vasey, G. Mexico--__-- Rosendahl, Carl Otto, 1875— BritishsColumbia==2222==s—= Minnesota ' 2222 Seana S253 See Wheeler, W. A. Minne- SOta 222s Bs Se ee ae Rosenthal, David August, 1821— 1875 (introduction) 22222 sa Rosenvinge, (Janus) Laurits (An- dreas) Kolderup, 1858-1939 See Lange, J. Greenland__- Ross, Bennington INANSAS =] Ete SAEs: oe Ross, William J. Clunies, 1850—- 1914 New South Wales_________~ Rothrock, Joseph Trimble, 1839- 1922 Alaska: S22 ae 5 eee eee Rousseau, Jacques i. e. Joseph Jules Jean Jacques, 1905— INOVa: SCOla a2 so. ee ase Quebecs reo se eee Roux, Jean, 1876-1939 See Sarasin, F. New Cale- dOnia SiS at re eee Rovesti, Paolo Mritrea 22 oe eee Hino pinse Shot eee Roys, Ralph Loveland, 1879— Mexico =202) ies ein nh Rudmose Brown, Robert Neal, 1879- Ascension Island _—--~~_—__- South Orkney Islands____-- Tristan da Cunha Islands__ Riibel, Eduard August, 1876-— See Rikli, M. Egypt__--~___ Rusby, Henry Hurd, 1855-1940 Boliviars.=——+ = Ses eee Russel, Howland WASGOnSIN. = 252 Shae ees Russell, Carl Parcher, 1894— Wyomin tet) Soe ee eee Russell, Frank, 1868-1903 ATI ZORA a 2 ae oe eee ee Russell, Ralph Clifford, 1896— See Fraser, W. P. Saskatche- Wales 2 22 CES Se ee Rydberg, Per Axel, 1860-1931 Colorad 02c2=25 Se eee Montang= 22 esse eee South: Dakotait4 Seas United States, western_____ See Britton, N. L. Yukon__ Sabine, Joseph, 1770-1837 Sierra’ Leone >> 2a Sack, Johannes SULINAW YR < -2t tie eee Sacleux, Charles, pére Sadebeck, Richard Emil Benja- min, 1839-1905 Tanganyikas 22222. oer Safford, William Edwin, 1859- 1926 Micronesia 4 28.c pease See Guppy, H. B. Polynesia_ Sagot, Paul Antoine, 1821-1888 ErenehjGiiana_- ese Sagra, Ramon de la, 1798-1871 See Montagne, C. Cuba_-_-- Saint-Cyr, Dominique Napoléon Deshayes, 1826-1899 Quebec =) 2 eh SS eee St. John, Harold, 1892- Hawaiian » Islands=2222==2 habradores2. ees ee Maime2 <= 22 22s nce ae ee Washington]. eee See Christophersen, E. Ha- Wallan Islands2= 22 s2e— See Forbes, C. N. Hawaiian Islands os ee ee See Fosberg, F. R. Hawai- ian islands eee Salas M., Jorge Garcia See Garcia Salas M., J. Salisbury, Frederick S. Cape of Good Hope====222=> Sambuc, Camille Senegalos. 2s eee Sampson, Homer Cleveland, 1885— TUinoiS 22 2. Sn Ae Sr a Sandwith, Noel Yvri, 1901-— Venezuela =" 22022 Santa Cruz, Alcibiades Santesson, Carl Gustaf, 1862- Cameroons. 222s _ = tee Ses Santolalla, Fermin Malaga See Malaga Santolalla, Fer- min Sarasin, Fritz i. e. Carl Friedrich, 1859— New Caledonia..222>" === AUTHOR INDEX Sargent, Charles Sprague, 1841- 1927 United States, general______ Sartwell, Henry Parker, 1792-1867 ING Wie OF ky PEE fs Be Sasaki, Syun’iti See Sawada, K. Paracel stand Sea ee a Sauer, Fritz i. e. Friedrich Lud- wig Ferdinand, 1852- Canaryelslandset ss a Saunders, Charles Francis, 1859—- 1941 United States, general______ Saunders, DeAlton, 1870— South sDakotae = 2-232 es. Sauvalle, Francisco Adolfo, 1807-— 1879 (up re ee a Sawada, Kaneyoshi FParacelal sland se ee Schadt, Conrad MO Weare oe Bs Se BIE Se See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_ See Kellerman, W. A. On- 2 el (0 pee ga ee 2 Ae eR Schauinsland, Hugo Hermann, 1857— See Bitter, G. Hawaiian Is- LEB a0 Kee ee Ae ae Seas ere Scheffer, Rudolph Herman Chris- tiaan Carel, 1844-1880 INew Guinean: 2 Fs 2 bes bo US Schellenberg, Gustav August, 1882- See Voeltzkow, A. Comoro Taira Gh ere a eS oe) Schenck, Heinrich i. e. Johann Heinrich Rudolf, 1860-1927 Australian- Islands? =_ =. Canaryewsltands=. 22 = Cockhuna:-island =. = SEOZClaaislondss 2 Haltkiands-lslands_- =" Kerguelen Island___________ New Amsterdam and St. Paul USNS eee Node Georvigrn. =e Schickendantz, Friedrich, 1837-— 1896 ARON tin awe Se Se Schiffino, José ERIS ett epee ae Schiffner, Viktor Felix, 1862-— See Wettstein, R. Brazil__ Schinz, Hans, 1858-1941 Mozambique: 0) 32. Southwest -Africa —_ =... = See Durand, T. Africa_____ See Sarasin, F. New Cale- Page 159 203 122 Schlechtendal, Diedrich Franz Leonhard von, 1794-1866 abra dors te ee eae Schlechter, Rudolf i. e. Friedrich Richard Rudolf, 1872-1925 iNew .Caledonia= 2) =e _a= Schmidt, Johann Anton, 1823-1905 Cape Verde Islands_________ Schmitt, Joseph, 1862-1915 Schmoll, Hazel Marguerite, 1891- Colorado skeeake eee ats a aRy yp ements ts lye = J eG IE We a eee Epes eee Schneider, Albert, 1863-1928 Walihorml ae EN Schneider, Carlos Oliver See Reiche, K. F. Chile____ Schneider, Oscar, 1841-1903 ES yD eter eee eee Schonland, Selmar, 1860-1940 Cape of Good Hope_________ See Macowan, P. South pAvfersi Caprese tars Sone lee aS Scholander, Per Fredrik, 1905- See Devold, J. Greenland__ Schomburgk, Richard i. e. Mo- ritz Richard, 1811-1891 BritisheiG uiange 2 eee Schomburgk, Robert Hermann, 1804-1865 Messer! Antilles =2 =") _ Schrenk, Hermann von, 1873— See Robinson, B. L. New- LOuUN ela meee Schultes, Richard Evans, 1915- See Vestal, P. 2. 2.23753 Sullivan, David, 1836-1895 Victoria: tsa bere ieee Summerhayes, Victor Samuel, 1897- Seychelles. 22 2a ses 2 enene Sutton, C. §. Australia <=. 2% 2.5 oa eee Victoria = sre Sgn eae See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__ Sutton, John Mayhew, 1857- Michigant> 2225.0) eee Svenson, Henry Knute, 1897— Galapagos Islands__________ Swezey, Goodwin Deloss, 1851-— 1934 Wisconsin 22 Ab ieee Swynnerton, Charles Francis Massey, 1877-1938 Tadgell, Alfred J. Victoria 2a vein See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__ Tancredi, Alfonso M. ESPithe@at® <<) He eee Tardieu-Blot, Marie Laure See Guillaumin, A. Polyne- Slai.8 Set Se eee eee Tate, Ralph, 1840-1901 Northern. ‘Territory 22222550 South Australia. 2 = 2322 See Mueller, F. von. Northern ‘Territorye)=22 22a eee See Mueller, F. von. Western Australign eek. 2s oes Tatewaki, Misao, 1899— Alaska - i. O41] aia ee Tatnall, Edward, 1818-1898 Delaware 22> =. Sse eres Taubert, Paul Hermann Wilhelm, 1862-1897 See Schweinfurth, G. Egypt_— Taylor, John Lowrie See Baird, J. F. Indiana__ AUTHOR INDEX Taylor, Norman, 1883— ING yyy OT Ka eos ees Bg See Grier, N. M. New York_ See Skottsberg, C. South GeCOrel avec. s sete gon nen he eu Taylor, Raymond Frank, 1897— AN) TS EE Nm he ies a SAT STR Taylor, Thomas Mayne Cunning- hame, 1904— See Hosie, R. C. Ontario___ Taylor, William Randolph, 1895— See Rand, HE. L. Maine____ Tehon, Leo Roy, 1895-— See Miller, R. B. Illinois___ Teijsmann, J. E. See Teysmann, J. H. Teit, James Alexander, 1864— See Steedman, E. V. British Columbia Teixeira da Fonseca, Enrico See Fonseca, E. T. da Tejada, R. Guatemala Tenney, Jonathan, 1817-1888 See Howell, G. R. New York_ Tepper, Johann Gottlieb Otto, 1841-1923 5 a) OS ELE Sy; erate ae 8 U's Ey CRS Oe eee Teysmann, Johannes Elias, 1808— 1882 Texas Thiselton-Dyer, William Turner, 1843-1928 See Oliver, D. West Africa_ Thomas, Jerome Beers, jr., 1867— See Pardo de Tavera, T. H. Philippine Islands________ Thompson, Henry Nilus, -1938 See Kew, Royal Gardens. ING Ore ieee es ee Thomson, George Malcolm, 1848— 1933 News ,Zealangss: 2 ae Thomson, John Scott See Simpson, G. South JES) Waite le NY / 2 Thompson, W. A. See Poppelwell, D. L. South MSTMCEN A Dye Thone, Frank Ernest Aloysius, 1891- Thornber, John James, 1872— Arizona Thurston, Charles Orion, 1857— See Twining, A. Pennsyl- 135 118 54 63 122 50 78 84 Tidestrom, Ivar, 1864— Tillotson, Claude Raymond, 1883— Nebraska see oie ee Tisdall, Henry Thomas, 1836— 1905 Colombiayes Sera his See Otero, J. I. Puerto Rico_ Torrey, John, 1796-1873 ING Wa YOO eee oe a, Totten, Henry Roland, 1892— See Coker, W. C. North Carolina ease Wists See Coker, W. C. United States, southeastern______ Toussaint, Anatole, abbé United States, northeastern_ Tovey, James Richard, 1873- 1922 ViGtOriaies snciw We aioul oes Ss. See Ewart, A. J. Victoria__ Townson, William, 1850-1926 Southeeislands Neg eZen sie ee oe Tracy, Clarissa (Tucker), 1818— 1905 WiiSCOMSTMi ee te ae ae Ge Tracy, Cyrus Mason, 1824-1891 Massachusetts =.--22 2 Tracy, Samuel Mills, 1847-1920 See Bush, B. F. Missouri___ See Lloyd, F. E. Louisiana See Palmer, E. J. Missouri_ Trelease, William, 1857— DIZOL ES os Stee Sa ds ie oly mesiqu 2 ase 2 ee ae Triana, José Jérénimo, 1826~- 1890 Colombiaec = te wer ie a Trimen, Henry, 1843-1896 See Bentley, R. (Introduc- GLO NAG) = ee ek Trotha, Hellmuth von Tanganyikarse o 2 i ee eee Trotter, Alessandro, 1874— Libya True, Rodney Howard, 1866-1940 See Cheney, L. S. Wiscon- Tuckerman, Edward, 1817-1886 See Cobb, N. A. Massachu- setts Turner, Edward Phillips, 1865-— 1937 See Cockayne, L. New Zealand Turner, Frederick (or Fred), 1852-— 1939 New South Wales__-__-____ 18, 20 17 223 188 193 184 193 87 127 42, 43 | By AUTHOR INDEX Turner, Lewis MacDonald, 1898- See Harvey, F. L. Arkan- Turner, Lucian McShan, 1847-— 1909 Alla’ aot st ove ati eal 133 Turrill, William Bertram, 1890— Chile. rk ak ee 246 Wiji-Islands 282225. = soso 108 Tutin, T. G. See Trelease, W. Azores___ 87 Tuttle, Flora May (Woodward), 1868-1931 TOW asso PRE ne 2 ee 181 Tuyama, Takasi IMICrOmMCSTa a2 ep AE TURE Twining, Alfred, 1853-1922 Eennsylvyaniae sean 212 Tyrrell, James Williams, 1863- Manitobdia2 See ss.» 139 Ulke, Titus, 1866— Britishy Columbias==2ees 225 135 Underhill, Ruth Murray, 1884— See Castetter, HE. F. Arizona. 164 Underwood, Lucien Marcus, 1853-1907 See Britton, N. L. Yukon_ 145 See Coulter, J. M. Indiana_ 176 See Sauvalle, F. A. Cuba. 225 Unwin, Arthur Harold, 1878— West Africans stee eee 63 Upham, Warren, 1850-1934 Minnesotas222 2 + 2 cet ee 192 Urban, Ignatz, 1848-1931 ERI Spanio las ee aie eae 226, 22% PiuertosRico2 22 ae er 230 West -Indiess2-2 = 2 eee 224 See Martius, K. F. P. von. BaZa es Meee EAS ee 239 See Ostenfeld, C. H. Hispan- TO lg SE te Savinks eee eee eee ee PAPA Urbina y Altamirano, Manuel, 18438-1906 Méxiconie sass Sse ees 150 Uribe, Joaquin Antonio, 1858-1935 Colom pia eee 248 Usteri, Alfred, 1869— BEATZ ie Vln ee ae PE de oy i Vaage, Jakob, 1879- Greenland ee arate eae 157 Vaccari, Antonio, 1867— See Béguinot, A. Libya____ 42 Vahl, Martin, 1869- Madeira island s= saa 90 Vail. Anna Murray, 1863— See Small, J. K. Virginia. 219 Valenzuela, Pedro Armengol, 1843- Chilleaeres Ss VE Re are Caer 7 248 Valeton, Theodoric, 1855-1929 New’; Guineas 222s ee Gare 121 See Koorders, S. H. Java. 112 Vallentin, Elinor Frances (Bert- rand), 1873-1924 HalklandeislandsS Sees 89 Vallot, Joseph, 1854-1925 Senegal 2 vo8 Mr St de eee 03 Page | Vance, ©. Elizabeth Page See Fawcett, S.G.M. South AUS tralia 042) 22 ais aes 71 Van Dersal, William Richard, 1907- United States, general____ 160 Vanderveken, G. See Hauman, L. Argentina. 231 Van Gorder, William Bramwell, 1855-1927 Ten ama: eee 178 Vasey, George, 1822-1893 MéExi¢@=2 S22) ee 152 See Greely, A.W. Franklin. 136 Vaughan, Reginald Edward See Baker, J. G. Mascarene BESS ES G16 |S i ana oe eats ene 98 Vecchi, Octavio See Navarro de Andrade, E. IBA = Sa ees A ee 242 Verdoorn, Inez Clare, 1896— Trans Vaal leek ee 59, 60 See Obermeyer, A. A. Trans- Webel) pn = set ee ee re 59 Verink, Ellis Daniel, 1890— Towa: 0 a 181 Vermoesen, Camille i. e. Francois Marie Camille, 1882-1922 Belgian Congo ssa sae 26 Verteuil, L. A. A. G. de See De Verteuil, L. A. A. G. Vestal, Paul Anthony, 1908— Oklahoma... 2255 © eee eee 209 Vidal C., Roberto Chiles 248 Vidal y Lopez, Manuel Moroccoz =). 2: = 3 ae 47 Vieillard, Eugéne, 1819-1896 New Caledonia_____________ 119 Vierhapper, Fritz (Friedrich) Karl Max, 1876-1932 Socotrai.is ves ee 101 Viguier, René, 1880-1931 Madagascan 222 aaa 98 Vischer, Wilhelm, 1895-— See Chodat, R. Paraguay. 252 Visher, Stephen Sargent, 1887-— South Dakota S252 one 214 See Rydberg, P. A. South Dakota: 2 5+-+5 ei 214 See Saunders, D. South Dakota. 22.2) 214 Viviani, Domenico, 1772-1840 See Béguinot, A. Libya--__ 42 Voegelin, Erminie W. Californian 222730. eee 169 Voeltzkow, Alfred, 1860— Comoro) islandss 94 Volkens, Georg Ludwig August, 1855-1917 Micronesia 222222 ead Ie TogossL229) 47 ee a EE 58 See Diels, L. Micronesia___. 116 Vorderman, Adolf Guillaume, 1844-1902 JAVASS = oe rs See 112, 114 AUTHOR INDEX Vroom, James, 1846-1932 Page New Brunswick-__~__~___-_ 139 Wadmond, Samuel Christensen, 1871- VAIS CONUS Tani ee one 223 Waghorne, Arthur Charles, 1851- 1900 NewLoundland: =e === 140 Walker, Harriet Gladwin INGWUerSe y= 2 eee 198 Wall, Arnold INorthelislangs Nea ee 81 SoutherslandeNey Zee ee 85 See Speight, R. South Is- LATING AZ es Sen. es 85 Wallace, George J. See Hoffmann, R. Massa- CHUSC EES 252 EERE Be eh 188 Walpole, Branson Alva, 1891-— MECH o a Teeere cee ee ee 191 Warburg, Edmund Fredric See Trelease, W. AzoreS___- 87 Warburg, Otto, 1859-1938 JNITEES0) IOS lle Behe Se Ca 5) Moluccas islandSe= 2a Gly News Guinea 22—- Sea 120, 121 Ward, Lester Frank, 1841-1913 See Hitchcock, A. S. District ofa Columbia == = la) Warming, Eugenius i. e. Jo- hannes Eugenius Bilow, 1841- 1924 Warren, Fred Adelbert, 1902- See St. John, H. Washing- Waterhouse, Douglas Frew See Davis, C. New South Watson, Hewett Cottrell, 1804— 1881 NZ OTCS tetas Mite ie Se 87 Watson, Joseph Ralph, 1874- ING WH Wexi GO en = 199 Watson, Sereno, 1826-1892 Ascension Island__-__-_____ 86 IMGXIC Omer es EN 2S United States, general______ 160 See Brewer, W. H. Califor- Wien eee 165 See Gray, A. United States, northeastern. —— = 160 Watt. John Mitchell, 1892- SoutheAtricat. 2625 54 Weatherby, Charles Alfred, 1875-— South Carolinas 22. 2. 7 e 2 213 See Beetle, A. A. New Hamp- Shineseee = tt re Se 197 See Graves, C. B. Connecti- SUT (emma ey | eee tee ee ik¢Aal Webb. Philip Barker, 1793-1854 Canaty Uslands: os -3 2 87 Weber, Clement, 1886- op LER INSE IS tat el ee acl a 182 Weberbauer, August, 1871— Wedd, Joseph Queensland) S22 s2 see ee Weddell, Hugh (Hugues) Alger- non, 1819-1877 Colombiage sess sie ee Wehmer, Carl Friedrich Wilhelm, 1858-1935 @G@ntroduction) 2—— =. = Weiller, Marc See Jahandiez, E. Morocco- See Maire, R. Libya________ Weimarck, Henning, 1903-— See Norlindh, T. Southern ROU esia2e Behe peel irl ene © See Price, G. Indiana_______ Wellens, Frédéric, 1891-1924 See Wildeman, E. de. SianiCongos ee Ree Welwitsch, Friedrich Martin Josef, 1806-1872 FAW 2 © lene rata SA os ae Werner, William C., 1851-1935 See Craig, M. Ohio_____-_=— See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio _ Wernham, Herbert Fuller, 1879— See Rendle, A. B. Nigeria__ See Ridley, H. N. New Guinea sesiae 2 sree Werth, Emil Albert Karl August, 1869- ANZA DA ee oe ee ee Weschcke, Carl Minnesotass= eh aes Wester, Peter Johnson, 1877-1931 Philippine Islands__________ Westerotien van Meeteren, J. M. SULIT 1 a se Ee Wetmore, Ralph Hartley, 1892- habragd ope eee ee Wettstein, Richard, ritter von Westersheim, 1863-1931 1 SWAN Peete se te teen etapa al oe Wetzstein, Albert CQ) OTS et es ao alg (aA ys Wheeler, Charles Fay, 1842-1910 See Beal, W. J. Michigan__ Wheeler, Leonard Richmond Ihesser-Antilless 2222 2 ee Wheeler, William Archie, 1876— Minnesota. Settee cena Wheeler, William Morton, 1865- 1937 IWASCONMS Mirae ee White. Cyril Tenison New Caledonia____-__-___ = INewaGulinea!.2 225 Fee Queensland 222s Sees See Bailey, F. M. Queens- lain Glee ere oe See Wedd. J. Queensland__— White, James Herbert, 1875— Ontarigl22 22 eae SEES 324 AUTHOR INDEX Whitford, Harrv Nichols, 1872— 1941 Philippine Islands___-_-___-__ Whiting, Alfred Frank ArizOnadao-= 22a e wae) BMI Whittemore, George Francis See Simonds, A. B. MasSa- chusettS==--4 S24 oe ees Wiegand, Karl McKay, 1873— 1942 New-York £20 te feat Wiesner, Julius von, 1838-1916 (Introduction)= _H2eat as? Wight, William Franklin, 1874— See Coville, F. V. Alaska__-_ Wikstrom, Johan Emanuel, 1789— 1856 Lesser -Antilles2==<=- 4-852 Wilczek, Ernest, 1867- See Chodat, R. Argentina__ See Maire, R. Algeria___-_- Wildeman, Emile August Joseph de, 1866-— BelzianiCongo2]=. 22. 24, Patagomia 2.2 a2 See Te See Durand, T. Belgian CONS) ne 2 aoe 2 eee ae See Sack, J. Surinam_____- Wilder, Gerrit Parmile, 1863-1935 Hawahlanvgislands.= ase 2s Polynesia, = 24 ee ae Wilkins, George Hubert, 1888— Tristan da Cunha Islands___ Williams, Frederic Newton, 1862- 1923 MeGxI1@QHess¢2 065 oe See See Pittier, H. F. Vene- VAY (2 0 Pe ee eee SE SS Pen Williams, Robert Orchard, 1891-— Venezuela 2 2. 222 nee See Freeman, W. G. Ven- CZUe lays ees Bee eee Williams, Stephen West, 1790-1855 Massachusetts 2222222 = Williamson, Charles Sumner, 1857-1914 Delaware, 22 = = eee ee a ee Willis, John Christopher, 1868— Chagos Archipelago_____--__ Laceadive Islands__-_______ Maldive islands: 222222525 Willis, Oliver Rivington, 1815— See White, C. T. New Cal- CGO NNT eee ee eee Wilson, Guy West, 1877- Indian ala. 2. eae Oe eee Wilson, Percy, 1879— Puerto, -Rico=2= = 22 2 ee See Britton, N. L. Puerto ECO 22 ee ee eee Page 123 164 188 Winchell, Alexander, 1824-1891 Winter, John Mack, 1899- Nebraska Wolden, Bernt Olaf, 1886— LOWialy2 ok = ee eee Wolley-Dod, Anthony Hurt, 1861-— See Bolus, H. Cape of Good HOG; 22 x8 ees ae eset Natale 2200 loe Hoel tele Wood, Joseph Garnett, 1900— south, Australia =" spares Wood, Thomas Fanning, 1841- 1892 North; Carolina) Sanat oe Woodcock, Edward Fred, 1885-— Michigan 2242 5a et oe and Woods, Julian Edmund Tenison, 1832-1889 See Bailey, F. M. Queens- lande te let beet eet SERGE, Woodward, Norman Porter, 1864— 1939 See Jackson, J. Massachu- Woodward, Richard William, 1846-1931 See Graves, C. B. Connecti- CUE 2 ae Eee ees Woodworth, Robert Hugo, 1902- Labradorses— 2 22 era eae Woolls, William, 1814-1893 New South Wales___________ Wooton, Elmer Ottis, 1865— New Mexico Wright, Albert Hazen, 1879— Georglas 2 =. 2 SUS eee Wright, Anna (Allen), 1882- See Wright, A.H. Georgia__ Wright, Charles Harold Fiji Islands -| Wright, Charles Henry, 1864— 1941 Falkland “islands 326.5 aoe Usandaen 27. <8 ieee wean See Brown, N. E. British Guana 2 toes. Oe See Ridley, H. N. New Guin@a? #2... 32. see ee See Rudmose Brown, R. N. South Orkney Islands____ Wright, John, 1811-1846 . Wycoff, Edith See Holden, W. (Introduc- tiOn) — a2 Se Wylie, Robert Bradford, 1870—- Washington22-o220 eee 69 188 171 138 67 199 208 174 174 peer ee ae AUTHOR INDEX Wynd, Frederick Lyle, 1904—- Page Ones. Wes lee St ee AE he PAS 219 Yacovleff, Eugenio, 1895-1934 | BENET oes Sear SUR ee 258 Yanovsky, Elias, 1886-— United States, general______ 160 Yates, Harry Stanley, 1888-1938 See Brown, W. H. Philip- PIN ESAS Ses 123 Yates, Lorenzo Gordin, 1837- 1909 OTRO TMA, ene bes A 169 York, Harlan Harvey, 1875— See Kellerman, W. A. Ohio_ 207 Young, Andrew Harvey, 1852-— 1926 7] OVO WIFE Des Reretas SaaS he eS 178 Young, Henri Wilson, 1847-1927 See Miller, E.S. New York. 202 Young, Herbert Andrew, 1857- 1894 Massachusetts 22 228202 2 189 Young, Mary Sophie, 1872-1919 ROX a Ne tet ee ree Ce Palle Youngken, Heber Wilkinson, 1885- United States, general______ Yuncker, Truman George, 1891-— RON Gas ee ee es Zabriskie, John Barrea, 1805— 1848 Zanon, Vito See Pampanini, R. Libya__ See Schweinfurth, G. Zimmer, W. J. VAC CONT pee ae BEN eT Zohary, Michael J DPA ONE eae es 7 a ee Zolotarevsky, B. Mauritania Zotov, V. D. North Island, N. Z ZschokkKe, Theodore C. See Rock, J. F. Hawaii____ 320 Page 160 149 110 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX This index includes the names of all countries and all geographical divisions used as headings; all States of the United States and Provinces of Canada; all separate islands and island groups listed in the titles or annotations, except those in inland waters; some current synonyms of the primary geographical names adopted (which follow the decisions of the United States Board of Geographic Names) ; and some names of regions, principally in Africa, which do not have definite boundaries. etc., are indexed under Dissée, Marajo, Pines. Such names as Ile de Dissée, Ilha de Marajo, Isle of Pines, Page numbers in the case of names which are not themselves used as headings refer to the page on which the geo- graphic division containing the reference begins, except in the case of islands, where the page number is that of the actual entry. Page Abd-el-Kuri: see Socotra____-____ 101 Abyssinia : see Ethiopia______-__ 34 Admiralty Islands: see Mela- MOSTAR ate ass «| Be 115 See also New Guinea______- 121 Admiralty Islets: see Australian Sang Sha ee Pas Oe Beet | Sees 102 PATRI C Aste sre ee ee ee 16 Agalega Island: see Aldabra_--_ $3 Aigrettes, Ile des: see Mascarene SFA GS oe a a eae hie POT GS estes 99 Akpatok Island: see Franklin___ 136 All alps nat ie tact ee ng FINS Se Se 163 Alacran Reef: see Mexico.____~_ iLL PAS eal pee ee tr SK, a Te Nyala: asl 130 (Abert asiasan eee 28 cont ei 3 134 Alboran, Ile d’: see Morocco___-_ 47 Aleatrazes, Ilha dos: see Brazil. 242 Aldabrawislangdss = 22 93, (101) Alderman Islands: see North Is- land (New Zealand)_________ 81 Aleutian Islands: see Alaska____ 181, 1674, Bs PRCT Aer ens are SE Sn 17 Alor Island: see Dutch East ETN GTC Sa rete Se vs 108 Alphonse Island: see Gloriosa Is- LEE OU 6 Sie 2s in a aE ot ie eat oe eee ae 95 Althorpe Isles: see South Aus- Garza epes Saree eee her oT es oe 72 Amboina: see Molucea Islands__ 118 Ambon (Amboina): see Molucca VST ONG fic 2 a oI 118 American Virgin Islands: see Lesser Antilles_____________ 229, 230 Amirante Islands: see Aldabra__ 93 See also Gloriosa Islands___ 95 Amsterdam Island: see New Am- Sterdam island += 25.5) — tse (95), 99 Anacapa Island: see California__ 169 Anambas Islands: see Dutch East MTT QS eee Soe hs ae 107, 108 Andaman; Islands=*® 5 ots) | 93 Andros Island: see Bahama Is- LG IS aie EO eee ee ee a 224 Page Anegada: see Lesser Antilles___. 229 Anglo-Egyptian Sudan__________ 20 Ane Ola eects ae eo ee Sees 22 Anguilla: see Lesser Antilles___ 228 Annobon Island: see Spanish Guinea: See ee Be Se ae (28), 56 Anticosti: see Quebec___--_____ 145 Antigua: see Lesser Antilles_.._—« 230 Antipodes Island: see Australian Slang Sete ee eae 101. 102, 103 Aree n tinal sae secs ara se 231 IAT Z.O Tee eae eee Be ere eed 163 ANAC IISE is ae es Sy Ae eae a 164 Arrou Islands: see Molucea Is- Rams ye eos Fs ee ee. 118, (121) Art, Ile: see New Caledonia____ 119 Aru Islands: see Molucca Is- JEW 0C0 (Spee see US pe ee ewes 118, (121) Aruba: see Lesser Antilles_______ 228 AScensionsisiand222 eee 86 Ashanti: see Gold Coast________ 88 Assumption Island: see Aldabra_ 93 Astove Islands: see Aldabra_____ 93 Atlantic Ocean (insular floras)_ 86 Auckland Islands: see Australian ANjila: seer bya ee Austral] Islands: see Polynesia___™ 125 INUStrAA SIA Sees ee se 63 AIS Eames ses 20a 2s eS LSA 63 Australianhiclandssse se 101 NZ ORES ees see skeen. tos eee see 86 Babar Island: see Molucca Is- LEAT Ch Gee ee 2 IE ee eh 1 118 Babuyanes Islands: see Philip- pinewislands=..2 2A ee 123 Baffin Land: see Franklin_______ 136 Bahamaryplislandse20 ss ee 224 Baja Californica: see Mexico___ 149 Baker Island: see Polynesia____ 125 Bangka Island (Banka Island): see Dutch East Indies________ 107 Banguey Island: see Borneo____ 103 Banka Island: see Dutch East TVG Sy Seat he ee es 107 328 Page Banks Islands: see Melanesia____ 115 Banks Land: see Franklin______ 136 Barbados: see Lesser Antilles__ 229 Barren Island: see Narcondam Sri! (22a ee cee 99 Barro Colorado Island: see Panam ors. Se ea ae ee a 153 Bashi Islands: see Philippine EST 1510 GG et ie ees Se ee Se 123 Basutoland 6 2 ae a atete ee eee 23 Batanes Islands: see Philippine 1 ASG SWAY 0 IS iene acne Pett cn fine BE tah a a 123 Batavia See saya 2 sateen eee slag Batti Malv: see Andaman TESTED CUS cae a ees fee 93 Bay Islands: see Honduras___-- 148 Beata Island: see Hispaniola___- 227 Bechuanaland eee 23 Bechuanaland Protectorate______ 23 Belciane Cong onee = eae 23 Bench Island: see South Island (New Zealand)!ieb 7 = (eee 84 Bénitiers, Les: see Mascarene Tslands)-22 eh Vanek GER 99 Bequia Island: see Lesser An- Cillés:2) ~.2 a eee ee 228 Bermuda islands. eee 87 Big Island: see Franklin________ 136 Bird Island (Seychelles): see Gloriosa’ -islands=+=_=-=2225 58 95 Bird Rock: see Quebee____--__- 143 Bismarck Archipelago: see Mel- NGS ka a neat 115, 116 See also New Guinea__-_____ 121 Block Island: see Rhode Island_ 212 Boeroe (Island): see Molucca Islands 3273s 20s ei 118 Bolivia soe) ~~ se ee eee | 237 Bonaire: see Lesser Antilles___._ 228 Bonérate Island: see Dutch East EN G1 GG 28 ie a EE TE ed 106 Borneo 25 2 Bae EA EE 103 Bounty Island: see Australian Islands: 2302 21 Bie G6? RBG 0 101 Bourbon Island (Réunion Is- land) : see Mascarene Islands_ 99 Bouvet Island: see South Geor- P19: 2 poe OAS 2 BEE 91 Bail eee eet ee ee 238 Breaksea Islands: see South Island (New Zealand)_ ~_____- 84 British Columbia=- ==. a 134 British East Africa: see Kenya__ 40 British Giana S22 22 243 British Hondurds22 oe a 146 British New Guinea: see New Guineas=-ss SV AAs Sr eae 119 British Somaliland Protectorate_ 27 Buckingham Island: see Frank- Lins > = DAs 2 136 Bunker group: see Queensland__ 69 Bunkers Island: see South Is- land (New Zealand) _________ 8&3 Caffraria: see Cape of Good HOpe s2ncsSsss2-3e sess 52S 28 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page California 2222 22 sok eee 165 Cameroons 2. ses ie oa ee 27 Cameroun: see Cameroons______ ret Campbell Island: see Australian TStan ster Seb ee See CSD)e O10 Canadas. 221.1) se See eee eee ees 133 Canary Asltand Ses. 2 eee 87 Cant, Teste “Runicia =) saan 60 Cannouan Island: see Lesser An- Tiles Sk SSS Ue See Sl 228 Cape Colony: see Cape of Good Ope fe he A ae ee 28 Cape of Good Hope: 2 aes 28 Cape Verde islands: 222s 88 Capricorn Islands: see Queens- Lange) ee ste Cae eee eee 69 Car Nicobar: see Andaman Is- lands 22208) 32 eee 93 Cargados Islands: see Aldabra__ 93 Carmen Island: see Mexico____- 152 Caroline Island: see Polynesia__ 127 Caroline Islands: see Micronesia 116, 1472) Casamance: see Senegal____-___ 52 Castle Island: see Franklin_____ 136 Cayo Icacos: see Puerto Rico___ 230 Cedros Island: see Mexico_____ 150, 151 WelebeSs2 sane ares 103, (107, 118) Central Ameri@al=_ 62 eek 146 Central Australia: see Northern Territory (Australia) _________ 67 Ceram: see Molucca Islands____ 118 Cerf Islets: see Gloriosa Islands_ 95 Cerros Island (Cedros Island): See: Me6xi¢02 22 an ae 150, 151 Chad ‘Territory: see French Hquatorial Atricases 2 Sees 35 Chagos /Archipelago=25) 241 == 24yie (9 94, (98), (118) Channel Islands: see California. 166, 168, 169 Chatham Islands: see Australian Islands22- 22 5) es ae 101, 102 Oiled Sa ee es 245 Chiloé (Island) : see Patagonia__ 254, 255 Chonos Islands: see Patagonia__ 255 Christmas Island (Indian Ocean) £.._4 bee, ses eee ae 94 Christmas Island (Pacific Ocean): see Polynesia______- 125 Church’s Island: see North Car- Olina 2 = ctc es 2 ae 205 Clarion Island: see Mexico__-___ 152 Clipperton Islang=—- ae 1038 Coche Island: see Venezuela____ 261 Cockburn: Island! #26230) sah 89 Coco Islands 22. 2 tee aes 94 Cocos Island (Pacifie Ocean)____ 103, (109) Cocos Islands (Indian Ocean): see Keeling Islands________ 95, (118) Codfish Island: see South Island (New: Zealandye. 222. 2 pies 84 Coétivy Island: see Aldabra___- 93 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page Coll Island: see South Island (New? Zealand) 222. 84 Colombids.- CUA r hres Sd 248 Colorad Os Ve ie Es ct EP 169 Comoro nslands 2s ses Dies 94, (97) Connectyeut' = ee rd 2 BIEL ree 17 Coode Island: see Victoria__-__ WA Cook Islands: see Polynesia____ (118), 125, 126 Coronados Islands: see Mexico__ 151 Cosmoledo Island: see Aldabra__ 93 Wosta: Mica 22 COs TL 5k sy eee 146 Cozumel Island: see Central America (Hemsley) _~--_____-~ 146 Crescent Island (Timoe: Tua- motu Islands): see Polynesia. 126 Crocodile Island: see Northern Territory (Australia) __-______ 68 Crozet aslands2=- 20 er 94, (96) Cun aise EIS a) Ge ve 8 225 Cufra (Kufra) ; see Libya_______ 41 Curacao: see Lesser Antilles____. 228 Gyrenaical- see aly ae ee 41 Dahomey _ gil Mg Rie SAAS tifa 30 Dammar Island: see Molucca SETA CLS ee es erate noes 118 Danger Islands: see Polynesia___ 125 Danish West Indies: see Lesner ANT TY BU CER tlie a le al eee a ae ae ele 229 Dapoer (Island) (Thousand Islands): see Java__________ 114 Darfur: see Anglo-Egyptian Su- COUR Oss SR at la cel ala yl ep Ea ee 20 Deal Island: see Tasmania______ 86 De leaiyyae ses ae ere oe ee een a rete Tl (2 Deserta Islands: see Madeira J IGSVIEYy GG IS ee ao ng a mer od aga 90 Desventuradas Islands: see San FSMD POST OS ee SEE 128 Devil’s Isle (Canada): see 5 AN ete tO el ia a nee 136 Diego Alvarez Island (Gough Island): see Tristan da Cunhrawislands 2224 e5—— 44 16 92 Diego Garcia: see Chagos Archi- Wel 2 Ome oe ee 5 (ala kss) Disko Island: see Greenland____ = 157 Dissée, Ile de: see Eritrea______ 33 IDISHRICEOL- Columbia.) === I Djampéa Island: see Dutch East 1 FOG UN Sete ie ke il eae angels 106 Djemadja Island: see Dutch East LD GO WS Se he a 108 Doea, Poeloe: see Java_________ 114 Dominica: see Lesser Antilles___ 228 Dominican Republic: see His- OUT lay] eee Ess Sete tats eis hips, 226 Drummond Island: see Paracel PTS ee a eS 122 Dry Tortugas: see Florida____ 172, 173 Ducie Island: see Molucca JASUIG ITO Sp oRS OLE a sale esa BE DN 118 Duck Islands: see Maine_______ 186 Duizend - eilanden (Thousand Islands) : see Java—--_______- 114 329 Page Duke of York Islands: see Me- TIE CESSES oe ERE TNE os Ds ae 115 Du Lise Island: see Gloriosa JUGS) Ee 05 (See ES ge ENO 95 Duncan Island: see Paracel VGSHIeTS OGG RCL ci 7) a 0 Les SES ee Oe eh ed 22 Dutch Hast Indies___-_____ 104, (124) Dutch Guiana: see Surinam_____ 258 Dutch West Indies: see Lesser ANTONIE ae ee Ss ae 228 Eagle Island (Amirante Is- lands) : see Gloriosa Islands__ 95 Haster Island: see Polynesia__ 125,126 | DOUG an ee Le ae es ee ee 250 Efate Island: see Melanesia_____ 115 ED ayy [ig eee ek ee ei 2 Le 30 Elisabeth, Isla: see Patagonia___ 255 Hlizabeth Island: see Polynesia. 125 Elizabeth Islands: see Massa- Chusettse 222 sa Bee 187 Ellesmereland: see Franklin_ 136, (157) Hllice Islands: see Polynesia__ 125, 126 Enderbury Island (Phoenix Is- lands) : see Molucca Islands___ 118 Ort eae Sat eeee ee ee ah ai 33 Espiritu Santo: see Melanesia___ 115 Bthioplae Seen oo ee 34 Fairfax Island: see Queensland_ 69 Falkland Islands/__ 222-02) 89, (91) Fanning Island : see Polynesia (118), 125 Farallon Islands: see California 166 Farquhar Island: see Aldabra___ 93 Faule Island (Stewart Atoll): see Melanesia_____________ 115 Hernando Noronhase2= sees a 89 Fernando Po: see Spanish Guinea (28, 35), 56 Rezzan: see Libya__--__________ 41 Mii aslandss22ssSuse. eae 108, (124) Five Islands: see New South WV ales Se barre hk eee ES Tt 65 Flat Island: see Mascarene STAN Sse Se re SE 99 Flinders Island: see South Aus- |G re? isn ea a ae ene er 72 Flint Island: see Polynesia_____ 126 Flores Island: see Dutch East MCCS 2 Sek eee) bere PEO 107, 108 BORE aaa ee ate ge ET ET 172 Floris Island (Flores Island): see Dutch East Indies______ 107, 108 Fouquets, Ile aux: See Mascarene Islan Ses an Se as SS weed ene 99 Fous, Ile aux: See Mascarene ST ain Se al tN ere BEE 99 BM tral 135 Franklin Islands: see South Aus- {0H C2 UD i Ve we ae era LEA A a ie French Equatorial Africa_______ 35 IMRAN: Grpuleyng ye se SN 251 Brench): Guinea tae eee 37 Hreneh somaliland =] ss ay French Sudan: see French West PACED ICA Sat kot ee i 37 ——————E——————————— 330 Page Friendly Islands (Tonga _ Is- lands) : see Polynesia__ 124, 125, 126 Fuegia: see Patagonia______ (91), 253 Fuerteventura Island: see Ca- nary [slandS. 222s aie ees 87 Funafuti Island: see Polynesia_ 125, 126 Gabon (Gabun): see French HquatorialPAdtricale= aa 35 Galapagos Islands______________ 109 Galite, Isle de la: see Tunisia__- 60 Galiton, Isle du: see Tunisia____ 60 COCs Nene) bz heres Berean We a ee ee ae & 38 Gambier Islands: see Polynesia__ 125 Gardiner’s Island: see New York_ 200 Gardner Island (Phoenix Is- lands) : see Molucea Islands__ 118 Gazaland: see Mozambique_____ 47 Georgia: 23 ssf ches ee ame ees 173 Gerlache Strait: see Cockburn Island ss be Se ae eee 89 German East Africa: see Tan- vanvyika seks See ee 56 German Southwest Africa: see South-west) Atrrica- === as Do Germania Land: see Greenland__ 156 Gilbert Islands: see Micronesia__ 117 Gioriosalslands: = (93) 95 Gold Coastae 2-222) 20202 eee 39 Gonave Island: see Hispaniola__ 227 Gough Island: see Tristan da Cunhayislands2 se eae 92, 93 Graciosa, Isleta la: see Canary Tslandsf25 3 2a oe eee 87 Graham Island: see Franklin.___ 136 Grahame iand= 222223 eee 90 Grand Cayman: see Jamaica____ 227 Grand Isle: see Louisiana______-- 183 Grand Mecatina Island: see Que- | CYS RNR ie re en aR eee pe fo vs Be 145 Great Barrier Island: see North Island (New Zealand)____--- 81 Great Duck Island: see Maine___ 186 Greenlan Qian 2S Se es Se 154 Grenadine Islands: see Lesser PAT CITES: SARe ie eo Sites Pee ae eae 228 Grinnell Land: see Franklin_____ 136 Groote Eylandt: see Northern Merritory (Australia) 2=2222= 68 Guadalupe Island : see Mexico__ 151, 153 Guadeloupe Island: see Lesser ATTICS. oo ee er eres oe 228, 229 Guaitecas Islands: see Patago- UT ie OE aes ne ft eee 255 Guam: see Micronesia_________ ay able Guano Islands: see Peru_______- PATIL Gniaitem alae ee seas Se ee ee ee 147 Habibas, Iles: see Algeria_____-_ 20 Haiti sees elispaniol aaa 226 Hare Island: see Greenland_____ 157 Haute Volta: see French West Africa's: Aor Pee Se ee 37 Hauturu (Island): see North Is- land (New Zealand) —___------~ 80 Hawaii 222 te ae ae 111 Hawaiian Islands= 222-2 22=2 109, (124) GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page Heard Island: see Macdonald Is- lands*. 22 aes 2 oer (95), 96, (100) Heiberg Land: see Franklin_____ 136 Hen and Chicken Islands: see North Island (New Zealand) __ 80 Henderson Island: see Polynesia. 125 Herald Island (Siberia): see Alaska .. 225) ers een 132 Herekopere Island: see South Is- land (New Zealand) —~-__-_____ 84 Hermit Islands: see Melanesia__._ 115 Heron Island: see Queensland___ 69 Herschell Island: see Franklin-__ 136 Hervey Islands (Cook Islands) : see Polynesia________ (118), 125, 126 Elispaniolas2. 8es <2. 22 see 226 Holbox Island: see Central Amer- icaya(ELemSley))= see 146 Honduras: 2-22 Se See ees 148 - Hoskyn Island: see Queensland_-_ 69 Howland Island: see Polynesia__ 125 Hull Island (Phoenix Islands see Molucca Islands__________ 118 Hypocrites, The: see Maine_____ 185 Valin 22 ae 4s to gee 174 Tini: see Morocco2 === 43 Tilinois 22 282 32324 ee 174 Inaccessible Island: see Tristan da Cunhavisiands= ae 92 Indian Ocean (insular floras) ___ 93 Indiana] = _* eer) ee eee (18), 176 Insular florash = eee 86 Insular floras—Atlantie Ocean___ 86 Insular floras—Indian Ocean____ 93 Insular floras—Pacific Ocean____ 101 Investigator Group: see South Australia: 2-2 23e eee 72 TOWa 22S ee ee ee 178 italian Somaliland === 39 Itu-Aba Island: see Paracel Is- lands. 22 U2 ee eee 122 Ivory Coast)<=_2 = 3 eee 40 Jaluit Island: see Micronesia__ 116, 117 JAMAICA 22.4 SS eee 227 Jarvis Island: see Polynesia____ 125 Jaa Ss. See Se he ee (107), 111 Jemala (Island) (Anambas Is- lands) : see Dutch East Indies_ 107 Johnston Island: see Hawaiian Tsland So) 22 eet ee oe ee Aah Juan Fernandez Islands______-- 114 Kaffraria: see Cape of Good Hope. 26 See oe SE eee 28 Kahoolawe Island: see Hawaiian Slaw S32 2es-2 po eS te eee Ae. Kaiser Wilhelms Land: see New Guinea. at _ eo ere ae 119 Kajoeadi Island: see Dutch East WNGiCS: 2.2! RE ee 106 Kalahari: see Bechuanaland Pro- tectorate: 45. 2222 es ae 23 Kalao Island: see Dutch East In- CLUS re A cts 2 106 Kalaotoa Island: see Dutch East Wri Gi@S)a ee ee ee 106 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX 331 Page Kamerun: see Cameroons____-_ 27 Kangaroo Island: see South Aus- (ELEFE I = Ea NO a eee (al P45 7B: RATS a Sees oa et (13), 181 Kapiti Island: see North Island GNewsZealand’)) 2. ce 80 Karewa (Island): see North Is- land (New Zealand) __~_-_-____ 81 Karimon-Djawa Islands: see AGREE ae Se “attr ti pe gaa RE 113 Katanga : see Belgian Congo_____ 23 Kaula Island: see Hawaiian Is- An Ges ee eee a ae ek 111 Kawau Island: see North Island New Zealand) 22 po 79 Keeling Islands2-2=—=-= = 95, (118) NCC Witla s es RE es es 1386 Kei Islands: see Molucca Is- NAN See ee ee ee 118, (121) Kent Islands: see Tasmania_____ 86 Wentuchy essa Sot ok es Se 182 VEG he 2 Sa eS es we ee 40 Kerguelen Island___ (91), 95, (96, 100) Kermadec Islands: see Australian lslandsh 222 s2e2= 101, 102, 103, (124) Ki Island: see Molucea Islands. 118 King Island: see Tasmania____ 86 King William Land: see Frank- igi eres een ia es ede pa 136 Kivu: see Belgian Congo__-____ 23 Klondike: see Yukon___---___-- 145 Kordofan: see Anglo-Egyptian PSUR SAR Ma a a 20 Kororariki (Island): see North Island (New Zealand) —-______ 81 Krakatau: see Dutch East Indies. 106 Krusenstern Island (Little Diomede Island) : see Alaska~ 182 Kutrasseehibyas 41 Kusai Island: see Micronesia____ 116 Wabradoresa— a =e eae Se 137, (140) Laccadive Islands______-_____ 96, (98) Ladrones Islands: see Micro- VO SYSOP a a ee 116, 117, (121) Lady Julia Percy Island: see WiChOmoar mente see 2 eb ee 74 -Lady Musgrave Island: see QueenelanGg ese ye ea 69 WagosrascesgNigerias== = 2 aS 49 Lakor Island: see Molucca Is- AI Sect araatet ae es eT ty 118 Lanzarote Island: see Canary Is- JPEN (SR econ ON ene A a ee 87 Larat Island: see Molucca Is- TG SONCE ISS cer’ RA are eC 118 Laysan Island: see Hawaiian ST a Se St eer eee Fe ee bes 110 Leeward Islands (Midway Is- lands) : see Hawaiian Islands. 111 Leeward Islands (West Indies) : see Lesser Antilles___________ 228 Lehua Island: see Hawaiian Is- HEAT Sasori eee The Oe AL A ee ge De 111 Leksoela (Boeroe) : see Molucca STAG 88 ee. a 118 Les Bénitiers: see Mascarene Is- HEDIS ates nr tes on reg 99 Page essersvAmtillesge i= ts ek, 228 Lesser Sunda Islands: see Dutch Wastelm diese ease tes 27 106. 107, 108 Letti Island: see Molucea Is- JIGS OVS Syd Di ah) ora Al ER a NL 118 D Lil) OVEN I Nady 2 Eh DeM Bes eee eo ae On BC 41 END Yar ae oes EU Soe. To 41 Lincoln Island: see Paracel Is- LS WAV kSp. SMe 2 EL eee ee 122 Little Andaman Island : see Anda- TOOT ON. J (SIIB INC pe ee 93 Little Barrier Island: see North Island (New Zealand) —-_____- 80, 81 Little Diomede Island: see ANN) 3) ates iS 132 Little Ki Island: see Molucea Is- GUNG) pais lear Spin ceisler ee 118 Loaita Island: see Paracel Is- LAN OS pee een ee ee eee ZZ Lobos, Isleta de: see Canary Is- Lal Geese eer ee 87 Lobos de Tierra (Island): see IE Ge ee eM ies Ee 257 Lombok Island: see Dutch Hast ad F108 SENS} Se SANS Os RAE eC et ee 107 Long Island: see New York_____ 200 201, 202, 203 Long Island: see South Island CNewe Zealand!) see See ee 84 Lord Auckland Islands (Auck- land Islands): see Australian sland sez cae eee (91), 101, 103 Lord Howe Island: see Australian INSTI O VG IS eek sie anes Surana ee Oper 102 TG OUST De ea a 183 Lovell Island: see Paracel Is- WERT OLS eae ae Re ae 2a hed 122 Low Archipelago (Tuamotu Islands) : see Polynesia_ 124, 125, 127 Lower California: see Mexico___ 149 Lower Guinea : see West Africa__ 62 Loyalty Islands: see New Cale- COMO WIE Pin So Se = a es SN ee ee OE aie eae 118 Luzon: see Philippine Islands__ 123, 124 Macdonald islands! =()2 2.2 96 MateKen Zier ei i ie aes eee 138 Macquarie Islands: see Aus- eralianelishand Sees 101, 103 Magda cas cae 2a sie a ete 96 Madeiravislandss235. ae 90 Madoera Islands: see Java_._____ 114 Madura Islands: see Java______ 114 Magdalen Islands: see Quebec_ 143, 144 IVAreqiitn @ seca eects eat Le ker eee ns 2 184 Makatea Island: see Polynesia__ 127 Makaur Island: see Anglo-Egyp- ATED TDA Ur Gl Ine es ees ahs il 21 Malay Archipelago: see Dutch WASH PIN GCSEs se. 2 ha 105 Malden Island: see Polynesia___. 126 Maldiveslslands= 22) eae 98 Maldon Island: see Polynesia____ 126 Malouine Islands (Falkland Is- I 06 IS eee Se ee eee 895 (9) Mangareva Island: see Polynesia. 125, (128) dd2 Page Manicaland: see Southern Rho- Ge@g1g( iets eT ee we eh eee 5D Manihiki Island: see Polynesia. 125, 126 WR Qa ee ae 138 Manitoulin Islands: see Ontario. 141 Mansel Island: see Keewatin___ 187 Mansfield Island: see Keewatin_ Ay! Marajo, Ilha de: see Brazil____ 241 Marcus Island: see Micronesia_ 116, 117 Margarita Island: see Venezuela_ 261 Marianas Islands: see Micronesia_ 116, oT (CAD) Marianne, Ile: see Mascarene Slam Ses a ee ee 99 Marianne Islands: see Micro- MEST esos es naa een iba Gal GE Dale) see Prince Ed- (96), 100 Marion Island: Wordlsland Se =ssauuee oar eee Marmara: see Egypt---_--______ 30 See’ also” hibyass2 2 es 41 Marquesas (Marquises) Islands: see Polynesia___ 124, 125, 126, (128) Marshall Islands: see Micro- MESA ERE eee Se ss 116, EG 12h) Martin Garcia (Island): see Ar- POU Ca re AE tae 234 Martinique: see Lesser Antilles. 229 Mary Island (Phoenix Islands) : see Molucea Islands_____-_____ 118 Marylandiet eek. sae ee 186 Masafuera: see Juan Fernandez GHATS ERePes cs 114 Masearene Fslands-2 ks aes 98 Massachusetts=-. 22). 2S Bee 186 Massailand: see Tanganyika____ 56 Masthead Island: see Queens- Panis ee i er a, 69 Matinicus Island: see Maine____ 185 Maui (Island): see Hawaiian PSangs 2s es fos ee mst Maurice, Ile de (Mauritius): see Mascarene Islands_________ 99 Moauritanias sae, 1 DB eee 43 Mauritius: see Mascarene Is- Mayor Island: see North Island CNew Zealand) 22225 eee oon 79, 81 Melanesia. 22.20 2S Sie 114, (124) Melville Island: see Franklin (@anada)) 2 OR Re Ae 136 Melville Island: see Northern TerritonysCAustralia) = aes 67 Mendana Archipelago: see Poly- TICS 1 ee eo ER Oe Bla eee 126 Mentawi Islands: see Sumatra__ 130 Mexico ease a ne ree Seer niet St 149 Miangas Island (Palmas Island): see Dutch East Indies________ 107 Michigan. {2c ee ead 189 Micronesia® 230 ers sae aren 116, (124) Midway Islands: see Hawaiian Tangs 22 s2 ALES ee See 111 Milson Island: see New South Wales. 5 cos Sor 100 oe eee eee 65 Mindoro: see Philippine Islands_ 123 Mingan Island: see Quebec_____ 145 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page Minikoi (Minicoy) Island: see Laccadive Islands____________ 96 Minmeésota.an). on tea eee 192 Miquelon (Island): see New- foyundland) 21. 4s ees Dees IAG Mississippi-. =: ==.2=2= < VESReEs 193 Missouri see a 193 Moa Island: see Molucea Is- DATOS eee 118 Mocha, Isla de la: see Chile____ 248 Molokini Island: see Hawaiian TSlanGS tise 2. 25h 111 Moluccamislandss—= 2 ae i732) Mombasa (Island): see Zanzi- aes 23). 2 82S se eee 63 Mona Island; see Puerto Rico__ 230 Money Island: see Paracel Is- land Sev fa ee ee ey eee 122 Monhegan Island: see Maine___ 185 Rontana: --2 08s 2 ae ee 194 Moreton Island: see Queens- PATER. Picts ge el ee en 70 Moroce0c2 Shs Weed see ee 43 Mossamedes: see Angola________ 22 Mount Desert Island: see Maine- 185 Mozambiquel“]4-40 22am Jie AT Mugeres Island: see Central America (Hemsley) _----____ 146 Muskeget Island: see Massachu- Sette. 2.5 ee eee 188 Mustique Island: see Lesser An- Gilles s=i2 eh ee Se 228 Namaland: see South-west Africa 3 2 irs Fae eee 5d Nantucket (Island): see Massa- chuSettst ).. foroiat > 2 ea eee 187 INarecondam) island> ss aes 99 Natal: 222. 2825 pe So he ee 48 Natuna (Natoena) Islands: see Dutch Hast Indies. == 108 Navassa Island: see Hispaniola. 227 Nebraska.) i) ts) ter 2 ae re ae 195 Nederlandsch Indié: see Dutch Bast vindies:420 sae eae 104 Nepean Island: see Australian Tslands.. 222A) 6 5 eee 102 Neptune Isles: see South Aus- tralia. 72 22 | Sede ee 72 Netherlands Indies (Dutch East ENGIGS) ic se eee 104 Neu Mecklenburg (New Mecklen- burg): see Melanesia_____-__ 115 Neu Pommern: see Melanesia__ 115, 116 N@Vvadasa: io 5 oe tees 196 New Amsterdam Island_______ (95), 99 New Britain: see Melanesia___ 115, 116 New (Brunswick i222 25s als eee. 139 Néw ‘Caledonia: ascites 118, (124) New Guinea « !s222 ss ce eee 119 Néw. Hampshire-2225) >) = 196 New Hebrides: see Melanesia_ 115, (124) New Ireland (New Mecklen- burg): see Melanesia_____-__ 115 INGw. ‘JeESey. 27 eke) eee 197 New Mecklenburg: see Melanesia. 115 New Mexico. =: =o = se 198 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page New Providence Island: see Ba- hana Sands 2 = = se 224 New. South:-Wales 22s ass _= 64 IN@waVOrke? ? =. Se 2 Be 2 199 IN@warZieallamn G26 eee se fee 6 Newtoundland=22 22". Ses (183), 139 Ngamiland: see Bechuanaland BRrotectorate 222 eee INTGoR aot ares 2 eae oe 153 Nicobariisliands 2 Se (93), 100 INGOs lye ee ee Pe Ne 49 Nightingale Island: see Tristan dev@unha Islands] =-=-) es. 92 Niihau Island: see Hawaiian GS Tea) Gp ee ee ee litt Norfolk Island: see Australian STG Gee ete EO Pa 102, (124) INOrhhweAGNeriGg A 8) 22/2 Lae eee 130 North Australia: see Northern Territory «<(Australia)==s--—2— 67 Nowtihi@arolinagt- = 3 a be 204 Nonine Dakota. 2.23 205 North Danger Island: see Paracel SiG Sere tree ee 122 North Devon (Island) : see Frank- TTA =, Se ea a a fl as Be ae as 136 North Island (New Zealand)__~- 7 North Kent (Island) : see Frank- py ae de ee is Se 136 Northern Rhodesia __ 2 =F. 50 Northern Territories: see Gold (COREE: ai ee a eee 38 Northern Territory (AuStralia)_ 67 North-west Island: see Queens- Regi Chee ee ee De Ss ee 69 North-west Islet : see Queensland_ 70 Northwest Territories (Canada) : see Franklin, Keewatin, and Mackenzie_____________ 135, 136, 138 Nottingham Island: see Franklin. 136 INOW SCO tle tree ape Tee a 140 Nubia: see Anglo-Egyptian Su- CCAS VCs Sah ee SS es a OE Ne 20 Nuyts Archipelago: see South FASTA CPG 8 WG ee aera Se 72 Nasa lang eta se et a ee Hs 50 -Oahu Island: see Hawaiian Is- DY Ege eS ee 111 Ocracoke Island: see North Caro- STING Sse Seo ar pe 205 COS 2 ae eee ee 206 CC SIG ANC 1 65 a es et 208 Old Calabar: see Nigeria_____--- 49 Old Providence Island: see Co- LOPE TY ae ee ee ee 250 Ombar Island (Alor Island) : see Dutchsast-Indies = 2 108 One-tree Island: see Queensland_ 69 (Oy AT 1 Ome ie ie wn) as 141 Oparu Island (Rapa Island) : see 1 EXaS By a Veh) be a a 125, 126 Open Bay Islands: see South Is- land (New Zealand) ___--_____ 82 Opolu Island: see Samoan Is- Ea es ee eee 128 Orange Mree State_.____________ 5 Page ORES OMe ek ee Mike se So 209 Pacific Ocean (insular floras)_-_ 101 Palau (Pelew) Islands: see Mi- GCROMCS Tete he ia ee tee ley 116 See also New Guinea_______ 121 Palmas Island: see Dutch East TENG ES cae a eae 107 Balmer ian dss ee 91 Falmerston Island: see Molucca TESCO Rao Ma a a 118 Palms, Isle of: see South Caro- UT peers wee be Semen As 8 | 213 Palmyra Island: see Polynesia_ 125, 126 EPEAT A eee ere ee a 153 Paniki, Poeloe: see Java__-__--_ 114 Papua: see New Guinea____-____ 119 Papuasia: see New Guinea___-_~ 119 Paques, Ile de (Easter Island) : scemBolynesia= 2isie sis sae Ss 125 Baracel: slam ss ee ek 122 EAL Uy oe Sie ee A 252 Pasitaloe Island: see Dutch East TT) RES a aac ee POA 8 2 6 a 106 Passe, Ile de: see Mascarene Is- I EAVTN C1 SS eee aera Fore De Pad 99 Pata sori aac hee de 2538 Patos (Island) : see Venezuela__ 261 Paumotu Islands (Tuamotu Is- lands) : see Polynesia_________ 124 125, 127, (128) Pearson Islands: see South Aus- (Ey ro WS aaa bee Seg eel ee Mg 72 Pelew Islands: see Micronesia___ 116 See also New Guinea_______ 1Daal, Pemba Island: see Zanzibar____ 63 Pendjaliran, Poeloe: see Java___™ 114 Penikese Island: see Massachu- SOT Rss ee et oe Re eee 188 PennsSylvanigaissess etic 0a vit 210 Penryhn Island: see Polynesia__ 126 j EYE ba De ace sos EN, Osa See 256 Philippinesislands = 2341 fas 122 Phillip Island: see Australian Is- 12 Sea a AE ees ato k Pe 102 Phoenix Island: see Molucca Is- INT CSE ea Sy an ils Eel Eo 118 Phoenix Islands: see Molucca Is- ANG SBS Sea Mee ates oe ee Aes 118 Bimess islevof: seer Cubas == 226 Pines, Isle of: see New Cale- COLO ON ee oe es SN ee | ee en 118, 119 Pitcairn Island: see Polynesia__ 126 lane lessee huniSia = =a 60 Poivre Island (Amirante Is- lands) : see Gloriosa Islands__ 95 Polillo Island: see Philippine Is- Tan Gisee Ore rey Seay x Ee 124 PYG) Aya gVeyst by ee Se I ee ee 124 Pomotu Islands (Tuamotu Is- lands) : see Polynesia_________ 124, 125, 127, .(128) Ponape Island: see Micronesia__ 116 Poor Knights Islands: see North Island (New Zealand) —---____ 80, 81 Poperang Island (Shortland Is- lands): see Melanesia________ 116 Porto Rico (Puerto Rico) __---__ 230 334 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page Porto Santo Island: see Madeira Islands: 222 2020s oe Ea 90 Portuguese Congo: see Angola__ 22 Portuguese East Africa: see Mo- ZAMDIGUMe2 Dee ise Cee eee 47 Eortucuese, Guinea. === 51 Portuguese West Africa: see An- Ola Se ee ae ee eee ene 22 Possession Island: see Crozet Is- LAN GS 2 2 rays ee ee 95, (96) Pretoria: see Transvaal________ 59 Pribilof Islands: see Alaska--__ 1382 Prince Edward Island (Canada)_ 143 Prince Edward Islands (Indian Ocean) =) 252 ies ee (96), 100 Prince Patrick Island: see Frank- Iftar e eS Pee en See ee ee 136 Principe (Island): see Sao Thomeés2s30 sie 26 4 eet (28), 52 Providence Island: see Aldabra_ 93 See also Gloriosa Islands___ 95 Providencia (Old Providence Is- land) : see Colombia__________ 250 Puerto; RI COL eee Se 2 ie ae 230 Pukapuka (Island): see Poly- NeSla-& bape Greet ake AS 24 Pukeokaoka (Island) : see South Island (New Zealand) __-__ 84 Qucbech. fee a Bae ee ee Ee 143 Queen Charlotte Islands: see British Columbige==——= = 134, 135 @ueensland 08 ee Sue as. 68 Quiriquina, Isla de: see Chile-___ 245 Rangitoto Island: see North Is- land (New Zealand) __---___-_ 80 Raoul Island: see Australian Is- EAN GL S 2 ha oe oe ka pe 102 Rapa Island: see Polynesia____ 125, 126 Rarotonga Island: see _ Poly- MOS 2 see Be ae (118), 125, 127 Redonda (Island): see Lesser JA FIC Gee ia Ne oe Es 229 Réunion Island: see Mascarene Islands eG iene eee 22 TE ok 99: Revesby Island: see South Aus- br libata a ie, ea eae 72 Revillagigedo Islands: see MiCXiC@ sua re ia ie 151 Rhodertislan diets saris Seas. ale Rhodesia : see Northern Rhodesia and Southern Rhodesia______ 50, 95 Rignes Lands: see Franklin____ 136 FiO) de: OROS2 sO ieee oie eee 2 51 Rio Muni: see Spanish Guinea__ 56 Rio-Nunez: see French Guinea__ oil Robben Island: see Cape of Good Hope # s=4 22 wee eed ES 28 Rocher des Oiseaux: see Mas- carene: Islandsee= as 99 Roches, Ile des (Amirante Is- lands): see Gloriosa Islands_ 95 Rodriguez Island : see Mascarene TSVA nGS oo oS Nese 98 Roques, Los: see Venezuela_____ 26] Rose Atoll: see Samoan Islands. 127 Rota Island: see Micronesia_ 116, 117 Page Round Island: see Mascarene sland S234 =o 8 UE ee 99 Ruanda and Urn eee 51 Ruatan Island: see Central America (Hemsley) — __-~_-___ 146 Rugged Islands: see South Is- land (New Zealand) _——--____ 84 Ruwenzori: see Belgian Congo__ 23 Saba (Island): see Lesser An- CEOS ce SS a ee eee 228 Sable Island: see Nova Scotia__ 141 Sahata= 2o322 2h" aa a See iy St. Andrews (Island) : see Colom- Dia 222 ote Se 250 St. Barthélemy: see Lesser An- CHES e > 32 2 eS ie ee en 230 St. Bartholomew: see Lesser An- THC Ge! nee pre eae a 230 St. Christopher: see Lesser An- tilleg VA Caiee. a Swe ERS 228 St. Croix: see Lesser Antilles_. 229 St. Eustatius: see Lesser An- [i UU Kets phe age tee imeem) Tie ke | 228 St.. Helena) 2 2 ea ee 91 St. Jan: see Lesser Antilles_.___ 229 St. Kitts (St. Christopher) : see Lesser -Antilles#." 2b ssl 228 St. Lawrence Islands: see Alaskat..2 Sgm.« 12S ee eee 163! St. Martin: see Lesser Antilles. 228 St. Paul Island: see New Amster- damm island#s2252 22s .0eene (95), 99 St. Paul Island: see Nova Seotia_ 141 St. Pierre Island: see Aldabra_ 93 St. Pierre (Island): see New- foundland:):..2..] 4s. eee 140 St. Thomas: see Lesser Antilles_ 229 St. Thomas Island: see Sao Thom6s. ioe Sagan ere (28, 35), 52 St. Vincent Island: see Cape Verde Islands] 226 ) oak see 88 St. Vincent Island: see Florida__ 1738 St. Vincent (Island) : see Lesser Antillese 12) nye eae 228 Saipan Island: see Micronesia. 116 Salayer (Salajar) Islands: see Dutch East Indies____________ 106 Salisbury Island: see Natal____ 48 Salomon Islands (Solomon Is- lands) : see Melanesia____ 115, (121) Salvador rss 235 e352 eae a Pat 54: Salvage -Islands2 352s. seb ees 91 Samauw Island: see Dutch East Tndie@gens se ee een 108 Samoa: see Samoan Islands____ 127 Samoanelisland Saaeeeaeeees (124), 127 SanvAmbrosios: ae. kes eee 128 San Andres (St. Andrews Is- land): see Colombia 256 San Benito Islands: see Mexico. 151 San Clemente Island: see Cali- fornidiaeets «Se eee eee 166 San Felix: see San Ambrosio__ 128 San Gallan (Island): see Peru- 257 San Lorenzo (Island): see Peru_ 257 San Miguel Island: see Califor- TATA sen er toe ee ee ce 166, 169 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX 335 Page Page San Nicolas Island: see Califor- South Island (New Zealand) ___-~ 82 (TIGA eee pt en ee 167 | South Orkney Islands__-__---_- 92 Sandwich Island: see Melanesia. 115] South Shetland Islands: see Gra- Sandwich Islands (Antarctic): |ayeticay’ ] Of 0 0 | esa ks ea 90, (91) See) South iGeorgiak 2252 eer 91 | South Trinidad Island: see Trin- Sandwich Islands (Pacific) : see idad Island (South Atlantic Hawaliane Uslandsae ss ee 109 Ce ai) REE ENS “ENE es 2 92 See also Polynesia____--___ (124) | Southampton Island: see Kee- Santa Barbara Islands: see Cali- Wal een eS AS 136, 137 POTS TA aes roe Lt 2 IN a ale 166, 168, 169 See also Franklin_____-____ 136 Santa Catalina Island: see Cali- Southern> Rhodesia. 22-. 2. =. 5d POT MT a1 AS 8 ao G6) 163) |iSouth-west -Atricas-=2— = se 5D Santa Cruz Island: see Califor- Spanish Guineas> se 56 Th epeeerees. A bre arte hee 166, 168, 169] Spanish Morocco; see Moroc¢co_— 43 Santa Rosa Island: see Califor- Spratly Island: see Paracel Is- PO ITEB as se ap ae Rl Gy ayo 166, 169 JIT G VE se SE WN a 122 Santo Domingo: see Hispaniola__ 226]Starbuck Island: see Molucca Salon Rhomes 22 eee (2385530) o Sail Spee ea eet eT 118 Saskatchew ans. =. ee 145 | Staten Island: see Patagonia_.__ 256 Schei Island: see Franklin______ 136 | Stewart Atoll: see Melanesia____ 114 Sebesy Island: see Dutch East Stewart Island: see South Island HOV EVG ASS ia a ana a re ren deere 107 New, Zealand) = ae 82, 83 Sémhae see” Socothas—=- 22.2 -— 101 | Sudan: see Anglo-Egyptian Su- SOT Caren leas ht ae eM ee 52 (OLE 0 een ag er Se Sa ea gt Seat Be 20 Senegambia: see Senegal_______ SA A SHB 0 aS UC eg (107), 129 Seychelles mas os meaner (98), 100} Sumbawa Island: see Dutch East Shackleford Bank: see North SUNY GINS ps ee a 107 (SEAFRONT Wea Sa aE Es Gate err 205|Sunda Islands: see Dutch Hast Shortland Islands: see Mela- TE a6 bes Sees a rule pee iy acre, Sea 106, 107, 108 JOY EXSUICE ee ea ion ASS ea A al. TATTCER?4 1 RST roto 5 00 ei ay Nee arin 258 STC CON Cie ae ats tot te ee 53 |Suwarrow Island: see Molucca Sikeiana Island: see Melanesia. 114 STAN Se ee aes ee 118 Sinaileesee shiny pba SS BOM We ZWange ss tee 56 Sir Joseph Banks Islands: see Sydney Island (Phoenix Is- SouthmaAnis praia (Polynesia) 222s 125 Tuhua Island (Mayor Island): see North Island (New Zea- Vegiry Gh!) eee eS ee ee 81 OU SUR TUL STs eee ee ee 60 Tutuila Island: see Samoan Is- lands ___ aA, eet 1G Uea Islands (Wallis Islands) : SC@IPOlynesiaw@es === 124, 125 Wanda as ae eee 61 Unalaskal seesAlaskas== sss == 132 Ungava: see Labrador__---- 137, Cane Seerall Sosnuice in lire eeees eee See also Quebecs2= === = te Union Islands (Tokelau Islands) : See LOlynesiae= soe =a eee 126 Union Island: see Lesser An- MANN SCS aera See eg I a 228 Cnion Islands (Tokelau Islands) : Seer Lolynesiq=]=— === ana 126 United! Statess = sss Se 157 United States, Northeastern___- 160 United States, Southeastern —__-_~ 161 United States, Western__-__---- 162 Upper Guinea: see West Africa 62 Unuicuay=2— > >== Re ee) Urundi: see Ruanda ‘and ‘Urundi_ 51 Wita ee ae ee ee eens 217 GEOGRAPHICAL INDEX Page Vakois, Ile: see Mascarene Is- landsS= ee ee 99 Vancouver Island: see British Co- huimbiasi@entw ts oehaeteE 134, 135 Vaté Island: see Melanesia_____ i 5) Vavau Island: see Polynesia_____ 125 Venezuela: 2. 7 enn ES aa 260 Verlaten (Island): see Dutch Hast Imdies&=>- 2at at. Fe eaas 107 Viersin1@ ii atek: ee eee 217 VACtOrIa gine hd bt. She Ree 73 Victoria Island: see Franklin___ 186 See also Mackenzie_________ 138 Victoria Land (Antarctic): see Cockburny sland2o2 == ee 89 Victoria Land (Canada): see Wramichiveess. 2 sotes cc eee teee 136, (1388) Viejas (Island) : see Peru_______ 257 Vieques Island: see Puerto Rico_ 231 Virgin Islands: see Lesser An- 2 Dk meme a ee age 229,. 230 DG Ur okeag AW kz esate comm etnies Abc T Calpe 218 Viti Islands: see Fiji Islands_ 108, (124) Viti Levu: see Fiji Islands______ 108 Volcano Island: see Philippine Is- NAT SH ste nore en ee ee 123 Vostok Island: see Polynesia____ 125 Waiheke (Island) : see North Is- land’ (New Zealand)=- os. == 80 Wake Island: see Hawaiian Is- ET C1 See oe eed cee Oe int Wallis Islands: see Polynesia__ 124, 125 Wrashingtonj 2222222222 ee 219 Washington Island: see Poly- MOSH ANF ck ee ee ere ea DAS Wedge Island: see South Aus- FG? img ec eR lA Ph ba lp S. 72 Wellington Island: see Pata- sonia = oes eer Sea reee ee 250 WSS i Af et ay a a ee 62 West Antarctica : see Cockburn Is- IG WOVs [eens Bee Sea sae es eee Th ty oe 89 Wiest Indies: == Se ee eee 224 IVWVIES ES Vilar cin ee ee es ee Gt) 2c WVeStern AUS tial ee Wetter Island: see Molucca Is- jE Th 8 Fug PO Lay aaa tl ee ee 8 118 White Island: see North Island (New Zealand) 22222 e2—= 81 Williams Island: see South Aus- traliqn..- oe ka eS eee 72 Wilson Island: see Queensland__ 69 Windward Islands: see Lesser Antilles. ee Se oe ee eee 228 WISCONSIN ta > ee es ee eee 221 Wrangell Land (Siberia): see NaC kale ee ee eee 132 Wyoming) - = ee 223 Yap Island: see Micronesia____ 116, 117 Yong Island: see Prince Edward Islands (Indian Ocean) _—_---~-- 100 Waukon. 222s * eee eS eee 145 TAN ZAD AI oe ee ere 63 Zululand: see Natal____-----~- 48 O At ena ee Lh ak tees eA eee eS ee Te RIE LS LL ye REL ATTRA RIA. ATF Ree REL FY : ’ ’ 3y * 7 i r mar hides a ‘ a oa LTTE TN Dy PIMLT RT INET, FTP ERT Oe I eT Shs arin tall! alt rhs 1A cited tn eater vada odie bb etuityissiciime mene te tt ere hme Ce Hm i Hee J hataine A Wiens vi : Stasi = eats a a Nee ers 2 Se ppEeetEss pasabes to bard peak Bes